Swedish Basic Text

swelsh
BASIC COURSE
INGRID BEACH
ANNE-MARIE CARNEMARK
MARGARETA FELLER
MARGARETA WEYL
WITH THE EDITORIAL ASSISTANCE OF:
ALLEN I. WEINSTEIN
FOREIGN SERVICE INSTITUTE

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF STATE
1982
SWEDISH
R)I Swedish Basic Cours e developed from a need to provide a more comprehensive
and up to date curriculum than had been afforded by an earlieI' work, Spoken Swedish.
The latter had been produced during the 1950's by william R. fun Bus kirk and Fritz
frauchiger of the FSI linguistic staff, with the assistance of members of the staff
of the Post Language Program of the American Embassy in Stockholm.
RJI Swedish Basic Cours e is intended primarily for use as the foundation for intensive classroom use with a qualified instructor, but it has also been designed
so that the student who does not have the benefit of an instructor may use the
text and its accompanying tapes with profit.
This book was developed entirely at the ~reign Service Institute in Washington.
Under the general editorship of Allen I. Weinstein, the text was conceived and
executed by the Swedish instructional staff, headed by Ingrid S. Beach and including
Margareta Weyl, Margareta Feller, and Anne-Marie Carnemark.
Illustrations were
conceived and drawn by Peter Weyl.
Layout for the text and the cover design were
executed by John McClelland of the FSI Audio- Visual Staff.
The tape recordings
accompanying this text were voiced by Peter Ling- Vannerus, Niklas Lund, Claes
Rhl, Ingrid Beach, Anne-Marie Carnemark, and Margareta Weyl, and were made at the
FSI studios under the direction of recording engine er Jose Ramirez.
The authors wish to express their gratitude to the Foreign Service Institute students
who used the field-test editions of the book in Washington and who contributed many
helpful ideas and criticisms.
A special debt of gratitude is due Marianne L. Adams
who, as FSI Publications Officer, provided the initial stimulus for the creation
of this book and whose encouragement along the way was of great importance.
iii
Preface
SWEDISH
To the Student
WeLcome to the worLd of Sweden, Swedes, and Swedish!
You have obtained this book as a way to help you learn the Swedish language, and to
help you prepare for Life and work in Sweden.
We hop e that both these experienaes
will be enjoyable for you, but before you begin we would Like you to know some
facts about language study in general, and this book in particular.
The new FSI Swedish Basic Course has been written especially for the future U.S.
diplomat in Sweden.
It is meant to serve as a textbook as well as a source of cultural information and it is accompanied by a complete set of tapes.
We all know that the ability to speak a foreign Language and to live in a new culture is not learned through books and tapes alone.
These are only aids in a learning process which begins in the classroom, where the instructor is the primary source
of information and your main conversation partner, and which later expands to the
whole country of Sweden, where a nation becomes your teacher.
However, the book
has taken into account the student who may not have a teacher available.
It was
designed in such away that, together with extensive use of the tapes, it may be
used profitably by the self-study student. A self-study course, however, cannot
prov ide sufficient opportunities to practice speaking and understanding Swedish.
The primary goal of language learning is to communicate with the native speakers
in a natural and productive way.
A secondary goal is to learn to read and trans late
Swedish, since this is an important skill you will need in your work.
The first twelve ~its consist of dialogs which cover a range of situations relevant
to your Life and work in Sweden.
The las t few Uni ts are lJJri tten in a narrative form
and constitute a transition to further reading.
Each ~it includes "Notes on Basic Sentences," which clarify certain grammar points,
cultural ~nformation and idiomatic expressions that we think are particularly important.
fullowing "Notes on Basic Sentences" is a section called "Points to Practice."
This section deals lJith the grammar, which is first explained as clearLy and
To
the Student
iv
SWEDISH
simply as possible~ and then put to use in Practices.
Here you can cover up the
correct responses with a piece of heavy paper or cardboard and then slide the paper
down the page to confirm the correctness of your response or correct any error
you may have made.
Be sure you do the Practices aloud.
Grammatical explanation should be thought of only as a tool when learning a foreign
language.
But it is the key to understanding a structure and a system which might
otherwise seem confusing.
Even though Swedish grammar and vocabulary are related
to their English counterparts, a word-by-word translation from either language
into the other does not neoessarily produoe good sense.
Beoause of important differenoes in ways We have of expressing the same thoughts~ speakers of English and
Swedish see each other as using different patterns of language.
It is therefore
invaluable to learn Swedish patterns to the point where the y become a real part
of your speech, so that the difference between English and Swedish becomes natural
to you.
Over many years of teaching Swedish to English speaking students the teachers at
~I have noted oonsistent patterns of difficulty that an English speaker has in
learning Swedish.
We have tried to draw on this experienee in explaining the
grammar and in painting out the pitfalls.
Our happy Vikings are used to draw
attention to same of the grammar points~ and to make the task of learning Swedish
grammar a little less serious.
A dragon appears in places where we discUSB something
that may be unusually tricky.
How to Vse the Tapes
The tapes provide the oorrect pronunoiation of the dialogs, narrative texts and
grammar practices.
On the tapes each Unit begins with the diatog "For Listening
Only" to give you the chance to understand as muoh aB possible unaided.
Remember
that it is just as important to understand what is being said as to produce your
own sentences.
Following" For Listening Only" there is a section called" For
Learning." It contains the same dialog~ but this time each new word is given with
apause, during which you are to repeat the word before the correct pronunoiation
is confirmed.
The same pattern is then used for longer utteranees.
Try to mimic
the native speakers as elosely as possible, paying elose attention to stress and
intonation.
When an utterance is very long it will, be divided inta two or more
sentences~ and then given in its entirety.
To the Student
SWEDISH
The grammar practices have also been taped, in order for you to hear the pronunciation of the correct response given in the practices.
We advise that you keep your
book open when doing the grammar practices with the tape, since you will always
have to read the instructions for each individual practice in order to know
which cue words you are supposed to use.
However, you wiLL find that some practices can be done oraLly using on ly the tape.
In those instances, try to reLy on
what you hear on the tape and don't Look at the book.
Studying a Swedish textbook and Listening to the accompanying tapes does not guarantee mastery of the Swedish Language.
We hop e that this book wiLL serve as one of
many aids iu your endeavor and that you wiLL find numerous opportunities to practic e your Swedish.
The best way of doing that is to c10se your book and put your
vocabulary and grammar to use in real situations.
This is when you have to transfer your book-learning into something productive and meaningful.
When you speak,
understand and read outside the cLassroom environment you have truLy Learned to
communicate in your new language.
Good luck in your Swedish enterprisel
To
the Student
vi
SWEDISH
Till
Fljande r ett frslag tl I I
Lraren
hur Swedish Baslc Course kan anvndas
svenskundervisningen:
Utta I
Ett utfrligt kapItel med medfljande band inleder boken.
Lraren br naturligtvis g
igenom alla vIktiga punkter och hjlpa eleverna att f ett bra uttal frn brjan.
Dialog
a.
Genomgng aV ny
lxa.
Lraren I ser de nya orden och I ter e I everna upprepa dem I korus. Sedan I ser lraren
en mening i taget och lter varje elev upprepa den.
Hr har lraren ett bra t l l l Uille att rtta och frklara uttalet.
Det r vsentligt att vara mycket noggrann
med uttalet i brjan s att eleverna inte grundlgger dliga vanor.
Vi berknar att
tv eller tre sidor per dag r lagom fr hemarbete.
I brjan kan det vara frdelaktigt tr eleverna att lra sig dIalogen utantill s att de automatiskt tIllgodogr
sig rytmen, ordfljden och sprkmnstret.
b.
Frhr av
lxa.
Nsta dag kan man brja med att lta eleverna g Igenom dialogen med den svenska
texten vertckt och med den engelska texten som minnesstd.
Man kan sedan lta
eleverna erstta en del ord i dialogen med andra ord som de lrt sig tidigare och
va olika former samtidigt som det grammatiska mnstret bIbehlls.
Till sist slr
eleverna Igen bckerna och anvnder dialogen i rollspel.
Spontant rollspel passar
i nte fr a I I a e lever.
Det kan tr en de I vara svrare att h i tta p ngot att sga
n att anvnda det nya sprket korrekt.
I sdana ta II r det I mp 11 gt att anvnda
s.k. "directed dialog," d.v.s. lraren talar om tr eleven p svenska (eller mjI igtvis p engelska) i indirekt form vad han/hon ska sga.
Lraren kan ocks sjlv
stlla frgor tl II eleverna med anvndande av ordfrrdet j texten.
Till
Lr<;lren
vii
SWEDISH
viii
Grammatik
Lraren gr igenom de grammatiska punkter som tas upp I varje kapitel och eleverna arbetar
sjlvstndigt hemma p vningarna med banden t i l l hjlp.
Grammatikavsnitten innehller
ett stort antal vningar i frhoppningen att eleven kan lra sig sprkstrukturen genom
att va den och hra den s mycket som mj \ i gt.
Fr att vara sker p att vn ingarna
verkligen grs br lraren d och d, utan varning, g igenom dem i klassen.
Efter kapitel 12 har vi frngtt formatet med enbart dialog.
Kapitel 13-16 utgr en
vergng ti I I tidningslsning.
Svrighetsgraden stegras avsevrt 1 dessa stycken.
Texterna kan med frdel anvndas tl I I lsning, versttning och diskussion.
Diskussionen
kan t i l l exempel rra sig om olika seder och bruk, olika sikter, politiska frhllanden,
etc.
Den kan ocks gras I ivl igare om lraren eller ngon av eleverna intar en impopulr
stndpunkt.
Med hjlp av banden kan eleverna ocks va upp frmgan att lyssna och frst.
Kapitel 6 r avsett som ett prov p vad eleven lrt sig i kapitel 1-5.
Vi rekommenderar
a t t e I e ven d e I a r u p p k a p i t e I 6 i mi n s t t v s e k t i o n e r f r a t t n b s t a m j I i g a r e s u I t a t .
Det r lmpligt att d och d under kursen g ti Ilbaka och repetera och att inte ta
fr givet att eleverna har tillgodogjort sig allt som tidigare frekommit i boken eller
diskuterats i klassen.
Detta r endast vrt frslag ti I I hur Swedish Basic Course kan anvndas.
Vr frhoppning r att boken kan inspirera och uppmuntra lraren att anvnda sin egen fantasi p
ett stt som bst passar de individuella eleverna i hans/hennes klass, och ven klassens
storlek.
Lt fantasi och kreativitet komma ti II nytta.
Tnk p mj I igheten att anvnda
"propsll och att stimulera undervisningen genom att freta ngot fysiskt aktivt.
utflykter, restaurangbesk, simulerad guidning p svenska, etc., kan erbjuda bra tillfllen
att anvnda svenskan I real istiska situationer.
Lt boken vara en hjlp I undervisningen och lt den inte diktera hur undervisningen
ska g ti I I.
Mlet r att lra engelsksprkIga elever att frst och uttrycka sig p
svenska och den metod som nr det resu I tatet r den rtta metoden.
Lycka t i II !
T II I
LMraren
SWEDISH
TabLe of Contents
Page
Preface
iii
To the Student
iv
To the Teaehel'
vii
Explanation
of
Cpammatical Terms
xiv
A Guide to Endings and Symbols
xxiv
A Guide to Swedish Pronunciation
Unit 1 - Cetting Around

Numbers
Nates on Basic Sentences
Points to Practice
Point I - En-Ett
Point II - Present Tense
Point III - Word Order
Point IV - AuxiLiaries (heLping verbs)
30
Unit 2 - Meeting People

Nates on Basia Sentences
Points to Practice
Point I - The Definite Artiale (singular)
Point II - Personal Pronouns
Point III - Telling Time
56
64
68
69
76
Unit 3 - Family and Ocaupation

Points to Practice
Point I - Indefinite Plural Endings
Point II - The Relative Pronoun Som
Point III - Placement of Adverbs
rable of Contents
38
39
41
42
46
47
53
80
84
93
97
98
109
112
ix
SWEDISH
Page
~it
116
122
123
124
128
131
Uni t 5 - A Place to Live

Points to Practice
Point I - Possessives Preceding a Noun
Point II - Verbs of the First Conjugation
Point III - Word Order
138
145
147
148
157
166
Uni t
171
4 - Seeing the Sights

Notes on Basic Sentences
Points to Practice
Point I - Adjectives in the Indefinite Form (noun-adjective agreement)
Point II - Demonstrative Expressions
Point III - Personal Pronouns Den, Det, De
6 -
True and False
Uni t 7 - A t the Office

Points to Practice
Point I - Definite Form Plural
Point II - Definite Form of the Noun with AdjectiveB
Point III - Det r det
Point IV- Ligga-Lgga, Sitta-Stta, etc.
Point V - Ordinal Numbers
179
184
185
186
189
196
200
203
Unit 8 - Shopping for clothes

Points to Practice
Point I - Interrogative Pronoun Vi Iken (Vi Iket, Vi Ikal
Point II - Indefinite Pronouns and Ajdectives
Point III - Adverbs of Place Indicating Rest and Motion
Point I V - Verbs of the Second Conjugation
Point V - Verbs of the Third Conjugation
205
212
215
216
219
233
241
250
Table of Contents
SWEDISH
Page
unit 9 - Eating in a Restaurant
Points to Practice
Point I - Comparison of Adjectives
Point II - Formation and Comparison of Adverbs
Point III - Adjectives Before Nouns
254
261
264
unit 10 - Getting Ready for an Evening Out

Points to Practice
Point I - RefZ exive VeY'bs
Point II - AuxiZiary (HeZpingJ Verbs
Point III - Imperative Form
Point IV - D-Sedan, both meaning "then"
Point T! - Fre-I nnan, both meaning "before"
297
Unit 11 - Nations, Languages, and NationaZities

Points to Practice
Point I - The Swedish Pronoun Man
Point II - Time Adverbials
Point III - Nations, Nationalities, Languages
327
335
338
339
341
355
unit 12 - Social Gatherings

Part I - An Informal Invitation to Lunch
Part II - An Invitation to a Dinner
Part III - A Formal Dinner Party
Points to Practice
Point I - Prepositions of Place
Point II - Placement of the Roaming Adverb
Point III - Practice on Idiomatic and ~eful Expressions
361
361
365
368
377
383
384
396
Table of Contents
26S
279
287
303
30S
306
311
318
322
324
406
xi
SWEDISH
xii
Page
Vnit 13 - r Vg ti II Landet
Glossary
Points to Practice
Point I - The Fourth Conjugation (Irregular
List of Irregular Verbs
Point 11 - Tycka, Tnka, Tro
Point III - Dr-Dit as Relative Adverbs
410
413
416
419
Verbs)
420
421
441
444
Unit 14 - P n
G lossary
Points to Practice
Point I - Past Participles
Point II - Passive Voice
Point III - Present Participle
446
449
452
454
455
462
469
Vnit 15 (introduction)
Vnit 15 - Helger och Traditioner
Midsommar
Julen
Fastan
Psken
Valborgsmssoafton
Frsta Maj
Glossary
Points to Practice
Point I - Compound Nouns
Point II - Compound Verbs
470
Vnit 16 (introduotion)
Vnit 16 - Glimtar frn Sverige av Idag
Geografi
GloBsary
493
495
495
496
Table of Contents
471
471
472
474
475
475
476
477
481
483
484
486
SWEDISH
Page
Unit 16 (oont.)
Nringsliv och Ekonomi
GlossaY'Y
Statsskick och Politik
GlossaY'Y
Neutral itet och Frsvar
GloBsaY'Y
Socialpolitik
Glossary
Rel igion
GloBsary
Skolor och Utbildning
Glossary
Massmedia
G lossaY'y
Notes on Basio Sentenoes
498
499
503
504
506
507
509
509
511
511
513
513
515
515
517
WOY'd Lis t
523
GrammaY' Index
662
BibliogY'aphy
675
Table of Content8
xiii
SWEDISH
xiv
A Brief Explanation of English Grammatical Terms Vsed in this Book

Accent
as in "accent 1 and 2,: is equivalent to stress or Zoudness.
Active V07:ce
See"Voice. "
Adjective
a word used to describe or qualify a noun.

Example~:
A good cup of coffee.

Roses are r'ed.
Most adjectives can have thr'ee fOr'ms: positive. camparative,

and supel'lative (tall, taller, tallestJ.
Adverb
a word used to qunlifY:

a ver'b - Peter spoke so[tly.
an adjective - She is very pr'etty.
another adverb - Tom speaks unusuaZZy slowly.
A:roticle
a wOr'd used with a noun to modify or limit ita meaning.

Indefinite article - a dog, an apple
Defini te artic le - the boy, the boy s
Auxiliary verb
ver'b used with another' ver'b of ten to fo:rom compound tenses.

Examples:
G:roammaticaZ Terms
He will come tomor'row.

I have seen that fil~.
SWEDISH
Cardinal number
the basic, or "counting" form of a number - one

etc.
Clau8e
a group of words containing at least a verb

Example:
two
three,
The baby cried.
ctauses may be main (independent)
OY'
subordinate (dependent).
A main clause is able to stand alone and constitutes a full

sentence.
Example:
Peter was reading the paper.
A subordinate clause acts like a modifier (adjective or adverb),

and is linked to a main clause by a subordinating conjunction.
Example:
Peter was reading the paper when the door bell rang.
Comparative
See "Adjective."
compound
made up of two or more elements.

Compound nouns - a lexical noun phrase (i.e. a noun phrase
which is considered one uni t of meaning).
Examples:
aoat hanger
blaakboard, airplane
Compound verbs - a lexical verb phrase (i.e. a verb phrase

whiah is aonsidered one unit of meaning).
Examples:
Grammatical Terms
giv e up, find out, give in
Compound tenses - a combination of an auxiliary and a main verb.

See "auxiliary verb."
xv
SWEDISH
Conditional clause
xvi
a cLause expl'essing a condition, usually introduced by "if,"

"i n t h e e v e n t of," II U n Ze s s . "
Examples:
If I see him,I'll tell him that you called.

ln the event (that) we must cancel our plans,I'lL
let you know.
UnZes~ it rains,we'Zl go swimming this afternoon.
Conjugation
a group of verbs which follow the same inflectional pattern.
Conjunc tio n.
an uninflected word used to Zink together words or sentence

parts, such as ~~4, while, becaus~, since, etc.
DecLension
a group of nouns with the same plural ending.
Definite articZe
See "Article."
Definite (orm
form of a Swedish noun or adjective used when the definite

article is prsent.
Demonstrative
words such as this, that, the se, those to point out or indicate
specific persons-Gr things.
Determinative adjective or
pronoun
a pronominal word referring to a following phrase.

Examples:
The Ithose)students who had taken the course during

the summer were excused.
Those who waited patiently in line finally got to
see-the famous movie star.
GrammaticaZ Terms
SWEDISH
Gerund
--
an English verb with an -ing ending and with the function of

11 noun.
Examples:
e~ression
Idiomatic
Swimming is my favorite sport.

I'm tired of running.
a group of words which has a special connotation not usually

equal to the meanings of the individual words J and which usually
cannot be translated into another language without the special
meaning being lost.
Examples:
This is not my cup of tea.

That's the way the cookie crumbles.
a sentence or a verb form which commands. requires or forbids

an action to be carrie d out.
Imperative
Examples:
Stand up!
Don't cry!
Indefinite adjective
a determiner in a noun phrase expressing generality, such as

some J an!!J every. etc.
rnd~finite
See "Article."
article
rndefinite form
form of a Swedish noun or adjective used either when the indefinite article is present or when no article is present.
Indefinite pronoun
a pronoun which does not refer to a definite person or thing,

e.g. aEyQodYJa~t~i~~. som~pody. ~othin~J etc.
~rammatical
Terms
xvii
SWEDISH
xviii
In[initive
a verb form not limited by person, number, or tense; the

[orm given in the vocabulary lists.
It may stand alone
(] must fIS!.-) 01' it may be preceded by "to" (I want to go).
Interrogative word
a word used at the beginning of a clause or sentenee to mark

it as a question.
Intransitive verb
a verb which cannot be [ollowed by an object.

Example:
The baby slept.
ef. transitive verb.

Irregular noun
adjective
verb
Iid1ifirb
exhibits certain [orms which do not coincide with a particular

pattern considered to be the norm foY' that particular noun
(adjective, verb, adverb).
Non-count noun
a noun which does not usually form a plural, aB opposed to

nouns which can be counted, e.g. Bugar, sand, ooffee.
Noun
wOl'd denoting or naming a person, thing or concept.
Noun phl'ase
a word 01' group of words with a noun or pronoun as its head

and [unctioning as the Bubject, object or "complement" of a
sentence.
Examples:
Examples:
Grammatioal Terms
child -children
good, better, best
run, ran, run
much, more, most
The cat caught the mouse.

He is ~oliceman.
SWEDISH
Object
word or phrase forming the "compLement" of a verb.
Direct object is the person or thing which is affected by

the action of the verb in a sentenee
Example:
The man read the newspaper.
Indirect object is the person or thing for whom or on whose

behaZf an action is carried out.
Example:
Objective pronoun
John read the newspaper to his wife.
a form of a pronoun which is governed by a verb or a preposition.

ExampZes:
Peter saw her.

Peter gave-us the book.
OrdinaZ number
a number used as an adjective to indicate order, e.g.

second, third, etc.
first,
Participle
English has two participial forms:

the ~sent particip le
which ends in -ing and the east participZe which ends in -ed,
or same times in -en, -n, etc.
These are used in forming
complex verb phrases, such as I am workingj I have worked.
Apart from their use in forming compZex verb phrases, participles are alsa used as adjectives.
ExampZes:
ParticZe
roammatical Terms
A cr~ baby.
A cZosed door.
a non-inflected word which, used with another word (usually a

verb) changes the meaning of that word, e.g. <2il in "turn it lli"
xix
SWEDISH
xr
Passive voiee
See "Voice."
Past tense
a tense form of a verb referring to an action which took place

prior to the time of the utteranee. Cf. "perfeet tense. "
Perfect tense
Present perfeet - have (has) + partieiple (I have closed the

door.)
Past perfect - had + participle (I had cZosed the door.)
ppeposition
a non-inflected word used before a noun or noun phrase, which
indicates a spatial OP temporal relationship between the noun

and some other reference.
Examples:
Reflexive pronoun
an object pronoun which refers back to the subject.

Example:
Reflexive verb
Arthur is driving into the city.

Fran wOIl't get hereuntil Tuesday.
You can see for yourself
a verb used usually with a reflexive pronoun.
Example:
John cut himself while shaving.
Some verbs have reflexive connotations without a reflexive

pronoun.
Example:
Gpammatieal Tepms
John cut himself while shaving (i.e. himself)
SWEDISH
Relative Adverb
an adverb whiah aats as a aonjunation in introduaing a subordinate alause

Example:
Relative clause
This is the place where we met.
a subordinate clause introduced by a relative pronoun or adverb.

Examples:
This is the boy whom I was supposed to meet.

That was the time when I aot lost.
Relative pronoun
a pronoun such as who, whose, whom, which, that whiah refe1'8

back to a previous word-or.-group-of words in-a-sentence.
Stem
that which is left of a word when all prefixes and suffixes

have been removed.
grammaticially, that part of a sentenee which constitutes

the reference for the verb;
the agent performing the action
expressed by the verb in an active sentence, or the person,
thing OF concept on which the action of a passive sentenee
is performed.
Examples:
The aat caught the mouse.

The mouse was caught by the aat.
Subordinate clause
See "Clause."
Superlative
See "Adjective."
Grammatical Terms
xxi
SWEDISH
Supine
xxii
the name in Swedish for the verb form used together with forms
of att ha (to have).
It corresponds in English to the past
participle form of the verb.
However, the supine form is nevel'
declined and cannot be used as an adjective.
Thus in Swedish
there is a distinction between the supine form and the past
particip le form.
The former is only used with the forms of
the verb att ha. The latter is used and declined as an adjective.
Examples:
Part-iciple
Supine
Jag har
lnat en bli.
r have borrowed a ear.

Jag har
lnat ett bord.
En
lnad bil.
Aborrowed ear.
Ett lnat bord.
I have borrowed a table.
Abol'rowed table.
Jag har
Tv
lnai
tv bcker.
have borrowed two books.
I <'i nade bc ker.
Two borrowed books.
Tense
grammatical category of the verb expressing the time relationship between the action referred to in the sentenee and the
time of the utterance.
Transitive verb
a verb which can have a direct object.

Example:
Cf.
Verb
intransitive verb.
expresses an act, occurrence, or mode of being.

Examples:
Gramrnatical Terms
The boy kicked the ball.
The boy l~~ the room.

I am cold.
SWED~H
a verb construction indicating certain reZationships between

the subject and object of a verb.
Voice
The active voice occurs in a sentenee where the grammaticaZ

subject of a verb carries out some activity or process, e.g.
The cat caught the mouse.
The ~ssive voice occurs in a sentenee in which the grammaticaZ
subject of the verb is the recipient of the action, e.g.
The mouse Was caught by the cat.
Word order
~rammatical
Terms
Straight word order places the subject before the verb in

a clause.
Reversed word order pZaces the verb before the subject in
a clause.
xxiii
SWEDISH
xxiv
A Guide to Endings and Symbols Used in Basia Sentenaes and in Nates on Hasia Sentenaes
In the Hasia Sentenaes, each paragraph will be numbered and preaeded by a list of new voaabulary. Same of the Swedish words will be pY'esented in theiY' diffeY'ent forms as folLows:
1.
Nouns
Indefinite form,
Example:
singulaY'j definite form ending, singularj indefinite form ending, plural.

day,
dag -en -ar
the day, days
If the plural form is irregulaY' the entiY'e word form is given.

Example:
natt -en , ntter
night, the night, nights
The word stem to whiah the endings are added is indicated by a slash if the stem is
different from the indefinite form singular.
Example:
gat/a -an -or
street, the street, streets
-0
This symbol indicates that the indefinite plural form is the same as the indefinite
singulaY' :form.
Example:
par -et -0
coupre, the oouple, couples
(/; The same symbol without the dash f-J indicates that the word does not occur in the
plural.
Example:
mjl k -n (/;
Guide to Endings and Symbols
milk, the milk,
SWEDISH
2.
Pronouns (Possessive, Demonstrative, Indefinite Pronouns, and the Interrogative

Pronoun y i I ken)
Form referring to
words.
Example:
~.
min,
words; form referring to ett words; form referring to plural
mitt,
m-z-ne
mina
Adj ectives
Basic form (used with en words in the singular); ending uBed with ett words in the
singular; ending used with plural words.
Example:
sn
I I -t -a
kind
If the adjeetive is irregular the whole form will be given.

Example:
4.
I i ten,
I i tet,
sm
small
comparison of Adjectives and Adverbs

Only the irregular comparative and superlative forms are indicated in addition to
the basic forms.
However J these forms will not be given until Unit 9 where the
comparison of the adjective is introduced.
J
Basic form (used with ~ words in the singular); ending used with ett words in the
singular); ending used with plural words; comparative form; superlative form.
Example:
lng -t -a;
Guide to Endings and Symbols
lngre,
lngst
long J
longer J
longest
xxv
SWEDISH
5.
xxvi
Verbs
Verbs are always given in the in[initive [orm with the in[initive marker att (except [or certain auxiliary verbs which are not used in the in[initive [orm).
The in[initive form with a slash to indicate the stem; present tense ending; past
tense ending; supine ending
Example:
att talla -ar -ade -at
to speak, speak(s), spake,
(have, had) spaken
If the verb is irregular all [orms are written out.

Example:
att st, str, stod,
sttt
to stand, stand(s), stoad,
(have, had) stood
Starting with Unit 10 the first three conjugations will be indicated by numbers only.
Example:
att
att
att
att
tala,
kra, 2a
tycka, 2b
tro, 3
to
to
to
to
speak
drive
think
believe
The [ourth conjugation verbs, which are all more or less irregular, will have the
irregular [orms indicated as well as a number 4 to indicate the conjugation.
Exampl.es:
6.
att f, fr, fick, ftt, 4

att hlla med om; hller, hll, hll it, 4
to get, to receive
to agree with
* This asterisk is [ound in the Basic Sentences. It indicates that there is an

explanatory note on a certain item in that particular paragraph. The nate is listed
by paragraph number in the Notes on Basia Sentences section immediateZy [ollowing
each dialog.
Guide to Endings and Symbol.s
SWEDISH
A
Guide to Swedish Pronunaiation
This chapter is intended especially for the student who is learning Swedish on his or
her own.
The accompanying tape is an integral part of this Unit, and henae must be
used in aonjunation with the following pages.
We have avoided using phonetic symbols in the book. Instead we feel that the combination of the tape and the acaompanying brie! desariptions of how the sounds are produaed will provide an appropriate basis for Swedish pronunaiation.
We also hope that the student who studies with a teaaher will find both ahapter and tape
he2pfut.
We naturally tend to aonaentrate on those sounds that exist in Swedish and not in
English, rather than on Bounds that are common to the two languages.
Spending a little
extra time in the beginning to get the Swedish sounds right is better than learning
them inaorrectly and then trying to compensate later.
SWEDISH
WELCOME TO SWEDISH
Many sounds in the Swedish language are similar to sounds used in English. A few
sounds used in Swedish do not exiat in English. We will be more oonoerned with sounds
than with spelling, although aometimes the latter has to oome in.
Let'a begin by looking at and listening to the Swedish alphabet, which has 29 letters:
A R C DE F G H I
K L M N O p Q R S T U V WX Y Z A
When we disouss Swedish sounds in this chapter we refer to the sounds in this alphabet.
Remember this order of letters, especially when you are looking up a name in the phone
book or a word in a dictionary: A are last.
Swedish Vowe ls
Let'B be gin by taking a look at and listening to the Swedish vowels.
the tape:
A O U
Learn them in thes8 group8: A O U
A O U
A are oalled hard vowels,
Repeat them after
y soft vowels.
These vowels oan be pronounaed long or short. For example~ listen to the different
lengths of the vowel 80und in these Swedish word pairs:
Guide to Swediah Pronunciation
SWEDISH
Long vowels
Sho1't vowela
(day)
(road)
v i I a (to pest)
f r
(fo1')
dagg (dew)
v8gg (wall)
v I Il a (house)
(before)
frr
dag
vilg
Can you hea1' the difference in the vowel length? When Swedish vowels are long they
al'e vel'Y long.
No matter how much you think you exaggerate theil' length, they can
not be too long.
There are no diphthongs in Swedish.
If one vowel letter follows anothel', each one is
pronounaed aeparately.
(This happens in certain English words too, e.g. c~eration,
l'eitel'ate, etc.) All vowel letters are pl'onounaed, there are no silent vowel lettel's.
Let's leal'n and pl'aatiae long-shol't vowel differenaes in Swedish words.
The purpose
hel'e is to leal'n to pronounce Swedish, not to learn to spell and not to learn voaabulary.
The translation furnished is just fol' your information.
Listen to the tape
and read the words.
elose your mind to everything around you and pay elose attention
to the way the voiee on the tape pronounees the wOl'ds.
Try to imitate the speaker.
If you are studying alone, have a mirror handy. We'll tell you when you need it.
"nard" Vowels A O U A
A
The long A in Swedish resembles the long A in (Amel'iean) English, e. g. "fathel', "
"hard," "barn," (Boston pl'onuneiation diseouraged).
Just make it longer.
Long A
glas
dag
mat
tak
ska
(glaBS)
(day)
( food)
(roof, eeiling)
(will)
Guide to Swedi8h Pl'onunaiation
(oity)
(what)
ta (to take)
lat (lazy)
(have, ha8)
ha r
stad
vad
SWEDISH
The short Swedish A is Bomewhat similar to the vowel in the English words Ueot. u Unot. u
Listen oarefully to the pronunoiation of short Swediah A on the tape and repeat after it.
Short A
glass
dagg
matt
tack
hade
vatten
(water)
kaffe (ooffee)
han
(he)
kan (can)
hall
(haLl)
(ieeoream)
(dew)
(weak)
(thank you)
(had)
Now we will give you one /Jord with a long A and one with a ahort A.
differenee in the vowel and imitate it.
Liaten to the
Long A
Short A
glas
dag
mat
ta k
hal (slippery)
tal (speeeh)
glass
dagg
matt
tack
ha I I
(pine tree)
ta I I
o
The long O is elose to the English vowel in Utroop" and "tomb."
with long O. Try to make them very long.
krona
(opown)
(to live)
(book)
bror (bpothep)
ro (to pow)
bo
bok
Guide to Swedish Pronunoiation
Here are some /Jords
( aun)
sto r (vig)
fot (foot)
god (good)
mot (againBt)
501
SWEDISH
The short Swedish O has the same qualityas the long O hut it is shorter.
the words with a short O and repeat af ter the tape.
Short
hon
ost
ond
fort
tom
Listen to
(she)
(cheese)
( evir)
( fas t)
(empty)
(mat. aunt)
moster
(hotel)
hote II
bomu I I
(cotton)
bands
( farme1')
(aaI'dJ,
kort
Now we will pI'actice a long and a ahoI't O so you can hear and learn the diffeI'ence.
Long
Sh01't
hon
osl
to rt
tom
kort
krona
bok
bro r
god
ro
u
The Swedish long U does not exist in English.
Now you can get out YOUI' mirI'or and use
it while you do the following.
Listen to the English word "yew." Now say it veI'Y
slowly and watch what YOUI' lips do at the end of it. Keep your lips in this position.
Now we'll make a little change. by dropping the "y" and emphasizing the "w":
u
Now we'll pI'actice words with a long U.
GUide to Swediah Pronunciation
U U
~6
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _S=-W.:..::...:E:.:D=-I:..:S:..:.H...:.Long U
kul
sur
mus
tur
brun
fru (wife)
ut (out)
nu (now)
hu r (how)
hus (house)
(tun)
( sour)
(mouse)
(luck)
(brown)
The short U sound has a different quality. This time you don't need your mirror.
Say the English wOr'd usugar'u af ter the tape.
sugar'
sugar
sugar
If you say it quickly the uUu will be very alose to the Swedish short U. Now listen
to this Swedish word:
uggla (owlJ.
Now we 'tt praatiae some other Swedish worods with
shorot U.
Short U
(fru i t)
f ruld
brunn (wel Z)
un de r (under)
luft (air)
rum (room)
upp
(up)
I unch
(lunch)
buss (bus)
tunn (thin)
mun (mouth)
Now we'll say a word with a long U and one with a short U.
what your mouth does.
Look in the miroror and Bee
Lonrr U
Short
- - -U
fru
brun
ut
nu
hus
fru kt
brunn
Guide to Swedish Pronunciation
upp
under
buss
SWEDISH
Long A is simila't' to the Engl'ish vOIJel sound in "fOU't'3" "SOaI'3" "moI'c

He!'e a!'e 80me WOI'ds IJith a long A.
Long
"
but much lange!'.
A
mne (moon)
( goal)
ml
(thI'ead)
t rd
tg (t!'ain)
vt (we t)
(yea!')
st (to stand)
g (to go)
bt (boat)
hl
(hale)
The shoI't A is ve't'y similaI' to the VOIJel sound in the English WOI'ds "song 3 " "long 3 "
and "wI'ong
but shoI'teI'.
J
"
ShOI't
A
mtt (measUI'e)
mste (mus t)
nga (Bteam)
lder ( age)
ngra (to I'egI'et)
gng (time)
I ng (long)
sng (Bong)
h I I a (to hold)
mnga (many)
NOa) we'll say ona WOI'd with a long

heaI' the difference in length.
A and then one with a shOI't A.
Long A
Short A
g?!
r
hl
mne
gng
s'ng
h I I a
mnga
mtt
bH
Remembe!' that the Swedish name of this lette!' is
Guide to Swedish P!'onunciation
Listen and tI'Y to
"A".
7
SWEDISH
The same sounds -- both the Long A and the short A sound -- are sometimes speL Led
with an "O". The Long A sound 8peLLed with an "O" is unuBuaL, but the short A sound
speLLed with an "O" is rather common.
Long A sound spe Hed with an "O"
son (80'11)
kol
(eoaL)
telefon (teLephone)
mikrofon (microphane)
Short ft. 80und 8peBed with an
"O"
om (if)
som (who J which)
kopp (cup)
komma (to come)
kos-J-a (to oost)
The voweZs you have just praaticed A O U A are the "hard" voweLs.
with the other group of voweLs, the "soft" voweZs.
J
Guide to Swedish Pl'onunciation
We wiLL now continue
SWEDISH
"Soft" VotJeLB E I Y
E
Long E is a pure DoweL.

It is not the Bame aB the DoweL sound in "8ay~" "day," "gray~"
eta.
Listen to the tape:
E E E E E
Now we'll praatiae the long E sound in same words.
Be 8ure to make it very Long.
Long E
(bone~ leg)
ben
(late)
sen
(elean)
ren
(letter)
b rev
se
(to 8ee)
mer
(more)
te (tea)
paket (paakage)
heta (to be aalled)
det
(it~
the)
The short E sound iB almost the Bame aB the Dowel sound in the English words "rest~"
"best," "rent," n8end~n but shorter.
Let's listen to and repeat this short vowel sound
in Borne Swedish words.
Short E
en
fem
ett
vem
mes t
an)
(five)
(a, an)
{who}
(a,
(mos t)
(home)
{but}
hetta (heat)
den
(it, the)
Igen
(again)
hem
men
Now we'lL say one word with a long E and one word with a short E.
.-:..l0
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _S::...W..:....:.....::E:..:D::....:...:IS:..:H:.....:....-
Long E
Short E
det
den
men
en
hem
hetta
mer
ben
sen
heta
The Swedish I is similar to the vowel sound in the English words "teak," "seed, "
"Zeave," eto.
Listen:
I
(eeyh)
(eeyh)
(eeyh)
For the Zong I be sure to make it very Zong.

Long
(to be siZent)
(here)
(to res t)
vila
dit (there)
(piece)
bIt
tiga
vi n
fln
hit
(in)
(wine)
(fine)
vis
(wise)
bil
(car)
The short Swedish I sound is similar in quality to long I, but much. much shoptep.
Listen to the short I sound in same Swedish words and repeat them.
Short
(winl)
(findt)
( oertain)
viss
tigga (to beg)
vIlla (house)
vinn
finn
Guide to Swedish pponunoiation
hitta
(to find)
( gir Z)
min (my, mine)
din (your. yours.)
timme (hour)
f I Icka
SWEDISH
Now let'8 listen to one word with a long I and then one word with a short I.
Long
Sho!'t
vin
f In
vis
tiga
v II a
vinn
finn
viss
tigga
v II I a
The Swedish "Y" is always a vowel.

It is most easily produced if you whisper a long
Swedish I (remember, eeyh), push out you!' lips, making a "square" mouth, and use your
voice.
Look in the mirror and try it. Exaggerate all you want in the beginning.
Y
Now we'lt practice the long Y in same words.

Long Y
(to sew)
( fabric)
( four)
f Yra
(to rent)
hy r",
byta (to change)
sy
tyg
ny (new)
yta (surface)
by (viLLage)
flyta
(to float)
f rysa
(to freeze)
The short y sound is very similar to the long one except for being much shorter.
11
SWEDISH
12
------------------------------------Short Y
synd (pit y)
trygg ( secure)
bytta ( jarl
tycka (to think)
lyssna (to listen)
No~ ~e'll
nyss (reaently)
flytta (to move)
mycket (muah, very)
syster (sister)
lyfta (to lift)
alternate long and short Y sounds.

Long Y
Short Y
sy
ny
tyg
byta
flyta
synd
nyss
trygg
bytta
flytta
The long vo~el "" before "R" is similal' to the vowel sound in the English ~ords "fair,"
"bear, " "hair, " "care," etc.
Be Bure io ap en your mouth ~hen you say . Always refer
to this letter as .
If the long is not followed by an "R" it Bounds like the vowel Bound in the English
"well," "bet," "~et," eta.
But remember to make it very long.
~ords
Listen aarefully to the ~ordB with the long and you

by an "R" differs from other situations.
Guide to
S~edish
Pronunaiation
~ill
hear how the
""
foZlo~ed
SWEDISH
Long
vg ( T'oad)
(we 7, 7,)
vl
lsa (to read)
(nose)
nsa
(to compete)
tvla
(here)
h r
dr
(there)
br (berry)
(iron)
j rn
(to teach)
I ra
You can heaT' how much broader and more open the sound is if it is followed by an liR".
Take the word jrnvg (railroad) where you have an example of both types of long .
Say it:
jrn-vg, jrn-vg, jrn-vg.
The short is also bT'oad and open before an "R". It is similar to the first vowel
sound in the English words "carryJ" "marorYJ" etc.
Before other consonants it sounds
just like the short Swedish E sound (ett, mest, hem). Now listen to the shorot sound
and no te the difference be tween the fo lZowed by an "R" and the fo lZowed by other
consonants.
Short
rr (scar)
frja
(feny)
v rre (worse)
mrka
(to notice)
rm (sleeve)
vgg (wa7, l)
kv I I
(evening)
v n
( friend)
bst (bes t)
n sta (next)
Now we/Il read the words with long and alternate with words with short . Try to
worok on the long that is not folZowed by an "R"J since you are not used to making this
sound long in English.
Long
Short
hr
rr
rm
nsta
vgg
kv I l
j rn
nsa
vg
v I
13
SWEDISH
The last Swedish vowel, and also the last letter in the Swedish alphabet, is "".
To pronounae this sound you oan use your mirror again. First whisper a long E. Hold
this for a long time, and then round your lips.
When your lips are rounded (you're almost ready to kiss someone!) start using your voiae, and you will hear a niae Swedish
, like this:
As was the aase with the "" before "R", the sound is broader and more open before
an "R". It is very similar to the English sound in "fur," "purr," "buron. /I Elsewhere
it is rather tense, very muah like the name of the letter "".
Let's praotioe the long sound in some words.
Long
st
brd
nt
ga
ln
f r (for)
( to hear)
hra
(to drive)
kra
stra
(to disturb)
(ear)
ra
(sweet)
(bread)
(nut)
(eye)
(salary)
The short before "R" sounds like the long before "R", only shortel'.
ed by "R" it is similar to, but shorter than its long oounterpal't.
When not folloliJ-
Listen to the words with the short sound.

Short
lnn
(maple tree)
ntt
(worn)
mjlk (milk)
fnster
(window)
hst (fall, autumn)
frr
(before)
brja
(to begin)
drr (door)
str re
(bigger)
mrk (dark)
Now we'll alternate words with long and
sho~t .
SWEDISH
Long
Short
fr
frr
stra
nt
strre
ln
ntt
lnn
ga
hst
You may have notioed from all the words listed in the foregoing praatiaeB that vowel
letters are usually pronounoed short when followed by two aonsonant letters. and long
when followed by one aonsonant letter. One-syllable words ending in -m and -n are
of ten exceptions.
Examples:
man
han
hon
kan
fem
hem
SOm
(man)
(he)
(she)
(can)
(five)
(home)
( that. which)
To sum up the most important things you need to know about Swedish vowels:
1.
Long vowe la are very longj
2.
3.
Y -- start whispering a long I and make a "square" mouth. and only then use your
voicej
4.
-- start whispering a long E,
requires your lips in a "w" positionj
round your lips and only then use your voiae.
15
__________________________________________---::.6
SWEDISH
1
Swedish Consonants
Swedish eonsonants are fairly similar to English ones with a few exaeptions. whieh
will deal with in this seetion.
~e
In Swedish. a eonsonant following a long vowel tends to be short. a aonsonant follo~

ing a short vowel tends to be long.
Listen to these examples: In English ~e say
"mama" -- the Swedes say mamma; we say "papa" -- the S~edes say pappa; mamma,
pappa. The distinetion between short and long consonants is usually shown in the
writing system by the doubling of the aonsonant letter. However. you only hear this
distinetion when the eonsonant oeeurs between two vowels like in the following examples:
Long eonsonants
Short eonsonants
vgen (the road)
(fine; deel.
fIna
dagen (the day)
(to feed)
mata
I j I a (purple)
v1iggen (the wall)

(to find)
fInna
(the dew)
daggen
(rug)
matta
(little; dea l.
\I \I a
form)
form)
The most important thing. however. is to make the long vowels long. otherwise there
aan easily be misunderstandings. Remember: a long vowel aan never be too long.
"J" is the Swedish symbol for a sound similar to "y" at the beginning of an English
word. as in "yes." "yard." It never aorresponds in its pronuneiation to the English
letter "j".
It is the aonsonant letter that sometimes gives away the orig in of a
Swede speaking English when he or she says: "Yump for yoy."
Let's listen to some Swedish words with J. Praetiae espeeially the words where J
eomes after another aonsonant.
SWEDtSH
Ja (yes J
frja
(fe r>r>y J
brja
(to begin)
nej
(no)
(Chr>is tmas)
just (just)
jobb (job)
John (John)
j uI
s Jj a
mjlk
(to s e ll)
(milk)
In some lJor>ds "boror>owed" fI'om Fr>ench "JII is pr>onounced like English SH.
JournalIst
jargong
Jourhavande
Listen:
( j our>na lis t)
(jar>gon)
(on duty)
The letter> "JtI is sometimeB proeaeded by anothero aonsonant in the writing system.
suah aases the other> letter is always "si7ent."
Examples:
GJ
DJ
HJ
LJ
gjorde
djur
hjlp
I j us
In
(did)
(animal)
(help)
(light)
The J sound is alBo sometimes spelled with a tiG".

Examples:
ge
(to give)
grna
(gladly)
frg
(aolor
berg
(mountain)
Tt'e'll discuss this in more detail later> under> "GII.
Guide to SlJedish Pr>onunoiation
17
__________________
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-=18
SWEDISH
L
Listen carefully to the pronunciation of the English word "little." Swedish L is

more like the first "l" than the seaond "l." The seaond "l" sounds very foreign to
Swedes.
Now we'll praetiee the L in some Swedish words:
(automohi le)
kalender (ealendar)
klar (eLear)
hall
(hall)
klocka (elock)
(weZZ)
mjlk (miZk)
lunch
(luneh)
telefon
(telephone)
tills (until)
bl I
v l
-NGThis sound is similal' to English. i.e. "ring." "song." "long." etc . hut no g-sound
is heard at the end. as some English speakers have. This is true in Swedish even
if the -NG is foLlowed by a vowel.
This is the way it sounds in Swedish:
(long)
I ng
lnga (long; deel.
(s ong)
sng
sngen (the Bong)
form)
As you notiee there is onLy the -NG sound.

tional g-sound should be heard.
ung
unga
r i ng
ringa
(young)
(young; deel. form)
(ring)
(to telephone)
Let'a say those words again.
No addi-
If you have diffiaulty with this. an eaBy way to eliminate the g-sound is to say the
two syllables separate ly. then s-l-o-w-l-y bring them together, sng -en, sngen.
SWEDISH
Note:
The sound -NG is frequently followed by an "N" at the end of a word.
bination is speLLed "-GN".
lugn
lugna
regn
regnet
Examples:
This com-
ugn
(oven)
ugnen (the oven)
vagn (wagon)
vagnen (the wagon)
(caLm)
(to calm)
(rain)
(the rain)
"GN" and "KN"

If "GN" stands at the beginning of a word both sounds are pronounced as in gnista
(spark), gnida (to rub).
The same is true for "KN" in Swedish.
The Swedes say
knapp (button), knyta (to tie).
Listen and repeat the Swedish words:
KN
GN
gnIsta
gnIda
gnata
gnola
gngga
knyta
knppa
knappast
knut
kn a c ka
(spark)
(to rub)
(to nag)
(to hum)
(to neigh)
Uo tie)
(to button)
(hardLy)
(knot)
(to knock)
The Swedish
it less:
"R"
is sZightZy triZZed.
r um (room)
bror (brothep)
morgon (morning)
If you can make a Spanish "R", use that but trilL
rd (bread)
har (have, has)
krona (crown)
19
SWEDISH
In Bome combinatiohB of liR" + another conBonant the two sounds a!l'e "pulled together."
7'he reBult is very simil'ar to what happens in English words like "bar - barn."
"bore - bored. "
Let's praatiae some of these aombinations in Swedish worda:
J rn
barn
torn
(iron)
(child)
(towe 1')
-RO
bo rd
grd
v rd
(table)
(farm)
(aare)
-RT
frort (auburb)
svart (black)
fiport (aports)
..,RN
20
SWEDISH
RSH
The -RSH sound is produaed lJJhen the letter "S" foZlolJJS an "R", as in the lJJords
orsak (reason), kors (crosu) and Lars. You make the -RSH sound in normal speech
also if one lJJord ends in "RII and the next word starts with "S." Listen to theae
three words: Va e.-..? a tt du? {Where did you ait?J. This is how you will hear it
when a Swede speaks normal ly: Va~(h)att du? If you pronounce the three words
carefully without the SH sound (varI satt/ du?) you will, of course, be understood, but it won't sound like natural Swedish. Let's try some examples:
mors
orsak
kors
Lars
(mother's)
vrst
f rs k
norsk
frsk
(wors t)
(fresh)
(Norwegian)
( attempt)
SH
The Swedish SH sound is very similar to the English SH sound in "shoe." "sheep."
"shout," ete. There is another variation of the SH sound in Swedish which you
do not need to learn now. but whieh you should be prepared to recognize. The
spelling of the SH sound may vary. but don't let the spelling influenee your
pronuneiation. Here is a list of words eontaining the SH sound. all with different spelling.
On the tape you'll hear both versions of the SH sound.
"SJ"
" SK"
"SKJ"
"STJ"
"SCH"
"-slon"
"-tian"
"CH"
"J"
"G"
sjuk
skIda
skjorta
stjrna
schism
vision
station
champagne
journalist
geners
(sick)
( skiJ
( shirt)
(star)
( sehism)
(vision)
(station)
}
(champagne)
( journalist)
( generous)
words borrowed from Freneh
Nate that "CH" in the word och (and) is pronounced K.

21
SWEDISH
22
----------------------------------------------:
II Gli
We
~ill
no~
explain the
~eason fo~
"K"
IISKlI
lea~ning
A O U A and the soft vo~el8 E I Y
the vowels in two g~oups~ the ha~d vowels

Say them onae mo~e in groups.
If you don't
remember them learn them now.

A O U
E I Y
The two consonant lette~s "G" and "K" and the combination "SKlI a~e pl'onounaed
depending on whether the y pl'ecede a hal'd voweZ or a soft vowel.
differentZy~
the hard vowels A O U A, "G", "K", and "SK"

in the alphabet.
Listen to these Swedish wOr'ds:
Befo~e
gata
god
gul
g
(st~ee t)
( good)
(yeZZow)
(to waHl
kan
kopp
kultur
k r
vo~els
pl'onounaed as they sound
(can)
(cup)
(cul ture)
(co~ps )
Let's say them again~ just to practiae the Swedish

vowels very l-o-n-g.
In fr'ont of the soft
a~e
ska
s ko
s ku I I e
s k I
vo~els
as well.
(shall)
(shoe)
( s~ould)
(c Gers)
Make
you~
long
E I Y , "Gli, "K". and "SKlI beaome "soft":
"Gli is pronounced like a Swedish
"J" (as the "Y" in English
"yes~" "yea~~"
eta.).
Listen to these examples:

ge
gli la
gymnastik
grna
gra
(to give)
(to like)
( gymnas ti cs)
(gladly)
(to do)
IIG" is also pl'onounced like a Swedish "J" af ter' IIl" and "R II in the same syZZable.
Look at the following wOr'ds~ listen and imitate;
Guide to Swedish
P~onunaiation
SWEDISH
lg
helg
svalg
berg
frg
torg
arg
(moose)
(holiday)
(pharynx)
(mountain)
(eolor)
(square)
(angry)
"K"
is pronounced like a "light" "CH," a sound similar to the sound in English "bipch."
"inch, "etc.
Listen to the exampLes:
kedj a
kines
kyss
krlek
kra
(ehain)
(Chinese)
(kiss)
(love)
(to drive)
The CH sound is also spelled "TJ" and "KJlI in some !Jords, for example:
"TJ"
tjnstgra
(twenty)
(thief)
(to nag)
(thick)
(to serve)
kjol
( skirt)
tjugo
tjuv
t j ata
t jack
"KJ"
"SK" befare a soft vowel is pronounced like a SH sound in English (shoe, shine, etc.).
Listen to these examples:
sked
skina
skydda
sk ra
skn
Note:
( spoon)
(to shine)
(to protect)
(to eut)
(eomfor'tabLe)
There are other spellings of the SH sound whieh we discussed undep the SH sound.
Guide to Swedish Pl'onzmciation
23
____________________
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _---=24
SWEDISH
Now let's put "G," "K," and "SK" alternately in front of a hard and a soft vowel.
at the words and repeat after the tape.
"G"
Helare hard vowe"l
Belore 80ft vowel
gata
god
gul
ge
gli la
gymnastik
grna
gra
g
II
Kli
kedja
kines
kyss
krlek
kra
kan
kopp
kultur
k r
ilSK"
Look
sked
skina
skydda
sk ra
skn
ska
s ko
sku I I e
5k~1
The following oonsonant letters ooour only infrequently in Swedish:

"C" is mostly found in the oombination lICKlI .
A"lone it is usually found in foreign

Befolle soft
words, in which case it is pronounced like "K" in front of hard vowe"ls.

vowe"ls it is pronounced like "S."
Guide to Swedish Pronunoiation
Examples:
cancer
campa
cape
( cancer)
(to camp)
(cape)
ce I I
citron
cy ke I
(lemon)
(bicyc"leJ
( oell)
SWEDISH
"Q" is found mostly in
proper names.
Examples: Holmquist, Almquist.
Akvavit (aquavit).
replacing "QU" in modern Swedish, fal' example:
"W" is pronounced like a "V" in Swedish.

WTlma, Wlnblad.
"I" is pronounced like

derivation.
Examples:
Note:
"KV" has been
You will only find it in names. Examples:
"S".
You will find it ont y in a very few words of foreign

(gypsy)
zigenare
(zone)
zon
(zenith)
zenit
(zebra)
zebra
There is no Z sound in Swedish!

Summary of the Pronunciation of Swedish Consonants
1.
2.
3.
':1.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Consonant sounds tend to be l-o-n-g aftel' short vowels.

"J" is pronounced like English "Y" before vowels.
"L" is always like the first "l" in the English word "little."
"-NG-" No G is hea!'d befo!'e vowe ls.
"GN-" 80th the "G" and the liN" are pronounced at the beginning of a wO!'d.
"KN-" 80th the "K" and the "N"are pronounced in this combination at the beginning
of a word.
"R" is slightly t!'illed.
"RS" is pronounced like -RSH
SH - This sound sound is very simi la!' to the English SH sound.
"G,K,SK" before soft vowels a!'e p!'onounced like J, CH, and SH.
"W" is pronounaed like "V."
II Z"
is always p!'onounced S;
there is no Z sound in Swedish.
Guide to Swedish Pl'onunoiation
25
SWEDISH
-------------------------------------------------26
When individual wo~ds a~e p~onounced in isolation, the sepa~ate sounds tend to stand
out clea~ly. When one talks in ph~ases o~ sentences, howeve~, many of these sounds
be come less distinct, and some of them may change or disappear. You will hear this
on the tapes of the dialogs. Of course this is the way you should learn to Break
Swedish, not word by word. This is one reason it is important for you to memorize
the dialogs.
Some very common wo~ds are pronounoed differently f~om the way they are spelled.
Refer to this list as you Zearn Units 1-4 to make sure you are pronouncing these
words right.
Write
Say
jag
det
dag
.... ad
och
de
dem
r
med
morgon
JA
DE
DA
'I"
A
DOM
DOM
E
ME
MORRON
Guide to Swedish Pronuneiation
(I)
(it)
(day)
(what)
( and)
(they)
(them)
(am, are, is)
(with)
(morning)
Write
Say
ngon
ngonting
sedan
sga
mig
dig
sig
sdan
staden
NJl.N
NJl.NTING
SEN
SJA
MEJ
DEJ
SEJ
SAN
STAN
(someone)
(something)
(then)
(to say)
(me)
(you)
(himself, e te.)
(sueh)
(the city)
SWEDISH
Americans listening to Swedes talking sometimes say the Swedes Using. u They hear the
Swedish intonation which is different from English.
They also hear Swedish accent
which is equaZZy different from EngZish.
Let/s Zearn about that now.
Swedish has two accents, usuaZZy referred to as Accent 1 and Accent 2.
Accent 1. Words with Aocent 1 have the stress on the first syZZable. This is alBo
most common in EngZish two-syZZabZe words.
ExampZes: coming, harness., mother,
fracture, neighbor.
Accent 2 is very aharacteristic of Swedish; it occurs mostly in words of two or
more syZlabZes.
In Accent 2 words the second syZZable is almost as loud as the
'first.
In EngZish this occurs onZy in phrases where, for exampZe, an ordinary
adjective comes before an ordinary noun.
Compare the foZlowing English items as
you say them:
First syllable accent
Second syllable accent
bZackboard
bZueberry
White House
Zoudspeaker
bZack board
bZue berry
white house
loud speaker
Notice that you pronounce the second syZlabZe in the right-aoZumn items Zouder and
cZearer than the same syZZabZe in the Zeft-column items.
Now, imagine that the
foZZowing Swedish words are pro'nounced as though they had two part.9, the second
aZmost as Zoud as the first:
27
SWEDISH
-------------------------------------------------28
hus-tru
lng-samt
n -go n
smr-gs
These wovds ave wvitten as hustru, lngsamt, ngon, and smrgs, hut pvonounced
(using Accent 2) with the second syllable almost as loud as the fivst.
Tvy saying
them one move time to make suve hoth syllahles ave coming out cleavly and loud.
then pvactice the following list of Accent 2 wovds:
gata
f I i cka
b ta r
pojkar
krona
kyrka
ngon
dotter
papper
Let's say them again.
(stveet)
(givl)
(boats)
(boys)
(cvown)
(chuvch)
( Bomeone)
(daughtev)
(papev)
komma
frga
svens ka
smrgs
kosta r
lngsamt
Ingen
hustru
va r J e
(to come)
(to ask)
(Swedish)
(sandwich)
(eost/s)
(slowly)
(no O-ne)
(wife)
(evevy)
Tvy to get the typical Swedish stvess.
We will now giv e you some Accent 2 wovds and contvast them with Accent 1 words.
Listen cavefully to the tape and imitate.
Accent 1
Accent 2
komma
ringar
svenska
smrgs
kostar
lngsamt
ingen
poJ ken
va r J e
klockan
(to come)
(vings)
(Swedish)
(sandwich)
(eost/s)
(slowly)
(no one)
(the boy)
(evevy)
(the clock)
kommer
ringer
enkel
gsen
typisk
lngre
finger
boken
vargen
rocken
(come/s)
(ring/s)
(sinple)
(the goose)
(typical)
(longev)
(fingev)
(the book)
(the wo lf)
(the coat)
SWEDISH
When you listen to the tapes, t~y f~om the beginning co pick up Accent 1 and Accent 2,
as ~ell as the typiaal S~ediBh intonation. As a ~esult the dialogs that you memorize
~ill sound much more S~edish.
I I
"'/CJ:\"
-..~-
"
Guide to
S~edish
Pronunciation
l \
...
29
SWEDISH
____________________
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-::30
UNIT 1
GETTING AROUND
Basic Sentences
Useful Words and Phrases
good
day
1.
Hello (how do you do?).

Hi.
Hej.
2.
morning
Good morning.
morgon -en, mor(g)nar

God morgon.
3.
night
Good nigh t.
natt -en,
God natt.
4.
Good-bye.
Adj.
ntter
5.
gentleman
Mr. Berg.
Herr
herr/e -en -ar
Herr Berg.
6.
Mrs., wife
Mrs. Stromback.
fru -n -ar
Fru Strmbck.
Mr'.
Unit 1
god, gott, goda

dag -en -ar
Goddag.
SWEDISH
'l.
Miss (also to waitreBs or

salesgirl)
Miss Hansson.
8.
how
to stand
stand(s)
it
to
How are you?
Hur str det tl II?
9.
thank you
fine> well
to fee l
feel(s)
you (sing.)
self
Thanks, fine.
How are you?
tac k
b ra
att m -r, mdde, mtt
m r
du
sj I v
Tack, bra.
Hur mr du sjlv?
10.
to speak
speak(s)
Swedish (the language)
Do you speak Swedish?
att talla -ar -ade -at

talar
svenska -n 0
Talar du svenska?
11.
yes
li ttle
bit
Yes, a little bit.
Unit 1
frken,
frken,
frknar
Frken Hansson.
hur
att st - r,
st r
det
stod, sttt
t i I I
It
It
ja
I i te
g ra n n
Ja,
I ite grann.
31
SWEDISH
32
n ej
inte
12.
no
not
at all
No, not at alL
Nej,
13.
to understand
understand(s)
me
Do you understand me?
att frst -r, frstod,

frstr
mig
Frstr du mig?
aI Is
inte alls.
jag
dig
Nej, jag frstr dig
frsttt
14.
you (obj. form)

No, I don't understand you.
15.
to be
be (imperative)
kind, good
please
and
speak (imperative)
slowly
Please speak slowly.
tala
lngsamt
Va r sn I I och ta I a lngsamt.
16.
noW
Thanks, I understand now.
nu
Tack, jag frstr nu.
17.
Excuse (me).
Urskta.
Unit 1
aTt vara, r, var,

va r
snll -t -a
var snll
inte.
varit
och
SWEDISH
18.
whe1'e
to be found, exist
is {found}
the1'e is (<.11'e)
a, an
te1-ephone
Where is there a telephone?
restaurant?
ho te 1-7
restroom?
room
va r
att finnas, finns, fanns, funnits
f i nns
det finns
en, ett
telefon -en -er
Var finns det en telefon?
en restaurang -en -er
ett hote I I -et -0
en toalett -en -er
ett rum -met -0
buss -en -ar

hllplats -en -er
hr
bus
stop
he re
in
in the vicinity, nearby
subuJay
station
Is the1'e a bus stop nearby~
a subway station?
a train station?
nrheten
tunnelban/a -an -or
station -en -er
Fl nns det en bussh I I p I ats hr i nrheten?
en tunnelbanestation?
en jrnvgsstation?
20.
the re
away
Yes, over theX'e.
dr
borta
Ja, dr borta.
21.
right
To the Y'ight.
hger
Ti II hger.
22.
left
To the left.
vnster
TI II vnster.
19.
Unit 1
i
i
33
SWEDISH
34
-------------------------------------------23.
straight
ahead, forward
Straight ahead.
Rakt
24.
to be able to
can
to help
Can I help you?
att kunna, kan, kunde, kunnat

kan
att hjlp/a -er -te -t
Kan jag
hjlpa dig?
25.
26.
27.
Unit l
ra k t
f ram
fram.
to say, to te'l'l
one, you
to walk, to go
walk(s)
to
the American Embassy
Can you tell me how you get to
the American Embassy?
amerikanska ambassaden
Kan du sga mig hur man gr tl I I
amerikanska ambassaden?
walk (imperative)
jus t, on ly
to see
see(s)
Just walk straight ahead. You'll
see the Embassy on your left.
g
bara
att se -r, sg, sett
se r
G bara rakt fram.
Du ser ambassaden t i l l vnster.
so, very
much
Thank you very much.
s
mycket
Tack s mycket.
att sg/a -er, sade, sagt

man
att g -r, gick, gtt
gr
t i II
SWEDISH
28.
29.
no
cause, reason
Don't mention it.
(You've weZoome.)
ingen, inget, inga

orsak -en -er
Ingen orsak.
to be aZZowed (to); to veoeive

may
to buy
some, a few, any
postcard
I wouZd Like (to buy) Bome
pOBtca1'ds.
att f -r, fick, ftt

f r
att kp/a -er -te -t
ngon, ngot, ngra
vykort -et -0
Kan jag f kpa ngra vykort?
mnga
att vilja,
~ II I
Il
30.
many
to want
want(s)
you (poLite form, and pLu1'.)
to have
How many do you want?
att ha -r, hade, haft

Hur mnga vi II ni ha? Il
31.
what
to cos t
cost(s)
How much does it oost?
vad
att kost/a -ar -ade -at
kostar
Vad kostar det?
32.
c1'own
fifty
O1'e
One C1'own and 50 are.
k ro n / a - a n - o r
femtio
re -t -n
En krona och femtio re (en och
femtio).
Il
Unit l
vill,
ville, velat
ni
35
SWEDISH
---------------------------------------------------36
33.
att ge -r, gav, gett

ge
dag -en -ar
nyhet -en -er
oc ks
Var snll och ge mig en Dagens
Nyheter ocks.
*
to give
give (imperative)
day
news
too, also
Please give me a Dagens Nyheter.
too.
(Be so good.)
Var s god.
34.
Here you aY'e.
35.
to become. to be
become(s). will be
How much will it be?
Hur mycket blir det?
36.
fouY'
It will be fouY' crowns. please.
fyra
Det bl i r fyra kronor,
Eating and Drinking
3?
:5 8.
Unit 1
att bli -r, blev,
bI i vit
bI i r
~n
tack.
a Restaurant
to eat
eat(s)
lunch
dinneT'
bT'eakfast
We are having lunch.
dinneT'.
bT'eakfast.
att t/a -er, t,

ter
lunch -en -er
middag -en -ar
frukost -en -ar
Vi ter lunch.
middag.
frukost.
to look. to see
at. on
menu
May I look at the menu?
att se -r, sg, sett

p
matsede I -n, matsed I ar
Kan jag f se p matsedeln?
tit
SWEDISH
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
Un i
t 1
-et -0
-ar
-en -ar
ett pa r ostsmrgsar?
a couple, pair
cheese
sandwich (open faced)
May I have a couple of cheese
sandwiches?
ett par
ost -en
smrgs
Kan jag f
wai tress
to drink
coffee
Waitress:
What would you like to
drink?
Coffee?
servitris -en -er

att drick/a -er, drack, druckit
kaffe -t 0
Servitrisen: Vad vill ni ha att
dricka?
Ka ffe?
glass
milk
May I have a glass of milk, please.
water
beer
wine
glas -et -0
mjl k -en QJ
Kan jag f ett glas mjl k?
vatt/en -net 0
I -et 0
vin -et -er
cup
tea
A cup of coffee,
tea
kopp -en -ar

te -et 0
En kopp kaffe, tack.
te
pleaae.
some, a little
butter
bread
Some bread and butter.
I i te
smr -et 0
brd -et 0
Lite smr och brd.
37
SWEDISH
38
Numbers
o
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
no I I
en, ett
tv
t re
f Yra
fem
sex
sj u
Ha
nio
tio
elva
tolv
tretton
fjorton
femton
sexion
sjutton
arton
nitton
40
41
50
60
70
80
90
100
200
1,000
2,000
100,000
200,000
1,000,000
2,000,000
1,000,000,000
2,000,000,000
one tri llion
Unit 1
(ettlhundra
tvhundra
(ettltusen
tvtusen
(ettlhundra tusen
tvhundra tusen
en mi Ijon
tv mi Ijorlsr
en miljard
tv mi I jarder
en biljon
tjugo
tjugoen, tjugoett
tjugotv
tjugotre
tjugofyra
tjugofem
tjugosex
tjugosju
tjugotta
tjugonio
trettio
trettioen, trettioett
trettiotv
fyrtio
fyrtioen, fyrtioett
femtio
sextio
sjuttio
ttio
ni
tt i o
SWEDISH
UNIT 1
At this point we'd like to call your attention to same of the things you've been learning to
say in the Basic Sentences.
Sometimes it will be important for you to practice grammatical
patterns from the Sentences;
for this purpose we are including a Points to Practice section,
where you will find explanations as well.
However, there are some other points which you
should understand now, even though you don't need to work with them intensively yet.
Read
through this section carefully, and then go back over the Basic Sentenoes onoe more to be
sure you are fullyaware of what we are pointing out.
The numbers preceding the items below refer to the Basic Sentenoe numbers.
1.
8.
& 9.
9.
Hej.
While in English "Good day" is an expression used upon taking leave
of someone, Goddag is used by Swedes as agreeting approximately corresponding to
"Hello." The informal Hej is mor e widely used but it implies also the use of the
informal du.
See Nate 9.
Goddag,
st ti II, m.
St t i l l is more formal than m.
Hur str det t i l l is therefore
more appropriately asked of a person whom one does not call du.
See the following Note.
Du.
"You" can be translated with du (sing.) or ni (formal sing. and plural of
du/ni) in Swedish.
The use of the informal du is rapidly growing in Sweden and
will most likely soon be the only form of addressing o person. Most young people
nowadays call everyone du (however, eyebrows were raised when a young journalist
interviewing the king called His Majesty du) and du is used between all employees
and management in many factories and offices.
However, with conservative and older
Swedes it is wise for a newcomer to be cautious and let the Swede indicate how he
or she prefers to be addressed.
Unit 1
:59
SWEDISH
40
18.
Var finns det .,. Det finns is the Swedish equivalent of English "there is" and
"there are".
The reveraed word order used here is a resuLt of the question pattern
(compare English "Where is/are there ... ?").
29.
Kan jag f ... corresponds to the English "may I have".

Example:
Kan jag f en kopp
kaffe?
(May I have a cup of coffee?).
Another infinitive may be added to kan jag
f.
In that case f loses its meaning of "have".
The second infinitive becomes the
key word and kan jag f takes on the meaning of "may I".
Examples:
Kan jag f
kpa ... (May I buy ... );
Kan jag f se
(May I look ... ). This is one of a
number of Swedish equivalents of English "please". Another way of saying "please" is
var sn II och ... See sentence 15.
JO.
V i I I.
J2.
Krona, re.
33.
Dagens Nyheter is one of the two Stockholm morning newspapers.
34.
Var s god has two different uses:

ness) when handing over something;
"thank you".
35.
Hur mycket b II r det? Note that the present tense of the verb att b I i (b I i r) is
used with the Bame meaning as the English "will be".
Be sure to learn this expression now; a grammatical explanation will come later.
39.
Ett par ostsmrgsar. In English we express quantity with ~he preposition "of",
for example "a glass Qf. milk, a cup l2i. coffee".
In Swedish the quantifier aimply
precedes the noun directly, and no preposition is used.
Examples: ett par ostsmrgsar, ett glas mjlk, en kopp kaffe.
Unit 1
In Swedish v i I I
"want" and should never be confused with "will" in English.
The krona is the Swedish currency unit; there are 100 re per krona.
1. meaning "here you are" (a bit of gracious2. Meaning "you are welcome" in anBwer to
SWEDISH
UNIT 1
Pointa to PracticB
Unit 1
Po(nt I.
Indefinite article (singul.al'J
Point II.
Present tense
Point III.
Word O!'de l'
Point IV.
Auxi liaries (he lping verbs)
--
atraight and qUBations
41
SWEDISH
42
UNIT 1
Points to Practice
Grammar means different things in different contexts. In this book we use the word
to describe the mechanics of the Swedish ~anguage. Praatiaa~ know~edge of the grammar provides the method for bui~ding sentenaes. By using reaL sentenaes repeatedLy
you will be come familiar with the grammar rules.
In each of the Units there will be some Points to Practice. In working on these
you will also acquire vocabulary and learn usefuL Swedish idioms.
Point I.
ETT
EN
Swedish nouns come in two varieties those for which the indefinite article (EngLish
"a" or "an") is EN and those for which it is ETT. Most of the time there is no way
of telling the difference. You'll just have to learn which nouns go with which
artiale.
The exercises below will help you learn the EN and ETT nouns we've
already used.
J
Unit 1
SWEDISH
Practice A.
This is a substitution practice where you substitute a series of similar words

or phrases in a single sentence, producing a variety of meanings.
We'll give
you the sentenee to start out with, showing you the item to be substituted by
underlining it.
At the extreme RIGHT of the page you'll see the word or phrase
you're supposed to Bubstitute.
If you use a blank sheet of paper or a card to
cover the line below the one you're reading, you can check your answers as you
go along by moving the paper down one line at a time.
At first we'll give you
help with translations, but as these be come more and more obvious we'll gradually
take them away and let you speak Swedish on your own.
eVE
Det fInns en restaurang h r.
There' s a restaurant here.
en b us s
Det f (n ns en buss
h r.
The re' s a bus
here.
en krona
Det finns en krona
hr.
There 's a crown
here.
en telefon
Det f l nn s en telefon
hr.
There' s a te l ephone
here.
en smrgs
Det f i n n s en sm rg s
h r.
There 's a sandwich
here.
en hllplats
Det f l n n s en h I I p lats
hr.
There 's a (bus) stop here.
EN
Vnit 1
43
SWEDISH
Pl'actice B.
Now that you've
~eal'ned
44
some EN wOl'ds, let's tl'Y some ETT wOl'ds.

CVE
Det finns ett v y ko rt d r.
Thel'e's a postcal'd thel'e.
ett glas
Det finns ett glas
d r.
There ' s a
g~ass
thel'e.
ett par
Det finns ett pa r
d r.
The re ' s a
coup~e
there.
ett hote I I
Det finns ett hote I I d r.
Pl'actice C.
The l'e ' s a hote ~
there.
Time to see how wel~ you l'emembel'.

We'l'e going to mix up OUl' no uns now, doing
the same kind of pl'aatiae. Rut not only ~l'e we going to give you EN and ETT
wOl'ds togethel', we'l'e not going to tel~ you which is whiah unti~ you see the
answel's.
CVE
Det finns en telefon h r.
Unit 1
ETT
Thel'e 's a
te~ephone
hel'e.
glas
ett glas
a glass
hote I I
ett hote I I
a ho te
krona
en krona
a Cl'own
telefon
en telefon
a telephone
par
ett pa r
a co up ~e
smrgs
en smrgs
a sandwich
kopp
en kopp
a cup
buss
en buss
a bus
SWEDISH
P~actice
D.
Let's t~y the same thing as a qUBstion:
eVE
Finns det en telefon hr?
Is
the~e
a terephone
he~e?
glas
hote II
e ta.
P~actice
the phrase Finns det ... ? with all the wo~ds in P~actice C and othe~s that you know.
Then answer the questions:
Ja, det finns .. or Nej, det finns inte ..
Notice that
inte comes after the verb.
Now ret's use itf

T~y asking your teacher and fellow students
about the availability of objects and places
in you~ area.
Have some Swedish conversation.
Unit 1
45
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ SWEDISH
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _---:.46
Point II.
Present tense.
When do we
The infinitive (basic

same fOl'm in Swedish.
form of
the vel'b) and the present tense do not have the
Infinitive:
att tala
to speak
Present tense:
du talar
you speak
you are speaking
All Swedish verbs in the infinitive end in -a

Most Swedish vel'bs in the present tense end in
jag
Herr Berg
tala~
frst~
01'
in another vowel.
E3.
svenska
mig
en kopp kaffe kostar en krona
Present tense is used to express an action that a) is hap~ening now (Jag ter nu
- I'm eating now); b) happens repeatedly (jag ter smrgasar till lunch I eat sandwiches for lunch); and, c) sometimes, an action in the future (han
kommer imorgon - he's coming tomorrow).
Notice that Swedish does not have the equivalent of the English continuous
verb form (to be + verb + -ing).
ExampZe: I am speaking is simply jag talar.
Examples:
Jag talar svenska.
Greta gr ti II ambassaden.
~~
Unit 1
2.
1.
I speak Swedish.
I'm speaking Swedish.
1.
2.
Greta walks to the Embassy.

Greta is walking to the Embassy.
SWEDISH
There are a few verbs that do not take -r in the present tense~ among them
most auxiliaries (helping verbs):
Point III.
du ska tala svensKa
speak Swedish
you wi II
are going to
du ka n frst svenska
understand Swedish
you can
are able to
Word Order.
Declarative sentences and questions.
Simple Swedish sentences usually begin with the

jugated verb.
subject~
followed by the con-
Examp les:
Du talar svenska.
1.
2.
You speak Swedish.

You are speaking Swedish
Greta gr till ambassaden.
1.
2.
Gre ta walks to the Embassy.

Greta is walking to the Embassy.
En kopp kaffe kostar en krona.
A cup of coffee costs one crown.
Det finns ett hotel I hr.
There is a hotel here.
In Swedish you make questions by just reversing the order of subject and verb.
Examples:
Tal ar ni
Unit 1
svensKa?
1.
2.
Do you speak Swedish?

Are you speaking Swedish?
47
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _- - - - - - -SWEDISH
-------
Gr Greta ti II ambassaden?
1.
2.
~48
Does Greta wa"lk to the Embassy?

Is Greta walking to the Embassy?
Kostar en kopp kaffe en krona?
Does a cup of coffee cost one crown?
Finns det ett hotel I hr?
Is there a hotel here?
Notice how simple Swedish is! Don't ever try to translate Ndo, does, did N
when formulating a question in Swedish. Reversing the subject and verb is all
you have to do.
Practice E.
This is a practice using the present tense in normal word order. Again, place
a blank sheet of paper over the line helow the one you're reading, and use the
word(s) given at the extreme right in place of the underlined ones. Be sure
to repeat the "new N sentence ALOUD hefore moving the paper to check i f you
were right.
eUE
Herr Berg hjlper
~.
Mr. Berg is hetping you.
Herr Berg hjlper Frken Hansson.
Unit 1
Frken Hansson
mig
SWEDISH
eUE
Herr Berg hjlper
~.
mig I ite grann
mig lite grann.
i n te a I I s
mig inte alls.
mycket
mig mycket.
Du frstr svenska.
Herr Berg
Du frstr Herr Berg.
Frken Hansson
Frken Hansson.
mig
!!!J...9.
svenska
svenska.
NI
r i Sverige.
p restaurangen
p restaurangen.
p stationen
p stationen.
hr
h r.
i nrheten
nrheten.
You've probably noticed that we/ve Btarted to leave out the English translations except in
the examples.
Hopefully you don't need them any more.
If this is true, you're not only
speaking Swedish, you're THINKING it.
Unit 1
49
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ SWEDISH
________________________
Pl'ac ti ce F.
~ O
Now let's pl'actice wOl'd ol'del' in questions.

This time~ howevel'~ we'l'e going
to give you TWO items at a time to substitute. Vse the same familial' fOl'mat
to check as you go along.
eVE
Hjlper du frken Hansson?
Al'e you helping Miss Hansson?
Talar . svenska
Talar du svenska?
Frstr .. mig
Frstr du !!!J...9.?
r ... I Stockholm
r du i Stockholm?
Gr ... till ambassaden
Gr du ti I I ambassaden?
Pl'actice G.
This is a l'esponse pl'actice whel'e you simply answel' the questions we ask.
The
cue on the l'ight will indicate whethel' to answel' the question in the affil'mative
01' the negative.
If you use yoUI' sheet of papel' again you'll find that you can
check YOUI' answel'S as bejol'e.
You may have to ch ange the pl'onoun in YOUI' l'esponse
to fit the question.
eVE
Hjlper ni
frken Hansson?
ja
Ja, jag hjlper frken Hansson.

Frstr du svenska?
ja
Ja, jag frstr svenska.

Gr herr Berg tl I I ambassaden?
J a,
herr Berg g r t i I I ambassaden.
Unit 1
ja
SWEDISH
eVE
Frstr du frken Hansson?
ja
Ja, jag frstr frken Hansson.

r du i Stockholm?
ja
Ja, jag r i Stockholm.

Talar du svenska?
ja
Ja, jag talar svenska.
Practice H.
Now le t' s do the same thing in the ne gative.
eVE
Hjlper du frken Hansson?
Nej,
jag hjlper inte frken Hansson.
Talar du svenska?
Nej,
nej
nej
jag talar inte svenska.
Frstr du svenska?
nej
Nej, jag frstr inte svenska.

r du
Stockholm?
nej
Nej, jag r inte i Stockholm.
Vnit 1
51
SWEDISH
52
eVE
nej
Gr du ti I I ambassaden?
Ne j
j ag g r
i n t e t i I I a mb a s s a d e n
LAT OSS TALA SVENSKA

(Let's Talk Swedish)
Vse all of the preceding questions and answers
with your teacher and fellow students to get the
"feel" of your new language.
Unit 1
SWEDISH
Point IV.
Auxiliaries (helping verbs).

Auxiliaries or helping verbs go together with one or more infinitives.
helping verb is conjugated.
du ska tala svenska
you are going to speak Swedish
futul'e
du vi I I
you want to help me
desil'e
you can understand Swedish
abitity
hj~lpa
mig
du kan frst svenska
Only the
Notice the use of ska and vi II in Swedish.

Ska in front of an infinitive indicate s future time; --v i I I indicate s a wish or desire.
Practice I.
This is a transformation practice, which is new for you.

In it you change sentences from one form to another by adding, subtracting, or real'raning.
The
sentences, or "cues" that you start with are given on the right, and the answers,
or "transforms". are given one line beZow on the Zeft.
In this way you can still
use your sheet of paper to check your answers.
In this practice we/re going to add ska to the cue sentences.
notice how you/re changing the meaning of the sentences.
As you do this,
eVE
Jag ska hjlpa dig.
I help you.
I/m helping you.
Jag hjlper dig.
I will he Zp you.
Herr Berg talar svenska.
Herr Berg ska tala svenska.
Fru Strmbck ter lunch hr.
Fru
Du gr ti I I ambassaden.
Strmb~ck
ska ta lunch hr.
Du ska g ti II ambassaden.
Unit 1
Jag sger det.

53
SWEDISH
54
eVE
Jag ska sga det.
Jag ser p matsedeln.
Jag ska se p matsedeln.
Jag ger dig en kopp kaffe.
Jag ska ge dig en kopp kaffe.
Now let's do the same thing with
J ag v i I I komma t i I I hote I I et.
Ylll.
1 ' m coming to the hotel.
Jag kommer ti II
hotellet.
l want to come (get) to the

hote L
Jag ger dig en kopp kaffe.
Jag vi I I ge dig en kopp kaffe.
Herr Berg gr ti II
Herr Berg vi II g
Frken Hansson hjlper mig.
ti II statlonen.
stationen.
Frken Hansson vi I I hjlpa mig.
Jag ser p matsedeln.
Jag vi II se p matsedeln.
Jag ter lunch.
Jag vi II ta lunch.
And now with the helping verb kan.
eVE
Du kan hjlpa mig.
You help me.

You are helping me.
Du hjlper mig.
You can he lp me.
Herr Berg kommer ti II hotellet.
Herr Berg kan komma till hotellet.
Vnit 1
Jag gr ti I I ambassaden.
SWEDISH
CUE
Jag talar lngsamt.
Jag kan g t i I I ambassaden.

Jag ka n tala
Du frstr mig.
lngsamt.
Du dter middag hdr.
Du ka n frst mig.
Du ka n ta middag h r.
Fractice J.
Let's practice the expressian kan jag f as explained in Nate 29.

the cue phrase for the words that are underlined.
SubBtitute
CUE
Kan jag f en kopp kaffe?
Kan jag f ett glas mjlk?
May I have a cup of coffee?
ett glas mjlk

en smrgs
en smrgs?
I i te te
I i te te?
I ite kaffe
I i te kaffe?
I i te sm r
I i te smr?
se p matsedeln
se p matsedeln?
kpa I i te brd
kpa I ite brd?
ett glas l
ett glas l?
Unit 1
55
SWEDISH
58
UNIT 2
MEETING PEOPLE
Basia Sentenaes
An American~ George Brown.
arrives at Arlanda (Stoakholm's
international airportJ and is
met by Bo and Maja Dalgren.
Bo:
1.
welaome
Sweden
Hello
George~ and welaome to
Sweden.
how~
kind~
George:
Bo:
Unit 2
2.
3.
so
niae~
friendly
of
to come
to meet
Hello Bo.
How kind of you to
come and meet me.
to introduae
my
friend
wife
May I introduae you
friend George Brown
wife Maja.
my
my
vl kom/men -met -na

Sverige
Hej George, och v I kommen till
Sverige.
*
s
vnl ig -t -a
av
att komma, komme r, kom, komm I t
att mt/a -er -te -t
Goddag Bo.
s vnligt av dig att
komma och mta mig.
att presenter/a -ar -ade -at
min, mitt, mina
vn -nen -ner
hustru -n -r
Fr jag presentera: min vn George
Brown, mIn hustru Maja.
*
SWEDISH
George:
4.
pardon
to be
name
Pardon (me), what was the
(your) name?
to be named
Maja:
George:
Maja:
George:
Unit 2
5.
6.
7.
8.
(my) name is
tl'ip
Hi, my name is Maja.
the (your) trip?
How was
frlt
att vara, r, var, varit
namn -et -0
Frl t, hur var namnet?
att heta, heter, hette, hetat

heter
res/a -an -or
Hej, jag heter Maja.
Hur var
resan?
dil'ect
flight, plane
from
Very good.
It was a dil'ect
flight from New York to
Stockholm.
d I re kt -0 -a
f I yg -et -0
f rn
Mycket bra.
Det var ett direkt
flyg frn New York ti 11 Stockholm.
your
still, l'ema~n~ng
America
Is your wife still in America?
d I tt, d i na
kva r
Amerika
r din fru kvar
Amerika?
hut
she
in, within
month
Yes, but she's coming in a
couple of months.
men
hon
om
mnad -en -er
Ja, men hon kommer om ett par
mnader.
II
d i n,
57
SWEDISH
OUl'
gil'l
shall~ should;
to finish~ to
George:
Maja:
George:
9.
10.
11.
12.
Unit 2
will~
would
end
Behoo l
June
Dur gil'l will finish school in
June.
58
vr -t -a
f I i ck/a -an -or
ska(II); skulle
slut/a -ar -ade -at
skol/a -an -or
juni
Vr flicka ska sluta skolan
junI.
oh
sueh (a)
big (gl'own-up)
daughtel'
Oh. do you have sueh a gl'ownup daughtel'?
jas
en (ett) sdan(t), sdana
stor -t -a
dotter -n, dttrar
Jas, har ni en sdan stor dotter?
oel'tainly. of OOUl'Be
to fit l
yeal'
to beoome oldel' in years
will be (yeal's old)
fall. autumn
this faU
Cel'tainly. she will be seventeen this fall.
javisst
att f yl l/a -er -de -t
r -et -0
att f yl l/a r; -er -de -t
fyller r
hst -en -ar
i hst
JaVisst, hon fyller sjutton r
hst. >I
hel'e
boat
They al'e coming (hel'e) by
boat.
hit
bt -en -ar
De kommer hit med bt.
>I
SWEDISH
Maja:
13.
niae, pleasant
to like, to enjoy
like(s)
to trave l
How niae! I like to travel by
boat too.
if
Bo:
George:
14.
15.
weather
If the weather is good.
om
vder, vdret, Ql
Om vdret r bra.
to agree
agree(s)
to take
take (8)
time
I agree (with that).
takes time.
att hlla med om; hller, hll, hll it

hller med om
att ta, tar, tog, tagit
ta r
tid -en -er
Det hller jag med om.
Men det
tar tid.
>I
But it
Bo:
16.
when
to expect; to wait
expeat(s); wait(s)
When do you expeat Bill?
Maja:
17.
who
Who is that?
Unit 2
trevl l g -t -a
att tyck/a om; -er -te -t
tycker om
att res/a -er -te -t
s trevl igt!
Jag tycker ocks om
att resa med bt.
n r
att vntia -ar -ade -at
vnta r
Nr vntar du Bi II?
vem
Vem r det?
59
SWEDISH
Bo:
George:
Maja:
George:
Maja:
Unit 2
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
brother
to know
know(s)
him
It's George's brother.
I
know him from Washington.
bror, brodern, brder

att kn/na -ner -de -t
knner
honom
Det r Georges bror.
Jag knner
honom trn Washington.
he
other
time, occasion
to s tay, to remain
longer
He's coming another time when
he can stay longer.
han
annan, annat, andra
gng -en -er
att stann/a -ar -ade -at
lngre
Han kommer en annan gng nr han
kan stanna lngre.
'*
Long
city, town
this; these
How long are you staying in
town this time?
lnge
stad -en, stder
den hr, det hr; de hr
Hur lnge stannar Ju i stan den hr
gngen?
unfortunateLy
day
UnfortunateLy onLy five days.
tyvrr
dag -en -ar
Tyvrr bara fem dagar.
pitY
that (conj.J
to Leave; to go, to travel
Leave(s)
soon
What a pit Y that you are Leaving BO Boon.
synd
att
att fara, fa r, fo r, ta r i t
fa r
snart
S sy nd att du ta r s s na rt.
60
SWEDISH
GeOl'ge:
Bo:
Geol'ge:
Maja:
Unit 2
23.
24.
25.
26.
back
I'tt be back in June.
tillbaka
Jag kommer tl I Ibaka I juni.
to Ol'del', to l'eBel'Ve
01'del'(BJ
fol'
Now I'tt go and get (ol'del'J
a 1'00m fol' you.
I'tt be back
Boon.
att best I l/a -er -de -t

bestller
t
Nu g r j ag och best I I er ett rum
t dig.
Jag r snart tillbaka.
to wait
wait (sJ
hel'e
suitaase
Thank you.
I'tl wait hel'e with
the (my) suitcase.
att vnt/a -ar -ade -at

vntar
hr
vs k/a -an -or
Tack ska du ha.
Jag vntar hr med
vskan.
*
to get, to obtain
get(sJ, obtain(s)
taxi
that, which, who
to took like, to 8eem
look(s) like, seem(sJ
fY'ee, avaitabte
I' II get a taxi.
TheY'e is one
that seems to be fY'ee.
att skaff/a -ar -ade -at

skaffar
taxi -n -0
som
att se ut; ser, sg, sett
ser ut
ledig -t -a
Jag skaffar en taxi.
Dr dr en som
ser ut att vara ledig.
(Bo Y'etuY'nsJ
(Bo kommer ti \Ibaka)
61
SWEDISH
Bo:
Maja:
George:
Maja:
Unit 2
27.
28.
29.
30.
62
we
to follow
with, along
to go (come) along
goe(s), come(a) along
there
ear, taxi
You have a nice room at the
Stora Hotellet.
We' II go
along in the taxi.
vi
att flj/a -er -de -t
med
att flj/a med; -er -de - j
fljer med
dit
bi I -en -ar
Du ha r ett b ra rum p stora Hote I I et.
Vi fljer med dit i bilen.
"
to hope
hope (s)
will, to be going to
is going to
to be happy, comfortable
I hope that you'll be comfortable at the hotel.
att hopp/as -as -ades -ats

hoppas
att komma att; kommer, kom, kommit
kommer att
att triv/as -s -des -ts
Jag hoppas ait du kommer att trivas
.t
p hote I I et.
to do, to make
do, does
aertainly, surely
I'm sure I will.
(I'll aertainly do that.)
att gra, gr, gjorde,

gr
skert
Ja, det gr jag skert.
(At the hotet)
(P hote I I et)
to like, to feel like

like(s)
us
evening
this evening, tonight
Would you like to come (to
for dinner tonight?
att ha I ust att; har, hade, haft

har I ust att
oss
kvll -en -at
t kv I I
Har du I ust att komma till oss p
middag ikvll?
'*
U8)
gjort
SWEDISH
George:
3l.
g~ad~y J with p~easure

at what time
With p~easure. How nice. At
What time?
grna
hur dags
Tack grna.
dags?
clock
to sui t J to be convenient
suit(s)
Seven o 'c~ockJ i f that is
convenient (for you) .
klock/a -an -or

att pass/a -ar -ade -at
passar
Klockan sju, om det passar.
Det passar (mig) bra.

klockan nu?
s trevl igt. Hur
Maja:
32.
George:
33.
That suits (me) fine.

time is it now?
Bo:
34.
It's three o'clock.
Klockan r tre.
to ~ive to reside
live (s)
Are you stil ~ ~iving at Oxenstiernsgatan.
att bo -r -dde -tt

bor
Bor ni kvar p Oxenstiernsgatan?
address
to get. to pick up
get(s). pick(s) up
Yes. the address is Oxenstiernsgatan 3.
But I'll
pick you up.
adress -en -er

att hmt/a -ar -ade -at
hmtar
Ja, adressen r Oxenstiernsgatan 3.
Men jag hmtar dig.
then
So long.
d
Hej d, och vlkommen ikvll.
George:
35.
Bo:
36.
Maja:
37.
Unit 2
What
see you tonight.
Vad r
63
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _SWEDISH
_________________________
VNIT 2
1.
Vdikommen (plur. vlkomna) is used very often in Sweden.

You use it, as here,
when you greet a person on arrival (in your country, in your city, or in your
home, etc.).
You also use it (as in paragraph 37 of this Unit) in connection
with an invitation or referring to an upcoming visit.
Note that vlkommen is never used in the English sense of "you are welcome."
This phrase has to be expressed in different ways, for example:
Ingen orsak
(no reason, don't mention itY, tack sjlv (thanks yourself).
:3
M i n,
d i n,
v r,
Mitt, ditt, v rt,
Mina, d i na, v ra,
(My,
your, ou!',
er
used with en words.
ert - used with ett words.
era - used with plural nouns.
you!')
More on the possessive adjectives and p!'onouns later.

8.
Unit 2
(In a aoupZe of months). The preposition om is used in expressions of time for the future in answer to the question nr (when).
Om ett par mnader
~64
SWEDISH
11.
Fyl ler.
12.
Hr - here:
Hit - here:
In Swedish the present tense is often UBed to indicate future.

indicates Location at a place.
indicates motion to a place.
Han r hr.
Han kommer hit.
Examples:
Be is here.
He is coming here.
There are several other Swedish adverbs which change forms according to location
or motion.
We'll discuss them more in detail later.
15.
Det hl ler jag med om.

Note that the verb comes before the subject.
This word
order is very common in Swedish.
The verb always comes before the subject in a
main clause when the clause starts with a direct or indirect object~ an adverb,
or i f it is preceded by a subordinate clause.
We 'll practice this word order in
Unit 5.
Jag (subject = S) hl ler

(verb = V) med om det.
19.
Stanna.
Examples:
Unit 2
Det hller (verb = V)

jag (subject = S) med om.
Nate that stanna usually means "stay" in the sense of "remain."
VI ska stanna i tre veckor.

Vi ska bo p Grand Hotel.
(We'll stay for three weeks) but

(We'lL ~ at the Grand Hote~
65
SWEDISH
______________________
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~66
2.3.
Kommer ... See Note 11.
24.
Nu gr jag och best I I er
25.
Tack ska ni/du ha -- one of many idiomatic expressions of thanks in Swedish.
27.
Dr - there:
Dit - there:
Examples:
... See Note 15.
indicates looation at a place.

indicates motion to a place.
Han bor dr.

Han reser dit ikvll.
Be lives there.
He's going there tonight.
See Note 12.

28a.
Hoppas (to hope).

Verbs ending in -s in the infinitive don't take the -r
ending in the present tense.
The -s ending is used in all tenses and all
persons.
Infinitive:
Present tense:
28b.
Unit 2
att hoppas, att trivas

hoppas, trIvs
Du kommer att trivas.

In Unit 1 you learned that future time is expressed with
the auxiliary verb ska.
However, kommer att + the infinitive form of the main
verb is a very common way of expressing future time.
There is a subtle differenoe
between the two future expressions and they may at times be interchangeable, but
in oertain oontexts only one of them is correct. Ska implies intention and the
involvement of someone's will.
Kommer att is strictly a prognosis without any
intention or will invoLved.
SWEDISH
Examples:
Jag ska
resa ti II
Amerl ka
i hst.
I'm going to Amepiea in the fall.

Du kommer att tycka om min vn.
You'll like my fpiend.

29.
Det gr jag skert.
JO.
Att ha
lust att
Examples:
See Note 15.
must be followed by an infinitive.
Har du
Jag har
lust att
komma?
lust att resa ti II
Uppsala.
I feel like going~UPP8ala.
Unit 2
67
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _SWEDISH
______________________
UNIT 2
Points to Praatiae
Unit 2
Point I.
Definite article
Point II.
Personal pronouns
Point III.
Te lling time
(singular)
~68
SWEDISH
VNIT 2
Points to ppactiae
Point
r.
The Definite Artiale (singular)
a city
a year
en stad
staden
the city
ett r
ret
the year
As the illustration shows, Swedes form the definite article by taking the indefinite article and attaching it to the end of the noun.
In the case of ett.
one t is dropped.
There are, of course. two definite articles in the singular:
-~, -et.
Praatice A.
Here is a list of nouns you have learned with their indefinite

articles.
Put them in their definite form. and practice until
you can io it automatically.
eVE
Hr r
Unit 2
restaurang~.
a restaurant
en restaurang
Here is the restaurant.
en buss
bussen
en gato
gatan
ett namn
namnet
en stad
staden
en bi l
69
SWEDISH
'lO
eVE
Hr r b i I en.
rummet
en f r u ko st
frukosten
ett flyg
flyget
en telefon
telefonen
ett par
paret
en station
stationen
en smrgs
smrgsen
en kopp
koppen
ett hote I I
hotellet
en f I i cka
fl ickan
en taxi
taxin
en klocka
klockan
en adress
adressen
en matsedel
matsedeln
en vska
vas ka n
Vnit 2
ett rum
SWEDISH
Practiae B.
We'll aontinue with more nouns from Vnits 1 and 2 to help you feel
thoroughly at ease with this usage. Add the definite articles
to the aue words.
eVE
lunch
Tycker du om lunchen?
Do you like the lunah?
vin
vinet
kaffe
kaffet
let
rum
rummet
smrgs
smrgsen
mjlk
mjl ken
hote I I
hote I I et
bt
bten
namn
namnet
f I i cka
fl ickan
stad
staden
vska
vskan
Unit 2
?l
SWEDISH
Practice C.
12
In this practice you'~~ have to use the nouns both with the indefinite
and the definite articles.
eVE
hota I I
Hotellet d r r ett b ra hote II.
The hotet there is a good hote l.
bi I
B 1 I en
en
bj I
bt
Bten
en
bt
restaurang
Restaurangen
en
restaurang
Klocka
Klockan
en
klocka
vin
VInet
ett
vin
adress
Adressen
en
adress
rum
Rummet
ett
rum
Unit 2
SWEDISH
Pl'actice D.
In this pl'actice one student asks the question and another student
gives the answer.
Take turns.
A self-study student can play both
roles.
Follow the same sentence pattern as in the first example.
eVE
telefon
Urskta, var finns det en telefon?
Telefonen r ti I I vnster.
Pardon meJ where is there a telephone?

The telephone is to the left.
toalett
Urskta, var finns det en toalett?

Toa I etten r t i I I vnster.
taxi
Urskta, var finns det en taxi?

Taxin r ti II vnster.
restaurang
Urskta, var fInns det en restaurang?

Restaurangen r ti I I vnster.
station
Urskta, var finns det en station?

Stationen r tl I I vnster.
hotell
Urskta, var finns det ett hotell?

Hotellet r till vnster.
Urskta, var finns det en busshl Iplats?
Busshll platsen r tl II vnster.
Unit 2
busshllplats
SWEDISH
Practice E.
'14
Continue with the questions beLow and give affirmative answers.

CUE
vin
Bestller han ett vin?

Ja,
han bestller vinet.
Is he ordering a wine?
Yes, he is ordering the wine.
hote I I rum
Bestller han ett hotell rum?

Ja,
han bestller hotellrummet.
smrgs
Best I I er han en smrgs?

Ja,
han bestller smrgsen.
middag
Bestller han en middag?

Ja,
han bestller middagen.
f ru kost
Best II er han en frukost?

Ja,
han bestller frukosten.
Best I I er han
Ja,
ka f fe
kaf fe?
han bestller kaffet.
taxi
Best I I er han en tax r?

Ja,
han bestller taxin.
Did you notiae en taxi, taxin; ett kaffe, kaffet? The e in the definite
artiale -~, -e~is dropped when-the noun enda In a voweL.
Unit 2
SWEDISH

elose your books
other using this
your teacher for
room and outside
Exccmple:
and get information from each

material.
You can also ask
names of objects in the classthe window.
F i nns det en sto I
rummet?
(Is there a chair in the room?)

Ja, stolen r dr.
(Yes. the chair is there. )
Unit 2
SWEDISH
Personal Pronouns
Point II.
Subjeative Form
jag
du
han
hon
den
det
vi
I
you
he
she
it, for en lJords
it, for ett lJords
ni
you, plural and formal sing.

they
de
Unit 2
lJe
Objeative Form
mig
dig
honom
henne
den
det
oss
er
dem
me
you
him
her
it, for en lJords

it, for ett lJords
us
you, plural and formal sing.
them
SWEDISH
ppaatiae F.
Let's ppaatice the Swedish pepsonal pponouns, stapting with the

subjective forms.
Substitute the subject pponoun fop the name
or names in the column on the right.
eUE
Maja tycker om Karin.
Maja likes Karin.
Maja
Hon tycker om KarIn.
She likes Kapin.
Bo
Bo och jag
Han tycker om Karin.

Vi
tycker om Kar i n.
Maja och Lena
De tycker om Karin.
Ni
Maja och du
tycker om Karin.
George
Han tycker om Karin.
Practice G.
Now let's practice the objective forms of the pponouns. this time
in questions. He~e you substitute the ppopep objective pponoun
for the name. names op subjective pponouns in the pight column.
eUE
Unit 2
Knner Maja Bo?
Does Maja know Bo?
Bo
Knner Maja honom?
Does Maja know him?
Karin
K n n e r Maja henne?
Karin och jag
Knner Maja oss?
Bo och Karin
Knner Maja dem?
du och Karin
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ SWEDISH
________________________
eVE
K n ne r Maja e r?
du
Knner Maja dig?
jag
K nne r Maja mig?
han
Knner Maja honom?
Practice H.
K~nner
Now we'll make it a little bit harder and use two pronouns in
the answp.ps, one as the subject, one as the object. Substitute
pronouns for the names when you answer the questions in the affirmative. Be sure to read the questions aZoud.
Does Bo know George?
Bo George?
Ja, han knner honom.
Yes, he knows him.
Frstr Karin Maja?

Ja, hon frstr henne.
Presenterar Bo David?
Ja, han presenterar honom.
Vntar herr Dalgren Karin?
Ja, han vntar henne.
Best II er du ett rum t
~?
Ja, jag bestller ett rum t dig.
Unit 2
~ 8
SWEDISH
eVE
H~mtar
Ja
Bo kaffe t dIg och mig?
Ja, han hmtar kaffe t oss.

Mter Karin George p stationen?
Ja, hon mter honom
Fljer
Ja
pa statIonen.
Ja
med Maja I taxin?
Ja, jag fljer med henne
taxin.

Let's be very personaL
Tell, about your family~

Ask the others
about their friends and family members. Put
the personal, pronouns to use.
or make up a fictitious one.
Unit 2
'19
SWEDISH
Point III.
80
Te lling time
Vad r
Klockan r elva.
Klockan r fem.
Klockan r tolv.
Klockan r halv
ett.
Klockan r kvart
Klockan r kvart
ver fyra.
sj u.
This is how the Swedes answer the question Vad r klockan? (What time is
it?) Be sure to notice the expression for half hours.
Klockan r fem
(minuter> I halv
ett.
Unit 2
Klockan r fem
(mInuter> ver
halv tolv.
Klockan r tjugo
(minuter> ver tv.
SWEDISH
This is how you ask "at what time?":
Hur dags?
This is how you answep "(at) seven o'clock":
Klockan sju.
ppactice I.
Op in
Ask the question and answep it.
class~
ask each othep.
eVE
Vad r klockan?
Klockan r tre.
Vad r klockan?
Klockan r fem.
What time is it?
It's thpee o'cZ.ock.
5
8
tta.
10
tio.
12
tolv.
Unit 2
ett.
I I
elva.
fyra.
tv.
tre.
n lo.
sex.
sj u.
8:30
halv nio.
3:30
81
SWEDISH
82
eVE
Vad r klockan?
Klockan r halv fy ra.

halv sex.
12:30
halv ett.
6: 30
halv sj u.
2:30
halv tre.
I I : 30
halv tolv.
I : 30
halv tv.
4:45
kvart
fem.
8:45
kvart
nio.
7:25
fem
halv tta.
3:35
fem ver halv fyra.
2:20
t j ugo ver tv.
3:40
tjugo i fyra.
3: 15
kvart ver tre.
12: 15
kvart ver tolv.
3:45
kvart I fyra.
5:30
halv sex.
3:25
fem I halv fyra.

Unit 2
5:30
SWEDISH
Practice J.
Answer the questions with the time given in the cue.

eUE
At what time is he coming?
Hur dags ska han komma?
He's coming at eight o'clock.
Han ska komma klockan tta.

Hur dags reser han?
At what time is he leaving?
II
At what time will she be
Han reser klockan elva.

Hur dags r hon ledig?
f~ee?
Hon r ledig klockan fyra.

Hur dags kan de mta bten?
At what time can they meet the boat?
2:30
At what time shall we get a taxi?
9:30
De kan mta bten klockan halv tre.

Hur dags ska vi skaffa en taxi?
Vi
ska skaffa en taxI klockan halv tio.
Hur dags vntar han oss?

Han vntar oss klockan kvart
At what time is he expecting us?
5: 4 5
At what time will he get his flight?
6: 15
sex.
Hur dags tar han flyget?
Han tar flyget klockan kvart ver sex.
At what time is he coming?
Hur dags kommer han?

Han kommer klockan fem
Unit 2
8:25
halv nio.
83
SWEDISH
84
UNIT J
FAMILY AND OCCUPATION
Basic Sentences
George Brown meets an old
friend, Captain Lars Holm,
after 15 years.
to go
went
Norra Latin High School
ago
He llo.
weren' t you in Norra
Latin (high school) 15 years
ago? Aren't you Lars Holm?
George:
Lars:
George:
Unit 3
2.
3.
yes (in answer to a negative

question)
to remember
remember(s)
true
isn't that so
Yes, I am.
I remember you too.
You are George Brown, aren't
you?
yes, indeed
long time since
last time
Yes, indeed. It's been a long
time since (we saw each other)
last time.
att g, gr, gick, gtt

gick
Norra Latin
fr ... sedan
Goddag. Gick du inte p Norra Latin
fr femton r sedan? r det Inte
Lars Holm?
*
jo
a t t mi nna s, mi nns, mi nde s, mi nt s
minns
sann, sant, sanna
inte sant
Jo, det r det. Jag minns dig ocks.
Du r George Brown, I nte sant?
*
javisst
lnge sedan (sen)
sist
Javisst. Det var lnge sen sist.
SWEDISH
Lars:
Geol'ge:
4.
5.
Lars:
6.
George:
7.
Lars:
Unit 3
8.
to aome
aame
When did you come back to
Sweden?
att komma, kommer, kom, kommit

kom
Nr kom du ti II baka ti II Sveri ge?
several
week
time
now J these days
Sevel'al weeks ago.
What al'e
you doing these days?
f I era
veckla -an -or
tid -en -er
nu fr tiden
Fr flera veckor sedan.
nu fr tiden?
sailol'
to lie (lay J lain)
lie (s)
harbor
just now
I' m a sailor. My ship is here
in the Gothenburg harbol' just
now.
sjman -nen, sjmn

att ligga, ligger, lg, legat
I i gger
hamn -en -ar
just nu
Jag r sjman.
Min bt ligger hr
I Gteborgs hamn Just nu.
*
ever
Were you ever in the U.S.?
ngonsin
Var du ngonsin I
yes indeed
to usually (do something)J
to be in the habit of
used to
to go J to trave Z.
between
Yes indeed many times.
We
used to go between Gothenburg
and New Orleans.
J
Vad gr du
Amerika?
jad
att brukla -ar -ade -at
brukade
att fara, far, for, farit
me I I an
Jad, mnga gnger.
Vi brukade fara
mellan Gteborg och New Orleans. "
85
SWEDISH
George:
9.
Lar8:
10.
George:
11.
to serve, to be on duty
served
American
ship
Did you also serve on American
ships?
att tjnst/gra -gr -gjorde -gjort

tjnstgjorde
amerikansk -t -a
fartyg -et -0
Tjnstgjorde du ocks p amerikanska
fartyg? >\
never
Swedish (adj. )
aboard
No, never. Only on Swedish
Do you want to come
ships.
aboard?
aldrig
svensk -t -a
ombord
Bara p svenska fartyg.
Nej, aldrig.
Vi II du komma ombord?
time
Yes, I'd love to.
time?
tid -en -er

Ja, grna. Har du tid?
Do you
hav~
They go to Captain Holm'g

cabin on the ship.
Lars:
12.
George:
13.
Unit J
cigar'
Do you want a cigar?
cigarr -en -er

Vill du ha en cigarr?
cigarette
No thanks.
I Like Swedish
cigarettes.
cigarrett -en -er

Nej tack.
Jag tycker om svenska
cigarretter.
88
SWEDISH
Lars:
George:
14.
15.
Lars:
16.
George:
17.
U'l1J1it 3
to smoke
smoke(s)
often
really, actually
best
to pre fel'
prefer(s)
pipe
I often smoke cigars, but I
really prefel' a p~pe.
And what
are you doing these days?
att rk/a -er -te -t

rker
of t",
egentl igen
bst
att tyck/a bst ami -er -te -t
tycker bst om
pip/a -an -or
Jag rker ofta cigarrer. men jag tycker
egent I i gen bst om p i pa. Och vad gr
du nu fr ti den?
journalist
to work
work(s)
newspaper
I'm a journalist.
I work for
a big American newspaper.
journalist -en -er

att arbet/a -ar -ade -at
arbetar
tidning -en -ar
Jag r journal ist. Jag arbetar p en
stor amerikansk tidning. *
to think, to plan
think (s), plan(s)
whole, all
winter
How long are you planning to
Btay here? All winter (long)?
att rnk/a -er -te -t

tnker
hel -t -a
vinter -n, vintrar
Hur lnge tnker du stanna hr?
vintern?
*
about, app~oximately
I'm staying in Sweden about
five monthB.
ungefr
Jag stannar i Sverige ungefr fem
mnader.
Hela
87
SWEDISH
Lars:
18.
George:
19.
Lars:
20.
George:
21.
88
to z,rl'i te
book
about
Are you going to write a book
about Sweden?
att skriva, skriver, skrev, skrivit

bok -en, bcker
om
Ska du skriva en bok om Sverige?
already
Yes, I'm already working on
a book about Swedish cities.
redan
Ja, jag arbetar redan p en bok om
svenska stder.
interesting
How interesting.
intressant -0 -a
Det var intressant.
to tell
tell (imperative)
family
father
to live
livers)
sti ll, yet
But tell (me) about your family.
What is your fat her doing? Is
he still living?
att berttla -ar -ade -at

bertta
fami I j -en -er
far, fadern, fder
att lev/a -er -de -t
lever
n
Men Dertta om din fami tj.
Vad gr din
far?
Lever han n? *
Lars Holm takes out a photo

album.
Lars:
Unit 3
22.
to see
photo
Sure, would you like to see
Bome photos of the family?
att se, ser, sg, sett

fotografi -et -er
Jad, viii du se ngra fotografier av
familjen?
SWEDISH
engineer
ale ar, obvious
of aOUl'se
to begin
begin(s)
to beaome, to be
old
to get old
Here is Dad.
He is still an
engineel'.
Of course he is
beginning to get old.
fortfarande
ingenjr -en -er
klar -t -a
det r klart
att brj!a -ar -ade -at
brjar
att bli, blir, blev, blivit
gammal -t, gamla
att b I l gamma I; b Il r, b I ev, b I l v i t
Hr r far. Han r fortfarande ingenjr. Det r klart att han brjar bli
gamma f. Jt
sis tel'
nurBe
Don't you have a sister
is a nUl'Be?
syster -n, systrar

sjuksktersk!a -an -or
Har du inte en syster, som r sjukskterska?
sti II
Lars:
George:
Lars:
Geol'ge:
Unit 3
23.
24.
~ho
syskon -et
85.
brothers and Bisters,

sib Ungs
Yes, I have.
Here she is.
you have any brothers and
sisters?
86.
physician, doator
lalJJyel'
Yes, I have tlJJO brothers, one
lJJho is a doctol' and one ~ho
i s a l alJJ y e l'.
Do
-~
Jo, det har Jag.

ngra syskon?
Hr r hon.
Har du
lkare -n -0
advokat -en -er
Ja, Jag har tv brder, en som r lkare
och en som r advokat.
89
SWEDISH
La1'B:
Ge01'ge:
27.
28.
La1'B:
29.
Ge01'ge:
30.
sec1'eta1'Y
office1' (only milita1'yJ
onLy (adjectiveJ
I also have a Bister who is a
secreta1'Y.
He1'e she is with
my onLy b1'othe1'.
He is an
office1'.
sekreterare -n -0
officer -n -are
enda
Jag har ocks en syster som r
sekreterare. Hr r hon med min
enda bror. Han r officer.
uncle (pate1'nalJ
aunt (pate1'naLJ
dentist
I see.
My uncle is also an
office1', and my aunt is a
dentist.
farbror, -n, farbrder

faster -n, fastrar
tandlkare -n -0
Jas, min farbror r ocks officer,
och min faster r tandlkare . . .
uncle (mate1'nalJ
farm
nea1'
Here you see my uncle.
He w01'ks
on a big fa1'm near Skovde.
morbror -n, morbrder

grd -en -ar
n ra
Hr ser du min morbror. Han arbetar
p en stor grd nra Skvde.
Was he in Stockholm 15 yea1's

ago?
Var han I Stockholm fr femton r

sedan?
Unit 3
to think,
think(s)
think so.
to be lieve
att tro -r -dde -tt

tror
J ag tror d et.
90
SWEDISH
to roemembero
re me mb e ro ( s)
Georoge:
32.
Lars:
;);)
Georoge:
34.
35.
36.
Unit :3
aunt (materonaL)
teachero (woman)
to meet (each othero)
met (each other)
I roemembero youro aunt who was
a teachero.
We met many times.
att komm/a Ihg; -er, kom, kommit

kommer Ihg
mo s t e r - n, mo s t r a r
lrarinn/a -an -or
att trff/as -as -ades -ats
trffades
Jag kommer ihg din moster, som var
lrarinna.
Vi trffades mnga gnger."
son
Heroe is my son who is twe1-ve
years (oZd).
His name is
Goran.
son -en, sner

Hr r min son som r tolv r
Han heter Gran.
lJhat (a, an)

good-Zooking, handsome
boy
What a handsome boy!
v i I ke n, v i I ke t, v I I ka
stilig - t - a
pojk/e -en -ar
VII ken sti I ig pojke!
must, have (has) to

company
very, awfully
nice, pleasant, fun
again
I have to run.
Enjoyed your
company.
It was awfully nice
to see you again.
mste, mste, 0
sllskap -et-0
vldigt
roi ig -t -a
i gen
Nej, nu mste jag g.
Tack fr sllskapet.
Det var vldigt roligt att
se dig igenl
always
fun
to see, to meet
It's always fun to see oLd
friends .
(gammal)
a l It i d
kul -0-0
att trff/a -ar -ad e -at
Det r alltid kul att trffa gamla
vnner. "
91
SWEDISH
Lal's:
37.
George:
38.
Lars:
39.
Unit 3
92
to have dinner
togetheI'
tomorrow
or
Shall we have dinner together
~omorI'OW or Tuesday?
att ta middag; ter, t, tit

t i Ilsammans
imorgon
e I I er
Ska vi ta middag tillsammans Imorgon
>I
eller p tisdag?
to carl (on the phone)

eall(s)
Tomorrow is fine.
Love to.
So long.
I' II eaU you.
att ringla -er -de -t

ringer
Imorgon pa s sa r bra.
J a, g rna.
Hej s lnge.
r i nge r dig.
Bye.
Hej d.
Jag
SWEDISH
UNIT 3
Notes on Basia Sentencea
1.
gick - past tense of att g.

In this unit we introduae some verbs in the past
tense.
Most Swedish verbs form the past tense aaaording to aertain patterna
aalled aonjugations.
A few very aommon verbs are irregular as in English.
Examples:
att
att
att
att
att
g, g r, gl c k, gtt
vara, r, va r, va r i t
komma, komme r, kom, kommit
ta ra, ta r, tor, farit
gra, gr. gjorde, gjo rt
to go~ to walk
to be
to aome
to go (by vehiale)
to do~ to make
2.
Det r det.
In Swedish several short sentenaes following "yes" or "no" begin
with det and end with det or another personal pronoun (+ inte when it's negative).
This format aOl'responds to the English "yes, it is"~ ja, det r det;
"yes, he aan"~
ja, det kan han;
"no~ he doesn't",
nej, det gr han inte.
We will praatiae this
in a later Unit.
Sa.
Jag r sJoman.
Before professions and oaaupations the indefinite artiale is
usually omitted in Swedish.
6b.
Gteborgs hamn.
For the possessive form of a noun or a name -s is added to the
noun or the name without an apostrophe.
If the word already ends in s nothing
is added.
Unit 3
93
SWEDISH
8.
mnga gnger.
a.
duration
b. occasion
Swedes make a distinction between "time" as

tid
gng
Examples:
a.
Tid och rum. = Time and space.

Har du tid fr mig? = Do you have time for me?
Tiden gICk. = Time pased.
De~ar svra tider. =
Those were difficuZt times.
b.
en ~ = one time, once

tv ganger = two times, twice
tre gnger = three times
mnga gnger = many times
nsta g~ng = next time
frra gngen = last time
Han for ti I I Amerika en gng.
= Be
went to the United States once.
Wa:r>riing!
We had a good time
9.
amerikanska fartyg.
15.
Jag r journal ist.
16.
Tnker is uBed aB a helping vepb hezoe, meaning "pLan to".
Unit J
Vi hade trevl igt
Don't succumb to the temptation of transZating English idiomatic expressions

into Swedish.
Learn what the Swedes say in a simiZar situation.
NationaZities and Zanguages are not capitalized in Swedish.
See Note 6a.
94
SWEDISH
20.
21.
Det var intressant.

When Swedes exclaim about something~ they a~e apt to put it
in the past tense even though it is right in the present situation. Examples:
Det var dyrt.
(That is expensive.); A, vad det var vackert!
(Oh~ how beautifullJ
while they a~e looking at the view.
Lever.
Att I eva (to Zive~ to be aZive) is diBtinguished from att bo (to live~
to reside.
Examples:
23.
28.
Hon lever, men hon r mycket sjuk.

(She is alive but she/s very sick.)
Hon bor I Stockholm.
(She lives in Stockholm.)
Det r klart.
This idiomatic expressian for "of course" is veY'Y common ly used.
The Swedes have a way of differentiating between maternal and

relatives.
Farbror, faster.
pate~nal
Far (father)
Mor (mother)
mormor
mo r f a r
morbror
moster
grandmother
grandfather
uncle
aunt
farmor
farfar
farbror
faster
frldrar (parents)
Unit 3
95
SWEDISH
32.
96
trffades.
To express a reciprocal action an s can be added to certain verbs.
The reciprocal action can also be expressed by the active form of the verb +
varandra (each other).
Examples:
att trffa - active form, "to meet"

att trffas - reciprocal form, "to meet each other"
Vi trffas p mndag.
{We'll see each other on Monday.J
Vi trffar varandra p mndag.
{We/Il see each other on Monday.J
36a.
kul
(fun) - common ly used, but a bit slangy.
36b.
att trffa - to meet.

Nate that att mta is to meet someone who is arriving at
a train station, airport, bus stoPJ etc.
37.
p tisdag.
The days of the week are:
lrdag, sndag.
mndag,
tisdag, onsdag,
fredag,
Nate a.:
They are not capitalized.
Nate b.:
English sometimes omits the preposition "on" before the names of the
days of the week.
In Swedish. however. the preposition p may not be
omitted.
Example:
(On) Monday I/m going to the dentist.

p mndag ska jag g tl I I tandlkaren.
Unit 3
torsdag,
SWEDISH
UNIT :5
Points to Praotioe
Unit :5
Point I.
Indefinite plural endings
Point II.
The relative pronoun SOM
Point III.
Plaoement of adverbs
97
SWEDISH
Point I.
98
Indefinite Plural Endings
B G G BG
or
ell
e.r
n
The time has come to take a look at how the Swedes put their no uns in the
plural.
There are five ways of indicating plural.
They are called declensions~
and they are numbered 1 through 5~ like this:
1.
en vecka
tv vec8
EN wor-ds only
2.
en middag
tv mI ddag~
EN words only (except ett finger - a finger)
J.
en gng
tv gnsE]
80th EN and ETT WOI'ds
4.
ett pple
tv pp l
ETT words only
tv glasD
80th EN and ETT
(an apple)
5.
ett glas
WOI'ds~
pI'edominantly ETT
There are also a few nouns with iI'I'egular pluI'als~ some of which we have aZI'eady
seen: b ror - brder, stad - st::lder, bok - bcker, dotter - dttrar.
Unit 3
SWEDISH
Firat Declension,
All EN nouns ending in -a belong to the first declension and end in -or in the
pluraL
Practice A.
Let's go to work with the nouns we already know in this group.
Answer the questions on the lett negativelY3 putting the underlined noun into
the plural and substituting personal pronouns for names.
eVE
Har KarIn en krona?
Nej, hon har tio kronor.
Does Karin have one crown?
10
No, she has ten crowns.
Har Karin en klocka?
Nej, hon har tta klockor.

Har George en
~?
Nej, han har tv pipor.

Har Karin en vecka?
--
Nej, hon har fem veckor.

Har Karin
~n
flicka?
Nej, hon har tre flickor.

Har Karin en sjukskterska?
Nej, hon har tv sjukskterskor.
Vnit 3
99
SWEDISH
Second Declension,
The nouns of the second declension have various singular endings, but they are
all EN words. The only exception is ett finger - tv fingrar.
Practiee B.
Answer the questiona negative ly ehanging the underlined nouns into
the plural form and Bubstituting personal pronouns for names.
eUE
Har David en
~~?
Nej, han har tv koppar.

Har Lars en tidning?
Does David have One cup?
No, he has two cups.

3
Nej, han har tre tidningar.

Har Karin en smrgs?
Nej, hon har fyra smrgsar.

Har frken Strmbck en grd?
Nej, hon har tv grdar.

Har Sverige en hamn?
10
Nej, det har tio hamnar.

Har en vecka en
~?
Nej, den har sju dagar.
Unit 3
SWEDISH
Third Declension,
There are both EN and ETT words in this declension with many different endings
in the singular.
Practice C. Answer the questions negatively ahanging the underlined nouns into
the plural form and substituting personal pronouns for names.
CVE
Talar David om en restaurang?
Is David talking about one restaurant?
Nej, han talar om tv restauranger.

Talar Karin om en station?
Nej hon talar om tre stationer.

mnga
Talar David om ett vin?

Nej, han talar om mnga viner.
Talar herr Dalgren om en advokat?
Nej han talar om tv advokater.

Talar John om en ingenjr?
Nej han talar om fyra ingenjrer.

Talar Maja om en cigarrett?
mnga
Nej, hon talar om mnga cigarretter.

Talar David och George om en
~!?
mnga
Nej, de talar om mnga nyheter.
Vnit
:5
101
SWEDISH
Fourth Deotension,
Most ETT words that end in a vo~et belong to the fourth dectension.
So far
have not had any examples of nouns from this declension, ~here the plural.
form is -n. Just a fe~ nouns betong to the fourth declension, hut some are
quite common. At this point ~e ~ilt ont y give you an example:
~e
Hon ter ett p~.

Hon ter tv~ pplen.
Fifth DeclenBion,
She is eating an appte.

She is eating t~o apptes.
The ETT ~ord8 of the

This deolension contains both ETT ~ords and EN ~ords.
The EN ~ords end in -are,
-er
fifth dectenBion al~ays end in a consonant.
(denoting nationatity or profession), -ande or -ende (present participte referring ont y to people).
Examptes:
Eltt hote I I - tv hote I I

Eln lkare - tv lkare
Eln belgier
tv belgier (a Belgian)
en musiker
tv musiker (a musician)
en ordfrande - tv ordfrande (a chairmanJ

en gende
Unit 3
tv gende (a pedestrianJ
102
SWEDISH
Praatiae D.
In this practiae we are using no uns familiar to you from the text J
all from the fifth dealension.
We are varying the verbs.
Again J answer the
questions negatively putting the underlined nouns in the plural form and substituting personal pronouns for the names.
eVE
Is George staying for one year?
Stannar George ett r?

Nej.
han stannar tre r.
Reser Dal grens t i l l

Nej,
ett hotell?
de reser t i l l
Bestller
Ingrid ett rum?
2
rum.
Kper Bo ett ~?
han
kper fyra par.
Har Bo en sekreterare?
Nej,
ha n ha r
tv sekreterare.
Ser Karin ett fartyg?

Nej,
Nej,
Unit 3
mnga
hon ser mnga
Gr Bo ti II
mnga
mnga hotell.
Nej, hon best II er tv
Nej,
en
fartyg.
lkare?
han gr ti II
tv
2
lkare.
103
SWEDISH
l
___________________
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~04
Irregular Nourts
sjman
b ro r
bok
son
stad
dotter
sjmn
b r de r
bcker
sner
stder
dttrar
In same of our hasia sentenaes there have been words with irregular plural
forms.
The stems of these no uns change in the plural.
They are 2nd. Jrd
and 5th declensian words. but it is easier to learn them as a separate group.
Practiae E.
Let's praatice the irregular nouns following the Bame pattern as
in the previous praatices in this Unit.
eUE
Har ni en bok
Do you have one book?
mnga
Nej, v i har mnga bcker.

Har Ingrid en bror?
Nej, hon har tre brder.

Har fru Strmbck en morbror?
Nej, hon har tv morbrder.

Har Karin och Lisa en farbror?
Nej, de har tre farbrder.

FInns det en stad I Sverige?
Nej, det finns mnga stder I Sverige.
Unit
mnga
SWEDISH
eVE
12
Finns det en sjman p bten?

Nej, det finns tolv sjmn p bten.
Har Lars en dotter?

Nej, han har tre dttrar.
Har George en
Nej, han har tv sner.
Ppaetiee F.
In this ppaetiee we ape using nouns fPom all five deelensions.
Read the question on the left aloud and answep it negative ly, putting the
undeplined noun into the plupal.
Find out how mueh you've leapned.
eVE
Finns det en klocka I rummet?

Nej, det finns tv klockor
Finns det en
Is there one cloek in the room?
rummet.
rummet?
Nej, det finns tv koppar i rummet.

Har Dalgrens en flicka?
Nej, de har tv flickor.

Finns det en advokat I stan?
Nej,
Unit :5
det finns tta advokater i stan.

105
SWEDISH
106
eVE
12
Har bten en sjman?

Nej, den har tolv sjmn.
Finns det en hamn i Sverige?
mnga
Nej, det finns mnga hamnar I Sverige.

Finns det ett vykort p hotellet?
mnga
Nej, det finns mnga vykort p hotellet.

3
Har George en morbror?

Nej, han har tre morbrder.
Finns det en lkare
nrheten?
Nej, det finns tre lkare 1 nrheten.

Finns det en grd dr borta?
Nej, det finns tv grdar dr borta.
Practice G.
In the chart on the next page write the nouns on the teft in each
cotumn with the proper endings.
All combinations won't work~ of course.
In
such a case mark the box with an X.
There is an answer sheet fottowing~ but
don't look at it untit you have finished the chart.
Vnit 3
SWEDISH
Noun
mnQa
IO(tiol
nQra
en, ett
f I e ra
I l te
ett Dar
rum
pple
k Ioc ka
bII
gng
mnad
namn
vin
kopp
I kara
b rd
kv I I
b ro r
vecka
f
I i eka
ost
tidning
dotter
Unit 3
107
SWEDISH
ett pa r
nag ra
en, ett
flera
rum
rum
rum
rum
rum
Fin"IA"
Finnlpn
FinniAn
nnlA
dnnlpn
nnlAn
k locka
klnrknr
klnrknr
klnrkor
klocka-- kloc:knr
klnrknr
bi I
h i I"
h i I '" r
hi
hi
h i I ",r
g ng
,,!'.n"Ar
"!In,,p ..
,,!'.n"Ar
"!'.n,,
,,!'. n" A-
"gn"" ..
m na d
mnader
mnader
mnader
mnad
mnader
mnader __
namn
namn
namn
namn
namn
namn
namn
vin
viner
viner
viner
vin
viner
kap p
koppar
koppar
koppar
ko pp
koppar
ko p pa r
I ka r e
I ka re
I ka re
I ka re
lkare
I ka re
Noun
manga
10
rum
rum
pple
brd
Unit 3
108
(t lo)
kv I I
kvllar
kvllar
bror
brder
vecka
ej
I '"
ka re
X
hi
I '"
I ite
vin
viner
b rd
kvllar
kv I I
kvllar
kvllar
brder
brder
b ro r
brder
b rde r
vec kor
veckor
veckor
vec ka
veckor
veckor
f I I c ka
f I i c ko r
flickor
f I i c ko r
f I i cka
flickor
flickor
ost
ostar
ostar
ostar
ost
ostar
tidning
tldninqar tidninaar tidninqar tidninq
tidninaar
tldninoar
dotter
dttrar
dttrar
dttrar
dttrar
dttrar
dotter
ost
ostar
SWEDISH
Point II.
The Relative Pronoun SOM

The pronoun SOM in S~edish is a relative pronoun. It comes in the beginning of
a clause referring to a noun that has just been mentioned. In the phrases: "the
girl ~ho ... ," "the book ~hich .. ," "the newspaper that ... " WHO, WHOM, WHICH,
and THAT can all be translated with SOM in Swedish. Since there is only this one
word you will soon find yourself using it [luently and easily. This will help
you form longel' sentences in your conversation.
Practice H.
To introduce SOM in this practice we simply ask you to read the
aentencea aloud adding SOM.
Restaurangen,
som
du tycker om,
Gamla Stan.
ligger 1
The restaurant
which
you like is in Gamla

Stan.
that
he works for is
Dagens Nyheter.
Tidningen,
han arbetar fr, r

Dagens Nyheter.
The
Sjmannen,
vi trffade, r trevlig.
The sailor
whom
~e
Stan,
I I gger dr borta, r
Skvde.
The city
that
is over there is
Skovde.
F I I c ka n,
fyller 17 r, r min
syster.
The girl
who
is going to be 17
years old is my
sister.
Rummet,
vi bestllde, var Inte

ledigt.
The room
that
we reserved Was not

available.
Han,
kommer dr borta, r min

morb ro r.
He (the man)
~ho
is Goming over there

is my uncle.
Unit
ne~spaper
met is nice.
109
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _SWEDISH
__________________________
Warning:
Do not confuse the relative pronoun SOM

with the conjunction ATT. Both are
translated as "that" in English.
Examples:
Fl iekan, som arbetar hr,

r ledig idag.
The girl that (who) works

here is off today.
Han sger, att han kommer.
Be says that he is coming.

Han tror att rummet, som
vi bestlTdEi, r ledigt.
Be thinks that the room

that (which) we reserved
is available.
Praotioe I.
In this practice you make one sentenee out of the two sentences
given, using SOM.
Fl iekan str dr.
Hon r vr dotter.
The girl is standing there.

daughter.
Fl iekan,
som str dr,
She is our
r vr dotter.
The girl (who/s) standing there is our

daughter.
Bten I igger i
Bten,
Unit 3
som ligger
I hamnen,
r gammal.
Stan
hamnen.
I igger dr borta.
Bten r gammal.
Stan r Skvde.
~11
SWEDISH
Stan,
som I igger dr borta,
Mnga klockor,
Lkaren,
r Skvde.
som kostar 10 kronor,
som ljnstgr p bten,
Karins bcker,
som I igger dr,
Min sekreterare,
som r gammal,
Jag har tv pipor,
r bra.
r min bror.
r bra.
r bra.
som r bra.
Mnga klockor kostar
10 kronor.
L ka ren tjnstgr p blen.

Ka r i n s b c ke r
I i gger d r.
'1 i n sekreterare r gamma I .
De r b ra.
Han r min b ror.

De r b ra.
Hon r b ra.
Jag har tv pipor.
De r bra.
Det hr r vr son.
Han heter Erik.
Det hr r vr son, som heter Erik.
See how many questions you can ask and answer

using noun plurals and SOM.
Unit :5
111
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ SWEDISH
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-=..:112
Point III.
Plaaement of Adverbs
Swedes plaae the adverbs after the first verb in independent alauses with
straight word order.
Examples:
Lars dricker alltid vin.
Lars always drinks wine.
Bi II viii aldrig dricka vin.
Bill never wants to drink wine.
Praatiae J. Here we give you a short sentence and provide an adverb to be

inserted correctly. Check your answers as uBual.
CUE
David rker pIpa.
David smokes a pipe.
David rker ofta pipa.
David often smokes a pips.
Karin dricker mjlk.
ofta
ba ra
Karin dricker bara mjlk.

George r i Amerika.
fortfarande
George r fortfarande I Amerika.

Bo r l Gteborg.
tyvrr
Bo r tyvrr I Gteborg.
Han dri cker l.
Han dricker grna l.
Unit 3
grna
SWEDISH
eVE
Dahlgrens tnker fara
Dahlgrens tnker
ti I I
inte
Amerika.
inte fara ti I I
Amerika.
a I It Id
Frken Berg bestller kaffe.

Frken Berg bestller alltid kaffe.
ofta
Sven reser med bt.
Sven reser ofta med bt.

Stockholm
ligger
Amerika.
Stockholm
ligger
inte
Lars vi II
komma.
Lars vi I I
ocks komma.
inte
Amerika.
ocks
Bo,
som r Karins
son,
ter
Bo,
som r Karins
son,
ter aldrig
Hotellet har en bra
lunch.
a Idr i g
lunch.
restaurang.
ocks
Hotellet har ocks en bra restaurang.
Unit :5
113
SWEDISH
114
-------------------------------------------In a question the noun and verb change places as you know from Unit I> Point III.
The adverb remains where it was.
Examples:
Ka r I n talar a Iltid svenska.

Ta I ar Kar 1n a I I t i d svenska?
Arne dricker a I I t i d I .
Dricker Arne alltid l?
Practice K.
Now we'll practice the use of adverbs in questionB.
you a short question and an adverb to be inserted correctly.
We'H give
eVE
Talar Bo lngsamt?
Does Bo speak slowly?
Talar Bo alltid lngsamt?
Does Bo aZways speak sZowZy?
Kostar cigarretter nio kronor?
a I It ld
ngonsin
Kostar cigarretter ngonsin nio kronor?

Finns det en ledig taxi?
Finns det aldrig en ledig taxi?
a I dr i g
SWEDISH
eVE
fortfarande
r Karin i Gteborg?
r Karin fortfarande I Gteborg?
ocks
Har Gunnar en bt?

Har Gunnar ocks en bt?
lnge
Stannar Ulla i Amerika?

Stannar
UI
la lnge i Amerika?
Let's be very personal. Tell about your relatives and their occupations or make up fictitious ones. Ask your feZZow students about
their friends and famiZy members. Let the
teacher suppZy words for more famiZy memberB.
Vnit
:5
SWEDISH
116
UNIT 4
SEEING THE SIGHTS

Basic Sentences
Jack and Tom go sightseeing.
Jack:
1.
first
I have to go to the station
first
frst
Jag mste g tl I I stationen frst,
then J later J afterwards

bank
(in order) to
to change
money
and then to the bank to ch ange
some money.
sedan (sen)
bank -en -er
fr att
att vxl/a -ar -ade -at
pengar (plural)
och sedan ti I I banken fr att vxla
pengar.
to know (to have knowledge

about)
know(s)
to lie J to be located
lie (s), is located
Do you know where the station
is?
att veta, vet, visste, vetat
2.
Tom:
3.
Jack:
4.
Unit 4
NO
I don't (know).
vet
att ligga, ligger, lg, legat
I i gger
Vet du var stationen I igger?
>I
Nej, det vet jag inte.
SWEDISH
Tom:
5.
to ask
askes)
hoteZ cZerk (at reception
desk)
We'll ask the clerk.
6.
Pardon me~ where's the

station?
7.
It is on Vasa street.
att frg/a -ar -ade -at

frgar
portier -n, portieer
Vi
Frlt,
stree t
CZerk:
far~
Tom:
8.
long
from here
Is it far from here?
CZerk:
9.
quite~ rather
Yes~ it is quite
10.
11.
Unit 4
far.
frgar portlern.
Den
var
I igger stationen?
gat/a -an -or

I igger p Vasagatan.
lng -t -a
hrifrn
r det lngt hrifrn?
Ja,
ganska
det r ganska
lngt.
either ... or
You can either take a bus or
the subway.
antingen ... eller

NI kan antingen ta (en) buss eller
tunneJbana(n).
way down~ stairs~ entrance

(the) other
side
The entrance to the subway is
on the other side of the
stree t~
nedgng -en -ar

andra
sid/a -an -or
Nedgngen t i l l tunnelbanan
andra sidan gatan,
ligger p
117
SWEDISH
12.
13.
co rne r
and the bus stop is over there
at the corner.
hrn -et -0
och busshllplatsen r dr borta
p hrnet.
map
of. over
Would you like (to have) a
map of the city?
kart/a -an -or

ver
Vi II ni ha en karta ver staden?
Ja tack, grna.
Tom:
14.
Yes.
Clerk:
15.
Here you are!
Var s god!
walk
through
Shall we tak e a walk through
town?
promenad -en -er

genom
Ska vi ta en promenad genom staden?
sight. point of interest

What's there to see here?
sevrdhet -en -er

Vad finns det fr sevrdheter hr?
palace
museum
famous
Well. the Palace and the Vasa
Museum are very famous.
slott -et -(/)

museum, museet, museer
berm/d -t -da
Ja, slottet och Vasamuseet r mycket
bermda,
Tom:
16.
Jack:
17.
Tom:
Unit 4
18.
please.
118
SWEDISH
19.
Jack:
Police:
Tom:
Jack:
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
Unit 4
to find
but I can't find them on this
map.
att hltt/a -ar -~de -at

men jag kan Inte hitta dem p den hMr
kartan.
that; those
poLiceman
We'LL ask that poLiceman. Excuse me, where is the PaLace?
den dr, det dri de dr

pol is -en -er
Vi frgar den dr polisen. Urskta,
var I I g ge r s lott e t?
beautiful
church
to the right of
The PaLace is over there; and
therp, is abeautiful church
to the right of the PaLace.
vacker -t, vackra

kyrk/a -an -or
till hger om
Slottet I igger dr borta, och det
I igger en vacker kyrka tl II hger
om slottet.
to look
to look at
Oh, we'lL Look at that.
att tlttla -ar -ade -at

att tittla p; -ar -ade -at
Jas, den ska vi titta p.
*
train
tomorl'OW
Tomorl'ow we can taks the
tl'ain to Uppsala.
tg -et -'/J
imorgon
Imorgon kan vi ta tget tll I Uppsala.
university
cathedraL
Thel'e the university is near
the cathedl'al.
universitet -et -'/J

domkyrkla -an -or
DMr ligger universitetet nra domkyrkan.
119
SWEDISH
Tom:
Jack:
25.
26.
27.
Tom:
Jack:
Tom:
Unit 4
28.
29.
JO.
120
librar'Y
is said to, is supposed to
Yes, and the libr'ar'Y is
BUppose d to be very famous.
b i b I lotek -et -0
lr, lrde, lrt
Ja, och biblioteket lr vara mycket
bermt.
fine
hungry
Fine, but now I'm hungr'Y.
fin -t -a
hungrig -t -a
Fint, men nu r jag hungrig.
par'k
Ther'e's a good restaurant on
the other side of the park.
pa rk -en -er
Det finns en bra restaurang p andra
sidan parken.
We can have lunch there and

then go to the Vasa Museum.
It's near here.
vi
excellent, gr'eat
then, at that time
maybe, perhaps
concert
afternoon
this afternoon
Gr'eat.
Then we can also go
to Skansen.
Maybe there is a
concert there this afternoon.
utmrkt -0 -a
d
kanske
konsert -en -er
eftermiddag -en -ar
i eftermiddag
Utmrkt.
D kan vi ocks g p
Skansen.
Det r kanske en konsert
dr I eftermIddag.
>I
to think (to have an

opinion)
think(s)
fe rr'Y
Afterwards I think we ought to
take the ferry to SluBsen.
kan ta lunch dr och sedan kan

g p Vasamuseet . Det l I gger
hr i nrheten.
Vi
att tyck/a -er -te -t

tycke r
frj/a -an -or
Sedan tycker jag vI tar frjan till
Slussen.
SWEDISH
Jack:
Tom:
Jack:
Unit 4
31.
32.
33.
one, you, they

vie w
from
elevator
You have abeautiful view
from the Katarina elevator.
to walk, to stroll
The Old City
Then we aan walk around in
Gamla Stan and have dinner
at a restaurant there.
aharming
part
Good.
It's a aharming part
of Stockholm.
I have a
friend who lives there.
man
utsikt -en -er
f r n
hiss -en -ar
Man har en vacker utsikt frn
Katarina-hissen.
*
att promener/a -ar -ade -at
Gamla Stan
Sedan kan vi promenera i Gamla Stan
och ta mi ddag p en restaurang dr.
charmig -t -a
del -en -ar
Bra.
Det r en charmig del av Stockholm. Jag har en vn som bor dr.
121
SWEDISH
UNIT 4
3.
I igger (lie/s) is often used in the sense of "is"~ "is located" when talking
about geographical concepts and buildings.
17.
Vad f inns det fr ... ?

is there?"
22.
Den ska vi titta p.
23.
Imorgon kan vi
If the aentence starts with an adve~b (Imorgon, tyvrr,
sedan, frst dr borta, etc.) ~emember that the ve~b comes in second place
(ef. unit 2, Note 15).
29.
Skansen is a big open-air museum in Stockholm.
31.
Man har '"

The impersonal pronoun man is used to exp~ess the idea of people in
general, somewhat like the English use of "they" in "they say that ... " or
"you"
in "you can have good meal there, " or "one" in "one is never satisfied."
Unit 4
is an idiomatic expression, meaning "what kind of ...
See Unit 2, Note 15.
122
SWEDISH
UNIT 4
Points to Praatiae
Point I:
Adjeatives in the indefinite form (noun-adjeative agreement):
en stor baki
Point II:
ett stort rum;
tv stora btar
Demonstrative Expressions:
Det r en bok.
Det hr r en bok.
Det dr r en bok.
Point III:
Unit 4
Personal Pronouns: dan, det, de
123
SWEDISH
Point I:
Adjeatives in the indefinite form
124
(noun-adjeative agreement)
There has to be agreement between adjeatives and

nouns.
Adjeatives modifying en words in the singular indefinite form take no-ending (basia form).
Example: ~ stor bi I
Adjeatives modifying ett words in the singular
indefinite form take the ending -t (added to the
hasia form). Example:
ett stort glas
Adjectives modifying plural nouns (both en and
ett words) take the ending -a (added to the
basia form).
Examples: tv stora b i I ar
tv stora glas
Below is a list of adjeatives whiah have somewhat irregular endings:
Adjeatives
modifying
en words
Adjeatives
modifying
ett words
Plural fOT'm
Translation
bl
gr!
ny
bI
tt
g rtt
nytt
bla
gra
nya
blue
gray
new
god
bred
vit
gott
brett
rtt
v l tt
goda
b reda
rda
vita
good
wide
red
white
rund
runt
runda
ro und
rd
Unit 4
SWEDISH
Adjectives
modi[ying
en wOl'ds
Adjectives
modi[ying
ett wOl'ds
Pl u:r'a l [o :r'm
T:r'anslation
kort
svart
utmrkt
kort
svart
utmrkt
korta
svarta
utmrkta
shol't
black
excetlent
gammal
vacke r
gammalt
vackert
gamla
vllckra
otd
beauti[ut
I i ten
I i tet
sm
smaH~
b ra
ra
ra
litHe
good
adjective~
Pl'actice A. Let's practice using the indefinite [orm of the

sure it agrees with the noun it modi[ies.
making
eVE
god, smrgs
en god smrgs
ett gott
vin
mnga, god, pple
mnga goda pplen
roi
en rolig bok
I iten,
ett
tre,
I itet barn
tre trevliga
Vnit 4
god, vin
poliser
ig, bok
barn
trevl ig,
bermd,
pol
is
museum
125
SWEDISH
126
eVE
ett bermt museum
tv, vacker,
tv vackra kyrkor
mnga,
mnga fi na slott
lng,
fin,
kyrka
slott
tg
ett I ngt tg
Adjectives coming after the verbs att vara and att bl i also agree with their
subject nouns.
Examples:
Bilen r stor.
Rummet r stort.
Mnga-bi tar r-stora.
Mnga rum~r stora.
Dagen
Tget
tvlnga
Mnga
b I i r J..~ng.
b I i r I angt.
dagar b I ir I nga.
tg-blir lng~-:-
Practice B.
Now practice using the adjective after the verb r. Put the cue
noun in the definite form followed by r and the adjective~ making sure the adjective agrees with the noun.
eVE
taxi,
Unit 4
ledig
Taxin r ledig.
rum,
Rummet r stort.
dotter,
Do t t e r n r s n I I .
namn,
kort
Namnet r kort.
barn,
I i ten
stor
snll
SWEDISH
eVE
Barnet r I l tet.
pple, god
pplet r gott.
vin, god
Vinet r gott.
bok, bra
Boken r b ra.
hotell, trevlig
Hote I I et r trevl igt.
Ppactice C.
Let's continue doing the same thing, using plupal nouns in
the indefinite form.

eVE
mnga,
po I i s, trevlig
Mnga po I l s e r r trevliga.
m ng a, bo k, b ra
Mnga bcker r b ra.
mnga, ba rn,
Mnga ba rn r sm.
mnga, smrgs, god
Mnga smrgsar r goda.
mnga,
Mnga k y r ko r r vackra.
mnga, b i I, svart
Mnga b i I a r r svartel.
mnga, gata, bred
Mnga gator r breda.
mnga, tg,
I i ten
ky r ka , vacker
lng
Mnga tg r lnga.
Unit 4
127
SWEDISH
Point II:
128
Demonstrative Expressions
det r
it is, the!} are
det hr r
this is, these are
det dr r
that is, those are
The demonstrative expressions det r, det hr r, det dr r are used to focus

on noun phrases.
They have only one form regardless of whether the nouns are
en or ett words or plurals.
Examptes:
Det r en bok.
hr r en bok.
Det dr r tv btar.
Det
Jt is a book.
This is a book.
Those are two boats.
You already know another demonstrative expression:

are) .
det finns (there
i8~
the re
Practice D. Let's build up fluency on this point~ using the familiar technique.
All you have to do is repeat aloud the demonstrative expression det r and add
the proper indefinite articles or modifiers + the noun.
eUE
po I i s
Unit 4
Det r en po I I s.
museum
Det r ett museum.
tv, ka rta
Det r tv kartor.
mnga, slott
Det r mnga slott.
tre, hllplats
SWEDISH
eVE
Det r tre hllplatser.
tg
Det r ett tg.
stor, buss
Det r en stor buss.
tv, tidning
Det r tv tidningar.
I i ten, hrn
Det r ett I i tet hrn.
snll, pojke
Det r en s n I I pojke.
Practice E.
Now we'll uae the expression det hr r using the definite form
of the noun.
eVE
bt
Unit 4
Det hr r bten.
ky rka
Det hr r kyrkan.
tg
Det hr r tget.
po I i s
Det hr r polisen.
slott
Det hr r slottet.
b i b I i otek
Det hr r bibi ioteket.
ga ta
Det hr r gatan.
brd
Det hr r brdet.
busshllplats
129
SWEDISH
130
eVE
Det hr r busshllplatsen.
bok
Det hr r boken.
tidning
Det hr r tidningen.
rum
Det hr r rummet.
Praetiee P.
plura l.
Now we'll praetiee the expression det dr r with nouns in the
This lengthy repetition may seem a bit boring, but it is a good idea to get
these expressionB firmly in mind before proeeeding to the next point.
Besides, you are alBo praetieing your plural noun endings.
eVE
tre, bt
Unit 4
Det dr r tre btar.
tv, poj ke
Det dr r tv pojkar.
fy ra,
Det dr r fyra
tv, vacker, ky rka
lnga tg.
lng, tg
Det dr r tv vackra kyrkor.
fem, smrgs
Det dr r fem smrgsar.
tv, f i n, sevrdhet
Det dr r tv fina sevrdheter.
m ng a,
Det d r r mnga rda bussar.
t re, utmrkt, karta
Det dr r t re utmrkta kartor.
tv, god, vin
rd, buss
SWEDISH
eVE
Det dr r tv goda vIner.
t re, trevlIg, po II s
Det dr r tre trevl iga polIser.
tv, gammal, vyko rt
Det d r r tv gamla vykort.
tv, svensk, sjman
Det dr r tv svenska sjmn.
tre, amerikansk, bok
Det d r r tre amerikanska bcker.
Point III:
Personal Pronouns DEN, DET, DE
Den refers to
Examples:
~ words~
det to ett words and de to pturats.
Var r boken? - Den r hr.

Var r vykortet?----Det r hr..
Var r Pellestidningar?
De r hr.
Det is also used in other cases~ for instance in the demonstrative expressions
r, det hr r, det dr r, which you have just Zearned.
It is also used
in impersonaZ expressions without any specific reference (unlike den which
always refers to a noun).
Jet
Examples:
Vnit 4
Det regnar..
Det r mndag idag.
Det r sent.
It's raining.
Today is Monday.
It's late.
131
132
SWEDISH
Only det ean be used in elauses where the verb is some form of att vara or
att b-I-j-followed by a noun (predieate noun).
Examples:
Det r en b i I .
Det r ett tg.
Det r tv pojkar.
It is a ear.
It is a train.
They are (lit.: it is) two boys.
If there is no noun but only a predieate adjeetive following the form of

att vara or att bl i, den, det or de has to be used depending on what kind
of noun the predieate adjeetive modifies.
Examples:
r PellesffiI] stor? - Ja, Idetlr stor. - Det r en stor bil.
Is Pelle's ear big? - Yes,
r P e I I e s r umI s t o r t ? - J a,
Is Pelle's room big? _ Yes,

r Pel les Ibtad stora?
is big.
Id e II ~ r
Ja,
~s
It's a big ear.
s t o r t. - De t r e t t
s t o rt r u ffi
big. - It's a big room.
~ r stora. - Det r stora btar.
Are Pelle's boats big? - Yes, they are big. - They are big boats.
To s ummari ;;e :
Det must be used as the subject when any form of att vara or att bl i is followed
by a noun (predieate noun).
This noun mayor may not have modifying adjectives.
Examples:
De t r e n b 1 I
Det r ettr=um.
Det r tv bKtar.
Det r en stor bi I.
Det r ett stor~um.
Det r tv stora bKtar.
This is the same as the demonstrative expression det r,

whieh you have just learned, and should not be confused
with the personal pronouns den, det, de.
Unit 4
SWEDISH
When the form oj" att va ra or att b I i is fo llowed by an adjective but no noun
(predicate a dj e c t i ve) J the personal pronoun
den has to be used if the pronoun re j'ers to an en word;

det has to be used i f the pronoun refers to an ett word;
de
has to be used if the pronoun refers to plurals.
Practice G. In this practice you'll make two sentences based on the sentenee
given in the left column using the adjective in the Cue column.
In the first
sentenee you use the personal prono~n den, det or de + r + the adjective in
the right form.
In the second sentenee you use the demonstrative expression
det r + indefinite article + adjective + noun.
J
CVE
Det r en b I I
stor
Den r stor.
Det r en stor b i I
Det r ett slott.
vacker
Det r vackert.
Det r ett vackert 510tt.
Det r ett rum.
I I ten
Det r I i tet.
Det r ett I i tet rum.
Unit 4
13J
SWEDISH
134
eVE
Det r en bt.
vit
Den r vit.
Det r en vit bt.
Det r ett museum.
b e rmd
Det r bermt.
Det r ett bermt museum.
Det r en taxi.
ledig
Den r ledig.
Det r en ledig taxi.
Det r en kyrka.
Den r gamma I
gammal
Det r en gammal ky rka.

Det hr r tv pplen.
god
De r goda.
Det hr r tv goda pplen.
Det dr r tv poliser.
De r vnliga.
Det dr r tv vnl tga pol i ser.
Unit 4
vn II g
SWEDISH
eVE
Det d r r ett hotell.
ny
Det r nytt .
Det d r r ett nytt hotell.
Det dr r tv ostar.
god
De r goda.
Det dr r tv goda ostar.
Ppactice H.
Now we/tt ask some questions using VAD (what), VEM (who), and
VAR (whepe).
You can ppovide the answeps us~ng two sentences.
Remembep to
use han and hon fop peopte, det fop countpies and cities, which ape consideped to be ett wopds.
eVE
Vad r det dr?
sm@rgs, god
Det r en smrgs.
Den r god.
Vem r det?
Det r en f I i cka.
flicka,
Hon r vacker.
Va d r det d r?
Det r en g rd.
Vem r det d r?
Unit 4
vacker
g rd, gamma I
Den r gamma I.
tand I kare, bra
135
SWEDISH
136
eVE
Det r en tandlkare.
Han (hon) r bra.
Vem kommer dr borta?

Det r f rken Berg.
frken Berg, trevlig

Hon r trev I Ig.
Vad r det dr?
telefon, svart
Det r en telefon.
Den r svart.
Vad r det hr?

Det r en gata.
gata, kort
Den r kort.
Vad r det h"a r.?

Det r ett vykort.
vykort, vacker
Det r vackert.
Verr> r det som kommer d r?

Det r en po I I s.
palls, vnlig
Han (hon) r vn II g.
Var ligger restaurangen?
dr borta
Den I I gge r dr bo rta .

Va r I i gge r Vasamuseet?
nra Skansen
Det I i gge r n ra Skansen.

Va r r din dotter?
Amerika
Hon r i Amerika.
Va r I I gger Skvde1
Unit 4
I Sverige
SWEDISH
eVE
Sverige.
Det
I i gger
Var
I l gge r
Stockholm?
Det
I i gger
Va r
I i gge r busshllplatsen?
Sverige
Sverige.
dr borta
De n I i gger dr borta.
LAT OSS TALA SVENSKA!

Letts have a general oonversation using the
material you have aoquired by now.
Unit 4
137
SWEDISH
138
UNIT 5
A PLACE TO LIVE
Basic Sentences
Gorodon Browning has seen
an ad about an apartment
and calls the manager.
Gorodon:
1.
May I speak to Mrs. Stenmark?
Kan jag f tala med fru Stenmark?
Voice:
2.
moment
Just a moment.
gonbl lek -et -0

Ett gonbl lek.
Mro8. S.:
3.
he lto
Hello. Inga Stenmarok 8peaking.
Ha I I
Gorodon:
Mr8.
Unit 5
S.:
4.
5.
this moroning
to see
saw
your
adveroti8ement
apartment
to l'en t
Hello.
My name is Gordon
Browning.
This morning I
saw YOUl' ad in Svenska Dagbladet about an apartment
for rent.
yes
it i8 available.
Yes~
hall (only used on the phone)

D e t il r I n g a S t e nma r k
l mo rse
att se, ser, sg, sett
sg
er, ert, era
annons -en -er
vnIng -en -ar
att hyra, hyr, hyrde, hyrt
Goddag. Mitt namn r Gordon Browning.
I morse sg jag er annons i Svenska
Dagbladet om en vning att hyra. *
Jaha
den ilr ledig.
Jaha,
SWEDISH
Gordon:
Mrs.
S.:
Gordon:
Mrs.
S.:
Gordon:
Unit 5
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
ahild
How large is it? We have two
ahildren.
Dur boy is five
years old and our girl is
eight.
ba rn -et -(Il
Hur stor r den?
Vi har tv barn.
Vr pojke r tern r och v r t I i cka
r tta.
kitahen
hall
bathroom
so
probably
It has five ~ooms and a kitahen, hall, and two baths,
so it would probably suit
you.
kk -et -(Il
hall -en -ar
badrum -me t -(I)
s
nog
Den r p tern rum och kk och hal I
och har tv badrum, s den passar
nog.
whiah, what
In what part of the aity is
it? I work at the Ameriaan
Embassy and would like to
live a lose by.
vilken, vilket, vilka

I vi I ken del av stan I igger den?
Jag arbetar p amerikanska ambassaden och vi II grna bo i nrheten.
stairs, flight of stairs

up
The address is Karlavagen 10.
fourth floor.
That is in
Ostermalm, and not at all
fal' from the Embassy.
trapp/a -an -or

upp
Adressen r Karlavgen 10,
upp.
Det r p stermalm,
lngt frn ambassaden.
to desaribe
Could you desaribe the apartment?
att beskriv/a -er, beskrev,

Kan ni beskriva vningen?
3 trappor
inte alls
beskrivit
139
SWEDISH
again8t, toward
to face
face(s)
south
ligh t, brigh t
Bunny
Mros. S.:
Mros. S.:
Gorodon:
Mrs. S.:
Gordon:
Mrs.
s.:
Gorodon:
Unit 5
11 .
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
1 7.
It faces south. so it is
light and sunny.
140
mot
att ligga mot; ligger, lg, legat
ligger mot
sder
ljus -t -a
sollg-t-a
Den I igger mot sder, s den r I jus
och solig.
*
spacious
high
ceiling. ro of
It is an old. spacious apartment with high ceilings in
all the room8.
ryml
hg
tak
Det r
det r
to moderniBe
moderniBed
I hop e it is moderonized.
att moderniser/a -ar -ade -at

modernlser/ad -at -ade
Jag hoppas den r modernIserad.
Of course.
Javisst.
rent
How mueh is the rent?
hyr/a -an -or

Hur stor r hyran?
The apartment eosts 2.000

el'owns a month.
Vningen kostar tv tusen kronor I

mnaden.
expensive
That is expensive!
dyr -t -a
Det var dyrt!
ig -t -a
-t -a
-et -0
en gammal, rymlig vanlng,
hgt i taket l alla rum.
och
Il
SWEDISH
MI'S . S.: 1 8.
GOI'don:
MI's.
Unit 5
S.:
19.
2 O
ga8 (not gasoline)

eleatI'iaity
to be inaluded
is inaLuded
besides
paI'tially
to furnish
fUI'nished
Ye8, but it i8 a veI'Y fine
apartment, and gas and eleatriaity are inaluded. Be8ide8, it is paI'tiaLly furnished.
gas -en -er

elektricitet -en 0
att Ing, Ingr, ingick, Ingtt
Ingr
dessutom
delvis
att mbler/a -ar -ade -at
mbler/ad -at -ade
Ja, men det r en vldigt fln vning,
och gas och elektricitet ingr.
Dessutom r den delvis mblerad.
bed
for
per80n, people
Good! Are theI'e beds foI'
four people?
sng -en -ar

fr
person -en -er
S bra!
Finns det sngar fr fyra
personer?
Living room
sofa
comfortable
armchaiI'
lamp
PeI'sian
rug, caI'pe t
flooI'
Yes, there are.
living room has
two aomfortable
two lamps and a
sian I'ug On the
vardagsrum -met -0
sof fia -an -or
bekvm -t -a
ftlj -en -er
lamp/a -an -or
persisk -t -a
mattia -an -or
golv -et -0
Ja, det finns det. Och vardagsrummet har en soffa, tv bekvma
ftljer, tv lampor och en stor
persisk matta p golvet.
*
And the
a Bofa and
armahair8,
large Pel'floor.
141
SWEDISH
Gordon:
21.
Mrs. S.: 22.
to bring
table
chail'
dining room
Is the dining room fUl'nished J
01' should we bring our table
and our chairs?
att ta med; tar, tog, tagit

bord -et -~
stol -en -ar
matsal -en -ar
r matsalen mblerad, eller ska vi
ta med vrt bord och vra stolar?
breakfast nook
bench
NO J it isn't.
But there is
a breakfast nook in the kitchen with table and benehes.
matvr -n -r
bnk -en -ar
Nej, det r den inte.
Men det finns
en matvr i kket med bord och
bnkar.
*
closet
especially
to need
need(s)
space J room J
his her their (reflexive)

toy
What about closets? My boy
especially needs a lot of
space for all his toys.
garde/-ob -en -er

s rs k i I t
att behv/a -er -de -t
behver
plats -en -er
all, allt, alla
sin, sitt, sina
leksak -en -er
Hur r det med garderober? Srskil t
min pojke behver mycket plats fr
alla sina leksaker.
*
every
bedl'oom
linen close t
pan try
There is a big closet in
every bedroom and a good
linen closet in the pantry.
var j e
sovrum -met -~
I inneskp -et -0
serveringsrum -met -0
Det finns en stor garderob i varje
sovrum och ett bra I inneskp I
serveringsrummet.
place
all
J
Gordon:
Mrs. S.:
Unit 5
23.
24.
142
SWEDISH
Gordon:
Mrs.
S.:
25.
26.
27.
Gordon:
Mrs.
Unit 5
28.
S.: 29.
refrigerator
Is there a refrigerator?
kylskp -et -I/;

Finns det kylskp?
freezer
completely
dishwasher
Certainly, and a small freezer as well and a completely
new dishwasher.
f rys box -en -a r

alldeles
diskmaskin -en -er
Jad, och en I iten frysbox ocks
och en alldeles ny diskmaskin.
tv~ttstug/a
laundry room
basement
washing machine
drying cabinet
The Laundry room is in the
basement with two washing
machines and a drying cabinet.
-an -or
kllare -en -I/;
tvttmaskin -en -er
torkskp -et -Qj
Tvttstugan r i k II aren med tv
tvttmaskiner och ett torkskp.
*
to sound
Boundfs)
It sounds very good, and we'd
love to come and look at the
apartment.
att lta, lter, lt, ltit

1 ter
Det lter vldigt bra, och vi vill grna
komma och titta p vningen.
to move
in
into
When would you like to move
into the apartment?
att fly tt/a -ar -ade -at

in
in i
Nr skulle nI vilja flytta

vningen?
in I
143
SWEDISH
Gordon:
30.
Mrs. S.: 31.
32.
GOY'don:
MY's. s.:
Unit 5
33.
34.
144
the fiY'st
OctobeY'
fUY'nituY'e
If we take it we could move
in on OctobeY' 1st. OUY' furnitUY'e will be heY'e then.
den frsta
oktober
mbel -n, mbler
Om vi tar den kunde vI flytta In den
frsta oktober. Vra mbler r hr
d. *
tenant
out
thing
yesteY'day
to buy
have (has) bought
house
That suits (me) fine.
OUY'
otheY' tenant moved out yesteY'day with all his things. Be
has bought a house in Djursholm.
hyresgst -en -er

ut
sak -en -er
Igr
att kp/a -er -te -t
har kpt
hus -et -0
Det passar utmrkt. Vr andra hyresgst flyttade ut Igr med al la sina
saker. Han har kpt ett hus I Djursholm.
at home
today
houY'
I will be at home today.
Would you like to oome in
an houY'?
hemma
Idag
t l mm/ e - e n - a r
Jag r hemma Idag.
om en timme1
Does 4 o'clock suit (you)?

Then I'll come with the
whole family.
Passar det klockan fyra1

jag med hela familjen.
I'm looking fOY'waY'd to seeing you then.
Vlkomna d!
VI I I ni komma
D kommer
SWEDISH
UNIT 5
Notes on Hasia Sentencea
4a.
I morse, "this morning," indiaates past time.

verb in the past tenae.
4b.
Svenska Dagbladet is a daily newspaper in Sweden.
9.
Tre trappor upp or p tredje vningen means 4th floor.

vningen (b.v.> or nedre botten (n.b.>.
11.
Sder.
12.
Hgt
17.
Det var dyrt.

The Swedes often put exalamatory expr88sions like this in the
past tense.
(af. Unit J Nate 20.)
20.
Ja,
22.
Nej,
23.
Sina leksaker.
Unit 5
Other aompass points are norr (north)J
It is therefore used only with a
First fLoor is botten-
ster (east)J
vster (west).
taket is an idiomatia expression for "high aeiUng{sJ."
det finns det.

det r den
See Unit 3 J
inte.
Nate 2.
See Unit 3 J
Nate 2.
See Points to Practice I c.
145
146
SWEDISH
25.
Finns det kylskp?

Swedes do not normally use an artiale with a noun when
refers to a alass of nouns ~n general, rather than to a partiaular one.
Examples:
Han kper b i I.
Han
it
He's buying a aar (beaause he needs transportationJ.
kper en ny bi I.
He's buying a new aar (one aar in partiaularJ.

(torktumlare -n
27.
Torkskp.(a heated aabinet) is more aommon in Sweden than a dryer
30.
oktober.
The names of the months in Swedish are: januarI, februari, mars, apri l,
maj, juni, juli, augusti, september, oktober, november, december.
Note that,
like the week days,

34.
Unit 5
they are not aapitalized.
Vlkomna d.
Note that the plural form of vlkommen is used to indiaate a
welaome to all the family members.
(af. unit 2, BaBia Sentenae Note 1)
-0).
SWEDISH
UNIT 5
Points to Practice
Point I.
Unit 5
Possessives
a.
preceding a noun
b.
as pronoun
c.
Possessive reflexives sin. s I tt. s I na
Point II.
Verbs of the [irst conjugation
Point III.
Word order
247
SWEDISH
Point I.
148
a. Possessives preceding a noun
(j ag)
( d u)
(ha n)
(hon)
(v i)
(n I )
(de)
mi n
din
hans
henne~
v r
er
deras
Plural
ETT
EN
bi
bi
bi
bi
bi
bi
bi
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
mitt
ditt
hans
hennes
v rt
ert
deras
namn
namn
namn
namn
namn
namn
namn
mina
dina
hans
hennes
v ra
era
deras
bi
bi
bi
bi
bi
bi
bi
Ia r
Ia r
Ia r
Ia r
Ia r
Ia r
lar
Here are the possessives in Swedish.

As you see~ most of them conform
to the EN, ETT or plural form of the noun just as the adjectives do.
Names or nouns just add an -s at the end to indicate possessive form.
Example8: Karins bok.
Karin's book.
Pojkens namn.
The boy's name (the name ~ the boy).
Bi lens-frg.
The color ~ the ear.
Unit 5
SWEDISH
Praotioe A.
Form a sentenee with a possessive, using present tense of the
ve1'b att vara.
eUE
Jag, namn, George Brown
Mitt namn r George Brown.
v i, barn (plU1'.J, sn I I
Vra barn r snlla.
vi ,
Vrt vardagsrum r ljust.
hon, sng, ny
Hennes sng r ny.
han, paj ke,
Hans pojke r i USA.
d u, dotter, vacker
Din dotter r vacker.
n i , vning, stor
Er vning r stor.
de, adress, KarJavgen 10
Deras adress r Karlavgen 10.
n i, kylskp, hg
Ert kylskp r hgt.
han, ftlj, bekvm
Hans ftlj r bekvm.
de, kk, rym I i g
Deras kk r ryml igt.
pojke, far,
Pojkens far r ingenjr.
hus, kk,
Husets kk r ljust.
Bo, mor, journalist
Bos mor r journalist.
jag, syskon (plu1'. J hemma
va rdags rum,
I jus
USA
ingenjr
ljus
Mina syskon r hemma.
Unit :;
149
SWEDISH
P~actice
B.
Answe~
the questions, using the
150
p~ope~
possessive
fo~ms.
eVE
Ja
Ligger Karins vning i Stockholm?

Ja, hennes vning I igger i Stockholm.
r mi tt hotel I rum tv trappor upp?
Ja
Ja, ditt hotellrum r tv trappor upp.

Ja
r vra bcker i vardagsrummet?

Ja, era bcker r l vardagsrummet.
Flyttar ni
Ja, vi
in i ert hus snart?
Ja, p mndag
flyttar in I vrt hus p mndag.
Sg George fru Stenmarks annons
i tidningen?
Ja
Ja, han sg hennes annons i tidningen.

r Stenmarks sngar bekvma?
Nej
Nej, deras sngar r inte bekvma.

Behver du di n bi I idag?
Nej, jag behver inte mIn bil
Hittade du Pell es klocka?
Ja, jag hittade hans klocka.
Unit 5
Nej
Idag.
Ja
SWEDISH
Point I.
Possessive pronouns
b.
MIN
MY~
MINE
I t is my ear.
Bilen r min.
The ear is m,ine.
Det r ditt bord.
It is your table.
Bordet r ditt.
The table is yours.
Det r v ra stolar.
They are our chairs.
Stolarna r vra.
The chairs are ours.
Det r min b i
As you can see in the ehart~ the Swedes make no distinction between possessive adjectives and possessive pronouns.
We'll have a short practice on this.
Praatice C.
Answer the
questions~
using the ownership indicated by the cue.
eVE
r det Bos bli?
Nej.
jag
Nej, det r min.

r det din frysbox?
Nej. hon
Nej. det r hennes.

Vnit 5
lSl
SWEDISH
152
eVE
r det h r herr och fru Stenmarks hus?
J a,
de
J a, det r deras.
r det hr din diskmaskin?
J a,
Ja, jag
det r mi n.
r det hr Pe I les klocka?
Ja, han
Ja, det r hans.

r det hr era bcker?
J a,
vi
Ja det r vra.
r det hr Karlns smrgs?
Nej, d u
Nej, det r din.

r det hr Lenas glas?
Nej, d u
Nej, det r ditt.
Point I.
e.
Reflexi~e
possessives, SIN, SITT, SINA
These reflexive possessives are used instead of hans, hennes, deras i f they
aj occur in the same clause as the subject;
bJ modify the objeet in the ~lause; and
ej refer to the subject in the clause.
Sin (sitt, sina) is never used to modify the subject in the clause.
Unit 5
SWEDISH
Examples:
Han tycker om sin hund.

He likes his (own) dog.
Han tycker om hans hund.

He 2ikes his (someone el8e's) dog.
Hans bt! 19ger 1 hamnen.
: - -- =
His boat is in the harbor.
Karin beskriver sitt rum.

Karin describes her room.
(The room belongs to Karin.)
Karin beskriver hennes rum.

Karin describea her room.
(The room belonga to someone else.)
Lars och Lena talar om sina barn.

Lars and Lena are talking about their children (their own).
Lars och Lena talar om deras barn.

Lars and Lena are talking about their children (another family/s),
Unit 5
155
SWEDISH
154
P1'aatiae D.
Look at the list of possessions below.
Describe (using the
ve1'b att tycka om) how Maja likes he1' things, Erik likes his, and they
both like their joint belongings.
Go through the three lists beginning
with Maja/s.
The answers will be found on the next page.
Majas saker
Erlks saker
Deras saker
I inneskp
soffa
bord
stal
vning
matta
torkskp
kllare
diskmaskin
sovrum
ftlj
lampa
matta
ga rde rob
badrum
tidning
frysbox
sngar
kylskp
tvttmaskIn
hus
mbler
ba rn (plu1'al)
kk
va rdags rum
bt
Model:
bI I
bcker
klocka
pengar
Maja tycker om sitt linneskp.

Erik tycker om sin ftlj.
De tycker om sin frysbox.
De tycker om sin teve (TV).
Unit 5
SWEDISH
Answers to Practice D.
Maja tycker om:
Erik tycker om:
De tycker om:
sitt linneskp
sin soffa
sitt borrJ
sin stol
srn vning
stn matta
sitt torkskp
sin kllare
sin diskmaskin
sitt sovrum
sin ftlj
sin lampa
sin matta
s i n ga rderob
sitt badrum
sin tidning
sin frysbox
sina sngar
sitt kylskp
sin tvttmaskin
sitt hus
sina mbler
sina barn
sitt kk
srtt vardagsrum
sin bt
si n b i I
sina bcker
sin klocka
sina pengar
Practice E.
In this practice we will use all the third person possessives.
You fill in the right one in the blank space.
Use your cardboard sheet
as usual to cover the correct answer below each sentence.
George och hans fru tittade p
vning.
si n
George beskrev vningen fr
hustru.
si n
Bo och Kari n flyttade in
mbler.
sina
Karln och
barn tittade p en ny soffa.

hennes
Unit 5
155
SWE!DISH
Djursholm.
son bor
Stenmarks och
dera s
huset.
son
Stenmarks bor med

sin
(Pelles) vning.
Stenmarks hyr
hans
Lars r p bten med
ror.
sin
Lars tittar p
( Ka r i n s)
bt
hennes
Bo och Ingrid och
far kom ti II bten.

d e ras
Bo och I ngr i d mtte
far
yrd
bten.
sin
I eftermiddag flyttar Lars
mb I er.
sina
(Lars) diskmaskin r alldeles ny.

Hans
Unit
fj
156
SWEDISH
Point II.
Verbs of the first conjugation

Swedish verbs come in four conjugations.
Three of these conjugations follow
definite patterns.
The fourth conjugation contains all irregular verbs.
The same form is used for all persons in each tense.
1.
More than half of the verbs in Swedish belong to the first conjugation.
All of the verbs in this conjugation end in -a in the infinitive form.
All new verbs that come into Swedish from other languages belong to this
conju.gation.
Examples:
att mblera, att modernisera, att organisera (to organizeJ, att

jogga (to jog), att missa (to miss, to failJ.
Examples of this include all verbs with the French derived suffix -era.
Letts take a look at the verbs of the first conjugation that have occurred
in some of our units.
Below is a chart showing how the first conjugation
operates.
First Conjugation
att baka (to bake)
Unit 5
PY'esent tense:
jag, etc.
ba ka r
bake(sJ, am (aY'e, isJ baking
Past tense:
Jag, etc.
bakade
baked, was (were) baki ng
Supine:
jag, etc.
h a r, hade
bakat
Past paY'ticiple:
den,
have, had baked, have, had

been baking
r,
det, de
bI i r
bakad
bakat
bakade
157
SWEDISH
158
Note:
The supine is a form of the verb used tagether with har, hade. It
aZways ends in -t.
Examples:
Jag har bakat brdet.
Jag hade bakat brdet.
These phrases are called respectively the present and past perf~ In
Swedish the supine form is different from the parti~iple which is used and
declined as an adjective.
Examples:
Kakan r bakad.
Brdet r bakat.
Kakorna r bakade.
The cake is baked.

The bread is baked.
The cakes (cookies) are baked.
We will deal with the particip le in a later unit.
In Unit I We made a comparison between Swedish and English with regard to

the lack of the continuouB form of the verb in Swedish.
Here is a more
extensive chart:
Swedish
English
Present tenae:
Han arbetar.
1.
2.
lie works.
lie is working.
Past tense:
Han arbetade.
1.
2.
He worked.
He was wOI'king.
Present perfect
(h a r + supinej:
Han har arbetat.
1.
2.
He has worked.
He has been working.
Past perfect
(hade + supinej:
Ha n hade arbetat.
L
2.
He had worked.
lie had been working.
From the chart it looks like English has two forms for each tense, ~hereaB
Swedish has only one.
This is true, and it is very important for you to
understand, be cause it means that the Swedish verb form arbetar, for exampZe,
is uSBd where an English speaker would say "works" ~ "is working".
The
Unit 5
SWEDISH
English rules about !Jhen one says "works" and when one says "is working"
are complex~ but Swedish has no such difficulty.
Arbetar simply expresses
the idea of a person or persons working in present time, and that's all
there is to it.
If you try to work forms of att vara inta other Swedish
verb forms just because English uses forms of "to be" in this way, you will
be successfut in confusing the Swede to whom you are talking.
So that you get a good start at tearning this right~ we have made an expanded chart of Swedish verb forms with English equivalents.
Study this
chart thoroughly~ and then try to trans late the English forms on the right
to the Swedish forms on the left without looking at the Swedish.
Do this
until you are completely comfortable with it, and then make up some simple
English sentences of your own and try to trans late them into good Swedish.
Present tense:
svenska.
~avid talarlofta.
i kv I I.
David
{ David
David
David
speaks Swedish.
is speaking Swedish.
speaks often.
is speaking tonight.
Past tense:
,..svenska.
IDavid taladeimed oss tre gnger.
p telefon nr Mary kom in.
Unit 5
{ David
~D_a_v_~~'d~_s~p_o_k~e~ Swedish.
was speaking Swedish.

U s t h re e t i me s .
David was speaking on the phone when Mary came in.
:;,D:",a:...:v--,~i-'d::;,-:::.s. cp.. ::o:.. ;.k.:. :e::.. t o
159
SWEDISH
Present perfeet
(har + supine):
_______~_ med Ma ry.
\Davld har talatimed oss tre gnger.
i tre timmar.
pavid has spoken to Mary.

{ David has been speaking to Mary.
;;"D~a...:.v--;i.-'d.;.-,h;--a,,-,-s-;-s.....p-'o_k_e_n_ t o u s t h r e e t i me s .
David has been speaking for three hours.
Past perfeet
(hade + supine):
,...-
---, s ven s k a
IDavid hade talatimed Mary, men det hjlpte

inte.
om Mary, nr hon kom In.
Unit S
David had spoken Swedish.

{ David had been speaking Swedish.
David had epoken to Mary, but it didn't help.
David had been speaking about Mary, when she
came in.
160
SWEDISH
Practice F.
Complete the following sentences in three different tenses:
present, past, present perfeet (har + supinej.
CVE
Maj
Maj arbetar l Sverige.
Maj
{ Maj
Maj
Maj arbetade i Sverige.
{ Maj
Maj har arbetat i Sverige. Maj
{ Maj
Bo
arbeta
Sverige.
sin vn.
worka in Sweden.
is working in Sweden.
worked in Sweden.
Was working in Sweden.
has worked in Sweden.
has been working in Sweden.
trffa
Bo trffar sin vn.

Bo trffade sin vn.
Bo har trffat sin vn.
John
sin fru.
presentera
John presenterar sin fru.

John presenterade sin fru.
John har presenterat sin fru.
Dah Ig rens
augusti.
flytta
Dahlgrens flyttar i augusti.

Dahlgrens ,flyttade i augusti.
Dah I grens har f I yttat l augusti.
Kaffet
mycket.
kosta
Kaffet kostar mycket.

Kaffet kostade mycket.
Kaffet har kostat mycket.
Unit 5
161
SWEDISH
162
eVE
Ingrid
p sin lunch.
vnta
Ingrid vntar p sin lunch.

Ingrid vntade p si~ lunch.
Ingrid har vntat p sin lunch.
Astrid
om sitt barn.
bertta
Astrid berttar om sitt barn.

Astrid berttade om sitt barn.
Astrid har berttat om sitt barn.
Erik
om hyran.
f rga
Erik frgar om hyran.

Erik frgade om hyran.
Erik har frgat om hyran.
David
med advokaten.
David talar med advokaten.

David talade med advokaten.
David har talat med advokaten.
Unit S
tala
SWEDISH
Practice G.
In the following story, put the verbs that oacur in the present
tense into the past tense. The new version follows on the next page.
George flyttar till Sverige med sin familj och arbetar p en stor amerikansk tidning.
En dag, nr han vntar p bussen, trffar han en gammal
vn frn Norra Latin, Lars Holm, och hans far.
Lars presenterar George
fr sin far och frgar, om George har tid att titta p en vning, som hans
far vntar p.
Han flyttar in den frsta oktober och mblerar den med
sina gamla mbler.
Lars berttar, att hans far moderniserar den delvis.
George frgar hur mycket vningen kostar och var man hittar en s fin
vnIng.
Unit 5
163
SWEDISH
164
Answer to Praatiae G.
George flyttade ti II Sverige med sin fami Ij och arbetade p en stor amerikansk tidning.
En dag, nr han vntade p bussen, trffade han en gammal
vn frn Norra Latin, Lars Holm, och hans far.
Lars presenterade George
fr sin far och frgade, om George hade tid att titta p en vning, som
hans far vntade p.
med sina gamla mbler.
vis.
Han flyttade in den frsta oktober och mblerade den

Lars berttade, att hans far moderniserade den del-
George frgade, hur mycket vningen kostade och var man hittade en
s fin vning.
Practice H.
In this practiae, put the verb given in the aue inta the present
perfeat form (har + supine).
eVE
Bo
sin vning.
modernisera
Bo har moderniserat sin vning.

La rs
Maj.
Lars har trffat Maj.
Unit 5
trffa
SWEDISH
eUE
Bo
tillbaka till USA.
flytta
Bo ha r f IYt t a t t i I I ba ka t i I I USA.
Karin
p tidningen i tre r.
a rb eta
Karin har arbetat p tidningen i tre r.

Maj
mblera
vningen.
Maj har mblerat vningen.

Erik
boken.
hi
tta
Erik har hittat boken.

David
Inte
sin far.
frga
David har inte frgat sIn far.

Stenmarks
inte
in i sin vning.
f lytta
Stenmarks har inte f.yttat in i sin vning.

_____ du
dina pengar p banken?
vxla
Har du vxlat dina pengar p banken?

du
lunge?
vnta
Har du vntat lnge?

Lars
med mig mnga gnger.
tala
Lars har talat med mig mnga gnger.

Unit 5
165
SWEDISH
Point III.
166
Word Order
If you/re getting a feel for Swedish already, you
will have noticed in these last praetiees that the
verb always eomes in seeond place in the sentence.
As was explained in the Basic Sentence Note #16
in Unit 2, the verb always eomes before the subjeet in a main clause when the clause starts with
a direet or indirect object, an adverb, or i f it
is preceded by a subordinate clause.
This is erueial, beeause it is fundamental in Swedish word order.
Example8:
Det vet jag
inte.
(direet object)
Igr trffade David sin farbror.

Nr Maj
flyttade ti II
(adverb)
Stoc~holm, trffade
hon Erik.
Det hMr mste man komma Ihg!
Unit 5
(subordinate
clause)
SWEDISH
Practice I.
Now we'll practice word order.
Restate the sentenae on the lett
using the cue at the beginning of the sentence.
eVE
Vi flyttar in i vr vning.
Idag flyttar vi
idag
in i vr vning.
igr
David hittade sin bok.

Igr hittade David sin bok.
Karin tittade p Peters bt.
morse
I morse tittade Karin p Peters bt.

Lars talar med sin vn frn Amerika.
nu
Nu talar Lars med sin vn frn Amerika.

Jag talade med Peter.
fr tre veckor sedan
Fr tre veckor sedan talade jag med Peter.

VI trffas i parken.
Varje dag trffas vi
varje dag
i
parken.
Erik vntar lnge p bussen.
varje morgon
Varje morgon vntar Erik lnge p bussen.

George hade en vning p Karlavgen.
nr vi var I stockholm
Nr vi var i Stockholm, hade George en vning

p Karlavgen.
Unit 5
167
168
SWEDISH
eUE
Sven arbetar p amerikanska ambassaden.
nu
Nu arbetar Sven p amerikanska ambassaden.

Maja vxlade sina pengar p banken.
igr
Igr vxlade Maja sina pengar p banken.

VI hittade en klocka.
nr vi var p Skansen
Nr vi var p Skansen hittade vi en klocka.
Praactice J.
We arae including a floara plan of the aparatment at Karalavagen 10.
Discuss the raooms in raelation to each other and describe the furniture you
know the words for in each room.
If you want to complete the furnishings ask your teacher for morae vocabulary.
Ask each other' the following
questions about the apartment:
Var ter man frukost i vningen?
I vilket rum kan man ta middag?
Var str kylskpet?
Ligger vningen mot norr?
Har vningen ett badrum?
r kket till hger om hall en?
Hur r vardagsrummet mblerat?
Finns det mbler I matsalen?
Var I igger tvttstugan?
I vilken tidning sg Gordon annonsen?
Nr kan Brownings flytta in?
Var kan pojken ha sina leksaker?
Unit 5
SWEDISH
Karlavgen 10
Sder
Matsal
Vardagsrum
.e ~
.a
1!
~
Sovrum
Garderob
ster
Serveringsrum
t----oI
liten
Hall
Badrum
Hall
Toalett
Kk
Sovrum
Badrum
Vster
Sovrum
Norr
Unit 5
169
SWEDISH
LAT OSS TALA SVENSKA!

No~ you can describe your o~n houBe or apartment
and the home you hope to find in S~eden.
Unit 5
170
SWEDISH
UNIT 6
TRUE AND FALSE
Unit 6 is a aomprehension quiz.

Turn on the tape or listen to your teaaher read the
true or false questions.
Using the numbered blanks below, mark T (true) or F (false)
after eaeh sentenee.
All of the voeabulary used in the quiz is from Units 1-5.
We
suggest that you divide up the quiz and aomplete only part of the questions at a time.
You will find the answers an pages 172 - 178.
Good Luakl
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Unit 6
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
1? 1
SWEDISH
172
Appendix A. Answers to the unit 6 quiz.
Unit 6
I.
Fyra och
sju r elva.
2.
Flickor
3.
En sjukskterska arbetar p
4.
Gteborg r en stad
Sverige.
5.
En sjman tjnstgr p en bt.
6.
Jrnvgsstationen
7.
Det finns mnga hotell
8.
Man kan
9.
Det r aldrig vackert vder
Amerika talar alltid svenska.
I igger
en
restaurang.
domkyrkan.
en stor stad.
inte vxl a pengar
en kyrka.
i New York.
10.
Bo tycker om att ta l.
II.
Mnga hus
r vackra.
12.
Amerikaner dricker inte kaffe.
13.
14.
Lars kan
15.
Man kan ta mi ddag p
16.
Nu
fr tiden r Stockholm en tandlkare
17.
Ni
vet hur mycket tta och tv r.
Amerika
Amerika
finns
det mnga parker.
inte dricka brd.
en restaurang.
T
Amerika.
SWEDISH
Unit 6
Washington.
18.
Man kan antingen ta buss eller tunnelbana
19.
Ett r har tio mnader.
20.
Min fars bror
21.
Det finns inga bIlar i Chicago.
22.
Pol iser ger barn garderober.
23.
En I iten garderob
24.
Inga btar gr till Gteborg.
25.
En vecka har sju dagar.
26.
Man kan skriva bcker om Sverige.
27
MIn far och min mosTer
28.
Bussen stannar vid hllplatsen.
29.
Man
30.
Ingen Ingenjr vet hur mycket tolv och tretton r.
31.
Det r bra att ha bekvma sngar.
32.
I Amerika kostar en kopp kaffe fem re.
33.
Herr Hanssons namn
34.
Det f l nns i nga barn i Skvde.
35.
Man kan dricka vin till middagen.
36.
En sekreterare talar aldrIg p telefon.
~ter
~r
min moster.
~r
mycket rymlig.
~r
mina
fr~ldrar.
middag p morgonen.
~r
Herr Dalgren.
T
F
173
SWEDISH
Unit 6
I i gger
174
37.
Matsa I en
kket.
38.
I Amerika tycker man om att resa med bi I.
39.
Lars Holm tjnstgr p~
40.
Mnga
41
Bibliotek r en stad
42.
Man gr tl II
fr att vxl a pengar.
43.
Frken Strmbck r herr Hanssons syster.
44.
Vi
45.
Han gick t i l l
46.
Det finns
47.
Alla
48.
Lars Holm kommer
49.
Man behver mnga stolar p universitetet.
50.
Polisen vet var stationen
51
Stora barn r vldigt sm.
52.
Busshllplatser
53.
Det
rum
54.
George Brown ska skriva en bok om svenska
55.
Journalister brukar skriva
en bAt
GTeborgs hamn.
pojkar heter Peter.
kan hyra
banken
rum p
Sverige.
tunnelbanan.
Sverige
frn New York
inte ngon kyrka
vningar har
f i nns mnga
morse.
Philadelphia.
fem vardagsrum.
ihg sin
vn George Brown.
ligger.
Amerika r alltid vackra.
i ett hote I I.
tidningar.
T
stder.
T
T
SWEDISH
Unit 6
56.
Sjukskterskor och
lkare arbetar ti Ilsammans.
57.
Gamla Stan
58.
Det tar fem veckor att resa med
59.
Det
60.
Alla hller med om att qet r bra att ha ett kylskp.
61.
Svenska Dagbladet r ett bermt museum.
62.
De reste tt Il
63.
Fl yget gr ti II
64.
En bror knner sin syster.
65.
Om man r hungrig vi II
66.
Bussen gr p
gatan.
67.
Mattan
68.
Soffan str
69.
Svenskar tycker mycket om goda smrgsar.
70.
Man behver
71.
Halv tolv r
72.
Nr man trffas,
73.
Alla tycker om att
74.
Man gr ti l!
lr vara
en charmIg del
finns mnga bilar
I igger
Sverige
av Stockholm.
flyg
frn New York t i l l
Stockholm.
Amerika.
Bn ftlj.
parken.
man ::lta.
taket.
vardagsrummet.
inte frga om man
redan
vet ngot.
11:30.
sger man god dag.

resa med
garderoben
lastbt.
fr att hyra en vning.
T
F
F
175
SWEDISH
176
75.
Det finns bara en restaurang I San Francisco.
76.
Det r ro I I gt att hitta ett trevligt hus att bo I.
77 .
Portlern kan ge oss en karta.
78.
Det finns Inga sevrdheter i Stockholm.
79.
Eri k Dalgren r en annonS.
80.
Bo Dalgren presenterar sin fru tr George.
If you are in doubt about the meaning of a sentence you can check the tran8lation
below.
1.
2.
S.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Unit 6
Four and 8eVen are eleven.

Girls in America always speak Swedish.
A nur8e works in a restaurant.
Gothenburg is a city in Sweden.
A sailor work8 on a boat.
The railroad station i8 located in the cathedral.
There are many hotels in a big city.
You can't change money in a church.
The weather is never beautiful in New York.
Bo likes to eat beer.
Many houses in America are beautiful.
Americans don't drink coffee.
There are many parks in America.
Lars can't drink bread.
You can have dinner in a restaurant.
Nowadays stockholm is a dentist in America.
You know how much eight and two are.
One can either take the bus or the subway in Washington.
A year has ten months.
T
F
F
T
T
F
T
T
F
F
T
F
T
T
T
F
T
T
SWEDISH
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
4lo
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
Unit 6
My father's brother is my aunt.

There are no cars in Chicago.
PoLicemen give chiLdren cLosets.
A smalL cLoset is very roomy.
No boats go to Gothenburg.
A week has seven days.
One can write books about Sweden.
My father and my (maternal) aunt are my parents.
The bus stops at the bus stop.
One eats dinner in the morning.
No engineer knows how much tweLve and thirteen are.
It's good to have comfortable beds.
In America a cup of coffee costs 5 are.
Mr. Hansson's name is Mr. Dalgren.
There are no chiLdren in Skovde.
You can drink wine with your dinner.
A secretary never talks on the phone.
The dining room is in the kitchen.
In America people Like to traveL by ear.
Lars Holm serves (works) on a boat in the Gothenburg harbor.
Many boys are named Peter.
Library is a city in Sweden.
You go to the bank to change money.
Miss Stromback is Mr. Hansson's sister.
We can rent a room in the subway.
He walked to Sweden from New York this morning.
There is no church in PhiladeLphia.
All apartments have five livingrooms
Lars Holm remembers his friend George Brown.
They need many chairs at the university.
The police know where the station is.
Big children are very small.
Bus stops in America are always beautifuL.
There are many rooms in ahoteL.
George Brown is going to write a book about Swedish citieB.
Journalists usuaLLy write for newspapers.
Nurses and doctors work together.
Gamla Stan is supposed to be a charming part of StockhoLm.
F
F
F
F
T
T
F
T
F
F
T
F
F
F
T
F
F
T
T
T
F
T
F
F
F
F
F
T
T
T
F
F
T
T
T
T
177
SWEDISH
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
6:3
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
Unit 6
It takes five weeks to go by plane from New York to Stockholm.

There are many cars in America.
All agree that it is good to have a refrigerator.
Svenska Dagbladet is a famous museum.
They traveled to Sweden in an easy chair.
The flight goea to the park.
A brother knows his sister.
If you're hungry you want to eat.
The bus goes on the street.
The rug is in the ceiling.
Xhe sofa is in the livingroom.
Swedes like good sandwiches very much.
You don't have to ask i f you already know it.
Half past eleven is 11:30.
When people meet they say "hello".
Everybody likes to travel by freighter.
You go to the closet to rent an apartment.
There is only one restaurant in San Francisco.
It's fun to find a nice house to live in.
The hotel clerk oan give us a map.
There are no interesting sights in Stockholm.
Erik Dalgren is an advertisement.
Bo Dalgren introduces his wife to George.
178
F
T
T
F
F
F
T
T
T
F
T
T
T
T
T
F
F
F
T
T
F
F
T
SWEDISH
UNIT 7
AT THE OFFICE
Basic Sentences
Bill Smith arrives at his new
office in the afternoon.
Rec. :
Bill:
Rec. :
1.
2.
3.
4.
U'YJit 7
receptionist
service, favor
Hello.
What can I do for you?
(May I help you?)
receptionist -en -er

tjnst -en -er
Go d d a g .
Va d k a n j a g s t t I I I t j n s t
med?
..
successor
offi-ce
I' m Bill Smith, successor to
Peter White.
Can you tell me
where my office is (located)?
eftertrdare -n -0
kontor -et -0
Jag r Bill Smith, eftertrdare tl I I
Peter White.
Kan ni sga mig var mitt
kontor I i gger?
take (imperative)
elevator'
second
floor
Yes, of course.
Take the
elevator to the third floar.
ta
hiss -en -ar
a nd ra
vning -en -ar
Javisst.
Ta hissen till
vningen.
hall, corridor
third
door
Go down the hall straight
ahead.
It's the third door
on the right.
korridor -en -er

tredje
drr -en -ar
G korridoren rakt fram.
Det r
tredje drren till hger.
..
andra
179
SWEDISH
180
Secr'etar'Y:
5.
Welcome to Stockholm, Mr.

Smith.
Vlkommen tl II Stockholm, Herr Smith.
Bill:
6.
I'm really going to like it

here.
What a nice office!
Ja, hr kommer jag skert att trivas.

Vi Iket trevl igt kontor!
to pre fe!'
pr'efe!'r'ed
desk
by
wall
under', below
window
Peter' pr'efe!'!'ed to have the
desk by the wall below the
window.
att fre/Jra(ga) -drar, -drog, -dragit

fredrog
skrivbord -et ~~
vid
vgg -en -ar
under
fnster, fnstret,-~
Peter fredrog att ha skrivbordet
vid vggen under fnstret.
natur'ally
closer
bookcase
But naturally we can move it
closer' to the big bookcase.
naturl igtvis
nrmare
bokhy I Ila -an -or
Men vi kan naturligtvis flytta det
nrmare den stora bokhyllan.
to s tand
tand (s)
to place, to put (upr'ightJ
put(s)
No, it's fine where it ~8.
But I think I'll put the
lamp he!'e.
att st, str, stod, sttt

s t r
att stiiia -er -de -t
stller
Nej, det str bra dr det str.
Men
jag tror jag st II er I ampan hr.
Seco :
7.
8.
Bill:
Unit 7
9.
SWEDISH
typewriter
also~ I need a typewriter.
skrivmaskin -en -er

Och s behver jag en skrivmaskin.
10.
And
See. :
11.
wastebasket
ashtl'ay
Yes~ and a wastebasket.
Do
you smoke? Shall I put in
(get) an ashtray?
papperskorg -en -ar

askfat -et -0
Ja, och en papperskorg. 'Rker ni?
Ska jag stlla in ett askfat?
Bil.l.:
12.
ugh
No, ugh.
usch
Nej, usch.
Bill:
good~
Bill:
Unit 7
13.
14.
effective~
Rker nI ?
duktig -t -a
att slut/a -ar -ade -at
att bruk/a -ar -ade -at
competent
to stop
to usually (do something),
to be in the habit of
used to
pack~ package
a day
No, I have been good and have
stopped smoking.
I used to
smoke a pack a day.
brukade
paket -et -0
om dagen
Nej, Jag har varit duktIg och har
slutat rka. Jag brukade rka ett
paket om dagen.
reception
at~ with
ambassadol'
At what time is the reception
tonight at the Ambassador's?
mottagning -en -ar

hos
a~bassadr -en -er
Hur dags r mottagningen IkvMI I
hos ambassadren?
to
See. :
Do you smoke?
finish~
181
SWEDISH
Sec. :
Bill :
Seco :
15.
16.
17.
Bi ll:
18.
Seco :
19.
Unit 7
182
residenee
At 6 o'clock in the new residence.
residens -et -er

KIockan sex i det nya res idenset .
informal dress
Is it informal?
vardagskldsel -n 0
r det vardagskldsel?
gentleman, man
the Foreign Office
to caLL, to phone
has phoned
to lay, to put
put (past tense)
little, small
message
Yes, i t is.
And a gentleman
from the Foreign Office has
phoned.
I put the little
message on your desk.
man -nen, mn
Utrikesdepartementet (UD>
at1 ri ng/a -er -de -t
har ringt
att lgg/a -er, laCde), lagt
laCde)
I i II a
(definite form sing.)
meddelande -t -n
Ja, det r det. Och en man frn UD
har ri ngt. Jag I ade det I i II a meddelandet p skrivbordet.
*
meeting
early (in the ~orning)
date
what
Oh, i t was Olle Lindah r.
We
are going to have a meeting
with him early tomorrow morning.
What date is i t today?
sammantrde -t -n
bitti
datum -et -0
vad ... fr
Jas, det var Olle Lindahl.
Vi ska
ha ett sammantrde med honom imorgon
bitti.
Vad r det fr datum idag? *
Bixth
It's the Bixth of November.
sjtte
Det r den sjtte november.
SWEDISH
Bill:
See. :
Unit 7
20.
21.
dark
to turn on. to light
light, aandle
It is already beginning to
get dark.
ShaZl we turn on
the Zight?
mrk -t -a
att tnd/a -er, tnde, tnt
ljus -et -0
Det brjar redan bli mrkt.
Ska
vi tnda ljuset?
early
at this time of year
Yes, it gets dark early at
this time of year.
Do you
want a cup of eoffee?
tidig -t -a
s hr rs
Ja, det bl ir mrkt tidIgt s hr
rs.
VI II ni ha en kopp kaffe?
,.
183
SWEDISH
184
UNl 'j' 7
kan jag st ti II
1.
Vad
3.
Andra vni ngen .. See Unit
17a.
Det r det.
17b.
Man.
5,
Basic Sentenee Note 9.
See Points to Practice III.
Nate that the noun man is iY'Y'egulaY' and does not quite follow any of
the five declensian patteY'ns explained in Points to PY'actice I;
man, mannen,
mn,
18.
Jdiomatic expY'ession.
tjnst med?
mnnen.
Vad ... fr?

Instead of the inteY'rogative vi Iken (vi Iket, vi I kal Swedish of ten
usel; vad ... fr in the spoken language.
Examples:
Vad r det fr
datum
i dag? = V i I ket datum r det
i dag?
(What date is it today?)

Vad r det
fr dag
idag?
Vilken dag r det
idag?
(What day is it today?)

Vad behver du
fr bcker?= Vi I ka bcker behver du?
(What books do you need?)

21.
Unit
'1
s hr rs -
idiomatic expY'ession.
SWEDISH
UNIT 7
Points to Practice
Unit ?
Point I.
Definite form plural
Point II.
Definite form of the noun with adjeatives
Point III.
Det r det.
Point IV.
ligga,
Point V.
Ordinal numbers
lgga,
sitta stta, ete.
185
186
SWEDISH
Point I.
Definite fopm plural
I
Declension
1.
lampa,
2.
-ar;
hiss,
3.
-er;
korridor,
4.
-n;
rr.eddelande,
5.
-0;
ljus, ljus, ljusen

lkare, lkare, T1lkarna
a.
Most Swedish nouns form the definite plural by simply adding -na to the
indefinite plural form.
Examples: fl ickor~, middag~, ambassadr~ruil.
b.
lampor,
lampor~
-or;
hissar,
hissar~
korridorer,
korridorer~
meddelanden, meddelandena
In the fourth declension the indefinite form plural already enda in -n,
so all you add is -a in the definite form.
Examples:
Unit 7
meddelande~, sammantrde~.
c.
ETT words in the fifth declension~ which have the same form in the indefinite singular and the indefinite plural take -en as an ending in
the definite form plural.
Examples: kontor@, askfat~, ljusB.
d.
EN words in the fifth declension (no uns that end in -are, -er, -ande)
add -na in the definite form plural.
Note~ however~ that the final -e in
the -are wopds is dropped before the -na ending is added.
Examples:
lkare - lkarna;
sekreterare - sekreterarna, but
ordfrande - ordfrandena (ch~irman)
---
SWEDISH
Praetioe A. Ch ange the unde~lined nouns f~om the indefinite fo~m plu~al into
the definite form plural.
Erik stller lampor p bordet.
Erik stller lamporna p bordet.
Bo kper ostar.
ostarna
George tittade p kontor p ambassaden.
kontoren
Bo lgger cigarretter I papperskorgen.
cigarretterna
Ambassadren beskriver sammantrden.
sammantrdena
Eva lade meddelanden p skrivbordet.
meddelandena
Sjukskterskor hjlper
Sjukskterskorna
~kare.
lkarna
Kontor behver sekreterare.

Kontoren
Unit 7
sek rete ra rna
187
SWEDISH
188
Ppactice B.
Now we eontinue with the definite pLupaL fopm in the same way, but
hepe the undeplined. noun is given in the singulap.
FoLLow the exampLe.
Remembep to adjust the adjectives to the pLuraL nouns.
Example:
La rs
Lars pesepved the poom at the hotel.
best I I de rummet p hote I I et.
Lars reserved the rooms at the hotel.
Lars bestllde rummen p hotellet.
Hsten
Sverige r kort.
Hstarna
Sverige r korta.
Aret gick
lngsamt fr
flickan.
Aren gick
lngsamt
flickan.
Klockan,
fr
som kostade mycket,
Klockorna,
var bra.
som kostade mycket,
Journa I i sten,
var bra.
som arbetar p Dagens Nyheter,
Journalisterna,
skri ver utmrkt svenska.
som arbetar p Dagens Nyheter,
Mannen p gatan vntade p bussen.

Mnnen
Flickan
receptionen var trevlig.

trev I i ga.
F I i ckorna
recept i onen va r
Lkaren och
ingenjren hade varit
Lkarna och
ingenjrerna hade varit
Vggen
Unit 7
p gatan vntade p bussarna.
rummet r bl.
Amerika.
I Amerika.
skriver utmrkt svenska.
SWEDISH
Vggarna I rummet r bla.
Slottet
Sverige lr vara bermt.
Slotten
Sverige lr vara bermda.
Brodern var tandlkare i Skvde.

Brderna var tandlkare i Skvde.
Definite form of the noun with ad,iectives
Point II.
"~
~
,
'
"
~
'
Unit
l'
" "'-
the door is high
drren r hg
den hga drren
the high door
the table is big
bordet r sto rt
det s to ra bordet
the big table
the doors are high
drrarna r hga
de hga drrarna
the high doors
the tables a!'e big
borden r stora
de stora bo rde n
the big tables
Look carefully at the chart above.

Observe what happens to the definite
form of a Swedish noun when it is preceded by an adjective.
a.
The noun gets an additional definite article placed in front of the

adjective, ~ for EN words, ~ for ETT words, ~for plurals.
b.
The definite article at the end of the noun remains.
c.
The adjective gets the ending
fOl' all forms.
~~
~
189
SWEDISH
Practice C.
Using the cue word(s), put the subject noun
form when preceded by an adjective.
190
~n
its proper definite
eUE
Boken I igger p bordet.
s to r
Den stora boken I igger p bordet.

Klockan I igger p bordet.
gammal
Den gamla klockan I igger p bordet.

Cigarretterna I igger p bordet.
kort
De korta cigarretterna I igger p bordet.

Brdet ligger p bordet.
god
Det goda brdet I igger p bordet.

Smrgsen I igger p bordet.
f i n
Den fina smrgsen I igger p bordet.

Tid..!:Llllgen. ligger p bordet.
svensk
Den svenska tidningen I igger p bordet.

Mannen str vid hrnet.
trevlig
Den trevliga mannen str vid hrnet.

Lkaren str vid hrnet.
Den vnj iga lkaren str vid hrnet.
Unit 7
v n I i g
SWEDISH
eUE
Hotell et I igger vid hrnet.
ny
Det nya hotellet ligger vid hrnet.

Taxin str vid hrnet.
ledig
Den lediga taxin str vid hrnet.

Paketen str vid hrnet.
stor
De stora paketen str vid hrnet.

Bilarna kostar mycket pengar.
amerikansk
De amerikanska bi larna kostar mycket pengar.

Vinerna kostar mycket pengar.
fin
De fina vinerna kostar mycket pengar.

~et
kostar mycket pengar.
dyr
Det dyra let kostar mycket pengar.

Vykortet kostar mycket pengar.
intressant, gammal
Det intressanta, gamla vykortet kostar mycket pengar.
Unit ?
191
SWEDISH
PY'actice D.
Many mOY'e examples to lJoY'k
fY'ont of the wOY'ds that aY'e undeY'lined.
192
on.
InseY't the cue adjective(s}
1-1l
eVE
P promenaden i Gamla Stan sg vi flera gamla kyrkor.

P den korta promenaden 1 Gamla Stan sg vi
ko rt
flera gamla kyrkor.
George och hans fru tycker om vdret i Stockholm.

George och hans fru tycker om det vackra vdret
vacker
Stockholm.
George behver advokaten, som du talade om.
duktig, svensk
George behver den duktiga, svenska advokaten, som du talade om.

Flera bussar stannade vid hamnen.
gammal
Flera bussar stannade vid den gamla hamnen.

Kyrkorna i stan I igger nra slottet.
intressant
De intressanta kyrkorna i stan I igger nra slottet.

Mannen i kket var Lars farfar.
charmig, gammal
Den charmiga, gamla mannen l kket var Lars farfar.

Skrivmaskinen str p bokhyllan vid fnstret.
ny
Den nya skrivmaskinen str p bokhyllan vid fnstret.

Mannen tittade p smrgsarna och let.
Den hungriga mannen tittade p smrgsarna och let.
Unit ?
hungrig
SWEDISH
eUE
stor
Imorgon tar Er i k tunnelbanan t i I I pa rken i ngby.

Imorgon ta r Erik tunnelbanan tl I I den stora parken i ngby.
Arbetar La rs fortfarande p restaurangen i Gamla stan?
trevl ig
Arbetar La rs fortfarande p den trevliga restaurangen i Gamla Stan?

gammal
Har du varit p residenset?

Har du varit p det gamla residenset?
Flickorna tog Katarinahissen fr att se utsikten.
amerikansk
De amerikanska fl iekorna tog Katarinahissen fr att se utsikten.

Sekreteraren lade meddelandena
papperskorgen.
Sekreteraren lade meddelandena
den hga papperskorgen.
hg
Morbrderna kom p middag igr.
s n I I
De snlla morbrderna kom p middag igr.
LITEN,
LITET,
LILLA,
SM)\.
(little small)
Swedes use the adjective "little" quite often because it's also used as an endearment.
Examples:
I i II a gumman, I III a gubben (sweetie, dear.
Gumm/a -an -or
actually means "old lady" and gubb/e -en -ar "old man".)
Also remember LITE (a little bit, 8ome) from the vocabulary list in Unit 1.
ExampZe:
Vill du ha lite brd, lite mjlk?
Unit 7
193
SWEDISH
194
This common Swedish adjective is irregular, as you can see from the char t
below.
LILLA is only used in the definite form singular, SMA for all plural
forms.
a little
gi~l
en
liten
flicka
l i l l a flickan
the little girl
I i I I a barnet
the little chi ld
a little child
ett
I i tet barn
det
little girls
sm
flickor
de sm
little chi ldren
sm barn
Practice E.
Change the
in the definite form.
I igger nra
en
Bibi ioteket
I igger nra den
I i Ila restaurangen.
litet glas.
det
lilla glaset.
Sekreteraren tnder ett
I itet
ljus.
det
lilla
ljuset.
den
I i ten k locka?
lilla klockan?
Sm barn dricker grna mjlk.

De sm barnen
the little girls

the little children
sentences so that the underlined part is
liten restaurang.
ett
Vad kostar en
flickorna
de sm barnen
follo~ing
Bibi ioteket
Marie kper
Unit ?
den
SWEDISH
Sm b t a r
t r ev I i g a at t
ha .
De sm bta rna
Berti I
vi Ile ta sm smrgsar.
de sm smrgsarna.
Nu ska
Ingrid skrIva ett

det
I Itst brev.
I i I la brevet.
Herr Pettersson var journal ist p en

den
Vi
bor
en trevlig
I I I la svenska tidningen.
I iten stad.
den trevl iga

De bor
liten svensk tidning.
I i II a staden.
trevl iga sm stder.

de trev I I ga sm stderna.
Unit 7
195
SWEDISH
Point III.
196
Det r det.
To answer questions with the equivalent of: Yes, it is; no, it isn't; yes, he
does; no, he doesn't, etc. the Swedes have a format which you must learn.
The
cue is Ja, det . ;
nej, det . i
jo, det . Jo is used to ansUJer a negative question-in the affirmative.
Unit 7
Question
Answer
r det hr Stockholm?
r det hr en skrivmaskin?
Kommer Karin snart?
Stannar David lnge?
Ska du inte ta lunch?
Ska ni Inte ta lunch?
Vi I I Peter trffa henne?
Ja,
Nej,
J a,
Nej,
Jo,
Nej,
Ja,
det r det.
det r det inte.
d et g r h o n .
det gr han inte.
det ska jag.
det ska vi inte.
det vi II han.
SWEDISH
When the question contains an auxiliary verb J the main verb is not repeated
in the anslJer.
Examples:
Ska du ta
lunch? - Ja,
det ska jag.
Har du talat med Peter? Vi II
du komma? - Ja,
Ja,
det vi II
det har jag.

jag.
If the question has ett vara, att bl i, or att ha as the main verb J
is repeated in the answer.
Examples:
r det hr en skrivmaskin? - Ja,

Blir det mrkt klockan fyra?
this verb
det r det.
- Ja,
det blir det.
Har du pengar? - Ja, det har jag.
If the question does not contain an auxiliary verb J

for the verb.
the anslJer substitutes
gr (gjorde)
Examples:
Talar du
~venska?
- Ja,
Talade du svenska? - Ja,
Practice F.
nej,
Using
t~a
det kan hon inte;
det
~r
jag.
det gjorde Jag.
cue lJords anSlJer the questions lJith ja, det

jo, det gr vi, etc.
~r
han;
eUE
r Lars svensk?
Ja,
Unit 7
ja
det r han.
197
SWEDISH
198
eVE
Kan Karin stanna
Nej,
lnge i Amerika?
det kan hon inte.
Tjnstgr Lars Holm fortfarande p bten?

Nej,
det gr han
d~t
jo
inte Lars Holm?
det r det.
Fr Peter rka 1 kket?

Nej,
det fr han
inte.
inte en advokat titta p det?
Jo,
det kan han.
Tittar de tv fl lekarna
jo
jo
det var det.
r du hungrig?
Ja,
Inte p domkyrkan?
jo
det gr de.
Var det inte vackert?
Unit 7
nej
Kan
Jo,
ja
det kan de.
Jo,
Jo,
nej
inte.
Kan tandlkare skriva bcker?

Ja,
nej
det r jag.
ja
SWEDISH
eUE
Vl I I
Nej
ni
komma med
tack,
det vi II
Nej,
det ska han
Vi I I
du
Nej
VIII
J a,
Ska Bos
J a,
Sverige?
jag
Unit 7
tack
grna
grna.
fru mblera vningen?
ja
det ska hon.

ja
det r det.
r det
Jo,
nej
ja
r d et hr din syster?
Ja,
nej
inte.
komma ombord?
vi
tack
inte.
det vi II
det v i I I
nej
inte.
i nte ha en kopp ka He?
tack,
ni
vi
i
Ska George stanna
b i I en?
inte din morbror,
som kommer dr borta?
jo
det r det.
199
SWEDISH
Point IV.
LIGGA,
LGGA,
SITTA, STTA, etc.
Intransitive
Transitive
ITO
200
I i gga
He
st
stand
stta
sitta
sit
hnga
hnga
hang
lay
lgga
place
st I I a
set
hang
PUTI
ITO BEl
In describing the location of objects and the placement of them, Swedes use
very specific words. In English we are usually satisfied with the verbs
"to be" and "to put". As we pointed out in Unit 4, Basic Sentence Note 3,
att I i gga is used in the sense of "is", "is located" in reference to geographical concepts, buildings, etc.
Examples:
Unit 7
Var I igger stationen?

Bten I igger i Gteborgs hamn.
Stockholm I igger i Sverige.
Where is the station?

The ship is in the Gothenburg harbor.
Stockholm is in Sweden.
SWEDISH
Att sitta, att I igga, att st, att hnga are used to describe the whereabouts of all sorts of things in a place.
Examples:
The clock is on the wall.

The lamp is(hanging) over the sofa.
The book is on the table.
Klockan sitter p vggen.

Lampan hnger ver soffan.
There is more logic in this usage than one might think at first.
Things
with legs usually str, flat objects I igger, and so do buildings and places.
Practice G.
BeZow are some intransitive and transitive verbs that we are
going to practice.
Choose the appropriate verb from either column and
complete the sentences.
Your choice consists of:
Note:
David
Intransitive
Transitive
l i gger
st r
sitter
hnger
lgger
stller
stter
hnger
att st I I a and att stta are often interchangeabl-e.

lampan ver soffan.
David hnger I ampa n ver soffan.

Be rt i I
lampan p bordet.
stller (stter)
Gu n vo r
bckerna
stller (stter)
Unit 7
bokhyllan.
__--w-
_
201
SWEDISH
Lena
bckerna p bordet.
lgger
Sjukskterskan
vid nedgngen til I tunnelbanan.

st r
p stationen.
T~get
st r
Jag
kopparna p matsalsbordet.
stller <stter)
i
Museet
nrheten av parken.
I i gger
I soffan.
Mi n mo rb ror
sitter
p sngen.
Bos farbror
I i gger
taket.
Lampan
hnger
Mamma
middagen p bordet.
stter <stller)
Unit 7
202
SWEDISH
Point V.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Ordinal Numbers
frsta
andra
tredje
fjrde
femte
sjtte
sjunde
ttonde
nionde
tionde
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
-de
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
100
1000
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
-nde
trettonde
fjortonde
femtonde
sextonde
sjuttonde
artonde
nlttonde
hundrade
tusende
7
9
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Nate: a.
b.
tjugofrsta
tjugoandra
tjugotredje
tjugofjrde
tjugofemte
tjugosjtte
tjugosjunde
tjugottonde
tjugonionde
trettionde
trettiofrsta
"'irreguLar"
sjunde
nionde
tionde
tjugonde
trettionde
fyrtionde
femtionde
sextionde
sjuttionde
ttionde
nittionde
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
11
12
frsta
andra
tredje
fjrde
femte
sjtte
ttonde
e I f te
to I f te
The article den is always used with dates.

There is no preposition between the ordinal number and the month.
Example:
Unit 7
e I f te
to I f te
trettonde
fjortonde
femtonde
sextonde
sjuttonde
artonde
nittonde
tjugonde
Det r den fjrde jul I.
It's the fourth ~ July.
SWEDISH
204
VI TALAR SVENSKA
Now your Swedish has expanded considerably and
is becoming more sophiBticated.
Let's use it
in questions and answers, talking about things
in the room and outside .
Example:
L i gger den
stora boken p bordet?
Ja, det gr den.
You oan also ask eaoh other questions which

involve dates.
, ,,
....,. . @)"
.!; ...-
""
Unit ?
SWEDISH
UNIT 8
SHOPPING FOR CLOTHES
Basio Sentenoes
John:
1.
Mary:
2.
3.
John:
Unit 8
4.
where (where to)

to shop
man's suit
dress
don't you?, isn't it?, etc.
Where are we going shopping?
I need a suit and you want to
look at a dress, don't you?
vart
att handl/a -ar -ada -at
kostym -en -er
klnning -en -ar
el I er hur?
Vart ska vi g och handla? Jag behver en kostym och du vi I I titta p
en klnning, eller hur? >I
department store
Let'8 go to one of the department stores in town.
varuhus -et -0
VI gr till ett av varuhusen i stan.
probably
ready
to Bew
BeWn
ready made
You are buying a ready made
Buit, arBn't you?
vl
frdig -t -a
att sy -r -dde -tt
sydd, sytt, sydda
frdig/sydd -sytt -sydda
Ou tnker v I kpa en frd i gsydd
kostym? >I
to pay
morB
than
more than
Yes, I don't want to pay morB
than 800 crowns.
att betal/a -ar -ade -at

mer
n
mer n
Ja, Jag vi I I tnte betala mer n
tta hundra kronor.
205
SWEDISH
Mary:
5.
John:
6.
Clerk:
'l.
8.
9.
Unit p
206
to afford
can afford
We can prohably afford that.
att ha rd med; har, ha de, haft

har rd med
Det har vi nog rd med.
busy
Hello, are you busy? I need
a suit, and my wife wants to
look at a dress.
upptag/en -et -na

Goddag, r ni upptagen? Jag behver en
kostym och mi n fru vi II se p en klnning.
lady
clothes, wear
Ladies' wear is on the next
floar.
dam -en -er

klder (plural)
Damklder finns en trappa upp.
up, upstairs
clerk, salesperson
to show
The clerk up there can show
the dresses.
uppe
expedit -en -er
att vis/a -ar -ade -at
Expediten dr uppe kan visa klnninga rna.
color
to have in mind, to imagine
had in mind
good-looking
gray
What color did you have in
mind? Here is a very goodlooking gray suit.
frg -en -er

att tnk/a sig; -er -te -t
hade tnkt
sny 99 -t -a
gr -tt -a
Vi Iken frg hade ni tnkt er?
en mycket snygg gr kostym.
Hl:lr har vi
SWEDISH
John:
10.
11.
navy blue
I think I proefel' something
in navy blue. There is a nice
suit (hanging) avel' thel'e.
marinbl -tt -a
Nej, jag tror jag fredrar ngot
marinbltt. Det hnger en snygg
kostym dr borta.
*
to try on
both
to sit, to fit
fi t (s)
I'll try on both, and then I'll
take the one that fits the best.
att prov/a -ar -ade -at

bda
att sitt/a -er, satt, suttit
sitter
Jag provar bda, och s tar jag den som
sitter bst.
tailor
to alter, to change
length
pants
Our tailor can alter the length
of the pants.
skrddare -n -0
att ndr/a -ar -ade -at
I ngd -en -er
byxor (plural)
Vr skrddare kan ndra lngden p
byxorna.
No~
Clel'k:
12.
John:
13.
Fine.
Clerk:
14.
to open
You can pick them up on Tuesday.
We open at nine o'clock.
att ppn/a -ar -ade -at

Ni kan hmta dem p tisdag.
klockan nio.
John:
15.
shirt
Thank you.
I need a couple of
shirts too.
skjort/a -an -or

Tack.
Jag behver ett par skjortor
ocks.
Unit 8
When wi II they be ready?
Utmrkt.
Nr blir de frdiga?
VI ppnar
207
SWEDISH
John:
16.
to dress
dress(es)
spring
to use
sleeve
How do you dress here in the
spring? Can you use shortsleeved shirts?
aoZd
summer
warm
Clerk:
John:
Clel'k:
Unit 8
17.
18.
19.
sometimes
size
No, you aan't.
It's too aold.
But in the summer it gets warm
sometimes .
What size do you
take?
208
att kl sig; -r -dde -tt

klr sig
vr -en -ar
att anvnd/a -er, anvnde, anvnt
rm -en -ar
Hur klr man sig hr p vren? Kan man
anvnda skjortor med kort rm?
ka I I -t -a
sommar, -en, somrar
varm -t -a
ibland
storlek -en -ar
Nej, det kan man inte. Det r fr kallt.
Men p sommaren blir det varmt ibland.
Vilken storlek har ni?
beaause, [01'
number, size
the same
aB, like
same as
I don't know, beaause the sizes
are pl'obably not the same here
as in the U.S.
fr
nummer, numret -0
densamma, detsamma, desamma
som
samma som
Jag vet I nte, fr numren r v I
inte desamma hr som i Amerika.
measul'e
to meaSUl'e
I can measure you.
mtt -et -0
att ta mtt p; tar, tog, tagit
Jag kan ta mtt p er.
"
SWEDISH
ca tton
very
quaZity
absolutely
to iron
free
non-iron
Here we have an excellent ahirt,
pure cotton.
Ve1"Y good quaUty
and absolutely non-iron.
ren -t -a
bomu I I -e n 0
mycket
kval ite -n -er
absolut
att stryk/a -er, strk, struk l t
fri -tt -a
strykfri -tt -a
Hr har vi en utmrkt skjorta l ren
bomu I I.
Mycket b ra kva I i te och abso I ut
strykfri.
"light blue
If you have it in light blue
I'l"l tak e it.
ljusbl -tt -a
Om den finns i ljusbltt s tar jag
den.
something, anything
else
tie
underwear
sock, stocking
glove
hat
Do you need anything else? Perhaps a tie? Underwear~ socks~
gloves, 01" a hat?
ngonti ng
annan, annat, andra
si ips -en -ar
underklder (plural)
strump/a -an -or
hands k/e -en -ar
hatt -en -ar
Behver ni ngonting annat?
Kanske ngon
51 ips?
Ngra underklder, strumpor,
handskar eli er en hatt?
shoe
Yes, I would like to look at
a pai1" of shoes.
Ja,
pure, clean
Clerk:
20.
John:
21.
Clerk:
22.
John:
23.
Unit 8
sko -n -r
jag vi II grna se p ett par skor.
;,f
O9
SWEDISH
Clerk:
John:
24.
de par tmen t
shoe department
escalator
The shoe department is to the
right on the fourth floor.
You
can take the escalator over
there.
avdelning -en -ar

skoavdelning -en -ar
ru I I trapp/a -an -or
Skoavdelningen ligger t i l l hger p
tredje vningen.
Ni kan ta rulltrappan dr borta.
25.
to have time
have (has) time
I don't think I have time today.
I have to go and see what
my wife is doing.
att hinn/a -er, hann, hunnit

hInner
Jag tror inte jag hinner idag.
Jag
mste g och se vad min fru gr.
well. I'LL be ...

evening gown
Welt. I'll be .... you bought
an evening gown!
nej, men
aftonklnning -en -ar
Nej, men har du kpt en aftonklnning!
pretty. cute. sweet

darling
favori te co lol'
Yes. can you imagine? I've
found a very pretty red dress,
my favorite coLol'.
st, stt, sta

lskling -en -ar
lsklingsfrg -en -er
Ja, kan du tnka dig, jag har hittat en
vldIgt st rd klnning, min lsklingsf rg.
to hear
hear (imperative). listen
suede
jacket
Listen. should we Look at a
suede jacket too?
att hra, hr, hrde, hrt

hr
mocka - n 0
jack/a -an -or
Hr du, ska vi titta p en mockajacka
ocks?
26.
Mary:
2?
28.
Unit 8
210
SWEDISH
John:
Maroy:
John:
Unit 8
29.
30.
31.
to shop
enough
Don't you think that we have
shopped enough foro one day?
att shopp/a -ar -ade -at

tillrckligt
Tycker du Inte att vi har shoppat 1'111r:kl igt fr en das?
to read
read (past tense)
sale, priae reduation
furaoat
store, shop
furrier
square, market plaae
Maybe, but I read in the paper
this morning that theroe is a
sale at the furrier's on the
square.
att ls/a -er -te -t

lste
rea (real isation -en -er)
pls -en -ar
affr -en -er
plsaffr -en -er
torg -et -\1l
Kanske det, men jag lste l tidningen
J morse att det r rea i p I sa ffren
vid torget.
as you know, of course

center of town, downtown
OK, let's take the bus downtown.
Ju
centrum -et, centra

OK, vi kan ju ta bussen ti II centrum.
211
SWEDISH
UNIT B
Nates on Hasic Sentences
l.
el ler hur?
(always at the end of a sentenceJ is an expressian corresponding to
a great variety of English "tag questions": don't you, haven't you, isn't it,
hasn't he, aren't they, etc.
It is similar to the German "nieht wahr?" and
the Freneh "n'est-ce pas?"
J.
vl is sometimes added in a Swedish sentence in order to express a wish for

eonfirmatian.
English speakers frequently do this by stressing the first
verb and adding a "tag question" sueh as "isn't it?"
5.
nog (see Nate 3) is used similarly in Swedish and has no exaet English equivalent,
although "probably" eomes elose.
Nog indieates a slight reluetance in stating
some thing.
In this case "I guess we can afford that".
9a.
vi Iken frg.
Here are the most common colors in Swedish:
gr, grtt, gra
gray
svart, svart, svarta
black
vit, vitt, vita
white
g u I, g u I t, g u I a
ye II ow
b I , b I t t, b I a
b l ue
grn, grnt, grna
green
rd, rtt, rda
red
brun, brunt, bruna
brown
beige, beiget, beigea
beige
skr, skrt, skre
pink
rosa, rosa, rosa
pink, rose-colored
I i I a , I i I a, I i I a
p u rp l e
ljusgrn,
ljusgrnt, ljusgrna
light greEn
mrkbl, mrkbl~tt, mrkbla
dark blue
The ett-form of the adjective is used to make the adiective a noun.
Unit B
212
SWEDISH
9b.
hade ni tnkt er.

have in mind".
10.
The reflexive att tnka sig is here used in the sense of "to
It sometimes means "to imagine" as in Basic Sentence 27.
det hnger ... You are familiar with the expression det finns (there is/are).
Swedish a similar construction is used with many other intransitive verbs.
Examples:
In
Det h ng e r en kostym d r.
There is a suit (hanging) there.
Det sitter en man p trappan.
There is a man (sitting)
Det I i gger ett meddelande p bordet.

Kommer det ng ra journal ister i kv I l?
Str det ngon kopp i kket?
on the
steps.
There's a message (lying) on the
table.
Are the re any journalists coming
tonight.
Is there any cup (standing) in
the kitchen.
In these expressions, det finns, det str, det kommer, etc., det has only one
form, regardless of whether the no uns are en or ett words or plural.
See Unit 4,
Points to Practice II.
18a.
desamma.
Note that the pronoun is declined in Swedish according to the noun i t
refers to.
Examples:
18b.
The book is the same.
Huset r detsamma.
The house is the same.
Bckerna r desamma.
The books are the same.
fr numren ... The direct translation of "because" is drfr att or emedan.

The
latter is hardly ever used in the spoken language.
Drfr att-rs of ten replaced
by fr which means "for." It will be useful for you to remember that fr intro~uces a main cZause, whereas drfr att and emedan, aB well as the English "because, "
~ntroduce
Unit 8
Boken r densamma.
Bubordinate cZauBeB.
SWEDISH
26.
It expresses surprise
men .. - an expression you often hear in Swedish.
a mild protest.
It corresponds to "How about that?". "Well. I'll be ... ".
"I declare ... ". "My gosh!".
Nej,
01'
31.
ju - (see Note 3).

Another Little fill.er word!
Ju impZ-ies that the Z-istener
is already aware of the information given and that the speaker is confirming
it.
The wards vl, nog and ju are difficult to transl.ate since the English translation is usually much stronger.
It is sometimes better not to try to trans late
these words at all.
Unit 8
214
SWEDISH
UNIT 8
Points to ppactice
Point I:
Inteppogative pponoun VILKEN (VILKET, VILKA)
Point II:
Indefinite pl'onouns and adjectives
NAGON (NAGOT, NAGRA)

INGEN (INGET, INGA)
Unit 8
Point III:
Adverbs indicating rest and motion
Point IV:
Second eonjugation vepbs
Point V:
Third conjugation vepbs
815
216
SWEDISH
Point I.
Interrogative Pronoun VILKEN (VILKET, VILKA) - which,

You are already familiar with two interpogative pronouns, VEM (who) and VlID (what).
These are nevel"
declined.
Now we/ll introduce the interrogative
pronoun and adjective VILKEN. This pl"onoun and
adjective is declined according to the en, ett 01'
plural wOl"d it l"epl"esents as a pronoun or the noun
it modifies as an adjective.
&:;amples:
Vilken klnning kpte
fru Johnson?
Which dress did Mrs. Johnson buy?

V i I ken
kpte hon?
Which one did she buy?

Vilket varuhus gick de till?
Which department store did they go to?

Vilket gick de till?
Which one did they go to?

V II ka
skjortor ti ttade herr Johnson p?
Which shirts did MI'. Johnson look at?

Vilka tittade han p?
Which ones did he look at?
Unit 8
whi~h
one(s)
SWEDISH
Praatiae A.
Restate the following sentences in question form,
the aorreat form of vi Ike~ with the underlined noun.
En slips ligger p stolen.
A tie is on the chair.
Vilken slips ligger p stolen?
Which tie is on the chair?
En
kos~
kostar 800 kronor.
Vi Iken kostym kostar 800 kronor?

Han dricker ett vin.
Vi Iket vin dricker han?
Peter kper tv skjortor.
Vi Ika skjortor kper Peter?
Plsaffren ligger p Norrmalmstorg.
Vilken plsaffr ligger p Norrmalmstorg?
Expediten visade klnni ngarna.
Vilka klnningar visade expediten?
Han kan anvnda badrummet.
Vi Iket badrum kan han anvnda?
Fru Stenmark hmtade barnet.
Vilket barn hmtade fru Stenmark?
Unit 8
using
SWEDISH
Ppactice B.
In this ppactice you pead the sentenee and ask a question about
it using v i I ken, v i I ket, v i I ka as inteppogative pponouns (op vem, vad i f they
ape apppoppiate) instead of the undeplined wopd.
Lena kpte en hatt.
Lena bought a hat.
vr I ken kpte hon?
Which one did she buy?
Bo ringde frn affren.

Vem ringde frn affren?
Herr Stenmark talade om Amerika.
Vad talade herr Stenmark om?
De kpte en
~.
Vi I ken kpte de?

Bjrn tycker om kaffe.
Vad tycker Bjrn om?
Ingemar talade om Lena.
Vem talade Ingemar om?
Fru Berg hmtade en av bilarna.
Vi lken hmtade hon?
Unit 8
218
SWEDISH
Point II.
Indefinite Pronouns and Adjectives
NAGON, NAGOT, NAGRA
INGEN,
INGET,
NGONTING
INGENTING
INGA
-Ngon and ingen are used both as pronouns and as adjectives and are
according to the en, ett or plura~ words they represent or modify.
Ngontjn~
dec~ined
and ingenting are used only as pronouns and are never declined.
Pronouns
ngon
Unit 8
ingen
no one, nobody
ngot
someone, somebody,
anyone, anybody
Bomething, anything
inget
nothing
ngra
some, any
inga
none
ngonting
something, anything
ingenting
nothing
219
SWEDISH
220
Adjectives
ngon (fl icka)
some, any, a (girl)
ngot (hus)
some, any,
ng ra (bcker)
some,
A.
a (house)
any (books)
ingen (fl icka)
no ( gi r l)
inget (h us )
no (house)
inga (bcker)
no (books)
As Subje cts:
All forms of the indefinite pronouns and adjectives listed above can be
used as subjects or as adjectives modifying subjects in independent and
dependent clauses.
Pronouns
Unit 8
Har ngon en tidning?
Ingen sg mig.
Does anyone have apaper?
No one saW me.
Ngot lg p bordet.
I nget kom i gr.
Something was on the table.
Nothing came yesterday.
Ngra av dem rker fr mycket.
tnga av pojkarna kommer idag.
Some of them smoke too much.
None of the boys are coming today.
Ngonti ng mste ha kommit.
Ingenting har kommit.
Something must have come.
Nothing has come.
SWEDISH
Adjectives
Har ngon fl icka varit hr?
Ingen jacka r snygg.
Has a (any) girl been here?
No jaaket is good-looking.
Finns det ngot rum med bad?
Inget hus hade hiss.
Is there a (any) room with bath?
No house had an elevator.
Ngra kk har diskmaskin.
Inga skor var bruna.
Some kitchens have dishwashers.
No shoes were brown.
Note:
Unit 8
Ingen as Bubject or aB an adjective modifying a subject poses no

problem whatsoever.
221
SWEDISH
222
Inte ngon, Inte ngot, inte ng roa, inte ngont i ng must be used
i nget, inga, ingenting in:
instead
of i ngen,
a.
main cLauses with compound verb forms (auxiLiary +

ExampLes: Bob ska inte kpa ngon ny b i I.
Bob is not going to buV a (any) new ear.
Peter v i I I
inte gra ngonti ng.
Peter doesn't want to do anything ..

Bo har
inte trf fat ngra
f I i ekor.
Bo has not met a;Y-girLs.

Lena kan
inte hitta ngra snygga skor.
Lena can't find any good-Looking shoes.

b.
main eLauses with verb +
~articLe
or preposition;
ExampLes: Lars kommer inte ~ ngonting.

Lars doesn't remember anything.
Ingrid tycker inte om ngon av jackorna.
Ingrid doesn't Like-any of the jackets.

Per talade
inte med ngon.
Per spoke to no one.

Bo s e r i n t e E! n g n a n n a n n U 1 I a
Bo doesn't Look at anyone eLse but ULLa.
Unit 8
ma~n
verb);
SWEDISH
o.
all dependent elauses.

Examples: Han sa att det inte fanns ngra snygj@~ortor.
Re said that there were no good-looking shirts.
Bi II gick nr han
inte hade ngon bi I.
Bill walked when he didn't have a ear.
Nr Per inte har ngot kaffe,
dricker han te.
When Per has no eoffee he drinks tea.
Ingen (inget, inga) and ingenting in the objeet position may only be
used in main clauses with simple verb forms.
Examples:
Han ser ingen.

Re sees no one.
Lars hittade ingen bra bok.

Lars didn't find any good book.
Stenmarks har inget hus.

The stenmarks have no house.
Bjrn kpte inga skjortor.

Bjorn bought no shirts.
Peter hr ingenting.
Peter hears nothing.
However, inte ngon, inte ngot, Inte ngra, inte ngonting can always
substitute ingen, inget, inga, ingenting in the object position.
Examples:
Han ser ingen.; Han ser inte ngon.

Lars hittade ingen bra bok. = Lars hittade inte ngon bra bok.
Unit 8
223
SWEDISH
Stenmarks har inget hus. = Stenmarks har inte ngot hus.
Peter hr ingenting.
Note:
Peter hr inte ngonting.
Swedes sometimes substitute ngon, ngot for the indefinite

artiele en, ett in questions and negative statements.
Examples:
Har Eva ngon rd klnning?

Does Eva have a red dress?
Eva har inte
~~
rd klnning.
Eva doesn't have a red dress.
Har inte Eva ngon rd klnning?

Doesn't Eva have a red dress?
(ef.
Eva har en rd klnning.

Eva has a-red dress.)
Unit 8
224
SWEDISH
P~actice
C.
as adjective.
He~e
is a p~actice on the use of ngon both as p~onoun and

Insert the prope~ly declined fo~m of ngon in the open space.
skjortor
affren.
John kpte,ngra skjortor
affren.
John kpte
John bought some shirts in the store.
Kpte de - - - - _ ?
ngonting (ngot)
Fick Holms
rum
(plu~.)
p hotellet?
ng ra
Nej, vi har ingen bil, har du - - - _ ?
ngon
Kostade det
att ringa?
ngot
Kpte Mary
klnning p varuhuset?
ngon
Och strumporna?
Finns det
Kpte du
?
--.--n~gra
varuhus i Stockhol m?
ngot
(p l-u~.)
Ng ra
Unit 8
kom och
(pl-ur.) g i ck.
n g ra
225
SWEDISH
(sing.)
vntar p dig p kontoret.
Ngon
vningar r ljusa.
Ngra
kk (plur.) hade inte diskmaskin.
Ngra
(sing.)
flyttade In en trappa upp.
Ngon
Sa han - - - - ?
ngot (ngonting)
vn brukar alltid mta henne vid flyget.
Ngon
pojkar och flickor rkte l korridoren.
Ngra
Unit 8
226
SWEDISH
Practice D.
Now we'll practice some examples of ingen in its adjective
form.
Here ingen modifies the object noun in main clauses with simple
verb forms HO you may use both ingen and inte ngon. Do this practice
twiae~using Ingen the first time and Inte ngon the seaond time.
Insert
the proper form in the blank space and repeat the complete sentence.
barn (plur.).
De ha r
They have no children.
De har Inga (inte ngra) barn.

vning.
Holms har
ingen (inte ngon)

Lars vxlade
pengar p stationen.
inga (inte ngra)
Fru Stenmark kpte
klnning igr.
ingen (inte ngon)
Hon hade
vningar att visa.

inga (inte ngra)
Kontoret har
fnster (sing.) mot sder.

inget
Det fanns
(i
nte ngot)
kostym som passade.

ingen (inte ngon)
Gran kpte
bcker.
inga (inte ngra)
Unit 8
227
SWEDISH
Praetiee E.
We 'tZ eontinue vith examptes of ~ both as adjective and
pronoun. Substitute the proper form of ingen for the underlined vord, or
insert it into the blank spaoe.
Ingen appears both as subjeat and objeat
in main clauses vith simple verb forms.
Lars har varit hr..
Lars has been here.
Ingen har varit hr.
No one has been here.
Stenmarks kom,
nr Lena fyllde tio r.
Inga
Bo hrde mycket om Stockholm.
inget (ingenting)
Hans syster har mnga barn.
Inga
Ska du komma med?
ingen
Greta var hemma,
nr vi kom.
Ingen
lust att g ut.
Hon hade
ingen
Unit 8
228
SWEDISH
rum lg mot sder.
Inget (Inga)
Erik behver pengar man han fr
inga
ser ut som sin far.
Berti I har tre sner, men

i nge n
kommer att tycka om det hr kket.

Ingen
Practice F.
In this practice ingen is in the objeot position.
the ~entences using the cues.
Restate
CllE
Ulla hade ingen tid.
Ulla had no time.
Ulla har inte haft ngon tid.
Ulla has had no time.
De sg ingen polis.
har haft
har sett
De har inte sett ngon polis.

Lena skriver ingen bok om svenska stder.
ska skriva
Lena ska inte skriva ngon bok om svenska stder.
Unit 8
229
SWEDISH
230
eVE
har trffat
Bob trffade inga svenskar.

Bob har inte traffat ngra svenskar.
kan hra
De hr ingenting.
De kan inte hra ngonting.
De sger att minns
De minns ingenting.
De sger att de inte minns ngonting.
sg p
Bill sg ingen flicka i rummet.

B i I I sg i nte p ngon f I l cka
rummet.
Birgitta frgade ingenting.

Birgitta frgade Inte om ngonting.
Unit 8
frgade om
SWEDISH
Practice G.
UBB forms of V I LKEN, VEM, VAD in the blank spaces in the
questions on the lett and proper forms of I NGEN, INTE NAGON in the
answerB on the right.
Questions:
Answers:
pojkar tog bussen.
pojkar tog bussen tIll museet?

Inga
V i I ka
har tnt ljuset.
har tnt ljuset p kontoret?

Ingen
Vem
soffa kpte sten?
Han kpte
soffa.
ingen (inte ngon)
Vi I ken
- - - - har ni talat om idag?
Vi
VBd (vem)
vnner ska Bo fara ti II?
talat om
ha r
inte
Bo ska
Vi I ka
f a ra ti I I
inte
sg honom?
Vem
ngra
sg honom.
Han talade
Vem
med
inte
pls tycker Mary om?
Unit 8
vnner.
Ingen
talade Lars med?
Vi I ken
ngonting (ngon)
Hon tycker
ngon.
om
Inte
pls.
ngon
231
SWEDISH
232
Answers:
Questions:
Hon
skriver Eva ti I l?
skriv~r
t i I I
Hon skriver inte t i l l
Vem
Han tnker
tnker han gra?
ngon.
gra
Han tnker inte gra ngonting.
Vad
LT OSS TALA SVENSKA!

Use your imagination and give a reason for the
responses on the right in Practice G.
Example:
--
---
~-~-
Unit 8
I nga pojkar tog bussen,
-- -
tr de hade I nte ngra pengar;

tr de vi II e l nte se museet,
etc.
SWEDISH
Point III:
Adverbs of Place Indicating Rest and Motion

In this Unit you meet a group of adverbs denoting place which have two
distinct forms in Swedish.
One form, Group A, is used with verbs of rest
(indicating a stationary situation).
The other, Group B, is used with
verbs of motion (indicating movement to or from a place).
Rest at a Place (A)
Motion to or from a Place (B)
VAR?
Inne
ute
framme
uppe
nere
h'r
dr
borta
hemma
Nate:
Unit 8
VART?
in
out
there
up
down
here
there
away
at home
hame
in
ut
f ram
up p
ner
hit
dit
bort
hem
It is important to remember that the single

word hemma means at home.
The most common verbs of

reat are:
The most common verbs of motion

to or from a place are:
att vara
st
I i gga
sitta
stanna
finnas
bo
trivas
att g
komma
fa ra
resa
ka (to go, to travet)
f lytta
springa (to run)

kra (to drive)
flyga (to fZy)
233
SWEDISH
Examp~es:
A.
B.
A.
B.
234
Margareta r hr.
Margareta kommer hit.
Margareta is here.
Margareta is coming here.
Mamma stannar hemma.

Mamma gr hem.
Mother is Btaying (at) home.

Mother is going home.
Practiae H.
Let's praotiae adverbs from Group A.
ahoosing the aorreat adverb given in the cue.
eomp~ete
the sentenae,
eUE
Ka r i n r
Karin is at home.
hem, hemma
Karin r hemma.
Ro I f
bort, borta
borta
Sven r
hr, hit
hr
Maria r
I huset.
in,
inne
inne
Sov rummet I i gger
p andra vningen.
upp, uppe
uppe
Din mormor sitter
i kket.
ute
Unit 8
ut, ute
SWEDISH
eUE
Bten ligger
ner, nere
hamnen.
ne re
Nr r vi
f r a m,
---- ?
f r a mm e
framme
dr, dit
Expediten str
dr
Hur lnge stannar du
hr, hit
- - - -?
hr
bst.
bra men
Borta
Unit 8
Swedish proverb: There's

no plaoe like home.
bort, borta; hem, hemma
hemma
235
SWEDISH
238
Now we'tt practice adverbs from Group B.
Practice I.
eVE
Sven is going out.
Sven gr
ut, ute
ut
hem, hemma
Lena kom
hem
upp, uppe
Hissen g r
upp
Fa r han med
d r, dit
'1
dit
t i I I hamnen.
Han g r
ne r, nere
ner
Nr kom Bergs
f ram, framme
fram
Hur dags kom Lars
i g r?
hem
Unit 8
hem, hemma
SWEDISH
Praatice J.
In this practice. exchange the underlined verb in the sentence
for the cue verb keeping the same tense as in the original sentence. Use the
correct adverb with the aue verb.
eUE
Fru Andersson sitter hr.
Mrs. A. is sitting here.
Fru Andersson kommer hit.
Mrs. A. is coming here.
Bo gr upp p a nd ra vningen.
komma
va ra
Bo r uppe p a nd ra vningen.
Herr Borg var framme klockan 4.
komma
Herr Borg kom f ram klockan 4.

Lenas bror sitter Inne 1 vardagsrummet.
Lenas bror g r i n i va rdags rummet.

Kar i n krde hem.
va ra
Karin var hemma.

Vi r uppe p andra vningen.
ta hissen tll I
Vi tar hi ssen upp tl II andra vningen.

lars
.s..!.r.:
ut
parken.
sitta
La rs sitter ute i pa rken.

Margareta r hemma idag.
komma
Margareta kommer hem Idag.
Unit 8
237
SWEDISH
238
eVE
Herr Johnson r hr och kper en kostym
fara
Herr Johnson far hit och kper en kostym.

Fru Berg tar en taxi dit och kper ett par skor.
va ra
Fru Berg r dr och kper ett par skor.

KatarIna kommer hit.
stanna
Katarina stannar hr.

Vi r borta ikvll.
Vi gr bort ikvll.
Fru Blomkvist gr hem tidigt.
va ra
Fru Blomkvist r hemma tidigt.

Bilen str dr.
Bi len kr dit.
Unit 8
kra
SWEDISH
Let's give some special attention to the question words VAR, VART, where
where to.
VAR (where) is used with verbs indicating rest.

VART (where to) is used with verbs indicating motion to or from a place.
Examples:
Var r du?
Where are you?
Vart gr du?
Where are you going (to)?
Practice K.
coveredl
Add the proper adverb VAR, VART in the space.
ker Bo?
Keep the answer8
Where is Bo going?
Vart ker Bo?

I igger slottet?
Var
Unit 8
239
SWEDISH
gick Anna?
Va rt
str
lampan?
vill
du fara?
Va r
Va rt
har du hrt det?
Va r
sitter han?
Va r
bor din morbror?
Var
I oktober?
ska ni
flytta
ska vi
ta middag lkvl l?
Vart
Var
ligger Skansen
Va r
Unit 8
1 Stockholm?
240
SWEDISH
Point IV.
Ve~bs
of the Second Conjugation
2b
2a
att
h a r, hade
ringla
ring/er
ring/de
rlng/t
to eaU
call(s)
called
have, had caHed
att
har, hade
kpa
kp/er
kp/te
kp/t
to buy
buy (s)
bought
have, had bought
P!'esent tense
Ve!'bs of the Second Conjugation add -er to the stem to
Examples:
Note:
att ringa -
If the stem
left out.
Example8:
ring~;
al~eady
att kpa -
fo~m
the present tense.
kp~
ends in -r the uBual present tense ending -er is
att hra - hr
att fara - far
att kra - kr
Past tense
In the past tense the ve!'bs of the Second Conjugation have
-de (2a) and -te (2b).
Unit 8
t~o
different forms,
241
242
SWEDISH
2a.
The stems of the verbs in 2a end in a voiced consonant~ such as -I, -m,
-ng, -r, -v.
The past tense is formed by adding -de.
Examples:
2b.
att
att
att
att
att
stlla - stll de
knna - knde
(Second m or n
ringa - ringde
hra - hrde
behva - behvde
~s
dropped before d and t.)
The stems of the verbs in 2b end in voiceless consonants~ such as -k, -p,
-s, -t.
Here the past tense is formed by adding -te.
Examples:
att
att
att
att
tycka - tyckte
kpa - kpte
resa - reste
mta - mtte
Supine
Verbs from both 2a and 2b form the supine by adding -t to the stem.
Examples:
Unit 8
-n,
att ringa - har (hade) ringt

att kpa - har (hade) kpt
SWEDISH
Pr>actice L.
This is a pr>actice on 2a ver>bs (past tense: -de).
Change the
pr>esent tense to the past tense.
Be sur>e to sound the ending ~oud and c~ear>.
Remember> that Swedish has no 1/8i~ent e" WOT'd ending (see Guide to Swedish Pronunciation).
Karin
f yl ler koppen med kaffe.
Kari n fy II de koppen med kaffe.

Lasse stl ler stolen
Kar>in fills the cup with coffee.

Kar>in
fi~~ed
the cup with coffee.
hrnet.
stllde
Marianne fyller sjutton r
hst.
fy I I de
Journalisten tnder sin pipa.
tnde
Mamma behver en ny klnning.
behvde
Pappa
ringer alltid hem frn kontoret.

ringde
Fru Borg knner Pe I I es morbror.

knde
David bestller alltid l.
bestllde
Unit 8
243
SWEDISH
Vi behver inte fara hem.
behvde
Eva hr Peter komma.
hrde
Sekreteraren ri nger till UD.
ringde
011 e kr ofta mell an Stockhol m och Gteborg.
krde
Practice M.
In this practice change the underlined verb from the present tense
to the present perfeet tense (har + supinej.
Karin knner Lars.
Karin knows Lars.
Karin har knt Lars.
Karin has known Lars.
Bo s t I I e r
b o k e n D b o k h Y I I a n
har stllt
Mamma tnder I ampan l matsa I en.
har tnt
Han behver inga pengar.
Han har inte behvt ngra pengar.
Unit 8
244
SWEDISH
Gsta ringer hem.
har ringt
George
en vning I Stockholm.
har hyrt
Stenmarks knner Lars Holm.
har knt
Anne-Marie fyller vinglaset.
har fyllt
Gustav bestller middagen.
har best I I t
Erik hr Ingenting.
Erik har inte hrt ngonting.
Practice N.
This is a practice on 2b v6rbs (past tense: -te).
underlined verb to the past tense.
Lisa lser sin bok.
Lisa
Lisa lste sin bok.
Lisa read (was reading) hel' book.
~s
Change the
reading hel' book.
Viktor tnker p sin far.

tnkte
Unit 8
245
SWEDISH
Damen kper en bl klnning.
kpte
Advokaten rker alltid sin pIpa.
rkte
George Brown tycker om att tala svenska.
tyckte om
Praotiae O.
Change the undertined verb from the present tense to the present
perfeet tense (har + supine).
Lisa lser om Sverige.
Lisa is reading about Sweden
Lisa har lst om Sverige.
Lisa has read (has been reading) about Sweden.
George tnker skrIva hem.

har tnkt
Pe I I e kper en f I n ny kostym.
ha r kpt
Vilken klnnIng tnker du ta?
har du tnkt ta
Vi I ken f I i cka tycker du bst om?
har du tyckt bst om
Unit 8
246
SWEDISH
Bo tycker bst om att lsa.
har tyckt bst om
Sven rker aldrig cigarretter.
har aldrig rkt
Practice P.
In this practice there are verbs from both 2a and 2b.
them from the present tense to the past tense.
Change
Fru Johnson behve r en ny klnning.
Mrs. Johnson needs a new dress.
Fru Johnson behvde en ny klnning.
Mrs. Johnson needed a new dress.
La rs kper en frdigsydd kostym.

kpte
Herr Berg knner Stenmarks.
knde
Tycker fru Alm om sina nya skor?
Tyckte
Lars och Bo bestiiller vin till middagen.
best I I de
George rker inte cigarrer.
rkte
Unit 8
247
248
SWEDISH
Vi
lser matsedeln och
bestller middagen.
lste
bestllde
Dahlgrens ~ en vning,
som de tycker om.

tyckte om
hyrde
Viktor fyller koppen med
kaffe och
stllde
f Y I I de
Telefonen
ringer,
men Erik hr den
ringde
Bergs
kr t i l l
stller den p bordet.
inte.
hrde
Arlande och mter Peter.
krde
mtte
Praetiee Q.
Let's vary the praetiee a bit.
Fill in the empty spaces with
either the present perfeet or past perfeet form of the eue verb (har or hade
+ supine).
eVE
Vilken
vning
Vilken
vning har/hade Lars hyrt?
Lars
Karin
Har/hade
Min sekreterare
Vnit 8
----?
sina klder p
Whieh apartment has/had

Lars rented?
hy ra
varuhuset.
kpa
telefonen.
hra
kpt
Inte
SWEDISH
eVE
Min sekreterare har/hade inte hrt telefonen.
Svenska Dagbladet.
inte
Johan
lsa
lst
har/hade
till Gteborg.
Fl ickan
resa
har/hade rest
1 nte
Advokaten
sitt kontor.
rInga
Dah I grens I Ameri ka.
knna
en ny Volvo.
bestlla
har/hade
Lasse
ringt
har/hade knt
Gran
har/hade best I I t
Unit 8
249
SWEDISH
Point
v.
250
Verbs of the Third Conjugation
att
har, hade
tro
trolr
tro/dde
t roi tt
to believe
believe(s)
believed
have. had believed
The verbs in this conjugation have no infinitive -a ending.

They are usually
one-syllable words.
The stem is identical with the infinitive form.
The
present tense ending is -r, the past tense ending is -dde, and the supine
form ending is -tt.
-There are very few verbs in this conjugation.
ones you know already.
Practice R.
past tense.
Mati Ida
Change the tense of the underlined verb from the present to the
Remember the word order.
sin jacka.
Matiida sydde sin jacka.
Matilda is sewing her jacket.

Matilda sewed her jacket.
Sven tror att Maj tycker om honom.

trodde
Unit 8
We will only practice the
tyckte om
SWEDISH
lars bor i GBteborg.

bodde
Lkaren sa att Maja mr bra.
mdde
Vi tror att Eva r hemma.
trodde
var
Fami Ijen Karlstrm bor
Ume.
bodde
Practice S.
Let's practice the supine form.
Change the verbs in the sentences
below from the past tense to the past perfeet tense (hade + supine).
Min mor sydde en klnning t mig.
My mother sewed a dress for me.
Min mor hade sytt en klnning t mig.
My mother had sewn a dress
for me.
George trodde att han knde sin vn.

hade trott
Eva frgade hur Lars mdde nr han var borta.
hade mtt
Karin bodde i Uppsala.
hade bott
Unit 8
251
252
SWEDISH
Eva sydde sin jacka sjlv.
hade sytt
Sjmannen bodde p bten.
hade bott
Praetiee T.
Complete the following story, filling in the blanks with the
appropriate forms of the verbs given in parenthesis.
The verbs are from
both the second and third conjugations.
You'll find the correet version
on the following page.
(bo)
(fylla) 14 r och
Nr Eva
(sy) flera klnningar t sig sjlv.
(tycka om) att sy.
(m) bra, nr hon satt vid symaskinen (the sewing maehine) och
Hon
(sy).
Naturl igtvis
Hon
(tnka) p trevliga vnner som hon
flera av flickorna, som hade
(behva) s mnga klnningar. Men

(bo)
lnge
(knna) vl,
(ringa) p telefonen och
hos Eva.
(tnka)
De
samma hus, och som hon

(bestlla) klnningar
lnge p hur klnningarna skulle se ut, och s
(sy) Eva fina klnningar t dem.

{almost},
(knna).
(lsa) hon inte s mnga bcker nu fr tiden, och hennes

(tycka) inte, att hon
mamma
Unit 8
Hon
Stockholm hade hon redan
att hon var Frken Dior sjlv.
Ibland
(tro) hon nstan
SWEDISH
Co~~ect ve~8ion
of
P~actice
T.
Nr Eva f yl Ide
14 r och bodde
t sig sjlv.
Hon tyckte om att sy.
maskinen och sydde.

vis
lste hon
Stockholm hade hon redan sytt flera
inte s mnga bcker nu
samma hus,
kl!3nningar hos Eva.

sydde Eva
nr hon satt vid sy-
Hon tnkte p trevliga vnner som hon knde.
att hon behvde s mnga klnningar.

lnge
Hon mdde bra,
och
fr tiden,
Men
som hon knde vl,
De tnkte
och hennes mamma
flera av flickorna,
ringde
p~
klnningar
Naturligttyckte
inte,
som hade bott
telefonen och bestllde
lnge p hur klnningarna skulle se ut, och
fina kl!3nningar t dem.
Ibland trodde hon nstan att hon var Frken
Dior sjlv.
Unit 8
253
SWEDISH
UNI']' 9
EATING IN A RESTAURANT
Hasic Sentences
Bill Jones, ne~ly arr'ived in
S~edenJ has lunch ~ith Erik
Dalgren.
Erik:
1.
2.
Bi U:
Erik:
3.
4.
lectUr'e
real-ly
That ~as a long lectur'B.
It's
already a quarter past one,
and I' m really hungry.
fredrag -et -0
rIktigt
Det var ett lngt fredrag. Klockan
r redan en kvart ver ett, och jag
r riktigt hungrig.
What do you say about having

lunch togethel'?
Vad sger du om att g och ta

lunch tillsammans?
*
to taste
Yes, that ~il-l be fine (that
~ould taste fine).
Where shall
~e go?
att smak/a -ar -ade -at

Ja, det skulle smaka bra.
Vart
ska vi g?
good, better, best

food
The Stadshotell, of course,
has the best food (here) in
b ra, bttre, bst

mat -en 0
Ja, Stadshotell et har ju den bsta
maten hr i stan.
to~n.
Unit 9
254
SWEDISH
Erik:
Bill:
Erik:
Bi'l'l :
Erik:
Unit 9
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
elose (near), eloser, elosest

Besides, it eouldn't be eloser.
nra, nrmare, nrmast

Dessutom kunde det i nte I i gga nrmare.
to le ave, to go
not until
Fine. My train does not leave
until foul' o'eloek.
att g -r, gick, gtt

inte frrn
Fint.
Mitt tg gr inte frrn
klockan fyra.
*
really
rush, hU1'ry
opposite, aeross from
Yes, there's really no rush.
The station is aeross from
the hote 'l.
verkl igen
brdska -n (Il
m'ltt emot
Ja, vi har verkl igen ingen brdska.
Stationen I igger mitt emot hotellet.
inc'l'edib ly
fast (adverb)
Are we the'l'e already?
went incredibly fast.
otroligt
fo rt
r vi redan framme?
fort.
*
That
outerwear (overcoats, etc.)

to leave
checkroom, closet
head waiter
We can leave our hats and coats
in the check room.
There is the head waiter.
Det gick otrol igt
ytterklder (plur.)
att lmn/a -ar -ade -at
garderob -en -er
hovmstare -n -0
Vi ka n j u I mna ytterk lderna
garderoben.
Dr r hovmstaren.
*
255
SWEDISH
Read
waiter:
Erik:
10.
11.
12.
Bill:
Read
wai ter:
Unit 9
13.
14.
256
A table for two?
Ska det vara ett bord fr tv?
far, farther, farthest

entranae
Yes, please. Closer to the
window, if it's possible, and
a little farther away from the
entl'anae.
lng -t - a j lngre, lngst

ingng -en -ar
Ja tack.
Nrmare fnstret, om det
gr, och lite lngre bort frn ingngen.
*
to ask, to requBst
list
right away
May I have the menu and the
wine list? We'd better (it is
best) order right away.
att be -r, bad, bett

I i stia -an -or
genast
Fr jag be om matsedeln och vlnl istan?
Det r bst vi bestller genast.
what (kind of)

main course
What main courses do you have
today?
vad fr
varmrtt -en -er
Vad har ni fr varmrijtter Idag?
to recommend
unusually
fish
filet
potato
mashed potatoes
salad, lettuce
We can reaommend an unusually
good fish filet with mashed potatoes and salad.
att rekommender/a -ar -ade -at

ovanligt
fisk -en -ar
flle -n -er
potatis -en -ar
potatismos -et 0
sallad -en -er
Vi kan rekommendera en ovanligt god
fiskflle med potatismos och sallad.
SWEDISH
Head
waiter:
15.
16.
fried
veal, ealf
chop
boi Zed
vegetable
The (pan-Jfried veal chops with
boiled potatoes and vegetables
are also very good.
stekt -~ -a
kalv -en -ar
kotlett -en -er
kokt -0 -Cj
grnsak -en -er
De stekta kalvkotletterna med kokt
potatis och grns?ker r ocks mycket
b ra.
>I
usual
meat
bun
meat ball
bean
baked beans
lingonberry
jam, preserves
Then we have, as usual, meat
balls with baked beans and
lingonberry jam.
vanlig-t-a
ktt -et 0
bull/e -en -ar
kttbull/e -en -ar
bn/a -an -or
bruna bnor
I i ngon -et -0
sylt -en -er
S har.vi, som vanligt, kttbullar
med bruna bnor och lingonsylt.
shaZZ we take the fish filet

then?
Ska vi
frsk - t -a
Den r vl frsk?
Erik:
17.
Bill:
18,
fresh
It is fresh,
Head
waiter:
19.
to guarantee
Oh yes, I can guarantee that.
Ja,
Erik:
20,
Maybe we shouZd have a glass

of white wine with the fish.
Vi skulle kanske ha ett glas vitt

vin t i l l fisken.
Unit 9
isn't it?
ta
fiskfilen
d?
att garanter/a -ar -ade -at

det kan jag garantera.
257
258
SWEDISH
gladly, rather, preferably
grna, hell re, helst

Fr min del skulle jag hellre vilja
ha ett glas l.
BiLL:
21.
For my part, I would rather

have a glass of beer.
Erik:
22.
Shall we start with the smorgasbord?
Vi
drink of aquavit
What do you say about a drink
of aquavit with the smorgasbord?
snaps -en -ar

Vad sger du om en snaps ti II
gsbo rd et?
No thanks, not for me.
Nej tack,
speOich
to hold, to give
he ld, gave
to give a spee ch
That was an interesting speech
that Lindahl gave, wasn't it?
tal -et -0
att hll/a -er, hll, hllit
h I I
att h I I a ta I
Det var ett intressant tal som Lindahl
hll, eller hur?
smorgasbord
23.
Bill:
Erik:
Bi ll.:
Unit 9
24.
25.
26.
sure(ly)
inte lligen t
to think, to be of the
opinion
suggestion, proposition
ehance
to sucoeed
Yes, sure he's intelligent.
But do you really think that
his proposition has a chance
to sucaeed?
smrgsbord -et -0
brjar vl med smrgsbordet?
smr-
i nte fr mig.
vIsst
i ntell igent
att anse -r,
-0
-a
ansg.
ansett
frslag -et -0
chans -en -er
att lyck/as -as -ades -ats
Ja, vi sst r han i ntell i gent.
Men
anser du verkligen att hans frslag
har en chans att lyckas?
SWEDISH
E1'ik:
Bin:
E1'ik:
Bill:
Erik:
Bill:
Unit 9
27.
chee1's!, he1'e I s to you!

Re1'e ' s
No, I' m af1'aid not.
Chee1's, Bill!
the food.
s k I !
Nej, tyvrr Inte.
Skl, Bill!
28.
Oppo1'tunity
like this, this way
Cheers! I hope we/ll have
man y opportunities to meet
like this.
tillflle -t-n
s h r
Ja, sk l!
Jag hoppas att vi fr
mnga ti II fllen att trffas s
hr.
,.
29.
next
dessert
Next time we/ll take our wivlZs
a long.
Do you want dessert?
nsta
efterrtt -en -er
Nsta gng ska vi ta med vra fruar.
VI I I du ha efterrtt?
No thanks, just coffee.
Nej tack, bara kaffe.
waiter
check (in 1'estau1'antJ
same
Waiter, may we have two coffees
and the check at the same time.
vaktmstare -n -0
not/a -an -or
samma
Vaktmstaren, kan vi f tv kaffe och
s notan p samma gng?
,.
hand
to take care of
I'd like to take care of the
check.
hand -en, hnder

att ta hand om; tar, tog, tagit
Notan ska jag be att f ta hand om.
;50.
31.
32.
Hr kommer maten.
259
SWEDISH
Erik:
33.
Bill:
34.
260
queBtion
gueBt
That is out of the question.
You are my gueBt.
frgla -an -or

gst -en -er
Kommer aldrig p frgan.
gst.
to thank
In that aase,
muah.
att tackla -ar -ade -at

D fr Jag tacka s mycket.
thank you very
Du r min
To the waiter:
tip
Is that with the tip?
dricks -en Ql
r det med dricks?
36.
per aent (%)

Yes, that's with fifteen peraent.
procent -en -0 (%>

Ja, det r med femton procent.
37.
even
Thank you very muah.
ahange (it is even).
jmn -t -a
Tack s mycket.
Erik:
35.
waiter:
Erik:
~~
~- ~m
i.......t.~
......
Keep the
...
"ni..
c."
- ... ,.
Unit 9
$<t.......04
_~
_.el'
Det r j mnt s.
SWEDISH
UNIT 9
2a.
om att g ... Swedish uses

verb afte~ a preposition.
2b.
The constI'uction using two verbs joined by och is very common in

g och ta
Swedish.
att sitta och p rata
to sit and chat
ExampZes:
to (stand and) wait
att st och vanta
att g ut och g
to JO for a walk
6.
Mitt tg gr ... Nate
th~t
the infinitive where English uses the -ing form of the
"to leave" has several equivalents in Swedish.
Tget gr klockan sju.

Vi gr nu.
VI ker nu.
Vi far nu.
VI reser nu.
Du kan lmna j lekan hr.
Vi lmnade Sver-ige igr.
Att lmna really means

8.
Unit 9
"~o
The train leaves at seven.

We are leaving now.
We are leaving noW (by same means of
t~an8porta
tion).
You can leave your jacket here.
We left Sweden yesterday.
leave behind".
o t 1"0 I i g t f o r t .
Same adJactives take on the opposite me aning when the prefix
is added.
Examples:
t ro I 19 - ot ro I I g
credible - incredible
vnlig - ovnlig
friendly - unfriendly
trevl i9 - otrevl ig
nice - unpleasant
mj I l g - omj I i g
possible - impossible
0-
261
SWEDISH
9.
262
ytterklderna.
Swedes use the definite article instead of a possessive when describing parts of the body or clothing.
Example:
Peter borstar tnderna varje kvl I.
Peter brushes his teeth every night.
11.
om det gAr.- idiomati~ expression meaning "if it is possible".

Det gAr inte. It's not possible; it doesn't work.
Det gick inte. It wasn't possible; it didn't work.
13.
Vad har ni fr ... See Unit 7, Basic Sentence Note 18.

The expression vad fr slags has the meaning "what kind of".
Example: Vad fr slags te tycker du om? What kind of tea do you tike?
15.
potati s - can be used as a non-eount
28.
s hr - here meaning "like this".

In the beginning of a sentence sA hr is translated "this is how", "this is the way".
31a.
Vaktmstaren ... This is usually the word used to address a waiter.

Another translation for "waiter" is kypare -n -0, but this word is never used in addressing him.
31b.
p samma gAng. Nate that English uses the definite article "the" with the word
"same".
The Swedish word samma is always without the definite artiele when samma
modifies a nOUr!.
The noun is always in the indefinite form.
Examp1.es:
(ef.
Unit 9
Another example is:
noun in Swedish, like "coffee", "fruit", eta.
Jag vi I l betala p samma gng.

I want to pay at the Bame time.
Det r samma sak.
It's the same thing.
Vi bor i samma hus som ni bodde I. We live in the same house as you lived
in.
Unit 8, Basic Sentenee Note 18)
SWEDISH
37.
Unit 9
Det r jmnt s.
If a service charge of 12~% or 15% has been added to the bill
it is customary to round out the amount to the nearest crown (or even five crowns
i f it is a sizeable amountJ.
863
SWEDISH
UNIT 9
Points to Praotiae
unit
Point I.
Comparison of adjectives
Point II.
Formation and oomparison of adverbs
Point III.
Possessives and certain other words hetore

adjective + noun
264
SWEDISH
Point
r.
Comparison
of Adjectives
Comparative
positive
ka I I
kallare
{eo ld}
{colder}
Most Swedish adjeetives are compared like kal I.

form and -ast in the superlative form.
Examples:
Superlative
kallast
{eotdest}
They add -are in the eomparative
Vintern r kall i Stockholm,

den r kallare 1 Lappland,
och den r kallast i Sibirien.
The winter is cold in Stoekholm~

it is eolder in Lappland~ and
i t is the eoldest in Siberia.
Maj
Maj is friendly, Ulla is friendlier~ and Tom is the friendliest.
r vnl ig, Ulla r vnoch Tom r vnt igast.
tg~,
Note that Swedish superlatives usually do not take the definite article and
form unIess followed by a noun.
Examples:
Unit 9
Ulla r vnligast.
Ulla r den vnligaste
flickan.
Ulla is (the) friendliest.

Ulla is the friendliest girl.
265
266
SWEDISH
The regular comparative has only one form, ~ . whether it is used with en or
ett words, in the singular or plural, and in the indefinite or definite form.
Indefinite form
Definite form
en kallare vinter
ett kallare rum
kallare vintrar
kallare rum
den kallare vintern

det ka I I a re rummet
de kallare vintrarna
de ka I I are rummen
The regular superlative has two forms.

In the indefinite form the superlative
ends in m:!j. In the definite form the superlative ends in lastel.
Nate:
Indefinite form
Definite form
Vintern r kallast i Lappland.

Det r dyrast a~flyga.
Den ka I I aste v i ntern r

Det dyraste flyget.
Lappland.
When the adjective ends in unstressed -el, -en, or -er the e is left
out as you add the -are for the comparative and the -ast in the superlative.
Examples: vacker, vackrare, vackrast
enkel, enklare, enklast (simple)
A very small group of adjp.ctives takes just -re in the comparative and -st in
the superlative.
These adjectives (except hg) also change vowels in the com-
parative and superZative forms.

Examples:
Unit 9
stor, st~rre, strst

tung, tyng~, tyngst
ung, yngre, yng~
lg, lgre, lgst
lng, lngre,-Ingst
hg, hgre-,-hgst-
big
heavy
young
low
long
high
SWEDISH
A few adjectives in this group are completely irregular, i.e. the aomparative
and superlative forms are related to each other but bear no resemblance to
the positive form.
Examples:
Nate:
gammal
11 ten
mnga
mycket
d I l g
d I i g
god
b ra
ldre
mindre
fleda)
mer(a)
smre
v rre
bttre
bttre
ldst
minst
flest
mest
smst
v rst
bst
bst
old
small
many
much
bad, less good, least good
bad, worse, worst
good
good
The comparative and superlative forms of god are often godare. godast.
when they refer to food (onlyJ.
The camparatives of this group of adjectives have also only one form whether
they precede en-words, ett-words, or plurals in the definite or indefinite
form.
Indefinite form
Definite form
en mindre vning
ett mindre rum
mindre vningar
mindre rUm
den mindre vningen

det mindre rummet
de mindre vningarna
de mindre rummen
The irregular adjectives have two superlative forms just like the regular
adjective8.
The indefinite form ends in -st.
The definite form ends in -sta.
Unit9
Indefinite form
De fini te form
Den hr boken r bst.

Det hr hotell et r smst.
--De hr bckerna r bst.
De hr hotell en r S1lmst.
Den bsta boken.

Det ~ a hotel I et.
De bsta bckerna.
De sms ta hote I I en.
267
SWEDISH
268
These irregular adjectives are extremely

You know some of the m already.
Nate:
common~
so memorize them right away.
All ra added to a superlative gives the sense of very + superlative.

Example:
den all ra bsta boken (the very best book)
Practice A.
Complete the sentences by filling ~n the blank with the comparative form of the adjective given as cue.
CVE
n Ka r i n
Bo r
Bo
~s
kinder than Karin.
s n I I
snllare
p NK.
Mblerna var
dyr
dy ra re
Fisken r
p fredagarna n p mndagarna.
f rs k
n sin syster.
hungrig
frskare
Peter var
h u ng r i g a re
Bo tyckte att det var
att ta
i kket.
roi i g
roi igare
Maj
kunde
inte vara
vn I i g
vnl igare
unit 9
SWEDISH
eVE
enkel
att flyga.
Det r
enklare
p Operakl laren.
f i n
Afrika n
varm
Maten r
f i na re
Det r
Alaska.
varmare
n Stina.
Britta r
st
stare
Smr och brd ti II
frukost r
n bruna bnor.
van I I g
vanl igare
Det
I i I I a rummet r
n va rdags rummet.
I J us
ljusare
Allt har blivit
nu fr tiden.
dy r
dyrare
Den stora ftljen r
n soffan.
bekvm
bekvmare
Ha I I en r
p morgonen.
so I l g
sol igare
Unit 9
269
SWEDISH
Practice B.
270
Now we'll use some adjectives with irregular comparative forms.
eVE
ta r vgen ver Sdertlje.
F I e r (a)
n en Volkswagen.
och
En Volvo r
More (people) take

the road via Sodertalje.
sto r, tung
ty ng re
strre
d I j g
1973.
Vinet var
mnga
smre
Kalvkotletterna r
n kttbullarna.
b ra
bttre
n den
dotte rn va r
Den
gammal, vacker, ung
vack ra re
I d re
vningen.
Lars hyrde den
I i to en
mindre
n Kaknstornet.
Stadshuset r
lg
lgre
pojken var
Den
yngre
Unit 9
n systern.
lngre
ung,
lng
SWEDISH
eVE
p den hr restaurangen.
Varmrtterna r
b ra
bttre
mat p den
Man fr
restaurangen.
mycket,
liten
mindre
mer
Practice C.
Now Let's practice the superLative form of the adjective.
Put
the aue adjective in the indefinite superLative form.
First the reguLar
superLatives with the ending -ast.
eVE
Peter va r
klassen.
Peter was the most inte Higent

in the aLass.
i nte I I i gent
intell igentast
att flyga frsta klass.
Det r
dy r
dyrast
Stadshote I I et r
f i n
finast
Vintern r
decembe r.
mrk
mrkast
Det r
hos Ulla.
trevlig
trevl igast
Unit 9
271
SWEDISH
272
eVE
hungrig
_ p morgonen.
Vr pojke r
hungrigast
god
Barn tycker att efterrtter r

godast
Practice D. Now we'll practiae the regular superlative form in the definite
form.
Remember -aste.
eVE
eleven talade bra svenska.
Den
The smartest student

spake good Swedish.
duktig
duktigaste
klnningen.
Mrta hade den
kort
kortaste
jackan.
Ake kpte den
ryml i g
rym I i gaste
v i net p Grand Hote I I
Man fr det
finaste
Vnit 9
f in
SWEDISH
CUE
Det
J r
ny
hst.
vara det all ra

nyaste
st
flickorna.
I Smland bor de
staste
maten.
Familjen Svensson har alltid den
god
godaste
Fractice E.
Let's praatice some irregular superlatives,
form.
All are from the group that ends in -st.
firat in the indefinite

CUE
och
Peter r
ldst
gammal,
lng
lngst
Han tyckte att fiskfi len var
p mndagarna.
d I i g
smst
Han hyrde huset som var
stor
strst
Lena r
och
yngst
unit 9
klassen.
mi
ung,
liten
nst
273
SWEDISH
274
eVE
b ra
p Gyllene Freden.
Smrgsbordet r
bst
mycket
fr att hjlpa familjen.
Karin har gjort

mest
Ppactice F.
Now fop same ippegulap superlatives
~n
the definite fopm.
-sta.
eVE
Kaknstornet r den
byggnaden
Stockholm.
hgsta
e I eve n
Johan r den
klassen.
The Kaknas Tower is the

tallest building ~n
stockholm.
hg
I i ten
minsta
utsikten frn Kaknstornet.
Man har den
ra
bsta
Det
bordet r ocks det

ldsta
lngsta
vgen ti l I arbetet.
Staffan har den

lngsta
Unit 9
lng, gammal
lng
SWEDISH
eVE
lg
stolen?
r det verkl igen den

lgsta
mnga
restaurangerna har goda efterrtter.
De
flesta
mycket
om Stockholm.
Han visste det

mesta
eomparison of the adjeotive with mer (more) and mest (most).

All adjeotives ending in ~form the oomparative by plaoing ~ before the
adjeotive.
They form the superlative by plaoing mest before the adjeative.
(Note the similarity with the aompal'ison with "more" and "most" in English.)
Examples:
fantastisk
typisk
energisk
sympatisk
Exaeption:
frisk -a re -ast
me r
mer
mer
mer
fantastisk
typisk
energisk
sympatisk
(healthy~
mest
mest
mest
mest
fantastisk
typisk
energisk
sympatisk
fantastia
typioal
energetio
likeab le
freshJ
Mer and mest are also used with the aomparative and superlative forms of
past partioiples used as adjeatives.
Example:
Den mest bermda boken (the most famous book).
The past partioiple will be disoussed in Vnit 14.

Unit 9
875
SWEDISH
276
Practice G. Let's practice comparatives of adjectives ending in -isk.

the adjective given in the cue in the comparative form.
Put
eUE
amerikan finns Inte.
En
A more typicaL American is

not to be found.
typisk
mer typisk
energisk
n UI I a.
Eva r
mer energisk
n ke.
Bo och hans vnner r
sympatisk
mer sympatiska
bok kan man inte tnka sig.
En
fantastisk
mer fantastIsk
Sverige r det
att ta kttbullar n att ta pizza. typisk

mer typiskt
Practice H. And now to the superLatives.

superLative form.
Put the cue adjective in the

eUE
Eva r
p morgonen
mest energisk
Unit 9
energisk
SWEDISH
CUE
Hennes systrar
energisk
p eftermiddagen.
~r
mest energiska
Den
sympatisk
familjen.
sonen r
~Idsta
mest sympatisk
Det var den
bo ken
pe
fantastisk
bokhy I I an.
mest fantastiska
Practice I.
We'll now have a mixed praatiae on all the adjeatives, regular,
irregular, adjectives ending in - i sk, etc.
Change the adjective (s) in the
cue to the comparative or superlative form as indicated.
CUE
sa var den
sekreteraren p konsulatet.
mest energiska
vintern som ngon kunde minnds.
Det var den
Asa Was the most

energetic secretary
at the consulate.
energisk (superl.)
ka I I (supel'L.)
kallaste
av alla mblerna.
Soffan var
tung (superl.)
tyngst
Huset p
h~rnet
n stenmarks hus.
gammal (comp.)
ldre
Unit 9
277
SWEDISH
278
eVE
dyr (comp.)
nu fl)r tiden.
Maten r
dyrare
rjan hade aldrig lst en
bok.
dlig (comp.)
vrre (smre)
Pojkarna tyckte att det var
att ka tg.
ro I i g (comp.)
ro I Ig a re
B i I I s s Y s t e r var de n
f I i c ka n I r umme t .
st (superl.)
staste
De
amerikaner har bi I.
mnga (super'l..)
flesta
Det r det
ma n
kan
g l) r a .
I i ten (super1,.)
minsta
Det
huset lg p den
lgsta
Det
Den
lng (super'l..)
siar, bra (supert.J

bst
bilen var inte

dy ra re
lg,
lngsta
huset var
strsta
Unit 9
gatan.
- - - - n en Saab.
lngre
d Y r,
I n g (comp.)
SWEDISH
Point II.
Formation and Comparison of Adverbs
Adverbs are words that modify verbs, adjectives~ other adverbs o~ clauses -never nouns.
Many are not depived from other wopds (e.g. here~ now~ very~
etc. ).
1.
Some adveI'bs are formed by adding [JJto the basic form of the adjeative.
(Campare the usage of adding -ly to form an adverb from an adjective in
English. )
Example:
Tala lngsam:!:.! (Speak slowlyl)
2.
A few adjectives that end in -I ig form adverbs by adding:

a.
~ to the basia form of the adjective
Examples:
van I i g
tyd I i g
verklig
tro I i g
mj I i g
s Iut I i g
Unit 9
usual
obvious
real
probab le
possible
final
vanl igen
tydligen
verk I i gen
trol igen
mj I i gen
slutligen
usually
obviously
really
probab ly
possibly
finally
279
SWEDISH
b.
280
to the ett-form of the adjective
Examples:
I Y ck I i g
tro I i g
naturlig
mj I i g
van I i g
happy
probable
natural
possible
usual
Iyckl igtvis
troligtvis
naturligtvis
mjligtvis
vanligtvIs
fortunately
probably
naturally
possibly
usually
As you can see from the examples, with some words both forms are acceptable.
(troligen -
troligtvis;
mjligen -
mjligtvis;
vanligen -
vanligtvis)
Practice J.
Here is a practice on the formation and use of adverbs.
Make
The adjective
a new sentence from the one given, using the verb in the cue.
in the given sentence will then become an adverb.
eVE
Eva r vacker.
Eva is beautiful.
Eva gr vackert.
Eva walks beautifully.
Hotellet bl ir fint.
Hote I I et
11 gga
I i gger f i nt.
Mannen r vnl ig.
tala
Mannen talar vnligt.

Maten r dlig.
Maten smakar d I i gt.
Vnit 9
smaka
SWEDISH
eVE
bo
Karin r dlig.
Karin bor dligt.
arbeta
Lars r duktig.
Lars arbetar duktigt.
Practice K.
As you noted. in all the above examples the adverbs modified
verbs.
Now we'll give you some examples of adverbs that modify adjectives.
Make an adverb of the aue adjective.
eVE
duktig.
George r
George is incredibly aapable.
otrolig
otroligt
s n I I
vldig
hungrig.
riktig
Peter r
vldigt
Bi I I
va r
riktigt
god.
Fiskfilen var
ovanlig
ovanligt
UI f
st i I i g.
fantastisk
fantastiskt
Unit 9
281
SWEDISH
282
eVE
otrol19
i nte I I 1genta.
De r
ot ro I i gt
typisk
svenskt.
Det r
typiskt
Practice 0.
Finallyashort practice on the adverbs that are formed by adding
-en or -tvis to the adjective.
Form an adverb from the cue adjective.
CVE
komma
Kan Fredrik
i kv I l?
Can Fredrik possibly

come tonight?
mj I i 9
mjligen (mjligtvis)
v n I I g.
Maj r
verkl19
verk I i gen
Erik kommer
Inte.
ty d I i g
tydl igen
var han inte hemma.
naturlig
Naturl igtvis
Britta far
till
troligen
Unit 9
Gteborg.
(troligtvis)
tro l i 9
SWEDISH
eVE
Kan
mj I i g
hjlpa mig?
du
mjligen
(mjligtvis)
ter vi
Vanligtvis
fisk
fredagarna.
va n I 19
(vanligen)
kom de
tid.
I yck I i 9
Lyckl igtvis
god.
Maten hr r
verkl19
verkl igen
The eomparison of the Adverb

Adverbs that have been formed by adding -t to an adjeative have the same
aomparative and superlative forms as the adjective. Note that the -t is
droppe d before the aomparative and superlative endings.
Examples:
Han sjunger vackert. (He sings beautifuUy.)

Hon sjunger vackrare n John.
De sjunger vackrast p kvllen.
Two adverbs not derived from adjeatives alBo take the -are and -ast endings:
fort, fortare, fortast
fast, faster, fastest
ofta, oftare, oftast
often, more of ten, most often
Vnit 9
283
SWEDISH
284
Like the adjectives a few adverbs have irregular comparative and superlative
forms.
They are very frequent and you already know several of them.
The following adverbs are irregular:
bra, bttre, bst

grna, hellre, helst
mycket, mer(a), mest
nra, nrmare, nrmast
dl igt, smre, smst
dligt, vrre, vrst
lnge, lngre, lngst (time)
lngt, I~ngre, lngst (space)
weZZ, better, best

gladly, rather, preferably
much, more, most; very, more, most
close, closer, closest
badly, less well, least well
badly, worse J worst
long (time)J longer J longest
far, farther J farthest
Note that adverbs that end in -en and -tvis have no comparative or superlative
forms.
Practice M.
adverbs.
Here is a practice using the comparative form of some common
eVE
att g n att ta taxi.
Det gick
It was faster to walk

than to take a taxi.
fort
fortare
n ra
Stadshote l I et I i gger
nrmare
Det r
till Malm n till Gteborg.

lngre
Vnit 9
lngt
SWEDISH
CUE
n tre tImmar att ka dit.
Det tog
mycket
me r
nr man Mr hungrig.
Maten smakar alltid
ra
bttre
VI
ingngen, om det gr.
vill sitta
n ra
n rma re
te n kaffe.
Han drack
g rna
h e II re
Vi
n vi hade tnkt.
stannade
lnge
I ng re
Practice N.
This is a practice on the superlative form of the adverb.
are examples of both regular and irregular forms.
There
CUE
utgngen.
Viveka sitter
Viveka is (sitting) the

clasest to the exit.
n ra
n rmast
Jag kan komma
klockan tolv.
tidigt
tidigast
Unit 9
285
SWEDISH
286
eVE
b ra
om man gr det lngsamt.
Det gr
bst
Johan kr
p de stora vgarna.
fort
p pojkar.
mycket
fortast
Lisa tnker
mest
g hem.
Bo v i I l e
grna
helst
Peter tar
t get t i I I Gteborg.
ofta
oftast
Vad tr slags grnsaker tycker du
om?
minst
Unit 9
I i te
SWEDISH
Point III:
Adjectives before Nouns
If an adjective comes before a noun in Swedish, the word preceding and modifying the adjective wiLL influenee the form of both the adjective and the noun.
There are three different patterns, depending on whether the modifying word is:
Unit 9
1.
an indefinite artiele or pronoun;
2.
the definite article or demonstratives;
3.
a possessive,
or
or eertain pronouns and adjectives.
287
SWEDISH
l.
288
Indefinite form of the adjective and indefinite form of the noun
En "'ords
en
ingen
na gan
en annan
en sadan
vilken (I)
va r j e
2.
II
Ifint husl
tv
inga
ng ra
a nd ra
sdana
vilka (I)
aIIa
mnga
f l e ra
f (few)
Ifina bilarl
Ifina husl
l f i na
b i I enl
Ett words
det
det hr
det dr
Plural
lf i na
husetl
de
de hr
de dr
lf i na
bilarnai
If i na husen
Definite form of the adjective and indefinite form of the noun
En words
mi n
din
hans, sin
hennes, sin
v r
er
deras, sin
Lenas
denna
samma
nsta
fljande
vilken (?)
Unit 9
b i
Plural
Definite form of the adjective and definite form of the noun
En "'ords
den
den hr
den dr
J.
If i n
Ett "'ords
ett
inget
ngot
ett annat
ett s dant
vilket (l)
varje
Iflna
bIl!
Ett words
mitt
ditt
hans, sitt
hennes, sitt
v rt
ert
deras, sitt
Lenas
detta
samma
nsta
fljande
vilket (?)
Plural
!fina husl
mina
dina
hans, sina
hennes, sina
v ra
era
deras, sina
Lenas
dessa
samma
ns ta
fljande
vilka (?)
mnga
'fina bilar!
'fina husl
SWEDISH
Note:
Den hr (det hr, de hr) and denna (detta, dessa) both mean "this"
dessa) is used more in the written language.
Den hr (det hr, de hr) is followed by the noun in the definite form while
denna (detta, dessa) is foZZowed by the noun in the indefinite form.
If
("these~oenna (detta,
an--Qdjective precedes the noun, the adjective takes the definite form in
both cases.
Examples:
Den hr nya boken.
Denna nya bok.
This new book.
This new book.
Det hr nya bordet
Detta nya bord.
This new table. --
This new table.
De hr nya bckerna.
These new books-.---
Unit 9
Dessa nya bcker.
These new book~
289
SWEDISH
PY'actice O.
We wi ~ ~ begin with a pY'actice on GY'oup 1.
with the cOY'Y'ect fOY'm of vacke~.
dag
en
vacker
hus
ett
vackert
ta I
ett
vackert
ingng
en
vacker
utsikt!
V i I ken
vacker
ett sdant
ba
rn
vackert
ingen
pojke
vacker
flickor
aJIa
vackra
en annan
sevrdhet
vacker
Unit 9
290
Fi~~
in the spaces
SWEDISH
Practice P.
This time we'tt practice adjectives + nouns in the definite form
from Group 2.
Use the adjective ~.
eUE
den, b i I
den nya b l I en
den h r, s I l ps
den hr nya slipsen
det d r,
det dr nya unTversitetet
den d r, klocka
den d r nya klockan
det h r, hote I I
det h r nya hotellet
den, park
den nya parken
de h r, vin
de hr nya vinerna
d e, rum
universitet
de nya rummen
Note:
Unit 9
Exceptionatty in Group 2 (definite form of the adjective + definite

form of the noun)~ the first definite articte~ den, det, de~ is
omitted:
1.
i f the adjective + noun is considered to be a ptace name.

Examptes:
Gamla Stan, Amerikanska ambassaden, Vita Huset;
2.
before ordinal numbers.

Examples:
frsta, andra, tredje gngen;
J.
before he I {whole} and halv {half}.

Examples:
hela dagen {all day}~ halva natten (half the night).
291
SWEDISH
292
Let's now look at Group 3.

This is a pT'actice on the use of the
PY'actice Q.
Vsing the wOY'ds given in the
possessives followed by an adjective and a noun.
cue co lumn, make a phrase with the aPPY'opriate possessive and the correct
fOT'm of the adjective and noun.
eVE
v i,
b r u n,
vra bruna skor
de,
ny,
deras nya b i I
hon,
fin,
hennes
jag,
yngst,
fina middag
min yngsta dotter
du,
din
han,
I i Ila pojke
hans goda
fiskfile
hotell,
god,
ert goda
vi,
bst,
vrt bsta bord
Lindahl,
Lindahls bra
Erik,
skjorta
Evas svarta jacka
Eva,
fiskfile
hotell
far
duktig,
ni,
rda
pojke
gammal,
hotell ets dukti ga vaktmstare
fredrag
dotter
strst,
hans gamla
svenska brd
middag
god,
han,
far
bi I
liten,
ert strsta hote I I
Eriks
Unit 9
ni,
s ko r
vaktmstare
svensk,
brd
bord
bra,
fredrag
rd,
skjorta
svart,
jacka
SWEDISH
Practice R.
Now for a really challenging mixed practice with the three groups
together so that you get used to their differences.
Put the cue adjective and
the cue noun in their eorrect forms in the blank spaees in all three groups~
reading aeross the page.
Work on this practice until you can do it automaticaHy.
Group 1.
Group 2.
en
den
f i na
bi I
f i n
---
vackra flickor
Vnit 9
god, fiskflle
go da fiskfile
deras
hungrig, pojke
hungriga pojkar
hans
lnga fredraget
de
stora rum
hus
vackra f I i ckor
fiskfilen
det
flera
--f i na
hungriga pojkarna
lngt fredrag
Karins
----
de dr
hungriga pojkar
bi I
v ra
goda
god fiskfile
ett
fina
vackra flickorna
den
mnga
f I n,
---
huset
de hr
en
min
mitt
f i na
hus
eVE
b i I en
det
fint
Group J.
lng, fredrag
lnga fredrag
slottets
stora rummen
stor, rum
stora rum
293
SWEDISH
294
Group 1.
Group 2.
Group 3.
eVE
tv
de hr
e ra
I i ten, garderob
dessa
den dr
en
sina
de
den hr
va r j e
ett sdant
I,orta annonsen
de
gammalt bo rd
al I a
gamla borden
duktiga m n
Unit 9
kort, annons
---
gamma I. bo rd
gamla bord
---
v ra
duktiga mnnen
den
mrk kv I I
brun, bna
korta annons
samma
---
de d r
ingen
------
fljande
kort annons
potatis
bruna bnor
bruna bnorna
bruna bnor
kokt,
kokta potatisar
kokta potatisen
kokt potatis
(plural)
sm garderober
sm garderoberna
sm garderober
duktiga mn
nsta
mrka kvllen
duktig, man
--- --mrka k v I I
mrk, kvll
SWEDISH
Practice s.
No~ a mixed practice ~ith many examples from all three groups.
Where there is a personal pronoun or a name~ ohange it into a possessive.
eUE
Unit 9
jag,
ny,
mIn nya skola
den,
bi II igast,
den billigaste bilen
du,
din trevliga man
det,
det so I i ga
vi,
rummet
skola
trevlig,
sol ig,
yngst,
man
rum
son
vr yngsta son
ett,
i ten,
barn
ett
I i tet barn
det,
iten,
barn
det
I i I la barnet
ni,
snll,
er sn II a pojke
samma,
samma mrka hrn
den hr,
den
denna,
hr gamla klnningen
pojke
mrk,
hrn
gammal,
ny,
klnning
bok
denna nya bok
det,
det dyraste rummet
vi.
amerikansk.
vrt amerikanska universitet
ni,
svensk,
era
Erik,
svenska kyrkor
bil
dyrast.
rum
universitet
kyrkor
gammal,
moster
Erlks gamla moster
h a n,
s I s t, s o mm a r
hans sista sommar
den,
bst,
bok
295
SWEDISH
296
CUE
den bsta boken
de hr,
de hr sm barnen
nsta,
nsta
intressanta resa
intressant,
i nte I I i gent,
va r j e,
varje intelligent person
alla,
alla snlla barn
Erik, gr, kostym
Eriks gra Kostym
tv,
tv rda stolar
ett, gamma I,
ett gammalt kk
de hr, snygg,
de hr snygga
dessa,
lamporna
resa
det, strst, hus
det strsta huset
dessa utmrkta frslag
Unit 9
liten, barn
snll,
person
barn
rd, stol
kk
utmrkt,
lampa
frslag
SWEDISH
UNIT 10
GETTING READY FOR AN EVENING OUT
Basic Sentences
Johan and Margit Larsson are
di8cus8ing plans for the evening.
to Zook forward tO J
be happy abou t
I'm really looking forward to
going to Dramaten tonight.
gladde,
glatt
Jag riktigt glder mig t att g p Dramaten ikvll.
*
att gldja sig t,
4;
glder,
Margit:
1.
Johan:
2.
So am I.
what is it we're
going to see exactly?
Ja, det gr jag ocks.

ska se egentl igen?
Margi t:
3.
But Johan!
"Miss Julie" is
being given.
Don't you remember that?
Nej men Johan!

Kommer du inte
memory
Zately
My memory has been
Of course.
a bit poor Zate"Ly.
minne -t -n
p sista tiden
Javisst ja.
Mitt minne har varit
dligt p sista tiden.
Johan:
Unit 10
4.
Vad r det vi
De ger ju "Frken Jul ie".

ihg det?
lite
297
SWEDISH
Mal'git:
Johan:
Mal'gi t:
Johan:
Unit 10
5.
6.
7.
8.
298
ought to, shou~d

play
instead of
TV
You should have read the play
last night instead of sitting
and looking at TV.
br, borde, bort; 4

pjs -en -er
istllet fr
teve -n, teveapparater
Ou borde ha lst pjsen igr kvll
istllet fr att sitta och titta p
teve.
to remind
before
by the way
I would have (done itY if you
had reminded me before dinner.
By the way, where ar'e we going
to meet the Browns?
att pmi nna, 2a

fre
aprop det
Det skulle jag ha gjort, om du hade
pmi nt mi g fre mi ddagen.
Aprop
det, var ska vi trffa Browns?
head
mai n entrance
after
performance, show
somewhere
At the mai n entrance, at seven
thirty.
Af ter' the show we/re
going out to eat somewhel'e
(remember?) .
huvud -et, huvuden

huvudingng -en -ar
efter
frestllning -en -ar
ngonstans
Vid huvudingngen klockan halv tta.
Efter frestllningen ska vi ju g
ut och ta ngonstans.
to receive, to get, to have

received, had
sma~l herring (from the
Bal tic)
the day before yesterday
What (wouZd you say) about
"KB"? I had very good herring
there the day before yeBterday.
att f, fr, fick,

fick
strmming -en -ar
ftt;
I frrgr
Vad skur le du sga om "KB"?
vldigt fin strmming dr i
Jag fick
frrgr.
SWEDISH
Margit:
Johan:
Margit:
Johan:
Unit 10
9.
10.
11.
12.
to forge t
forget (imperative)
before
late
Yes~ that is close and conDon't forge t to
venien t.
caZZ and reserve a table before it's too late.
comfortable
work
How nice
No~ I'lZ do that.
that tomorrow is Saturday
and that Idon't have to go
to work.
a tt g I mma, 2 a
glm
innan
sen -t -a
Ja, det I igger ju nra och bra.
Glm
inte att ringa och bestlla bord innan
det bl ir fr sent.
skn -t -a
arbete -t -n
Nej, det ska jag gra.
Vad sknt att
det r lrdag imorgon och att jag inte

behver g ti II arbetet.
J\
to not have to
ticket
row (of seats) ~ bench
orchestra (section)
No~ you don I t have to do that.
Imagine how lucky that I was
able to get ticke ts in the
third row in the orchestra.
att slippa, slipper, slapp, sluppit; 4

b i I jett -en -er
bnk -en -ar
parkett -en -er
Nej, det slipper du.
Tnk s bra att
jag lyckades f bi Ijetter p tredje
bnk p parketten.
wonderful
re ady
You are wonderYes~ darZing.
Is the coffee ready?
ful.
underbar -t -a
klar -t -a
Ja, lskl ing, du r underbar.
kaffet klart?
299
SWEDISH
Margit:
aome (imperative)
to sit down
sit (imperative)
Everything is on the kitahen
tabLe.
Just aome and sit down.
kom
att stta sig, 4; stter, satte, satt
stt
All t str p kksbordet.
Kom och
stt dig bara.
on the way home

to aheak, to find out
Laundry
dry aLeaning, dry aLeaner's
re ady
Johan, on your way home tonight,
oouLd you aheak i f the dry
aLeaning is ready?
p hemvgen
att ta reda p, 4; tar; tog, tagit
tvtt -en -ar
kemtvtt
frdig -t -a
Johan, p hemvgen i kl,t I I, kan du ta
reda p om kemtvtten r frdig?
15.
hair
beauty parLor (hair dresser)
I don't have time.
I must go
to the beauty parLor before
the theater.
hr -et Ql
hrfrisrsk/a -an -or
J a g h a r i nt e t i d
J a g m s t e g t i I I
hrfrisrskan fre teatern.
16.
past
to aLose
to hurry
Yes, I'U drive by.
I hope
they don't aLose before Bix
o'aLoak.
Now I've got to
hurry.
frbi
att stnga, 2a
att skynda sig, I
Ja, jag ska kra frbi.
Jag hoppas ~tt de
inte stnger fre klockan sex. Nu mste
jag skynda mig.
*
13.
14.
Johan:
Uni t
10
300
SWEDISH
Margi t :
17.
to troy
to change (cLothing)
to shave
Can you troy to get home a
LittLe earLier today so that
you'LL have time to change
and shave?
annoying~
18.
Johan:
Margi t:
19.
20.
att frska, 2b
att kl om sig, 3
att raka sig, I
Kan du frska komma hem lite t:digare
idag s att du hinner kl om dig och
raka dig?
>I
trkig -t -a
att jkta, I
punktlig -t -a
boring, Bad
to roush
punctuaL
It'8 80 annoying to rush
and we should be punctual.
Det r s trkigt att jkta, och

vi br vara punktliga.
to proomise
kiss
I promise to do my best.
I
have to run now.
Do I get a
kiss before ILeave?
att lova, I
kyss -en -ar
Jag lovar att gra mitt bsta.
Nej, nu mste jag springa.
Fr
jag en kyss i nnan jag gr?
caLl (imperative)
more, else
Bye, bye.
CaU me if the re' s
something else.
ring
mer(a)
Hej d.
Ring mig om det r ngot
mer.
Johan leaves and Marogit calls

the beauty partor.
Unit 10
301
SWEDISH
302
heLLo (only on the phone)

shampoo
set
Hello, this is Mrs. Larsson.
Could I make an appointment
for a shampoo and set at foul'
o'clock this afternoon?
ha I I
tvttning -en -ar
lggning -en -ar
Hall.
Goddag, det r fru Larsson.
Skulle jag kunna f bestlla tid ti II
en tvttning och lggning klockan fyra
i eftermiddag.
*
Hair
dresser: 22.
Who takes care of you, usuaLly?
Vem brukar ta hand om fru
Margi t:
Mrs. OLsson.
Fru Olsson.
Margit:
21.
2:3.
Hair
dresser: 24.
Uni t 10
Is she free then?
to check, to see
Just aminute.
I'll check.
Yes, that 's fine.
We' II see
you then, Mrs. Larsson.
r hon
Larsson?
ledig d?
att se efter, 4; ser, sg, sett

Ett gonbl lek.
Jag ska se efter.
Ja, det gr utmrkt.
Vlkommen d
fru Larsson.
SWEDISH
UNIT 10
la.
From now on we will indicate which conjugation each new verb belongs to by placing
a number after the verb instead of giving the endings.
First aonjugation: I
Second aonjugation with -de ending: 2a
Seaond aonjugation with -te ending: 2b
Third conjugation: 3
Fourth aonjugation: 4
However, we will aontinue to aonjugate the irregular verbs of the fourth oonjugation.
lb.
Dramaten refers to Kungliga Dramatiska Teatern, The Royal Dramatio Theater.
3a.
Frken Jul ie is a play by August Strindberg.
3b.
De ger "Frken Julie". Att ge (to give) is often used in the sense "to show"
with regard to films, plays and other performanaes.
Example:
De ger en bra f i Im p teve ikvll.
They are showing a good movie on TV tonight.
8.
KB <Konstnrsbaren> is a medium-priaed restaurant a five-minute walk from Dramaten.
10a.
Unit 10
Vad sknt.
When vad is followed by an adjeative it is used as an exclamation,
like the English "how".
Examples:
Vad trevl igt!
How niae!
Vad vackert!
How beautiful!
Vad bra!
Good!
303
SWEDISH
304
lOb.
... att man inte behver. In a subo~dinate clause same

The most common ones a~e: Inte, alltid, aldrig, kanske.
usage late~ on.
16.
... att de inte stnger.
17.
kl om.
When om is a ve~b pa~ticle and is st~essed the verb takes on the meaning
of changing or ~epeating.
Examples:
att
att
att
att
adve~bs p~ecede the ve~b .

We will p~actice this
See Nate lOb .
to think again
to ~ea~~ange the fu~nitu~e
to ~ead again
to ~epeat. to do again
tnka om
mblera om
lsa om
gra om
fo~
you~ hai~
is called schampo.
21.
tvttning.
22.
fru Larsson. The haird~esser addresses her custome~ in the third person.
This
used to be a standard fo~m of add~ess in Sweden until a few years ago.
You still
hea~ it. especially in impersonal ~elation8hip8.
Unit 10
Shampoo used
washing
SWEDISH
UNIT 10
Points to Praatiae
Unit 10
Point I.
Reflexive verbs
Point II.
Auxi liary verbs
Point III.
Imperative
Point IV.
D,
Point V.
Fre,
sedan
innan
305
SWEDISH
Point I.
306
Reflexive Ver>bs
We call a veT'b reflexive when the subject and the
object are the same peT'son.
You can T'ecognize
this fOT'm in English with veT'bs that are followed
by "myself", "youT'self", etc.
Example: Bill see s himself in the mirT'or.
Swedish, howeveT', uses this form differ>ently fr>om
English, and much more frequently.
In Swedish a
reflexive ver>b is followed by the objective form
of the personal pronoun in the first and second
persons (singular and plural) and by the reflexive
form SIG in the third peT'son (singular and plural)
and in the infinitive.
Hd-('\
So
\"n
C,.
S:.3 .
Examples:
Uni t
10
att stta sig
to sit down (to sea t oneself)
jag stter mig
I sit down (seat myself)
du stter dig
you sit down (seat yourself)
han/hon stter sig
he/she sits down (seats himself/herself)
Erik/Ingrid stter sig
Erik/Ingrid sits down (seats himself/herself)
vi stter oss
we sit down (seat ourselves)
ni stter er
you sit down (seat yourselves)
de stter sig
they sit down (seat themselves)
Larsans stter sig
the Larsons sit down (seat themselves)
SWEDISH
Here is a list of some of the most common Swedish verbs that are often reflexive.
As you notice, same of them occur in our Basic Sentences.
att
att
att
att
att
att
att
att
att
att
att
att
att
att
att
att
att
att
att
tvtta sig,
kamma sig,
raka sig, I
kl (p) sig, 3
kl av sig, 3
kl om sig, 3
ta p sig, 4
ta av sig, 4
stta sig, 4
lgga sig, 4
bry sig om, 3
knna sig, 2a
skynda sig, I
lra sig, 2a
frlova sig (med), I
gifta sig (med), 2b
gldja sig t, 4
ngra sig, I
gmma s i g, 2a
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
wash
comb (onets hair)
shave
dress
undress
change (clothes)
put on
take off
sit down
lie down, to go to bed
care about
fee l
hurry
learn
get engaged (to)
marry
be happy aba ut, to look forward to
regret, to change onets mind
hide
Practice A.
Insert the correct form of the reflexive verb given in the cue.
Vse the past tense.
eVE
J ag
innan jag
tvttade mig
Eva
tvtta sig, kl sig

kldde mig
d I I g.
knna sig
knde sig
Vnit 10
307
SWEDISH
308
eVE
I en kyrka
Vi
g i fta s I g
Smland.
gifte oss
I bilen och krde hem.
Flickorna
stta sig
satte sig
skynda sig, kl om sig
att
Peter och Olof

skyndade sig
kl om sig
svenska.
Nr du var p F.S. I.
lra sig
lrde du dig (Note wopd opdep.
By now you ape

familiap with the vepb in the 2nd
place pule, pealizing that only two
wopds pevepse.
In this case aftep
a subopdinate clause.)
honom skulle det vara trkigt.
Om du il:1te
bry sig om
brydde dig om
S ung du var nr du
frlova sig
frlovade dig
Johan
innan han gick p teatern.
raka sig
rakade sig
Larssons
t att se Frken Jul ie.
gladde sig
Vnit 10
gldja sig
SWEDISH
eVE
Hunden
gmma sig
ga rde rob en.
gmde sig
lgga sig
p soffan.
Pappa
lade sig
skynda sig
t i I I skolan.
Barnen
skyndade sig
p trappan.
Fru Persson
stta sig
satte sig
Practice B.
This is a translation practice.
Cover the leJt part of the page
and check your answers as you go.
Think of the verb tenses.
eVE
Alan is getting married tomorrow.
Unit 10
Alan gifter sig imorgon.
They got engaged in May.
De frlovade sig i maj.
Jag bryr mig inte om det.
We change beJore dinner.
Vi klr om oss fre middagen.
Be puts on a tie.
Han tar p sig en slips.
Erik hurried home.
Erik skyndade sig hem.
They sat down on the soJa.
don't care about that.
309
SWEDISH
310
eVE
De satte sig p soffan.
Be fe l t sick.
Han knde sig sjuk.
You are learning Swedish.
Du lr dig svenska.
You (plur.)
Ni
You (sing.) comb your hair often.
lgger er tidigt.
Du kammar dig ofta.
They got married yesterday.
De gifte sig igr.
Be took off his hat.
Han tog av sig hatten.
vnit 10
go to bed early.
SWEDISH
Point II.
Auxiliary (HelpingJ Verbs

You have already learned about and practiced some auxiliary (helping) verbs
in the previous Units.
In this unit we are expanding the list of helping
verbs.
These verbs are followed by an infinitive without att. The auxiliary
verb is conjugated, the infinitive remains the same.
att kunna
to be able to
kan
kunde
kunnat
br
ought to
borde
bo rt
(att skola)
ska
wi 2.l
s ku I I e
att v i I j a
to want to
vi I I
v i II e
velat
att f
to have to,
to be able to
f r
may
f i ck
f tt
att lta
to let
I te r
lt
ltit
mste
(mst)
mste
must
Tnfinitive of verb
without att
lr
is sa1:d to
Uni t 10
311
312
SWEDISH
Nate that the helping vepb mste is not conjugated. It is uH~d only in the
ppesent and past tenses and pemains the same.
The supine fopm mst is papely
used. lr is used only in the ppesent tense.
In this Unit we ape also intpoducing sevepal fpequently used vepbs that behave
like helping vepbs without peally being tpue auxiliapies.
They also ppecede
an infinitive without att. Repe is a list of some of these vepbs:
b ruka r
att b ruka
to usually (do something)
brukade
brukat
att br j a
to be gin to
brjar
brjade
brjat
att behva
to need to
behver
behvde
behvt
att tnka
to plan to
tnker
tnkte
tnkt
att hinna
hinner
hann
hunnit
att orka
orka r
orkade
orkat
slapp
sluppit
to have the strength to
att s I i Ppa
slipper
to not have to
Unit 10
+ Infinitive of vepb
without att
to have time to
att vga
vgar
vgade
to dape~ to have the courage to
vgat
att frska
to try to
frskt
frsker
frskta
SWEDISH
We want to pemind you that, as a rule, an infinitive preaeded by another
verb (not a helping verb) always has att in front of it.
Examples:
Eva tycker om att lsa.
Eva likes to read.
VI
We prefer to take the train.
fredrar att ta tget.
Att komma att + infinitive is a way of expressing future time.

See Unit 2,
This expression always takes att in front of the infinitive.
paragraph 2?
Practice C.
Now we'll practice the use of the auxiliary verbs and verbs that
hehave similarly.
Put the verbs given in the aue in the rast tense.
Remember
that all verbs following the helping verb are in the infinitive form.
Be sure
to read aloud so that you beaome aaaustomed to the way it sounds.
CUE
kl sig
Johan
smoking.
Johan used to dress

a tuxedo.
~n
b ruka
brukade
Margit
kl om sig Innan hon gick ut.
vi Ij a
vi t le
kpa biljetter tillIIFrken Julie".
Vi
mste
mste
Browns
vnta p Larssons en hel timme.
fick
Unit 10
313
SWEDISH
eVE
br
kunna best II a bord p "KB".
Man
borde
ska
komma s snart.
Karin visste inte att Bo

s ku I I e
br j a
ta klockan elva.
De
brjade
komma
Per och Anna
frska
ti d.
frskte
inte stanna ute s sent.
Larssons
bruka
brukade
brja klockan tta, s vi
Pjsen
ska, mste
mste
s ku I I e
Hon
skynda oss.
lra sig att tala svenska.
s I i ppa
slapp
Margit
Inte tvtta hret innan hon gick ut.
hinna
hann
Johan
kra frbi
tnkte
Unit 10
kemtvtten p hemvgen.
tnka
SWEDISH
Remember that adverbs in a main clause come af ter the verb.
In the case of a
helping verb plus a main verb J the adverb comes right after the helping verb J
that is bet~een the helping verb and the main verb.
This is not an exception:
the pule is that the adverb comes after the conjugated verb.
Practice D.
This is a mixed practice using auxiliary verbs J verbs that be have
similarlyJ and ordinary verbs ~hich keep att in front of the infinitive.
Fill
in the spaces with the cue verbs in the proper form.
Vse the present tense.
eVE
Johan
ti"
Lund imorgon.
tnka, kra
tnker kra
1nte
Ha n
ikv~:ill.
inte
behver
vi IJa, ta p sig
ta p sig
vi I I
Vi
smoking
behva, skynda sig

skynda oss
Eva
tv bcker varje mnad.
frska,
lsa
frsker lsa
Johan
nr det r varmt.
51 ippa, jogga
s I i P per j agga
Hon
p Dramaten I kv I I
gldja sig t, g
glder sig t atT g
Uni t 10
315
SWEDISH
316
eVE
b e, f
en leksak.
Pojken
ber att f
tycka om, dricka
kaffe.
Han
tycker om att dricka
Bo
behva, pminna
h en ne
aldrig
pminna
behver
ti I I Sverige I hst.
De
komma att, flytta
kommer att flytta

innan hon gr hem.
Hrfri srskan
tycka om, kl om sig
tycker om att kl om sig

bord p restaurangen.
Vi
bruka, bestlla
brukar best I I a
Man
inte
br
orkar
UI f
I ng re.
orka, g
g
inte
hinner
unit 10
br, ta
ta
inte
Vi
fr fort.
biljetter.
kpa
hinna, kpa
SWEDISH
CUE
p teatern.
Margit
tycka om, g
tycker om att g
Det
k o mm a a t t, b I I
ra.
kommer att b I l
vill
frlova sig
inte
Pe I I e
vgar
Man
vga, flyga
flyga
inte
behver
Unit 10
vi IJa, frlova sig
Inte
Bo och Mrta
bi I
stockholm.
behva, kunna, kra
kunna kra
31 ?
SWEDISH
Point III.
318
Imperative Form
Iniinitive
Impel'ative
Examples
First oonjugation:
att tal/a
tala
Tala svenska!
Seoond oonjugation (a):

(b):
att kr/a
att ls/a
kr
ls
Kr lngsamt!
Ls din bok!
Third aonjugation:
att t ro
tro
Tro
Fourth conjugation:
att g
att sltt/a
.9!
G hem nu!
Sitt hr!
s i tt
inte p allt!
As you see in the ohart, the imperative form of the verbs of the firat conjugation is identiaal to the infinitive.
In all the other oonjugations (2a and 2b, 3rd and 4th) the stem is used for the
imperative fOl'm.
Unit 10
SWEDISH
Nate:
In the third conjugation and also in the case of some of the fourth
conjugation verbs, the stem and the infinitive form are identical.
Practice E.
This praotioe deals with the imperative forms of all four conjugations.
Put the cue verbs in the imperative form.
eVE
Wait for me!
p mi g!
vnta
Vnta
med en lkare!
tala
Tala
s god och
Va r
vara, sItta
sitt
bckerna frn bIblioteket!
hmta
frst innan du brjar!
f rg a
Hmta
Frga
hos oss nr ni kommer ti I I Stockholm!
bo
din klnning sjlv!
sy
Bo
Sy
Unit 10
319
SWEDISH
320
eVE
mi g !
AI I t k o mm e r a t t b I i b r a .
tro
Tro
inte n!
G
svenska!
snll och
vara, tala
tala
Va r
mig
eftermiddag!
ringa
Ring
mig boken!
ge
inte det!
glmma
Ge
Glm
p mig och
Hr
som Jag sger!
hra, gra
gr
fnstret, r du snll!
stnga
bordet hr!
stlla
Stng
St I I
Unit 10
SWEDISH
eUE
inte den dr hatten!
kpa
i nte s mycket!
rka
p det!
tnka
Kp
Rk
Tnk
med oss ti I I Mysinge!
fa ra
Fa r
hit' ett gonblick!
komma
Kom
hr!
stta sig
Stt dig
plats innan tget gr!
ta<gaJ
Ta<gJ
ti II henne att Erik kommer snart.
sga
Sg
mig att ringa!
pminna
Pminn
Unit 10
321
SWEDISH
Point IV:
D -
Sedan
(sen)
322
both meaning "then."
English speaking students sometimes confuse d and sedan be cause both of these
words transl-ate into the Engl-ish "then." What you must remember is that seda~
means "afterwards," "after that."
Example:
Frst tvttade han sig och sen
rakade han sig.
~l
D means "at that time,
Exampl-es:
Vi
trffades
fr tv r sen.
1'f~
D bodde han
Rom.
We met two years ago.
Then hewaB l-iving in Rome.
r klockan
D mste
redan sex?
Is it six o'clock al-ready?
~
-o
,I
"in that case."
/I
vi
~"
First he washed and then he-shaved.
g.
Then we 'Il have to go.
Practice F.
This is a practice on d - sedan. Fill in the blanks ehoosing
the correct word, either d or sedan. You wil-l find the correct answers
on the fol-l-owing page.
Johan och Margit satt och t frukost
Det var Browns,
p
kvllen.
Washington
som bodde
Sverige
skulle de g
Sverige.
Unit 10
De tv
ringde det p
telefonen.
paren sku I I e g
p teatern
ut och ta ngonstans.
ngra r tidigare.
flyttade han och Margit ti
kket.
De hade trffats
arbetade Johan p
J
New York och
svenska ambassaden.
for de ti Ilbaka ti II
SWEDISH
Answer to Fractice F.
Johan och Margit satt och t frukost
Det var Browns,
p kvllen.
i
som bodde
Sverige d.
Sedan skulle de g
Washington ngra r tidigare.
Sedan
i kket.
ut och
De tv
ringde
det p
telefonen.
paren skulle g
p teatern
ta ngonstans.
De hade trffats
D arbetade Johan p svenska ambassaden.
flyttade han och Margit ti II
New York och
sedan for de ti Ilbaka tl II
Sverige.
Unit 10
323
SWEDISH
Point V:
384
Fre -I nnan, both meaning "before."

Fre and innan are easily confused by English speaking students since these
two words both translate into the English "betore. "
Fre is a preposition and can therefore modify only a noun or a pronoun.
Example:
Fre teatern t vi
mi ddag p en restaurang.
Before the theater we had dinner in a restaurant.
Innan is a conjunction which introduces a dependent clause.

Example:
Innan vi gick p teatern, t vi middag p en restaurang.

Before we went to the theater we had dinner in a restaurant.
Beloware examples to illustrate the usage of fre and innan.

read them aloud.
Fre
Be sure to
I n na n
Hon kpte en ny klnning fre resan.
Hon kpte en ny klnning innan hon reste.
She bought a new dress before the trip.
She bought a new dress before she left.
Det var nstan mrkt fre regnet.
Det var nstan mrkt innan dei brjade regna.
It was almost dark before the rain.
It was almost dark before it started to rain.
Pressattachen hade lst om Sverige fre sin

resa ti II Stockholm.
Pressattachen hade lst om Sverige innan han

for ti II Stockholm.
The press attache had read about Sweden before

his trip to Stockholm.
The press attache had read about Sweden before

he left for Stockholm.
VI mste kl om oss fre middagen.
Vi mste kl om oss innan vi gr ut och ter.
We'll have to change before dinner.
We 'll have to change before we go out and eat.
Han gick ut med hunden fre frukost.
Han gick ut med hunden innan han t frukost.
He took the dog out before breakfast.
He took the dog out before he had breakfast.
Unit 10
SWEDISH
Practice G.
This is a mixed praatice on fre and innan.
word in the blank spaces.
Insert the coprect
de gick p KB.
Johan best I I de bord

innan
sammantrdet.
Eva ringde
fre
ni gr mste ni
skriva era namn I boken.
Innan
frestllningen.
De trffades en halvtimme
fre
han sade ngot.
Han tnkte I nge

innan
Hon kpte bi Ijetter tv mnader
resan.
fre
Fru Berg stngde fnstren
det brjade regna.

i nna n
K p e n t i d n i n g r
de stnger.
d u s n I I ,
innan
Huset mste
bl
frdigt
den frsta jul
j.
fre
Unit 10
325
SWEDISH
326
du far.
Du mste tala med Bo

innan
en resa.
Hon gladde sig alltid
fre
lunchen.
Gsterna drack sherry I vardagsrummet

fre
Uni t 10
SWEDISH
UNIT 11
NATIONS, LANGUAGES, AND NATIONALITIES
Basic Sentences
Two friends are having a conversation.
Bengt:
1.
Hi.
Thanks for an exceptionally nice evening last Monday.
succes8 fu l
Fred:
2.
Bengt:
3.
Fred:
4.
Uni t
11
nervous
each other, one another
Yes, it turned out all right.
You are always a little nerVOU8 when the guests don't
know each other.
Hej p dig. Tack fr sist.

Det
var en ovanl igt trevl ig kvll
mndags.
*
Iycka/d -t -de
ne rvs -t -a
varandra ~varann)
Ja, det blev ganska lyckat. Man
r ju alltid lite nervs nr gsterna
inte knner varann.
conversation
Afri ca
I had 8uch an interesting conversation with the Bennetts.
Were they really in Africa
for six years?
samta I -et -0
Afrika
Jag hade ett s intressant samtal
med 8ennetts. Var de verkl igen
i Afrika i sex r?
vacation, leave
Sure, but the y went home on
leave once a year,
semester -n, semestrar

Ja, men de for hem p semester en
gng om ret,
327
SWEDISH
5.
6.
Bengt:
Fred:
Uni t 11
7.
8.
to greet
to visit
Christmas
and the chitdren coutd go and
visit them at Chri8tma8.
att h~lsa (p>,

att hlsa p, I
jul -en -ar
och barnen kunde resa och hlsa p
dem p jularna.
*
English (tanguageJ
born
France
Don't you think Louise Bennett
speaks English well? She was
born in France, you know.
engelska -n 0
fdd, ftt, fdda
Frankrike
Tycker du inte att LouIse Bennett
talar bra engelska? Hon r Ju fdd
i frankrike.
*
Frenchwoman
Swede (female )
Swedish (languageJ
perfect
OhJ Is she French? I thought
she was Swedish because her
Swedish is perfeet too.
fransysk/a -an -or

svensk/a -an -or
svenska -n 0
perfekt -0 -a
Jas, r hon fransyska? Jag trodde
hon var svenska, fr hennes svenska
r ocks perfekt.
*
language
gifted
to have a gift for languages
to s tudy
German (languageJ
Arabic (tanguageJ
Welt, the whole family has a
gift for languages.
They have
alBo studied German and Arabic.
sprk -et -0
begv/ad -at -ade
att vara sprkbegvad
att studera, I
tyska -n 0
arabiska -n 0
Ja, hela familjen r sprkbegvad.
De har ocks studerat tyska och
arabiska.
328
SWEDISH
9.
Bengt:
10.
11.
Fl'ed:
Unit 11
12.
India
united
nation
united Nations (U. N.)
Now they are going to India in
a coup le of months.
Bill is
going to work for the United
Nations (U. N.).
I n d Ie n
fren/ad -at -ade
nation -en -er
Frenta Nationerna (F.N.)
Nu ska de fara ti II I ndi en om ett
par mnader. B i II ska arbeta fr
Frenta Nationerna (F.N.).
*
to gra8p, to undel'stand
to tolel'ate, to put up with
(something)
heat
Itts hal'd to understand how
they can stand the heat for
so long.
att fatta, I
att st ut (med ngonting); str, stod,
sttt, 4
hetta -n 0
Det r svrt att fatta hur de str
ut med hettan s lnge.
degree
centigrade
according to
It's fort y degrees centigrade
for several months (of the
year), according to Louise
Bennett.
grad -en -er

Celsius
en I i gt
Det r ju fyrtio grader varmt i flera
mnader, enligt Louise Bennett.
*
climate
even i f
Yes, then the climate is Pl'Obably bettel' in Sweden, even
i f it's aold in the wintel' and
rainB in the BUmmel'.
klimat -et -0
ven om
Ja, d r nog kl imatet bttre l
Sverige, ven om det blir kallt p
vintern och regnar p sommaren.
329
SWEDISH
Bengt:
Fred:
13.
14.
Bengt:
15.
Fred:
16.
Uni t 11
to no tice
accent
German (male)
Did you notice that Mr. Lund
also spoke with an accent?
Re is German.
att mrka, 2b
brytning -en -ar
tysk -en -ar
Mrkte du att herr Lund ocks talade
med brytning? Han r tysk.
*
apparently
foreigner
Yes, I noticed that.
There
are apparently many foreigners here in Sweden.
tydligen
utlnning -en -ar
Ja, jag mrkte det. Det finns tydligen mnga utlnningar hr I SverIge.
population
immigrant
Yes, ten per cent of the population are immigrants.
befolkning -en -ar

invandrare -n -0
Ja, tio procent av befolkningen r
invandrare.
country, Qountryside
what countries do they come
from?
land -et, lnder

Vilka lnder kommer de Ifrn?
330
SWEDISH
Bengt:
17.
Fred:
18.
Bengt:
19.
Fred:
20.
Bengt:
Unit 11
21.
all possible, all kinds of

nationality
Finn (male)
Greek (male)
Pole (male)
Italian (male)
Frenohman
Yugoslav (male)
There are all kinds of nationalities here, Finns, Greeks,
Poles, Italians, Frenohmen,
and Yugoslavs. .
all -t -a mjlig -t -a
national itet -en -er
finlndare -n -0
grek -en -er
polack -en -er
i ta I i enare -n -0
fransman -nen, fransmn
jugoslav -en -er
Hr finns alla mJI iga national iteter,
finlndare, greker, polacker, italienare,
fransmn och jugoslaver.
How oan you find work i f you

are a foreigner and don't
know the language?
Hur kan man f arbete om man r utlnning och inte kan sprket?
*
course
free of charge
The oourseB in Swedish are
free for the immigrants.
kurs -en -er

g rat i s -0 -0
Kurserna i svenska r gratis tr
invandrarna.
minority
You also have another minority,
don't you?
minoritet -en -er

Ni har ju en mi nori tet till,
Inte sant? *
to mean, to refer to
Lapp
Lapp
You mean the Lapps.
att mena, I
lapp -en -ar
samle -en -er
Du menar lapparna el ler samerna.
331
SWEDISH
Bengt:
22.
Fred:
23.
Bengt:
24.
Fred:
25.
Bengt:
26.
Fred:
Uni t
11
2?
Scandinavia
thousands
WeLL, they have Lived in Scandinavia for thousands of years.
Skandinavien
tusentals
Ja, men de har bott I Skandinavien
i tusentals r.
How many Lapps are there in

Swe den?
Hur mnga lappar finns det I

Sverige?
about, approximateZy
yet, nevertheZess
to keep
own
Lappish (Language)
About 17,000. And yet they
have kept their own Language,
LappiBh.
omkring
nd
att behll/a -er, behll, behllit, 4
egen, eget, egna
lapska -n 0
Omkring sjutton tusen. Och nd har
de behllit sitt eget sprk, lapska.
>I
Can you Bay Bomething in

LappiBh?
Kan du sga ngot p lapska?
difficult
No, it's a very difficuLt
language.
svr -t -a
NeJ, det r ett mycket svrt sprk.
village
Lapp vi Zlage
I'd like to see a Lapp
village 80me time.
by -n -ar
lappby -n -ar
Jag skulle grna vilja se en lappby
ngon gng.
332
SWEDISH
Bengt:
28.
29.
Fred:
Bengt:
:W.
31.
32.
Uni t 11
northern part of Sweden

Then you have to go to Norrland.
Norrland
D mste du fara ti II
while
Listen, are you going to
travel a lot while you are
here.
medan
Hr du, tnker du resa mycket medan
du r hr?
both ... and

res t, remainder
Europe
Yes, both in Sweden and in the
rest of Europe.
bde .. och
rest -en -er
Eu ropa
Ja, bde i SverIge och
av Europa.
to se l l
lot, mass
inexpensive, cheap
charter
trip, journey. tour
abroad
Nowadays they sell lots of
good and cheap charter tours
to other countries.
att slj/a -er, slde, slt, 4

mass/a -an -or
b i I I i g -t -a
charter
res/a -an -or
utlandet
Nu fr tiden sljer de en massa bra
och b i II i ga charterresor t II I ut landet.
anywhere
You can [ly almost anywhere.
Norrland.
resten
var(tl som helst

Man kan flyga nstan vart som helst.
333
SWEDISH
33.
Fred:
Unit 11
34.
334
people
even, not only that but
pleasure
Siberia
People even go on pleaBure
trips to Siberia.
folk -et -0
ti II och med (t.o.m.)
nje -t -n
Sibirien
Fo I k fa r t l I I och med p nj as resa
tl II Sibi rien.
to wonder
I'm beginning to wonder when
I'll have time to work here.
att undra, I
Jag brjar undra nr jag ska
att arbeta hr.
f tid
SWEDISH
VNIT 11
Nates on Hasia Sentences
la.
Hej p dig!
1b.
Tack fr sist (also: tack fr senast).

to expreBS gratitude.
Example s:
Idiomatic informal greeting.
Tack
Tack
Tack
Tack
Tack
S~edes
have a number of special phrases
fr maten (af ter a meal).

fr ikv\ I (af ter a nice evening).
fr igr (for yeBterdaY'B party).
fr hjlpen (for the aBBiBtanae).
detsamma (thank you~ the same to you).
5.
Hlsa p.
Nate the differenae in meaning:
When .P! is stressed in att hlsa p, it means "to visit";
when hlsa is stressed in att h Isa p, it means "to greet (somebody) ", "to Bay
he llo-.-,,--
6.
Hon r fdd.
Notice that S~ediBh useB present tenBe where English uses past tense
(she was born).
As long as a person is still living you have to say r fdd.
7.
Hon r fransyska.
Examples:
9.
Han r fransman
(he is Frenah).
Han r engelsman (he is English).
as
nouns.
Se e No te 1 8a.
Frenta Nationerna. In some names containing the word frenade. the ending
-ade has been contraated to -ta.
Example:
Uni t 11
Swedes refer to nationalities
Frenta Staterna {the United Statesj.

JJ5
SWEDISH
11.
336
Fyrtio grader varmt. Only the oentigrade scale is used in Sweden.

When talking
about the temperature outside the words varmt or kallt are used to indicate
whether the temperature is above zero or below zero Celsius or centigrade.
Examples:
Det r tv grader varmt. (It's two degreea above zero.)

Det r tio grader kallt. (It's ten degrees below zero.)
Here is the conversion formula from Fahrenheit to Celsius:
5 CF -
32)= C.
The opposite conversion is:
+ 32 = F.
13.
Brytning is a person's foreign accent.

(The Swedish word accent mean8 8tre88 or
stress marker.) Note that the indefinite article is left out.
18a.
UtlnnIng. The indefinite article is dropped before nouns denoting profe8sions~

occupations. nationalities J religious and philosophical affiliations. Utlnning
(foreigner) is included in this rule. Gf. Unit 3 J Note 6a.
l8b.
Kan sprket. Att kunna ett sprk means to know a language.

means "to know"J "to have learned" .
Examptes:
Unit 11
Att kunna + a noun
Kan du lxan? (Do you know your homework?)

Kan du multipl ikationstabellen? (Do you know your multiplication tables?)
Jag kan reglerna.
(I know the rules.)
SWEDISH
20.
En mi nori tet ti II.

"addi tiona L "
Examples:
Note:
Vi I I du ha en annan kopp?
Do you want a different cup?
Min ~ bok (my OWn book).

Mi tt eget rum (my own room); but mi n rda b i I (my red ear).
P lapska. In Swedish the preposition p is used before a language name where

English uses the preposition "in"
Examples:
32.
Be can read one more book.

Do you need another dollar?
Would you like another cup of coffee?
Sitt eget sprk. The adjective egen, eget, egna is an exception to the rule
of using the definite form of the adjective af ter a possessive adjective.
Egen
(eget, egna) is used in the indefinite form after a possessive adjective.
Examples:
25.
Han kan lsa en bok tl I I.

Behver du en dollar till?
Vi II du ha en kopp kaffe ti II?
En annan (ett annat, andra) means "a different .. "
Example:
24.
Ti I I following a noun has the meaning of "another," "more, "
.2.i
.2.i
svenska (in Swedish)

engelska (in English)
Vart som helst.
Som helst added to certain words has the meaning "any" ("it doesn't
matter") .
Examples:
Unit 11
Var Som helst (anywhere)

Vad som helst (anything)
Vem som helst (anyone)
Vi Iket sprk som helst (any language)
Nr Som helst (any time)
337
SWEDISH
UNIT 11
Points to Practice
Unit 11
Point I:
Man
Point II:
Time adverbials
Point III:
Nations,
languages, and nationalities
338
SWEDISH
Point I.
The Swedish Pronoun MAN.

Swedish uses the indefinite pronoun man very frequently where English uses
a personal pronoun or a noun, such as "you, we, they, people, one."
Example:
Man fr inte rka var som helst.
(You may not smoke just anywhere.J
Try to get into the habit of using man by doing the folZowing translation
practice.
Practice A.
1.
Translation.
We eat too much in the U. S.
Man ter fr mycket l U.S.A.

2.
They say that he won't come back to Sweden.
Man sger att han inte kommer ti

3.
Ibaka ti
I Sverige.
One shouldn't believe everything that is in the newspaper.
Man ska inte tro allt som str i tidningen.

4.
You don't understand what he means.
Man frstr inte vad han menar.

5.
You hear it often.
Man hr det ofta.

6.
You never know.
Man vet aldrig.

Uni t 11
339
SWEDISH
7.
340
People drink a lot of coffee in Sweden.
Man dricker mycket kaffe I Sverige.

8.
You do what you can.
Man gr vad man kan.
Man has an objective form~ en, as well as two possessive forms~ ens, sin
(sitt, sina). The same rule applies in this case as in the use of~ns----sin,
hennes - sin, deras - sin.
(See Unit 5, Point Ic.)
We will only give you a few examples of en, ens, sin (sitt, sina)~ since
the objective and possessive forms of man are not used very often.
Examples:
UD skickar en hit och dit.

The Foreign Ministry sends you here and there.
Man vi I I grna hjlpa om ngon ber en.

Yuu like to help i f someone asks you to.
Nr lraren frgar en ngot blir man ofta nervs.

When the teacher asks you
something~
Ens I iv r ens eget.

Your Life is your own.
Man gr sitt bsta.

You do your best.
Man mste betala sina rkningar.

You have to pay your bills.
Unit 11
you often get nervous.
SWEDISH
Point II:
Time Adverbials
The adverbial time expressions in Swedish need some extra attention.
first look at some expressions which you are already familiar with:
j frrgr
19 r
Idag
i kv I I
imorgon
i vermorgon
Let's

yesterday
today
tonight
tomorrow
the day af ter tomorrow
In all these examples the preposition ( is used.

However, the re are other
expressions where you use the preposit7on~. To make i t easier for you to
sort out these different uses we are giving you a table of time expressions.
The expressions in the table all answer the question Nr? (when?).
When you look at the table you will notice that the names of the seasons,
the holidays. the days of the week and the months are not capitalized in
Swedish.
WHEN?
1.
Unit 11
The choice of preposition depends on whether the time expressed is a

8pecific occasion in the past, present, future, Or implies habit.
341
SWEDISH
342
WHEN?
Aret (the year)
Past time
Pl'esent time
Future time
fr ra ret
i r
nsta r
ifjol,
Habitual-
ifjor
Arstider (seasons)
vinter (winter)
vintras
vinter
vinter
p vintern
p vintrarna
vr (spring)
v ras
v r
v r
p v ren
p v ra rna
sommar
p sommaren
p somrarna
sommar (summel')
hst (fall)
Helger
Unit 11
somras
I sommar
hstas
hst
hst
p hsten
p hstarna
julas
jul
j ul
pskas
pingstas
mi dsomras
psk
pingst
midsommar
p s k
p
p
p
p
(hoLidays)
(Christmas)
psk (Easter)
pingst (Pentecost)
midsommar (Midsummer)
jul
p I n 9S t
midsommar
j uI e n
psken
pingsten
mI dsomma ren
SWEDISH
WHEN?
Dagen (the day)

morgon (morning)
Past time
Present time
i frrg r
i g r
idag
eftermiddag
frmiddags
i
eftermiddags
Habitual
Imorgon
vermorgon
p dagen
p dagarna
Imorgon bItti
p morgonen
p mornarna
imorgon frmiddag
p frmiddagen
p frmiddagarna
i morse
frmiddag (10-12 a.m.)
Future time
eftermiddag
eftermiddag
{afternoon}
i (gr)
kv I I
(evening,
nat-r
(12 midnight - 5 a.m.)
sndag
mndag
tisdag
onsdag
torsdag
fredag
lrdag
Unit 11
kvll
i k v I I
i k v I I
natt
natt
night)
(Sunday)
(Monday)
(Tuesday)
(Wednesday)
(Thursday)
(Friday )
(Saturday)
i (gr) natt
sndags
mndags
tisdags
onsdags
torsdags
fredags
lrdags
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
sndag
mndag
tisdag
onsdag
torsdag
fredag
lrdag
p eftermiddagen
p eftermiddagarna
p kvllen
p kvllarna
p natten
p ntterna
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
sndagarna
mndagarna
tisdagarna
onsdagarna
torsdagarna
fr-edagarna
lrdagarna
343
SWEDISH
Fo~
months you simply use the
p~eposition
Fast time
344
l.
F~esen t
time
Futul'e time
Habitual
Mnader (months)
januari
februari
mars
apr i I
maj
januari
januari
I januari
januari
juni
j uI i
augusti
september
oktober
november
december
unit 11
o o
IJ
SWEDISH
Practice B.
Dur first practice will cover only time expressions dealing with
the seasons and the holidays. Remember that your choice of expressian depends
on whether you are speaking about the past, the present, the future, or something habitual.
Use the proper form of the aue word and fill in the blank.
eVE
for vi
ti II
en
lappby. Last winter we went to
vinter
a Lapp vi Llage.
I
Yi
vintras
ska resa ti II
sommar
New York
sommar
Yl
bodde alltid
sommar
Norrland
p sommaren (p somrarna)
r det mrkt och kallt.
hst
p hsten (p hstarna)
hlsade vi
p moster Anna.
psk
pskas
AmerIka arbetar man
pIngst
p pingsten
for vi
I
till
Dalarna.
j uI
julas
Marge kommer alltid hem frn college
j uI
p julen
UnU 11
345
SWEDISH
Practice
the week.
e.
346
This practice will deal with expressions concerning the days of

Vse the proper form of the cue words and fill in the blanks.
eVE
var vl
p Operan.
Last Wednesday we were at

the Opera.
onsdag
I onsdags
sndag
Man gr i kyrkan
p sndagarna
Eriks mamma kommer hem
lrdag
p lrdag
Ake var hemma
fredag
I fredags
Lars brjar arbeta
tisdag
p tisdag
Mnga ter fisk
fredag
p fredagarna
kom Browns hit p middag.
lrdag
lrdags
Jag ska g p Operan
torsdag
p torsdag
Unit 11
SWEDISH
Ohi
2.
When the time expression. in answel' to the question "when?". specifies

a number of years. months. weeks. days, houl's. etc . the folZowing
prepositions are used. depending on the tense of the verb:
Om
(in)
Fr
ExampZes: Vi
Vi
future and present tense
se(da}n (ago)
reser om en vecka.
pas t
tense
We 're leaving in a week.
ska f lytta om en mnad.
We 're moving in one month.
Paketet kom fr en timme sedan. The package arrived one hour ago.
Bi II
bodde dr fr f I era r sedan.
BiZl Zived there sevel'al years

ago.
Practice D.
This is a practice on Q0 and fr ... sedan.
and choose the right preposition.
Note the verb tense
eVE
Han gick
Re lejt an hour ago.
en timme
tr en timme sedan
Unit 11
34 ?
SWEDISH
348
eVE
mn.tla r
Bergs bodde hr
tr mnga r sedan
tv dagar
Han kommer ti Ilbaka

om tv dagar
en vecka
Bob kom hem

fr en vecka sedan
Vi ska tara hem
en halvtimme
om en halvtimme
Han ska brja arbeta
ett par dagar

om ett par dagar
Dah I grens tnker resa ti II
nd I en
en mnad
om en mnad
Nate:
In time expressions the preposition etter is used when EngLish uses

the preposition Hafter, H that is to indicate eLapsed time.
ExampLes:
Filmen var dlig, s vi gick etter en halvtimme.

The movie Was bad, so we left after haLf an hour.
Han var hr, men han gick etter tem minuter.

He was here, but he Le[t alter live minuteB.
Unit 11
SWEDISH
HOW OFTEN?
3.
All the time expressions we have dealt with 80 fa~ answe~ the question
"when?" Now we will look at the time exp~essions used in answel' to the
question "How often?" In anSWe~ to "how often?" the p~epositions l and
om are used.
With the following wOl'ds
is used:
sekunden
minuten
timmen
veckan
m~naden
----
Example8:
ett ord i sekunden

sextio ord i minuten
ttio ki lometer l timmen
en g ng i veckan
tv gnger i m~naden
With the following
wo~dB
om
om is used:
{ ~t
~
Uni t 11
one word aseeond

sixty words aminute
eighty kilometers an hour
onee a week
twiee a month
ret
349
SWEDISH
Examples:
en tidning om dagen
fyra tabletter om dygnet
tio frestllningar om i:1ret
350
one newspaper a day

four tablets every 24 hours
ten performances a year
Note the definite article in the Swedish.
Fractice E.
This is a practice with mixed time expressions using i and om.
Fill in the blank with the correct preposition and the right form of the-Cue
word.
eUE
The patient took the dag
medicine four times
a day.
Patienten tog medicinen fyra gnger

om dagen
vecka
Hon studerade svenska tv dagar

veckan
timme
Anna rkte flera cigarretter

i
timmen
Pojken var hemma frn skolan flera gnger
m nad
mnaden
Vi tar semester tv gnger
r
om ret
Flickan ringde flera gnger
vecka
i veckan
Unit 11
SWEDISH
eUE
dag
Ulf rakade sig tv gnger

om dagen
Margit mblerade om flera gnger

om ret
minut
Eva kammade sig en gng

minuten
HOW LONG?
4.
We have talked about time exppessions answeping the questions "when?" and
"how o[ten?" Now let's look at time exppessions answeping the question
"how long?" In English the time ppeposition in this case is "[op." In
Swedish I is used in an a[[ipmative statement. ~ top a negative one.
Exa mp l e s :
Vi
ha r
var i t
St o c k h o I m I
f e m da g a r
We have been in Stockholm-for five days.

Jag har inte sett henne ~ tre r.
have not seen hep fop thpee yeaps.
Uni t 11
351
SWEDISH
352
Praatiae F.
This is a praatiae dealing with the uses of ~ and E! in time
expressions answering the question uhow long?U Fill in the blank with the
aorreat preposition.
Bo tnkte p saken
Vi
en hel vecka.
tre r.
ska stanna l USA
tv mnader.
De reste omkrl ng I Afrika
VI
bodde
Skvde
Bo thought about it for a whole week.
t i o r.
Han hade arbetat p boken
tta mnader.
Han har I nte I st en bok
flera r.
p
UJ I a och Maj har vari t p ett fredrag
Lisa har Inte kt tg
flera r.
p
Unit 11
tv timmar.
SWEDISH
HOW FAST?
5.
When the time expression answers the question "how fast

done)?" Swedish uses the preposition ~.
Examples:
Han
krde frn Stockholm ti l I
(can something be
Malm ~ tio timmar.
He drove from Stockholm to Malmo
~n
ten hours.
Han skrev boken ~ en mnad.
He wrote the book in one month.

Han gick ti II
E!
stationen
He walked to the station
Here is a list of
o~her
Fre {before}:
tio minuter.
~n
ten minutes.
prepositions used in time expressions:
Han kom hem fre
tta.
He came home before eight.

Me I I an
(between) :
Mellan jul
och nyr.
Between Christmas and New Year.

Ti II
Unit 11
(till,
until):
Vi ska stanna i New York t i l l den frsta oktober.

We/re going to stay in New York until the first of October.
353
SWEDISH
Under
(during):
Jag r hemma
under dagen.
I' m home during the day.

ver
Uni t 11
(over, dUY'ing,
for the duration of):
Vi
ska
fara bort ver psken.
We/re going away for Easter.
354
SWEDISH
Point III.
Nations,
Nationalities, Languages
Here is a table of some of the nations, nationalities and languages of the

world.
There are a few points to nate:
1.
Names of languages and nationalities are not capitalized in Swedish.
2.
There are different words for females and males.
J.
The word for the female is often the same as for the language.
4.
The nationality nouns and adjectives are declined according to the rules
that are applicable to other nouns and adjectives.
Examples:
5.
(nouns)
fransysk/a -an -or;
(adjs.)
fransk
svensk -en -ar;
fransman
-neo,
fransmn
-t -a; svensk -t -a
Remember that the indefinite article is not used in sentence structures

like r + nationality.
Examples:
Erik r svensk.
Erik is a Swede.
John r amerikan.
John is an American.
See Basic Sentence Note 18a in this Unit.
Unit 11
355
SWEDISH
Landet
Coun try
Adjektivet
Adjeetive
Sverige
svensk -t -a
da ns k
tysk
Daomark
Tyskland
(,t-, y"t-)
Ryssland
(Sovjetunionen)
ry s k
Kvinnan
Woman
Mannen
Man
en svensk
dansk
tysk
358
en svensk/a -or
danska
tyska
-~,
rys ka
Japan
Grekland
Kina
Polen
Amerika
(Frenta Staterna)
Japansk: -t -a
grekisk
kinesisk
polsk
amerikansk
en japansk/a -or
en j a pa n -er
grekiska
g re k
kines
kInesiska
polack
polska
amerikan
ameri kanska
(amerikanare -0) }
I ta I i en
Holland
Schweiz
Finland
ital iensk -t -a
hollndsk
schweizisk
finsk
en Italienare
hollndare
schweizare
finlndare
England
Norge
Frankrike
engelsk -t -a
norsk
fransk
Spanien
spansk -t -a
-~
~ket
Language
svenska
danska
tyska
rys ka
japanska
grekiska
kinesiska
po I ska
engelska
en Italiensk/a -or
hollndska
schweiziska
finlndska
(finska)
ital ienska
hol I ndska
en engels/man -mn
norrman
fransman
en engelsk/a -or
no rs ka
fransyska
engelska
norska
franska
en spanjor -e r
en spanjorsk/a -or
spanska
finska
If you study this ehart earefully you will notiee that eertain patterns emerge.
Note:
Unit 11
The plural of the maseuline noun is used for people in general of that partieular
nationality .
Examples:
Svenskarna dricker mycket kaffe.
The Swedes drink a lot of eoffee.
Engelsmnnen kr p vnster sida. The English drive on the left.
SWEDISH
Practice G.
This is a practice on languages and nationalities .
The cue gives
the country and you have to fill in the nationality 01' language as the verb
indicates.
eUE
Poles live in Poland.
I Polen bor det
Polen
polacker
I ta Il en
Lars talar
i tal i enska
Frankrike
Louise r
fransyska
Sverige
Hon talar bra

svenska
p bussen.
Det var tio
u. S. A.
amerrkaner <amerikanare)
Spanien {female}
r vackra.
Mnga
spanjorskor
Norge
Vi trffade en trevlig
no rrman
Det r inte svrt att lsa
Danmark
danska
Uni t 11
3ti7
SWEDISH
358
eVE
England (mate). Tyskland
kunde tala
Tv av
tyska
engelsmnnen
Finland. Sverige
ta I a r
Mnga
svenska
finlndare
att tala _____ . Spanien (male),
Det r inte s svrt fr en

spanjor
Italien
italienska
They
Practice H.
This is a practice on adjectives denoting nationalities.
are declined just ~ike all other adjectives.
Form adjectives from the cue
words.
eVE
viner.
Sverige, importerar
Sweden imports Frenah wines.
Frankrike
franska
Danmark exporterar
ost.
Danmark
da ns k
Vinet var
Tyskland
tys kt
Han krde en
bi I
italiensk
Unit 11
I ta I I en
SWEDISH
eVE
England
mbler.
De hade gamla
engelska
No rge
ord.
Andy kunde inte ett

no rs k t
presidenten talade p TV.
Den
U. S. A.
amerikanska
pojke satt ti I I hger om henne.
En
Spanien
spansk
Practice r.
The cue in this practice gives you the nationa~ity.
give the appropriate country (sometimes in the possessive form).
You have to
eVE
Kpenhamn r
huvudstad.
eopenhagen is the capital

of Denmal'k.
da ns k
Danmarks
exporterar mycket vin ti I I U.S.A.
italienare
I ta I i en
Mnga svenskar far ti II
p semester.
g re k
Grekland
Unit 11
359
360
SWEDISH
CUE
export var strre
r.
amerikan
Frenta Staternas (Amerikas)

Mnga goda ostar kommer frn
fransman
Frankrike
huvudstad heter Oslo.
norrman
No rg es
I igger sder om
Tyskland
tysk, dansk
Danmark
Det gr en frja mellan
och
Holland
ho I lndare, enge I 5man

England
LT OSS TALA SVENSKA
Now you can talk about all the trips you have
taken and plan to take and all the interesting
people you have met.
Uni t
11
SWEDISH
UNIT 12
SOCIAL GATHERINGS
Basic Sentences
This three-part Unit is an introduction to Swedish social etiquette.

It contains useful expressions encountered in social situations.
These expressions will be underlined in order to make you more
aware of them.
At the end of the Unit we will have a practice
on these expressions.
To obtain maximum benefit from this material, extensive role-playing should supplement it.
Part I.
An informal invitation to lunch
Jane:
1.
He Uo!
Ha" !
Asa:
2.
Is that you, Jane?
r det Jane?
Jane:
3.
Yes, speaking.
Hi Asa. How
are things with you? (plur.J
Ja, det r det.

n i d et?
first
foremost
first of aH
to thank
late
latest
Fine, thanks.
First of all I
want to thank you for the
(very) enjoyable) evening at
your house.
frst
frmst
frst och fr~mst
att tacka,
sen -t -a
senast
Tack bra.
Frst och
tacka dig fr senast.
Asa:
Unit 12
4.
Hej Asa.
Hur har
fr~mst
vi I I jag
361
SWEDISH
Jane:
5.
Asa:
6.
7.
8.
It was so nice to have you

here.
Tack sjlv.
ha er hr.
to be ashamed, embarras sed

I'm ashamed that I haven't
called you Boaner.
att skm/mas -s -des -ts, 2a

Jag skms att jag inte har ringt
tidigare.
Buper, great
sole
filet of Bale
It waB Buch a great evening at
your house las t Friday .
The
filet of sole was wonderful.
jttetrevl i g -t -a
sjtung/a -an -or
sjtungsfil e -n -er
Det var s jttetrevl igt hos er i
fredags.
Sjtungsf i I en var underbar.
afraid
too
to get (Bomeone) to leave
I' m afraid we stayed too langs
but I couldn't get Johan to
leave.
rdd 11 -a
fr
att f Ivag; fr, fick, ftt, 4
Jag r rdd att vi stannade fr lnge,
men jag kunde inte f ivg Johan.
fun
to enjoy
to discUSB J
9.
Uni t
12
362
to have a discussion
Be enjoys having a discuBsion
with Mike.
Det var s trevligt att
roi ig -t -a
att tycka att ngot r roi 19t; 2b
att d i skutera , I
Han tycker att det r s roi Igt att
diskutera med Mike.
*
Jt
SWEDISH
Jane:
10.
Asa:
11.
12.
Jane:
Unit 12
13.
to find
to hit it off (togetherJ
Bong
to sing
Yes, they have really hit it
off together.
What a lot of
nice songs Johan sang.
att finna, finner, fann, funnit, 4

att finna varandra; 4
visla -an -or
att sjunga, sjunger, sjng, sjungit;
Ja, de har verkligen funnit varandra.
Vad mnga-trevl iga visor Johan sjng!
to arrange
Listen, I'm planning a small
ladies' luncheon at my house
on Saturday next week.
att ordna, I
Hr du, jag tnker ordna en liten damI unch hemma hos mi g p I rdag i nsta
vecka.
approximately, about
piece (not transl. in Engl.J
simplicity
no thing fancy
Would you like to come? There
will be around six or eight of
us.
Nothing fancy.
sdr (colloquialJ
stycke -t -n
enkelhet -en (/;
i all enkelhet
H a r d u I u s t a t t ko mm a?
Vi b I i r
sdr sex, tta stycken.
Det blir
i all enkelhet.
"
terrible
terribly
I'd love to
I'd love to. You know how I
enjoy meeting Swedish people.
Are they old friends of yours?
hemsk -t -a
hemskt
hemskt grna
Hemskt grna, Asa.
Du vet hur roligt
~ag tycker det r att trffa svenskar.
Ar det gamla vnner ti I I dig?
"
363
SWEDISH
Asa:
friend
schoolmate
to invite
colleague
Yes, two (of them) are even
old schoolmates.
And then I
have invited a couple of colleagues.
kamrat -en -er

skolkamrat -en -er
att bjuda, bjuder, bjd, bjudit, 4
arbetskamrat -en -er
Ja, tv r till och med gamla skolkamrater. Och s har jag bjudit ett
par arbetskamrater.
defense
attache
The wife of the German defense
Do you
attache is coming too.
speak German?
frsvar -et -0
attache -n -er
Den tyska frsvarsattachens fru kommer
ocks. Talar du tyska?
anyway, besides
it doesn't matter
Anyway it doesn't matter.
She
speaks Swedish quite well.
frresten
det gr detsamma
Det gr frresten detsamma.
ganska bra svenska.
17.
What time should I come?
Hur dags ska jag komma?
18.
to serve
sherry
late, delayed
Around 12:30.
I'm going to
serve a glass of sherry first,
and then we 'll eat at one
o'clock, i f nobody 's late.
att servera,
sherry -n '/1
frsen/ad -at -ade
Vid halv ett-tiden. Jag tnker servera
ett glas sherry frst och s ter vI
klockan ett, om ingen r frsenad.
*
14.
15.
18.
Jane:
Asa:
Unit 12
364
Hon talar
SWEDISH
Jane:
19.
to see each other

before then
I'm looking forward to seeing
you SaturdaY3 if we don't see
each other before then.
20
to say hello (tO)3 to greet 3

to give regards (to)
Thanks a lot.
I'm looking
forward to it. Bye 3 bye 3 Asa.
Say hello to Johan.
Part II.
Karin
Lindgren:
att ses, ses, sgs, setts, 4

dessfrinnan
Vlkommen p lrdag d, om vi inte ses
dessfrinnan.
att hlsa <till)j

Tack ska du ha. Det ska bl i trevl igt.
Hej d, Asa. Hlsa tl I I Johan.
An invitation to a dinner
Hello.
May I speak to Mrs.
White 3 please. This is Mrs.
Lindgren.
Goddag.
Kan jag f tala med Mrs. White.
Det r fru Lindgren.
*
Voice:
Just a moment 3 please.
Ett gonb I i ck.
Mary
White:
Hello.
Ha I I .
Karin:
Unit 12
24.
Mary White speaking.
yet
husband 3 man
Hello J MT's. White.
This is
Karin Lindgren.
We haven't
met yet 3 but OUT' husbands
know each other.
Det r Mary White.
nnu
man, mannen, mn
Goddag, Mrs. White. Det hr r Karin
Lindgren.
VI har inte trffats nnu,
men vra mn knner varandra.
365
SWEDISH
25.
Mary:
26.
27.
28.
Karin:
29.
30.
Unit 12
I'm calling to ask if you

could come for dinner at
our house on September 18th.
Jag ringer fr att frga om ni skulle

kunna komma p middag ti I loss den
18:de september.
calendaT'
Thank you.
That sounds very
nice.
Just a minute and I'll
check the calendaT'.
almanack/a -an -or

Tack, det lter vldigt trevligt.
Ett
gonbl ick s fr jag se efter j almanackan.
as faT' as
of course
to cheok
Yes, that's fine. as faT' aB I
can see.
But I must, of
cOUY'se. check with Bill.
svitt
frsts
att kolla, l
Ja, det passar utmrkt, svitt jag
kan se.
Men jag mste frsts kolla
med B i I I.
while. moment
May I call you in a little
while? What time would it be?
stund -en -er

Kan jag f ringa om
en l i ten stund?
Hu r d~ sku I I e det va ra?
caT'd
At 7:30.
I'll send a card to
T'emind you, and a little map
BO you can find us heT'e in
Taby.
kort -et -0
Halv tta.
Jag skickar ett kort fr
att pminna och en I iten karta s
ni kan hitta oss hr ute i Tby.
majaT'
Major BeT'ggT'en and his wife
are also coming.
They live
on BaneT'gatan, number 14.
ma j o r - e n - e r
Major Berggren och hans fru kommer
ocks.
De bor p Banergatan 14.
366
SWEDISH
31.
block
company
go (come) together
It's only one block from your
house. i f you would like to
come out together.
to get in touch (here: to
kvarter -et -0
sll skap -et -(i1
att gra sllskap; gr, gjorde, gjort,
Det r bara ett kvarter frn er, om ni
har lust att gra sllskap ut.
att hra av sig; 2a
call back)
Mary:
32.
Karin:
33.
Unit 12
as soon as
Excellent.
Then I'll eaU
baok again as soon as I have
talked to Bill.
Goodbye: and
thanks again.
s snart (som)
Utmrkt.
D hr jag av mig igen,
s snart jag har talat med Bi I I.
Adj och tack igen.
I hore it's all right with him

too. so that we will see both
of you on the 18th.
Goodbye.
We're looking forward to seeing you.
Jag hoppas att det passar honom

ocks, s att vi tfJr se er bda
den 18:de.
Adj d och vl komna.
367
SWEDISH
Part III.
368
A formal dinner party
Although informal parties and get-togethers are becoming more and more common in servantless Sweden, you will undoubtedly have several opportunities to attend some formal dinner
parties. At such times many Swedes like to observe certain traditional "rituals." It
is. of course, not necessary for Americans stationed in Sweden to copy the Swedish traditions when they entertain.
Swedes enjoy American customs when they visit American
homes.
However. the host's welcome speech is a good idea to adopt. as well as the
thank you speech (when you are aguest).
You may be invited by aard (in which case you accept or regret by card. unless otherwise
indicated). or by a telephone call from the host or hostess. A reminder card then
usually follows.
At this point we will describe a typical formal dinner party, in Swedish with an accompanying word list.
This will be reading/ listening practice only.
It is not intended
for memorization.
Bordet r dukat t i l l
sitta.
Det
att duka,
fest med
ligger ocks
en
blommor och
ljus -et
-0
light
candl e.
duk/ad -at -ade
placeringskort -et
place card
fest -en -er
plan -en -er
party
plan. chart
blomm/a
flower
Unit 12
-an -or
Placeringskort visar var gsterna ska
plan ver bordsplaceringen
to set the table

set (past part.)
ljus.
bordsplacering -en
seating arrangement
hallen.
vrd -en -ar
hos t
-0
vrdinn/a
hostess
-ar
-an -or
Vrden och
vrdinnan
SWEDISH
tar emot
vardagsrummet.
ask eller ngon

gngen.
I iten
Alla anlnder punkt! igt,
present.
mnga med en blombukett,
Det gller srski It om de r gster
Under hgst en halvtimme dricker gsterna en cocktai I.
hjlpen och talar om att middagen r serverad.

kv i nn I i ga hedersgsten.
Varje mani ig gst
in sist med
den manliga hedersgsten,
mot seden
mnga
att ta emot;
tar, tog,
2a
hemmet
fr
frsta
Sedan kommer serverings-
Vrden gr frst
i n ti II
bordet med den
bordsdam ti II
bordet.
Vrdinnan gr
fr sin
som sitter t i l l
vnster om henne
(till
skillnad
Vrden hlsar gsterna vlkomna med det frsta glaset vin.
att glla,
tagit,
to reeeive
att anlnda,
lnder).
en choklad-
2a
to apply, to be the
ease
hem -met
-0
kvinnlig - t - a
t I I I s k i i I n a d mo t
fema1-e
in eontrast to
hedersgst -en -er
sed -en -er
eustom
to arrive
home
most honored or highest ranking guest
bukett -en -er
cockta i I -en -s
bouquet
mani i9 -t -a
eoek tai 1-
att hlsa vlkommen

(vlkomna);
male
to we leome
choklad -en 0
serveringshjlp -en -ar att
fra,
2a
ehocolate
maid
to eseort
ask -en -ar
att tala om;
bordsdam -en -er
to announoe
female table partner
box
present -en -er
server/ad -at -ade
gift
ski II nad -en -er
serve d (past part.)
differenee
Unit 12
:569
SWEDISH
(Ingen dricker vin dessfrinnan.)
ti II
hger,
senare med
sin hustru.
vid
ett
En manlig gst sklar under middagen med sin bordsdam

vnster och damen mitt emot.
Vrdinnan sklar med alla gsterna.
tacktalet
dricka
damen ti Il
I i tet tackta I
dam gr ut sist.
I
Dremot sklar
ngon.
Vrdinnan och hedersgsten
lmnar bordet
vardagsrummet gr gsterna
fram ti I I
Sverige sger gsterna adj ti I
att skla,
slut -et
to toast
end
-0
mitt emot
mltid -en -er
(straight) aeross
meal
dremot
att g fram t i l l ;
gr, gick, gtt,
on the other hand
-0
thank you speeuh

f,
frre,
few,
Unit 12
fewer,
ingen med
0
Zeast
Man kan
henne utom
frsts ocks
Vid slutet av mltiden hller den manliga hedersgsten
vrdfolket
frst.
vrdinnan,
vrdfol k -et
att ta i hand;
tar, tog, tagit,
to shake hands
-0
host and hostess
to go (walk) up to
4
Vrden och
tar
hans bords-
i hand och tackar
innan de tar p sig ytterkl-
derna.
tackta I -et
Han sklar ocks med
(eller om det r frre n tta personer vid bordet).
utan att skla med
fr maten.
370
SWEDISH
Dagen efter bjudningen r det uppskattat om man ringer och "tackar fr
och tackar.
Man kan ocks
skicka blommor med ett tackkort dagen efter bjudningen
fr att ta med blommorna ti II

blommor ti I I
vrdinnan p
utom I1tack fr senast"
igr," eller skriver
middagen.
Det artigaste och mest
frmiddagen samma dag som bjudningen.
formella
r att
Istllet
skicka
Svenskarna sger dess-
nsta gng de trffar vrden och vrdinnan.
bjudning -en -ar
party
att uppskatta,
to appreeiate
uppskatt/ad -at -ade
appreeiated (past part.)

tackkort -et
-0
thank you note

artig -t -a
polite
formel I
-t -a
formal
Unit 12
3?1
SWEDISH
372
Bill and Mary White arrive with

the Berggrens at Karin and Lars
Lindgren's house.
Karin
&
Lars:
34.
Karin:
35.
Hello.
How nice that you
could come together.
Goddag.
Vlkomna!
S trevligt
att ni kunde gra sllskap.
Thank you.
Tack.
What beautiful
Vilka vackra blommor!
f towers !
(Lars indicates Klaus Muller)
Lars:
36.
Bi ll:
37.
Do you know each other?

No~
don't believe we have
Knner n I
Nej,
varandra?
jag tror
inte vi
har trffats.
met.
press
Lars:
Uni t
12
attache~
38.
information
officer
Mr. and Mrs. White~ Dr. Muller.
He is the press attache at the
German Embass y.
39.
to offer
wormwood
aquavit
What may I offer you? A glass
of sherry, Scotch, or maybe
a glass Of aquavit spiced
with wormwood?
pressattache -n -er
Mr. och Mrs. White.
Det hdr r
Dr. Muller.
Han r pressattach
p tyska ambassaden.
att bjuda p; bjuder, bjd, bjudit,

malrt -en 0
brnnvin -et 0
Vad fr jag bjuda p?
Ett glas
sherry, Scotch, eller kanske ett
glas malrtsbrnnvin?
SWEDISH
Later'
Maid:
40.
Karin:
41.
served (past par't.)

Vinner is served.
server/ad -at -ade

Det r serverat.
Dinner is r'eady.
in?
Varsgoda.
Shall we go
Ska vi
g t i l l
bords?
At the tabLe (Lars r'aises his

gLass) .
Laps:
42.
43.
44.
heartily
Karin and I want to welcome
you aLL, old friends and neW.
hjrtl igt
Karin och jag ber att f hlsa er
alla hjrtligt vlkomna. bde gamla
och nya vnner.
especially
We are especialLy pLeased to
have the Whites here tonight.
You just arrived from the U.S.
spec i e I I t
Det glder oss speciellt att Whites
r hr i kvll.
Ni har ju just
kommit frn Amerika.
cheers
We hope that you will like it
in Sweden and that we will see
you many times her'e at our
house. -- Cheers!
skl
hoppas att ni kommer att trivas
i Sverige och att vi kan f se er
mnga gnger hr hemma hos oss. -S k I !
Vi
(All the guests drink including the guests of honor.)
Uni t
12
373
SWEDISH
374
Later
title
to put away
Mr. White, now I think we
should call each other by
our first names. My name
is Karin.
Cheers, Bill.
titel -n, titlar

att lgga bort; lgger, lade,
Mr. White, nu tycker jag att vi
lgger bort titlarna.
Jag heter
Ka r i n.
S k I, B I I I
s k
Karin:
45.
Bill:
46.
Cheers, Karin.
Karin:
47.
Dr. Muller, may I
toast you?
Dr.
I,
lagt,
Ka r i n .
MUller,
fr jag skla med er?
Towards the end of the dinner,

during the dessert (Bill taps
his glass and gets up).
Bill:
48.
49.
unit 12
to discover
tradition, custom
Ladies and Gentlemen. Mary
and I have already discovered
many delightful Swedish traditions which we will take
home with us to the U. S.
att upptcka, 2b
tradition -en -er
Mina damer och herrar.
Mary och
jag har redan upptckt flera
trevl iga svenska traditioner som
v i kommer att ta med oss hem
ti Il Ameri ka.
And now I'm going to try to

follow one of them myself for
the first time.
Och nu ska jag sjlv frska

en av dem fr frsta gngen.
flja
SWEDISH
50.
51.
52.
Guests:
Unit 12
53.
honor
to turn
lovely, charming
As you see J I' m the one who
has the honor of giving the
thank you speech. First I
want to turn to our lovely
hostess.
dra -n 0
att vnda, 2a
frtjusande -0 -0
Jag dr ju den som har ran att f
h I I a t a c kt a I e t . F r s t v i I I j a g
vnda mig ti I I vr frtjusande
vrdinna.
suy'e
Dear Karin.
sker -t, skra

Kra Karin.
Jag ar sker p att
jag talar fr oss al la ~ar jag
sger att detta r en av de godaste
middagar jag ngonsin har tit.
Det har ocks varit en av de
trevligaste.
I' m sure that I' m

speaking for all of us when
I say that this is one of the
best dinners that I have ever
had.
It has also been one of
the most delightful.
experience (in a positive
sense)
For Mary and me it has also
been a wonderful experience
to meet so many of your
friends.
Let us drink to the
hos tess.
Cheers.
Cheers, cheers Karin.
upplevelse -n -r
Fr Mary och mig r det ocks en
upplevelse att f trffa s mnga
av era vnner.
Lt oss alla skla
f r v r d i nna n
S k I !
Jl
Skl, skl Karin.
375
SWEDISH
Upon Ieaving
fo~
Mary:
54.
Good-night and thank you

a ve~y nice evening.
Karin:
55.
Don't mentian it.

It was so
nice mee ting you.
I hope we' Il
see you again, soon.
Unit 12
Godnatt och tack fr en mycket trevI i g kv I I .

Tack sjlv.
Det var s roi igt att
trffa er.
Jag hoppas vi ses snart
igen.
376
SWEDISH
UNIT 12
Notes on Hasic Sentences
5.
Tack sjlv (t hanks yourself) - one of several responses to tack s mycket,

meaning uyou are welcome u or udon't mention it. u
Other Swedish expressions in response to tack s mycket are:

Ingen orsak
det var s lite
det var IngentIng
det var s roi igt att ...
don't mention it
it was so little
it Was nothing
it was so nice that
You have to try to judge for yourself which phrase is the most
one in a given situation.
7.
appropriat~
Jttetrevlig -t -a.
Jtte- (giant) is a prefix used with adjeatives and adverbs
in colloquial speech to express the meaning of uvery , u or Uextremely. u It is
also used with nouns to give the same kind of meaning.
Examples:
jttebra
jttedi Ig
ett jttefretag
super
extremely bad
a giant corporation
The clasest English equivaZent is usuper, u but note that jtte- is used to
emphasize something negative as weZl as positive.
Examples:
Trtan r jttegod.
The eake is super.

Det var en jttetrkig fl Im.
It was an extremely boring movie.
Unit; 12
377
SWEDISH
9.
Han tycker det r s roi igt (he enjoys).
3'18
There are many ways of expressing
"to enjoy" in Swedish.

Examples:
Han tycker det r sknt att bada bastu.

Be enjoys a sauna.
Tyckte du om fi Imen
Did you enjoy the movie?
Trivs ni
Sverige?
Are you enjoying your stay in Sweden?

12.
Stycken.
stands
Swedish often adds stycken when a numeral

without a noun.
(higher than one)
alone~
13.
Hemskt grna conveys the same meaning as the English expression "I'd love to."
Att lska (to love) is usually reserved for romance.
18.
VId halv ett-tiden (around 12:3J).

Examples:
Idiomatic way of expressing approximate time.
vid femtiden
vid sjutiden
vid halv ttatiden
21.
Mr. och Mrs. Swedes often use Mr. and Mrs.

of an English name.
41a.
Varsgoda (here plur.) means "please~" when you offer a person something (to eat
or to go ahead of you through a door~ etc.)~ or "here you are~ n when you hand
something to someone.
Unit 12
(instead of herr och fru) in front
SWEDISH
41b.
TIll bords.
This is an ord form which is still in use in certain e:cpressions,
meaning "to the table," or "at the table." There are other Bimilazo e:cpzoessionB:
t i
t i
tl
ti
t i
42.
sea
sea
bed
foot
the woods
Swedes often use ofrms of the word hJrtlig (heazotyJ to give certain
expressions a little more emphasis.
Hjrtl igt vlkommen
Hjrtl iga gratulationer
Hjrtl igt tack
Welcome
Congratulations
Many thanks
Now we 'll give you a few more examples of the Swedish "thank you speech. "
As you'll see there are many forms, from the very formal to the most informal.
It can be flowery, eloquent, slightly silly, long or brief and to the point.
A personal nate or anecdote is always very nice. Hut most appreciated is the
fact that you know about this custom and that you follow it even if it only
means that you stand up, turn to your hostess and say:
Tack fr en underbar
middag.
Skl fr vrdinnan.
You may want to use our examples 01' borrow portions
of them or, better yet, make up your own speeeh.
Herr X:
(short and to the point, atmosphere very informalJ
Nu tror ni frsts att jag tnker

st hr och prata medan glassen
sm I ter, men jag sger bara:
Maten var god, festen r jttekul.
Skl och tack.
Unit 12
at
at
in
on
to
Hjrtl igt.
Examples:
52.
I I havs
l l sjss
I I sngs
I I fots
II skogs
Now you are probably thinking that

I'm going to stand here talking white
the ice aream is melting. Hut I'll
just say: The food was good, the party
is great.
Cheers and thank you.
379
SWEDISH
Herr Z:
(knows the host and hostess well and has an anecdote to tell, which you
will supply yoursetf)
Kra vrdfolk.
pA mina och de
andra gsternas vgnar vi II jag
tacka er bAda fr en utskt god
middag och en mycket trevlig
samvaro.
Det r alltid lik:::J
roi igt att f Komma p fest ti II
er.
God mat, goda viner och
trevliga mnniskor.
Aprop vAr
sta vrdinna, s mste jag ff
bertta en I iten historia.
Det
var s hr .
Den hr historien visar vl vilken
trevlig (intelligent, rolig, godhjrtad, kv i cktnktl ~erson "r
vrdinna r.
Tack igen fr den charmanta middagen
och skl fr vrdinnan.
Herr :
(wants
This story surely shows what a

lovely (intelligent, funny, goodhearted> sharp) person our hostess
is.
Thanks again for the excellent
dinner and a toast to our hostess.
to express his thanks to the host and hostess as a team)
Ni har vl alla sett den dr vlknda rekl amen fr danskt l. Den

ena dansken sger ti I I den andra:
"Hr du, nr smakar det hr let
bst?"
Och den andra dansken
svarar:
"Alltid."
Jag sger
detsamma om Lindgrens fester: Nr
r det trevligast att g pA kalas
ti II Karin och Lars; r det p
midsommaren, krftkalaset, julfesten eli er den I i Ila torsdagsmiddagen?
Svaret bl ir frsts:
Alltid.
Jag r sker p att ni
Unit 12
Dear hast and hostess.

On behatf
of mysetf and the other guests I
want to thank both of you for
a superb dinner and marvelous company.
It is always a treat to
be invited to your house.
Good
food, good wine, and nice people.
Talking about our hostess I'll
have to tell you a tittle story.
This is how it happened
You have probably all seen that

famous ad for Danish beer.
One
Dane says to the other:
"Tell
me, when does this beer taste the
best?" And the other Dane anSWers:
"Always." I ask the same about
the Lindgrens' parties:
When
is the best time to go to a party
at Karin and Lars';
is it at
Midsummer, at the crayfish party,
Christmas party or the little Thursday dinner.
The answer is, of course:
Always.
I' m sure that you
380
SWEDISH
alla hller med mig om det.

Karin
och Lars, ni har lyckats igen.
Tack fr en underbart god middag.
Skl fr Karin och Lars.
Herr :
(doesn't want to repeat what he said last time and oan't think of
anything new so he jokes a little)
K r a Ka r i n.
De t r f a k t i s k t I i t e
nervst det hr.
Jag har knappast
kunnat ta min goda efterrtt.
Var
ska det hr sluta?
Fr varje gng
jag kommer hit blir maten bara godare, vrdinnan bara yngre och vackrare och vrden mer underhllande.
Jag kan inte hitta ord nog fr att
beskriva en s charmant fest.
Allt
jag kan sga r skl fr vrdinnan
och ett hjrtl igt tack.
Herr
12
Dear Karin.
ActualLy this makes me
a little nervous.
I've hardly
been able to eat my delicious dessert.
Where is this going to end? Every
time I come here the food gets better J the hostess gets younger and
more beautiful and the host more
entertaining.
I oan't find worda enough
to describe such a wonderful party.
All I oan say is cheers and many
thanks.
(likes to make speeches and to pLay with his audienoe)
Kra vrdfolk, kra " me dgster."

Vet ni vem det r mera synd om n
en tusenfoting som har ont i ftterna?
Nu sger ni frsts att det
r en giraff Som har ont i halsen.
Men det r alldeles fel.
Det r
all ra mest synd om en man, som
pltsl igt upptcker att han har
tappat den I j I la papperslappen med
det noggrannt frberedda tacktalet.
Vad gr man i en sn situation?
Uni t
aLL agree ~ith me.

Karin and
you did it again. Thanks
for a marveLous dinner.
A toast
to Karin and Lars.
Lars J
Dear host and hostess J dear "co-guests."

Do you know who is more pitiful than
a centipede with aohing feet.
Now
you'Ll probabLy say that it's a
giraffe with a sore throat.
But
that's oompZetely wrong.
The one
who's the most pitiful is a man who
aLL of a sudden J reaLizes that he has
lost his little piece of paper with
his well prepared thank you speech.
What do you do in a situation like that?
J
381
SWEDISH
Ja, har man haft det s trevl igt
som jag har haft det ikvll, tit
s god mat och haft en s frtjusande bordsdam som jag har haft,
nmligen vrdinnan sjlv, ja d
r man p ett snt strlande gott
humr att en sdan lIten olycka
inte spelar ngon roll alls.
Kra
vcirdinna, tack fr en strlande
god och trev I i g m i ddag.
Lt oss
skla fr vrdinnan.
Skl!
Tack!
Unit 12
Well, i f you have had an evening

as marvelous as the one I've had,
eaten food as good, and had a table
partner as charming as mine, namely
the hostess, well, then you 're
in such a good mood that such a
little mishap doesn't matter at
all.
Dear hostess, thanks for a
splendid and delightful dinner.
Let's toast the hostess.
Cheers!
Thank you!
382
SWEDISH
UNIT 12
Points to ppactice
Uni t 12
Point I:
ppepositions of Place
Point II:
Placement of the "roaming" Adverb
Point III:
Idiomatic Expressions
383
SWEDISH
Poin t I.
384
Prepositions of Place
Swedish prepositions deserve special attention.
We have devoted a good deal of effort to the expressions of time and their prepositions (Unit 11)~
and we are now going to take a look at the prepositions used with expressions of plaoe.
(Some
of these are~ of course~ also used in time expressions.) The most common prepositions of
plaoe are: ver, under, framfr, bakom, bredvid,
i, p
ver (over, above) and Under (under, below)
are used the same way in Swedish as their equivalents are used in English.
Examples:
Lampan hnger ver bordet.

The lamp is hanging above the table.
Hon lade mattan under stolen.
She put the rug under the ohair.
Framfr (in front of), Bakom (behind), Bredvid

are- also used simi larly ---:rnthe two languages .
Examples:
Bordet str framfr soffan.

The table is in front of the Bofa.
Hon stod bakom mig.
She stood behind me.
Lampan str bredvid stolen.
The lamp is next to the ohair.
Unit 12
(beside~
next to)
SWEDISH
! usually eorresponds to "in," "inside."

Examples:
Gran bor i Sverige.
Goran lives in Sweden.

Boken ligger i ldan.
The book is in the drawer.
Peter dricker kaffe i kket.
Peter is having coffee in the kitchen.

P is usually the equivalent of "on."
Examples:
The book is on the table.

Erik bor p Kungsgatan.
Erik lives on Kungsgatan.
Vi har en stuga p en .
We have a aottage on an island.

Hos has no direct equivalent in English.
It means "at somebody's house
(place)," ef. "chez" in Freneh.
Hos is always used with people, never with
a place or a building. Note also that it is never used with a verb ex-
pressing motion.
The following examples will illustrate this. Read the m
aloud several times. We will try the m out in a mixed practice at the end
of the seetian on prepositions of place.
Examples:
Vi ter middag hos oss.
We/ll have dinner at our place.

Vi trffades hos Eva.
We met at Eva/s.
Unit 12
385
386
SWEDISH
Vi
var
(hemma)
hos mig,
nr det brjade regna.
We were at my house, when it started to rain.

VI
bodde hos vra vnner,
nr vi
var
Sverige.
We stayed with our friends, when we were in Sweden.

Lars var hos tandlkaren
igr.
Lars was at the dentist's yesterday.

VI
var p middag hos Anderssons
igr kvll.
We were at the Anderssons' for dinner last night.

Ti I I ~s usually used with destinations of verbs expressing motion.
examples:
Lindgrens ska
flytta ti II
Stockholm.
The Lindgrens are moving to Stoakholm.

Johan cyklade ti II
Uppsala
sndags.
Johan biayaled to Uppsala last Sunday.

Vi
ska g t i l l
Janssons
ikvll.
We are going to the Janssons' tonight.

Ti II
is sometimes equivalent to the English preposition "for.
Examples:
Vad ska
vi
ha t i l l
What are we having
middag?
~
dinner?
Vad anvnder man den hr ti II?
What do you use this [or?---Note the differenae:
Vi
ska ta
fisk ti I I middag.
We're having fish for dinner.

Sandbergs kommer ~ middag.
The Sandbergs are coming for dinner.

Unit 12
/I
SWEDISH
Praetiee A.
Let's praetiee the prepositions ver and under.
the statementB ZogieaZly.
CompZete
soffan.
Lampan hnger
ver
bordet.
Det I igger en hund

under
De s to d
trdet (the tree) nr det regnade.

under
Han hll tidningen
huvudet nr det regnade.

ver
En mab i I (mobile) hngde
barnets sng.
ve r
De hade en persisk matta
bordet.
under
Vrdinnan stod
kri sta II kronan (ehandaZier).

under
Unit 12
387
SWEDISH
JBB
ppaatiae B.
Now we'll ppaatiae the ppepositions framfr, bakom, bredvid.
Choose the most suitable ppeposition.
En pol isbl I
huset,
stod
nr jag kom hem.
framfr
P
ett fotograf i
de
ska sm personer st
lnga (the
taLL ones).
framfr
P
ett fotograf i
ska
de sm.
I nga personer st
bakom
Huset
huset
lg vid gatan.
fanns
en stor trdgrd
(garden).
Bakom
Stll
mig,
dig
du kan se bttre.
t ramfr
Det sitter alltid en dam med
mig p bio (the movies).
en stor hatt
framfr
Han satte sig
mig p soffan.
bredvid
Vi
brasan (the
satt
framfr
Unit 12
fipe).
SWEDISH
Practice C.
This is to practice the use of the prepositions
Choose the right preposition.
Gran bor
and p.
Sverige.
Blommorna str
bordet.
p
Sam r
Amerika.
Kungliga slottet ligger
En staty (statue)
stockholm.
str
torget.
p
V ita Huset ligger
PennsylvanIa Avenue
Washington.
pj
Tavlan (the
painti~g)
hnger
vggen.
p
Vi
Uni t
12
hyrde en vning
ett hghus (high-rise).
389
SWEDISH
bordet
Bordsplaceringen lg
hallen.
p
Saltsjbaden.
De har kpt en vi Ila
Liding (island).
Familjen Ljung bor

p
f\frika.
De bodde lnge
Gotland (island).
De har en liten stuga

p
skpet (cupboard).
Glasen str
Boken lg
ldan.
Jag lste om det
tIdningen.
Meddelandet ligger
skrivbordet.
p
Unit 12
390
SWEDISH
Th e p r e p o s i t i o n p (i n t h e s e n s e o f
buildings.
Examples:
att
att
att
att
att
att
att
1/
t o,
1/
1/
i n,
1/
or
1/
at
1/)
is
U8
e d wi t h p ub l i c
g p bio (to go to the movies)

g p teatern
studera p unlversltet(et)
arbeta p amerikanska ambassaden
jobba (aolloq. to work) p kontor
ta p restaurang
I igga p sjukhus (to be in the hospital)
There are two exceptions to this rule:
att g i skolan
att g T KyrKan
to go to sahool
to go to church
Note that some nouns take the definite article, and some no article at all.
Examples:
Unit 12
p bio
p teatern
p operan (at the opera)
p konsert
p nattkl ubb
p museum
p restaurang
p kurs
p universitet(et)
p kontor
p ambassaden
p middag
p sjukhus(et)
p college
l kyrkan
i skolan
391
SWEDISH
392
Praatiae D.
This is to praatiae the use of p and i in aombination with
aertain words.
The aue word will give you a hin t aB to whiah preposition
to use.
Try to use the right form of the noun.
CUE
engelska.
Anna gr
Anna is taking a aourse in

English.
ku rs
p en kurs
hst.
Karin ska brja
universitet
p universitetet
Gr ni ofta
teater
- - - - - - -?
p teatern
Fami Ijen Blomkvist gr
varje sndag.
kyr ka
kyrkan
Ikvll ska vi g
bio
p bio
Hur mnga av dina barn gr - - - - - _ ?
sko I a
skolan
Erik gr ofta
opera
p operan
Unit 12
SWEDISH
eVE
museum
Idag ska Ullas klass g

p museum
Ska vi ta
imorgon kvl l?
restaurang
igr kvll.
konsert
p restaurang
Anderssons Var
p konsert
Vi
arbetar
t i \I
k l oc ka n fem.
kontor
p kontor{etl
Holmbergs ska bjuda Bloms
i morgon.
middag
p middag
Bill arbetar
amerikanska ambassad en
p amerikanska ambassaden
Unit 12
393
SWEDISH
Pra~ti~e E.
In this mixed pra~ti~e you will have a chance to see i f you can
use all the prepositions of place the way the Swedes do.
Use the prepositions
p,
i,
hos, till, mellan, bredvid, framfr, bakom, under, ver.

bordet.
Ljusen (the candles) str

p
college?
Gr hennes pojke
p
sjukhus.
Eriks hustru ligger

p
kyrkan?
G r d u
Lars satt
Eva och Lena.

me I I an
Hon bodde
mig hela veckan.

hos
Vi gick hem
honom efter teatern.

t II I
Tavlan hnger
soffan.
ver
Unit 12
394
SWEDISH
sitt portrtt (portrait).
soffan,
Eva satt
under
<p}
tavlan och tittade p den.
Lena stod
framfr
ambassaden.
John r fortfarande
p
museum varje lrdag.
De gr
p
Amerika.
Lindstrms har farit

t III
Eva ringde och bjd oss
middag.
p
Damen med den stora hatten satte sig
mig, s jag sg ingenting.

framfr
varje stor man finns en kvinna.

Bakom
Unit 12
395
SWEDISH
Point II.
P~acement
of the
~roaming~
Adverb
You have already been introduced, in Unit 3, to the most genera~ ru~e concerning the p~acement of the adverb -- af ter the verb.
However, some Swedish adverbs move around, depending on the type of clause they are in and the type
of verb they function with.
They are ca~~ed vandrande adverb (roaming
adverbs).
We wi~l concentrate on three of the most common of these "roaming
adverbs," inte, alltid, and aldrig.
Nain Clauses
a.
Conjugated verb +~4v~F~

In main clauses the adverb comes immediate~y after the conjugated verb.
(Cf. unit 3, Points to Practice III.)
Examples:
Jag rker
inte.
I don't smoke.
Du
fr aldrig rka.
You may never smoke.

b.
Conjugated verb + subject + adverb

In main clauses where the subject and verb are reversed the adverb come s
immediately af ter the subject.
(Cf. Unit 3, Points to Practice III.)
Examples:
Har du
Inte den hr boken?
Don't you have this book?

Hr fr du
inte rka.
Here you may not smoke.
Uni t 12
396
SWEDISH
o.
Conjugated verb + adverb + particle

In main alauses with verbs + partiale the adverb foZZows the first part
of the conjugated verb.
Examples:
Jag tycker Inte om den hr boken.

don't like this book.
Jag hl ler Inte med om det.

don't agree with that.
d.
Conjugated ve>:'b + subject + adverb + particle

In a question where the verb consists of a verb + particle the subject
and the conjugated verb are reversed. the adve>:'b follows the subject.
and the particZe is added after the adverb.
ExampZes:
Tycker du Inte om den hr boken?

Don't you like this book?
Kommer du alltid Ihg att ringa hem?
Do you always remember to call home?
Unit 12
397
SWEDISH
398
Subordinate ctauses
In subordinate ctauses the "roaming" adverb comes belore the conjugated verb.
Examples:
Hon tror, latt hon alltid har rtt).
She thinks that she is atways right.

Stina vet,latt Per inte kan kommal
Stina knows that Per can not come.

Lars sade, latt han Inte k r b i Ij.
Lars said that he doesn't drive.

Lars sade, latt han inte kan kra b i
q.
Lars said that he doesn't know how to drive.

Lars sade, latt han i nte tycker om att kra b I
'I.
Lars said. that he doesn't like to drive.

lEttersom vi
aldrig trttasl,
ringer vi otta ti II varandra.
Since we never see each other we olten catt each other.

INr Evas man inte r hemm3,
lagar hon lnte sA mycket mat.
When Eva's hus band is not at home she doesn't cook so much.
Uni t 12
SWEDISH
Note:
You can distinguish a subordinate clause from a main alause by the aonjunation that introduaes the clause.
These are the aonjunctions that introduae a main clause:
fr
men
och
s
uta n
for, because
but
and
so
but (af ter a negative statementJ
These ape the conjunctions that introduae a subordinate alause:
att
d
d
drfr att
eftersom
fast(n)
fr att
frrn
innan
medan
n r
om
sedan
s att
t i I Is
trots att
that
when
since
beaause
since
although
in order to
before, until.
before
while
when
if
af ter
so tha t
until
in spite (of the faet thatJ
The rel.ative pronouns som, v 1 I ken (v i I ket, v 1 I ka) also introduce

subopdinate clauses.
Unit 12
399
SWEDISH
400
With the exception of inte, "roaming adverbs" usuaZZy pZace no specific Zimit
on the duration or kind of action expressed by the verb. Here is a partiaZ
Zist of other "roaming adverbs:"
ofta
redan
s na rt
sllan (seZdom)
antag I i gen (probabZy)
b a ra
grna
kanske
knappast
(hardZy)
mj I i g en
s ke rt
troligtvis
van I i gtv i s
verkl igen
tminstone (at least)
Practiae F.
Now we'lZ practice the pZacement of "roaming adverbs" in a main
cZause. Vse the adverb given in the aue and try to pZace it correctZy i-n--the sentence on the left. You have aZready done a simiZar exercise in Vnit 3,
so this shouZd be easy.
eVE
Pelle r hemma.
Pelle r
inte
inte hemma.
Anderssons r p
landet
Anderssons r alltid p
Gr du
i jul],
landet
aI It id
i JulI.
p teatern?
aldrig
Gr du aldrig p teatern?
Unit 12
Lennart vi II
kpa en ny bl \.
L e nn a r t
v i I I
n t e k p a e n n y b i I
inte
SWEDISH
eVE
Erik ringer ti I I sin mormor.
aldrig
Erik ringer aldrig ti I I sin mormor.

Vi har tid att hlsa p vra vnner.
a I It id
Vi har alltid tid att hlsa p vra vnner.

Gran ska kl om sig fre middagen.
inte
Gran ska inte kl om sig fre middagen.

Tycker du om att kpa klder?
a I It i d
Tycker du alltid om att kpa klder?

Min kusin har varit i Afrika.
inte
Min kusin har inte varit i Afrika.

Agrens har bjudit sina vnner.
antagligen
Agrens har antagligen bjudit sina vnner.

Har ni hlsat p era slktingar i Amerika?
aldrig
Har ni aldrig hlsat p era slktingar I Amerika?

Talade du med honom fre resan?
inte
Talade du Inte med honom fre resan?

Har du lst de hr bckerna?
verkl igen
Har du verkl i gen I st de hr bckerna?

Uni t
12
401
SWEDISH
402
Practice G.
Here are same "roaming adverbs" in a subordinate clause.
Again,
use the adverb in the cue and place it in the subordinate clause of the sentence on the left.
eUE
Vi
vet,
att ni
r hemma p sndagarna.
VI
vet,
att ni
alltid r hemma p
sndagarna.
Lars undrade,
om han borde fara hem.
Lars undrade,
om han
Nr Pelle kom,
Nr Pelle
inte
Inte borde fara hem.
ringde jag ti II
inte kom,
hans mamma.
ringde jag t i l l
E ftersom det
r s sent,
br v i
Eftersom det
i nte r s sent,
r i nga hem.
br vi
Vera
visste,att Gran skulle komma.
Vera
visste,
inte
hans mamma.
inte
ri nga hem.
aldrig
att Gran aldrig skulle komma.
J1.ke visste,
att Maja
vi Ile komma.
J1.ke visste,
att Maja grna vi Ile komma.
Carina skmdes ver att hon hade ringt.

Ca r i n a skmdes ver att hon
Uni t 12
a I It Id
grna
inte
inte hade ringt.
Ou
kan hlsa honom f r n mi g,
eftersom du trffar honom.
Ou
ka n hlsa honom f r n mig,
eftersom du skert trffar honom.
skert
SWEDISH
CUE
Jag sg en film, som jag hade sett tidigare.
Inte
Jag sg en film, som jag Inte hade sett tidigare.

Johan, som brukar vara punktl 19,
kom tio minuter fr sent.
a I It i d
Johan,som a I I t i d b ru ka r vara punktlig, kom tio minuter fr sent.

Jag var s ker p att Peter hade v rt telefonnummer.
Inte
J ag var sker p att Peter inte hade vrt telefonnummer.

Eva undrade, om N11 s kunde komma hem t i d i ga re.
verk I i gen
Eva undrade, om N i I s verkl igen kunde komma hem tidigare.

Olof berttade, att ni hade velat fara tl II Kpenhamn.
hell re
Olof berttade, att ni hellre hade velat fara till Kpenhamn.

Jag
visste, att ni vi Ile stanna hemma.
helst
Jag visste, att n l helst v i I I e stanna hemma.

Jag tycker, att du borde ringa och tacka fr senast.
tminstone
J ag tycker, att du tminstone borde ringa och tacka f r senast.

Jag frstr, att du har hft tid att lsa tidningen
knappast
J ag frstr, att du knappast har haft tid att lsa tidningen.
Unit 12
403
SWEDISH
404
Praotioe H.
This is a mixed practioe.
You will have to determine whether the
adverb given in the oue is a "roaming adverb" or not.
Plaoe the adverbs given
in the oue in the sentenoe on the left. If the sentenee consists of two clauses
there will be an adverb for each one.
eUE
Jag tror,
att Perssons ska resa ti II
Uppsala.
Jag tror inte, att Perssons ska resa ti II

Jag vill, att ni
Jag vill
Uppsala
hellre, att ni
Idag
Idag.
kommer.
hellre, hit
kommer hit.
Gsta, som tycker om att resa, mste fara ti II

Gsta, som i nte tycker om att resa,
Har du berttat fr J an,
Har du
inte,
USA.
mste kanske fara tl II
att du mste g p operan?
inte berttat fr J a n,
i nte,
kanske
USA.
i nte,
att du mste g p operan d?
Jag har tyckt om att segla (to saH) .
a I dr i g
Jag har aldrig tyckt om att s eg I a.

Jag har velat tala om fr dig, att vi ska flytta.
Jag har
inte velat tala om fr dig,
Jag kan hra,
knappast,
Jag kan knappast hra,
fr han talar inte s hgt. (See Unit 8,
Eftersom du r frdig,
kan vi
g.
kan vi
antagligen
att vi antagligen ska flytta.
fr han talar s hgt.
Eftersom du redan r frdig,
unit 12
inte,
Nate 18b.)
redan,
g nu.
inte
nu
SWEDISH
eVE
Tror du,
Tror du verkligen,
som du trffade,
Min kusin,
som du trffade
Nr Peter kommer
alltid
att han alltid hller med sin vMn?
Min kusin,
Nr Peter kommer,
Unit 12
verkl igen,
att han hller med sin vn?
vi Il
kan kra bil.

igr,
kan
vi II
inte
Inte kra bil.
han trffa dig.
imorgon,
igr,
imorgon,
antag\ Igen
han antagligen trffa dig.
405
SWEDISH
Point III.
Praatiae r.
As we mentioned in the introduation to this Unit we will now
praatice some of the idiomatia or useful expressions that have been underlined
in the text.
This is a multiple ahoice exeraise.
Only one of the three answers
is appropriate in the given situation.
The aorreat answers will be listed at
the end of the praatiae.
1.
Situation:
You are asking a te lephone aaller to wait.

a.
b.
a.
2.
Situation:
3.
Situation:
c.
Situation:
a.
a.
Situation:
Tack bra.
Tack hemskt grna.
Tack, det gr detsamma.
You are raising your glass wetaoming your guests at the

dinner tab le.
b.
5.
Vad f r jag bjuda p?

V i r s glada att ni kunde komma.
Ha r du lust att komma p mIddag.
You accept the invitation.

a.
b.
4.
J us t en minut.
Ett gonb I i ck.
Hur har ni det?
You are inviting a friend to dinner.

a.
b.
a.
Jag ber att f hlsa er vlkomna.

Adj d och vlkomna.
Vi sklar fr vrdfolket.
You are leaving a party,

a.
b.
c.
Unit 12
406
thanking the host and hostess.
Tack fr igr.
Tack fr maten.
Tack fr en mycket trev I i 9 kv II.
SWEDISH
6.
Situation:
On parting you want to convey a greeting to your friend's

husband, Johan.
a.
b.
e.
7.
Situation:
You meet your dinner host or hostess a few days after their
party and say:
a.
b.
c.
8.
Situation:
b.
e.
Situation:
Tack fr senast.
D hr jag av mig.
Det passar utmrkt.
You are the guest of honor sitting to the left of your hostess.
You might begin a toast in the foZZowing typiaaZ way:
a.
9.
Hur har Johan det?

Hlsa t i l l Johan!
V i I I du gra s I I skap med Johan?
Vi har verkligen funnit varandra.

Vi sklar fr vrdfolket.
Tack tr senast.
Af ter getting up from the dinner tabZe each guest comes up

to the hostess to say:
a.
b.
e.
Tack fr sllskapet.
Tack fr en mycket trevl ig
Tack tr maten.
kvll.
Correct an8wers to Praetiee I.

1.
2.
:5
4.
5.
Uni t
12
b
e
b
a
e
6. b
7. a
8. b
9. e
407
SWEDISH
VI TALAR SVENSKA
Now it's time for some role-playing.
Imagine
yourself in various roles, such as friend on
the telephone extending an invitation, friend
accepting an invitation, guest of honor, host
or hos tess.
Uni t 12
408
SWEDISH
UNIT 13
Here we introduae a change from the dialog format of our text to a combination
descriptive text and dialog.
We hope you will find it fun and useful.
We
also want you to become more ear oriented and see how much you can understand
even when new vocabulary that you have never had is introduced.
Try listening
to the tape before looki~ the text.
See i f you can get the gist of what
is going on even with the unfamiliar words.
Some of the new words may bear
so much resemblanae to English (or another language whiah you may know) that
you can guess at the meaning.
Examples:
generationer - generations; konduktr conductor.
Others you may guess at from already knowing one part of a twopart word.
Examples:
tidtabell - timetable;
platsbi Ijett - reserved seat
ticket.
Most probably you will also recognize words that you have learned
from sources other than this book during your weeks of studying Swedish.
Af ter having listened to the tape several times, read the text.
vocabulary is underlined and translated at the end of the text.
You are not expected to memorize the text. however.
with it.
All the new
just to be very familiar
Note alsa that in this new format asterisks referring to Nates on Basic Sentenaes appeal' next ta the line numbers in which the items explained oacur.
Uni t
13
409
SWEDISH
410
UNIT 13
P
vg t i l l
Anne och George Brown r bjudna ti I I
2.
Lvgrens bor p somrarna
3.
sina
4.
I i gger
5.
Anne:
Hur dags gr tget?
6.
George:
Vid nio-tiden,
frldrar.
7.
p Ut
Lvgrens p
stuga,
Den har tillhrt slkten

St o c k ho I ms s k r g r d
tror jag.
De t
Titta
landet ver veckoslutet.
som Svante Lvgren har rvt av

flera generationer.
t I d i gt
Stugan
I r d a g s mo r g o n e n
tidtabellen,
r du snll.
Jag
h I I er p att packa.
8.
Anne:
Det str:
Avgn~stld frn
9.
Havsbad klockan
10.
skyndar oss.
11.
George:
12.
13.
i en gammal
landet
Du r
inte klok.
10:05.
Centralen 8:23.
Jag tror vi
Hur ska vi
Ankomsttid
i Arsta
hinner med tunnelbanan,
om vi
f med alla vra tunga grejer p tunnel-
banan?
Jl
14.
Unit 13
Anne:
Ja,
det har du rtt I.
inte en taxi?
Det bl jr nog
Inte s
ltt.
Varfr tar vi
SWEDISH
15.
George:
Ja,
det r
16.
Anne:
Ha r
vi
17.
George:
Dem fr
18.
Anne:
Du
19.
George:
Ja,
klart att vi
t n kt
vi
har v I
P a I I t i n 9?
Anne:
21.
i n t e g u mm i s t v I a r n a
lna av Lvgrens.
kpt
v i net
det har jag.
som v i
lovade att ta med oss?
Tycker du att vi
ska ta med ngon present t
Nej.
Pojken kte p
lger hromdagen och
fl ickan r
inte hel ler
hemma.
22.
23.
George:
24.
Anne och George tar en taxi
25.
Vid biljettluckan:
26.
George:
Tv
Mannen:
Nej,
>\
28.
Uni t
G I m
barnen?
20.
27.
gr.
Vi
mste
lsa ordentligt och
tur och retur t i II
det r
Centralen,
dr ni
rsta Havsbad.
fr~~ ti
hos grannarna.
dr George kper bi Ijetter.
Mste v i
inte ndvndigt p det tget.
Vsterhanninge,
1J
ti II
lmna nyckeln
II
kpa
p I atsb i I jetter?
Men tget gr bara tl l I
buss.
411
412
SWEDISH
Anne:
29.
Skynda dig George.

kommer
30.
3l.
skbrt att vara
fullsatt.
Alla
vi II
komma ut p
Tget
landet
ver helgen.
>l
Nr Anne och George her ~ ~ ~ tget hr de konduktren
32.
33.
Det blir svrt att fi'l plats annars.
Tag plats!
>l
frbi
Var god
ropa:
stng drrarna!
en kupe dr det str "Rkare"
De gr
35.
en ~ dr det str" Icke rkare".
36.
I Vsterhanninge gr konduktren genom vagnarna och ropar "Byte tl II Arsta
37.
Havsbad".
38.
>l
D vaknar Anne som har somnat.
39.
>l
tionen vntar en SJ-buss med Arsta Havsbad
Alla passagerarna
40.
sig
41.
Det r
42.
med
43.
tar alla sitt bagage och stiger av.
44.
kpa varm korv,
45.
>I
Unit 13
kn och brjar
fullt med
Ut.
stiger av.
p skylten.
Framfr sta-
Anne och George stl ler
leta efter biljetterna som George hittar
folk p bussen.
skogar och sjar.
ta bt t i l l
p en skylt och
fortstter ti II
34.
glass,
Den
rockfickan.
kr genom ett typiskt svenskt
Anne tycker att Sverige r vackert.

Hr
finns
tidningar och choklad.
bara en
Vid
kiosk,
landskap
ndhllplatsen
dr man kan
Frn Arsta Havsbad
ska Browns
SWEDISH
UNIT 13
Glossary
a I I t I ng
ankomst -en -er
annars
avgng -en 0
bagage -t 0
bjud/en -et -na
(att) byta, 2b
byte -t -n
Centralen (C)
dr
fick/a -an -or
(att) fort/stta, -stter, -satte, -satt, 4
full -t-a
fu I I satt -0 -a
generation -en -er
glass -en (Il
grann/e -en -ar
grej -en -er
gummi -t 0
(att) h I I a p (att gra ngot);
hl ler, hll, hllit, 4
hromdagen
icke
i n te h e I I e r
k i os k
klok -t -a
du r inte klok
konduktr -en -er
korv -en -ar
varm korv
kupe -n -er
k -n -er
land -et 0
landskap -et -0
Unit 13
everything
arrival
otherwise
departure
baggage, luggage
invit ed (past part.)
to change
change
Central station
where (relative adverb)
pocket
to con tinue
full
filled, all seats taken
f!eneration
'l-ce cream
neighbor
thing, gadget
rubber
to be busy (doing something), to be in the
process of (doing something)
the other day
not (formal; used mainly in public notices)
not ... either
kiosk
wise
you are crazy
conductor
sausage
hot doges)
compartment
line, queue
countroyside
countroyside, scenery, landscape
413
SWEDISH
(att) leta (efter ngot);
luck/a -an -or
(att) lna, I
ls -et -rj
(att) lsa, 2b
lger, lgret, -0
I tt
-0 -a
nyckel -n, nycklar

ordent I i g -t -a
(att) packa, I
passagerare -n -0
plats -en -er
platsbiljett -en -er
rock -en -ar
(att) ropa, I
(att) ha rtt (i ngot); har,hade, haft
rkare -n -0
sj -n -ar
skog -en -ar
skylt -en -ar
skrgrd -en -ar
slkt -en -er
(att) somna, I
(att) stiga, stiger, steg, stigit, 4
(att) stiga av; 4
(att) stiga p; 4
(att) st, str, stod, sttt, 4
stvel -n, stvlar
t i dtabe l I -en -er
(att) tillhra, 2a
tung -t -a
tur och retur
vagn -en -ar
(att) vakna,
var god
varfr
veckoslut -et -~
Unit 13
to look (for something)

tJindotJ
to borrow~ to lend
lock
to lock
oamp
easy~ simple; light
key
orderly~ careful~ thorough
to paok
passenger
seat
reserved seat ticket
ooat~ robe
to oaU (out)
to be right (about something)
smaker
lake
forest~ tJoads
sign
archipelago~ skerries
extended family, relatives
to fall asleep
to step
to get off
to get on~ to board
to say (in print or writing)
boat
time table
to belong (to)
heavy
roundtrip
(railroad) car
to tJake up
please
why
week-end
414
SWEDISH
ndh I I P l ats -en -er
(att> rva, 2a
Uni
t 13
end of the line

to inhel'it
415
SWEDISH
416
UNIT 13
13.
Ltt has two meanings: "easy" and "light" (not heavyJ.
Examples:
Peter tycker det r ltt att lra sig svenska, men Ann tycker det r
svrt.
Peter thinks it's easy to learn Swedish, but Ann thinks it's difficult.
Lars kpte en mycket ltt vska, fr han tycker inte om att resa med
tungt bagage.
Lars bought a very light suitcase, because he doesn't like to travel
with heavy luggage.
27.
Det tget. Here det functions as a demonstrative adjective, meaning "that train."
Note that the defini-te form of the noun is used.
31.
ver helgen.
Helg today has the meaning of any legal holiday or weekend.
Earlier helg meant only religious holidays.
33.
Var god ... This idiomatic expression meaning "please" is used only in format
directives.
We have brie fly mentioned the translation of "ptease" in Unit 1,
Note 29, and would like to add some useful clues with regard to expressing
"please" in Swedish.
It is quite simple if we divide the "pleases" into
four categories:
1.
A formal oommand. This is the imperative form used in offioial or quite

impersonal situations to tell someone in a polite way to do something.
Examples:
Unit 13
Var god (och) vnta.

Please wait.
(Of ten used on the telephoneJ
SWEDISH
Var god
(och)
Please hold.
drj.
(Used on the telephone)
Var vnlig och

s n I I
fyll
den hr blanketten.
Pleas e fill out this form.

2.
An informal command.
The gracious way to invite Bomeone to do Bomething.
(Cf. Unit 12, Note 41a)
Examples:
Varsgod och stig
in.
Please come in.

Varsgod och sitt.
Pleas e sit down.

Varsgod och ta en
kaka t i II
Please take another cookie.

3.
request.
When asking someone to give you Bomething or do 80mething
for uou, the polite way is to use a graciouB question form that implieB
the equivalent of "please."
Examples:
4.
38.
Unit 13
Kan jag f
Fr jag be om .
Skulle jag kunna f
Sku I I e du kunna sga mi g
Skulle ni vi Ija vara s vnl ig och
May I have .. ,
May I have (ask for)
.
Could I please have
.
Could you please tell me
.. Would you please be kind
enough to ....
An acceptance, ja tack, corresponds to the English "yes,

(ef. nej tack - no thank you.)
Att vakna is the intransitive verb "to wake up," whereas the
"to wake up (someone)" is att vcka (Zbl.
please."
transitive verb
417
SWEDISH
Examples:
418
Lena tycker det r svrt att vakna tidigt p morgonen.

Lena thinks it's diffieult to wake up eaply in the mopning.
Vckarklockan vcker henne klockan sju.

The alarm clock wakes her up at seven.
Note the difference between att sova and att somna.
and att somna "to fall asleep. /I
Example:
Att sova means "to sleep"
Lena somnade genast och sov i tolv timmar.

Lena fell asleep right away and slept fop twelve houps.
39.
SJ-buss.
SJ is the abbreviation of Statens Jrnvgar, the government-owned
railroad system in Sweden.
SJ opepates buses between some localities as an
extension of the railroad system.
45.
Att ta bt.
Swedish usually does not use the article befope general means of
tY'anspoY'tation.
Examples:
(Cf.
Uni t
13
att
att
att
att
Unit 3,
ka tg
kra b I I
ta buss
ta taxi
to go by train
to drive (a ear), to go by ear
to take a bus, to go by bus
to take a taxi, to go by taxi
Note Ba., Unit 5, Note 25.)
SWEDISH
UNIT 13
Points to Praatiae
Unit 13
Point I:
Irregular verbs
Point II:
Tycka, tnka,
Point III:
Dr - dit as relative adverbs
tro
419
SWEDISH
Poin t I:
420
The Fourth Conjugation (Irregular Verbs)

The fourth conjugation contains all the verbs that don't follow the patterns
of the other three conjugations.
We call the verbs of the fourth conjugation
irregular because they don't all follow the same distinct pattern.
However,
many of them are conjugated according to certain predictable patterns of
vowel changes.
Examples:
finna, fann, funnit (find); springa, sprang, sprungit (run);

skriva, skrev, skrivit (wl'ite);
bli(va), blev, blivit (become).
These verbs end in - i t in the supine.

The present tense ending is -er,
except when the stem ends in a vowel or in -r. In those cases the same
rule applies as in the other conjugations: If the stem ends in a vowel
the present tense ending is just -r (b I i, b I i r);
if the stem ends in -r
the stem serves also as present tense (fara, far).
The fourth conjugation verbs which don't follow the predictable vowel
patterns are very irl'egular. They may take on both a vowel change and
an ending to form the past tense and the supine.
Examples:
gra, gjorde, gjort (do,

se, sg, sett (see).
make);
I igga,
lg,
legat (lie, be looated);
The present tense is formed the same way as for the verbs with the predictable vowel changes.
Examples:
Exceptions:
.!JJ.u1./a,
I igg~;
~,
se..!::.;
gr/a,
gr.
stjla (steal), present tense: stjl;

veta (know), present tense: vet.
Note also that some of the auxiliaries have irregular present tense forms.
Examples:
Unit 13
kan,
mste,
ska,
vill.
SWEDISH
The foLLowing is a comprehensive List of the fourth oonjugation verbs.
form wiLL be expLained in Unit 14):
(The past participLe
Infinitive
Present
Tense
Past
Tense
Supine
"JiCirti o i.JZ.1!!..
TransLation
be
ber
bad
bett
-bedd
ask, pray
binda
binder
band
bundit
bunden
bind, tie
bita
biter
bet
bitit
biten
bite
bj uda
bjuder
bjd
bjudit
bjuden
offer, invite
b I l (va)
bI i r
blev
bI i
-bliven
become
brinna
brinner
ra nn
b r' u n n i t
-brunnen
burn
brista
brister
ra st
brustit
brusten
burst
bryta
bryter
brt
brutit
bruten
break
b ra
br
bar
burit
buren
carry, wear
br
bo rdu
bo rt
d ra r
drog
d ra g i t
dragen
dricker
drac!~
druckit
d ruc
driver
drev
drivit
driven
duga
duger
dg
dugit
dr
dog
dtt
dd
die
dlja
dljer
dolde
dolt
dold
conceaL
dra(ga)
d
r i c ka
dr i
va
Unit 13
Past
\I
it
ought to
ken
drink
drive (not vehicLe)
do, serve, be suitabLe
421
SWEDISH
422
Infinitive
Present
Tense
Past
Tense
S~ine
Past
Participle
Translatian
f a I Ia
f a I I er
fI I
faIIit
f a I Ie n
fall
fara
far
fo r
far i t
-faren
go,
finna
f i n ne r
fann
funnit
funnen
find
finnas
f i n ns
fanns
funnits
flyga
flyger
flg
f I ug i t
-flugen
fly
flyta
flyter
f lt
f I ut i t
-fluten
float
frysa
fryser
frs
frusit
frusen
be ca ld, freeze
f r
f ic k
ftt
frsv i nna
frsvinner
frsvann
frsvunnit
frsvunnen
disappear
ge, giva
ger
ga v
gett
-given
give
g I i da
g I i der
gled
g I idi t
glide
gldja
glder
gladde
g I att
make happy, please
gnida
gnider
gned
9ni d i t
gniden
rub
gripa
griper
grep
gripit
gripen
seize, gra8p
grta
grter
grt
grtit
-grten
cry, weep
g r
g ic k
gtt
-gngen
go, walk
gra
gr
gjorde
g j o rt
gjord
do, make
Unit 13
travel
be, exist
receive, get, may
SWEDISH
In[initive
Present
Tense
Past
Tense
Supine
Past
Partiaiple
Translation
ha(va)
har
hade
haft
-havd
have
heta
heter
hette
hetat
hinna
hinner
hann
hunnit
hunnen
have time, attain
hugga
hugger
hgg
huggit
huggen
cut, hew
h I Ia
h I I er
h I I
h I I i t
h I I en
hold, keep
k I i va
k I iver
klev
kI i v it
-kliven
step, climb
knyta
knyter
knt
knutit
knuten
tie
komma
kommer
kom
komm i t
-kommen
come
kry pa
kryper
krp
krupit
-krupen
creep, cT'awl
kunna
ka n
kunde
kunnat
be ab le, may, know
le
ler
log
lett
smile
I i da
I i d er
I ed
I idit
su[[er
I i gga
I i gge r
lg
legat
-Iegad
lie (lay,
ljuga
ljuger
I j g
ljugit
-ljugen
lie (lied,
lyda
lyder
I d,
lytt
-lydd
obey; be worded
lta
lter
lt
ltit
-lten
let, permit; sound
lgga
lgger
lade
lagt
lagd
lay, put
Unit 13
lydde
be called
lain)
lied)
423
SWEDISH
424
Past
Pa1'ticipte
P1'esent
Tense
Past
Tense
--
mste
mste
niga
n i g er
neg
niglt
njuta
njuter
njt
njutit
nysa
ny se r
ns
nyst
sneeze
pipa
piper
pep
pipit
squeak
rida
rider
red
r idi t
rinna
rinner
ra nn
runnit
riva
river
rev
rivit
ryta
ryter
rt
rutit
se
ser
sg
sett
sedd
see
sitta
sitter
satt
suttit
-sutten
sit
sj unga
sjunger
sjng
sjungit
sjungen
sing
sjunka
sjunker
sjnk
sjunkit
sjunken
sink
ska ( I I )
s ku I I e
skina
skiner
sken
skinit
skjuta
skjuter
skt
skjutit
skjuten
shoot
skrida
skrider
skred
skridit
-skriden
glide, p1'oceed
s k r l ka
skriker
skrek
skrikit
-skriken
sC1'eam, shout
Infinitive
Unit 13
Supine
T1'anstation
must
CU1'tsy
-njuten
riden
enjoy
1'ide (on h01'seback)

1'un, flow
riven
sC1'atch, tea!'
1'0 a!'
shal. l., !ViU

shine
SWEDISH
Infinitive
Pl'esent
Tense
Past
Tense
Supine
Past
Pal'ticipZe
Tl'ansZation
skriva
skriver
skrev
skrivit
skriven
wl'ite
skryta
skryter
skrt
skrutit
-skruten
bl'ag~
s k ra
s k r
s ka r
s ku r i t
skuren
cut
s I i ppa
si ipper
slapp
sluppit
-sluppen
be spal'ed fl'om
s I i ta
si iter
slet
s Ii t it
s I i ten
teal'~
weal' out
sl
slr
slog
slagit
slagen
beat~
stl'ike
slss
slss
slogs
slagits
smyga
smyger
smg
smugit
-smugen
sneak~
snyta
snyter
snt
snutit
snuten
blow the nose
sova
sover
sov
sovit
spinna
spinner
s pa nn
spunnit
spunnen
spin
spricka
spricker
sprack
spruckit
sprucken
cl'ack~
sprida
sprider
spred
spritt
spridd
spl'ead
springa
springer
sprang
sprungit
sprungen
l'un
sticka
sticker
stack
stuckit
stucken
stick~
stiga
stiger
steg
stigit
-stigen
step~
stjla
stjl
stal
s tu I i t
stulen
steal
Unit 13
boast
fight
tip- toe
sleep
bUl'at
put; ating
l'ise
425
SWEDISH
426
Infinitive
Present
Tense
Past
Tense
--
Supine
Past
Participl.e
Translation
strida
strider
stred
stridit
-stridd
fight
stryka
stryker
strk
strukit
struken
cross out; iron
st
st r
stod
sttt
-stdd
stand
stdja
stder
stdde
sttt
stdd
support
suga
suger
sg
sugit
sugen
suck
supa
super
sp
supit
-supen
svida
svider
sved
svidit
drink l.iquor ( excessively)

smart, burn
sv i ka
sviker
svek
svikit
-sviken
fail., disappoint
svlta
svlter
sva It
svultit
svulten
starve
svra
svr
svor
svurit
svuren
swear
sga
sger
sa(de)
sagt
sagd
say
slja
sljer
s I d e
slt
sld
sen
stta
stter
satte
satt
satt
se t, put
ta(ga)
ta r
tog
tagit
tagen
take
tiga
t i g er
teg
tigit
-tegen
be silent
trs
tordes
torts
dare
va r
va r i t
be
vara
Unit
13
SWEDISH
Past
fiiliticiple
Infinitive
Pr>esent
Tense
Past
Tense
Supine
veta
vet
visste
vetat
v i ka
viker
vek
v i kit
vi Ij a
vi II
v i II e
velat
vinna
vinner
va nn
vunnit
vunnen
UJin
vrida
vrider
vred
vridit
vriden
tur>n, twist
v I j a
vljer
valde
valt
vald
ohoose
v nj a
vnjer
vande
vant
vand
aooustom
ta
ter
tit
ten
eat
Note 1:
Tr>ans latian
know
viken, vikt
fold
want to
This list does not inolude any of the ir>regular verbs that are made up of a pr>efix
(of ten a preposition) and a verb, fOr> example:
frst, ~skrlva, fortstta.
These compound verbs are always oonjugated aocor>ding to the pattern that the simple
verb folloUJs.
Examples:
frst, frstr, frstod, frsttt

beskrIva, beskriver,~krev, beskrivit
fortstta, fortstter, fortsatte, fortsatt
(to under>stand)
(to descr>ibe)
(to aontinue)
Some of the most oommon prefixes used with verb forms ar>e: an-, be-, fort-, fram-,
fr-, genom-, ned-, t 1 I 1-, ver-.
Nate 2:
A dash befor>e the par>tioiple for>m in the verb list means that the partiaiple form
is used only with a pr>efix.
Examples:
Unit 13
verb I i vlen -et -na

besvlk/en -et -na
Ihopkrup/en -et -na
(Zeft ove:r>J
(disappointed)
(curled up)
427
SWEDISH
428
To make it a little easier we'll list together some of the most common fourth conjugation
verbs that follow the same vowel pattern:
Infinitive
(short i J
Present
Tense
( short i J
Past
Tense
(short aj
0:P. ine
Past
p;;y;ticiple
(short uj
Translation
binda
binder
ba nd
bundit
bunden
bind, tie
brinna
brinner
brann
brunnit
-brunnen
bU'l'n
d r i c ka
dricker
d rac k
druckit
drucken
drink
f i nna
finner
f a nn
funnit
funnen
find
finnas
finns
fanns
funnits
frsvinna
frsvinner
frsvann
frsvunnit
frsvunnen
disappeal'
hinna
hinner
hann
hunnit
hunnen
have time, attain
r i nna
rinner
ra nn
runnit
s i tta
sitter
satt
suttit
-sutten
sit
s I i Ppa
slipper
slapp
sluppit
-sluppen
be spared from
spricka
spricker
sprack
spruckit
sprucken
crack, burat
springa
springer
sprang
sprungit
sprungen
run
st i c ka
sticker
stac k
stuckit
stucken
stick, put; sting
vinna
vinner
va nn
vunnit
vunnen
win
Unit 13
(s
hort uj
SWEDISH
Infinitive
(long i)
Present
Tense
(long i)
Past
Tense
(long ej
Supine
(l.ong i)
Past
Participle
(Long i J
Translation
bita
biter
bet
bitit
biten
bite
bl i(va)
bIi r
blev
bI i vit
-bl iven
be come
g I i da
g l i der
gled
g I i dit
gnida
gnider
gned
gnidit
gniden
rub
gripa
griper
grep
gripit
gripen
seize, grasp
k I i va
k I iver
klev
kI j vit
-kliven
I i da
I i der
led
I idit
suffer
niga
niger
neg
nigit
curtsy
rida
rider
red
ridit
riden
ride (on horsebaok)
riva
river
rev
rivit
riven
scratch,
skina
skiner
sken
skinit
s kr i ka
skriker
skrek
skrikit
-skriken
scream, shout
skriva
skriver
skrev
skrivit
skriven
write
s I i ta
I i ter
slet
s I It It
s I I ten
tear, wear out
stiga
stiger
steg
stigit
-stigen
step, rise
svida
svider
sved
svidit
sv i ka
sviker
svek
svikit
Unit 13
glide
step, climb
tear
shine
smart, burn
sviken
faH.
disappoint
429
SWEDISH
430
In[initive
(long I)
PT'e8ent
Tense
(long i)
Pa8t
Tense
( long e)
Supine
( long i )
Past
PaT'ticiple
(long i )
TT'anslation
tiga
tiger
teg
tigit
-tegen
be silent
v i ka
v i ke r
vek
v i ki t
viken,
vrida
vrider
vred
vridit
vriden
tUT'n, twist
Infinitive
(u)
PT'e8ent
Tense
(u)
Past
Ten8e
()
Supine
(u)
Past
PaT'ticiple
(u)
TT'anslation
bjuda
bjuder
bj d
bjudit
bjuden
offeT'~
hugga
hugger
hgg
huggit
huggen
cu t, hew
ljuga
ljuger
I j g
ljugit
-ljugen
lie (lied, lied)
njuta
njuter
njt
njutit
-njuten
enjoy
sjunga
sjunger
sjng
sjungit
sjungen
sing
sjunka
sjunker
sjnk
sjunkit
sjunken
sink
s kj uta
skjuter
skt
skjutit
skjuten
shoot
suga
suger
sg
sugit
sugen
suck
supa
super
sp
su p i t
-supen
dT'ink liquoT' (exce8sively)
Unit 13
vikt
fold
invite
SWEDISH
Supine
(u)
Past
Partiaipl.e
(u)
Transl.ation
bryter
brt
brutit
bruten
break
flyga
flyger
flg
flugit
-flugen
fLy
flyta
flyter
flt
flutit
-fluten
fZoat
f ry sa
fryser
frs
frusit
frusen
be
knyta
knyter
knt
knutit
knuten
tie
krypa
kryper
krp
krupit
-krupen
creep. crawL
skryta
skryter
skrt
skrutit
-skruten
brag. boast
smyga
smyger
smg
smugit
-smugen
sneak. tip-toe
snyta
snyter
snt
snutit
snuten
bLow the nose
stryka
stryker
strk
strukit
struken
Cro ss out; iron
Present
Infinitive
Tense
(y)
(y)
bryta
Uni t
1J
Past
Tense
co
Ld. feeze
431
SWEDISH
BeloLJ is a Hs t of the auxiliary verbs.
432
(Nate that they have no past particip le form) :
Infinitive
PJ"e8ent
Tense
Past
Tense
Supin~
TJ"anslation
b I i (va)
bI i r
blev
b I Iv It
become
br
bo rd e
bort
ought to
fr
fick
ftt
be
ha
ha r
hade
haft
have
kun na
ka n
kunde
kunnat
be able
lta
lter
lt
I t i t
let
mste
mste
must
ska ( I I )
s ku I I e
shal L~ LJill
vara
va r
varit
be
v i Ij a
vIII
v i I Ie
velat
want to
Unit 13
aLLoLJed~
to~
may
can
SWEDISH
Practice A.
This practice uses verbs from the fourth conjugation that have
occurred in this Unit.
Put the cue verb in the present tense.
eUE
p Ut.
Stugan
att ligga
I i gger
George
att packa.
att hlla p
h I I er p
De
resa ti II
landet.
ska
ska
Tget
p stationen
att st
st r
Vi
en taxi ti II Centralen.
att ta
tidigt p morgonen.
att g
tar
Tget
gr
De
tget
Stockholm.
att stiga p
stiger p
Ann
inte ta tunnelbanan.
att hinna
hinner
Unit 13
433
434
SWEDISH
eVE
Anne och George ti II sin stuga.
Lvgrens
att bjuda
bj ud er
svrt att f plats p tget.
Det
att b l l
bI ir
Ppactice B.
This time put the aue verbs in the past tense.
eVE
George vskan med sig?
att ta
Tog
Hur dags
tget?
att g
gick
De
till en.annan vagn.
att fortsl'itta
fortsatte
Browns ta med sig vin tl I I sina vnner?
ska
S ku I I e
Det
inga barn hemma.

fanns
Unit 13
att finnas
SWEDISH
eVE
p middag.
Stina
att bjuda
bj d
Inte med tunnelbanan.
De
att hinna
hann
att packa.
George
att hlla p
h I I p
Arsta Havsbad.
De
att stiga av
steg av
George kpa biljetterna
Anne
att l ta
lt
Stugan
p en .
att ligga
lg
B i I en
p gatan.
att st
stod
Unit 13
435
SWEDISH
Practice
e.
This time put the cue verb
~n
436
the present perfeet form ( har + supinej.
eVE
p en resa.
att vara
p sista tiden?
att gra
Br'owns
ha r va r i t
Vad
ni
ha r
gj ort
p stationen
Tget
en timme.
att st
ha r sttt
att lra sig svenska.
George
att fortstta
har fortsatt
Anne
ngon chokl ad.
inte
ha r
att f
ftt
Boken
hr
en vecka.
att ligga
har legat
Bussen
redan
ha r
Familjen
gtt
p Ut hela sommaren.
har varit
Vnit 13
att g
att vara
SWEDISH
eVE
Peter
att ta hand om
vskan.
har tagit hand om
Vi
att bjuda
alla vra vnner.

har bjudit
mnga lnder.
Attachen
att tjnstgra
har tjnstgjort
Varifrn
de hr paketen
ha r
Vem
att komma
---- ?
komm i t
att man i nte fr rka hilr?
att sga
har sagt
Vilken sekreterare
det hilr meddelandet?
att skriva
har skrivit
Mannen
i nt e
ha r
Unit 13
p tv dagar.
att ta
tit
437
SWEDISH
438
Practice D.
This is another practice on the fourth conjugation.
tense of the verbs in the story to past tense.
Anne och George
far
ut p
landet ver helgen.
Medan George hller p att packa

h I I
to r
ser Anne efter
tidtabellen nr tget gr.
gick
sg
sger att de
sade
och
kan
hinna med
tget,
om de
tar hand om biljetterna.
Anne vi II
ta tunnelbanan,
Och
inte tar en
tar de med tget

for
men George
v i I Ie
taxi.
tog
kLI nd e
tog
Unit 1;;
inte
Change the present
George br vskorna
bar
som gr frn Centralen.

gick
SWEDISH
Practice E.
Put the cue verbs in the present tense.
sentences have occurred in previous Units.
Most of the verbs used in these

eUE
ti I I Stockholms skrgrd.
Brderna
att fara
fa r
du om att hans eftertrdare
Vad
sger
Bob Smith?
att sga, att bl i
bI ir
Hon
inte tyska.
att frst
frsir
Nr
du frdig?
att bl
bI i r
kyrkan varje sndag.
Ka r i n
att g
g r
inte hur bra de
De
vet
det.
ha r
hon
Det
h I I er
Vad
att veta, att ha
a tt h I I a med om
med om
Svante p somra r na?
att gra
gr
Unit 13
439
SWEDISH
PT'aetiee P.
Put the eue veT'b
~n
the
440
ras~~~.
eVE
Brodern
allt perfekt.
att gra
inte vad hans hustru
att frst, att sga
gjorde
Mannen
sa (d e)
frstod
att det
Journa I i sten
hll med om
Kaptenen
trkigt.
att h I I a med om, att vara
va r
hela resan.
att beskriva
beskrev
Modern
honom grna.
att frlta (to fOT'give)
frlt
Pol isen
inte var hotellet

visste
Fl ickan
att veta, att ligga

lg
barnet p sngen.
att lgga
lade
Sonen
att spela tennis.

fred rog
unit 13
att f red ra
SWEDISH
Point II:
Tycka, tnka tro
Att tyc ka }
Att tnka
Att tro
can all be translated "to think."
!Tyckalimplies opinion, a personal view.

Example:
Jag tycker att det r ett bra frslag.

think (it is my opinion) that it is a good suggestion.
ITnkalmeans to ponder, to contemplate, give thought to.

Example:
Prata inte, jag frsker tnka.

Don't talk, r'm trying to think.
means "to believe."

ExampZe:
Lars tror att Browns kommer imorgon.

Lars thinks (believes) that the Browns are coming tomorrow.
Unit 13
441
SWEDISH
Remembe~
Nate:
442
that att tnka is also uBed as an
auxilia~y
to indicate
futu~e
time.
Examples:
Nr tnker n J resa?
When a~e you going to leave
(planning to leave).
Hon tnker stanna hemma i kvll.

She is planning to stay home tonight.
P~actice G.
p~ope~ wo~d
Now we 'll give you a p~actice on tycka, tnka, tro.

Inse~t the
in the sentence and check you~ answe~s as uBual.
Use the p~esent
tense.
du att vr nya sekreterare r duktig?
Tycker
du att den nya sekreteraren b I i r bra?
Tror
Vad sitter du och
p?
tnker
Jag
p vad mamma brukade sga.

tnker
att han fr jobbet (the job).
Jan
tror
du att filmen som vi
Unit 13
sg var bra?
SWEDISH
Tycker du att fi Imen som vi sg var bra?

ni att han kommer idag?
Tror
inte p att museet r stngt p mndagarna.
Bo
tnker
George att det r svrt att
I~ra
sig svenska?
Tyc ker
Unit 1 J
443
SWEDISH
Point III:
444
Dr - dit as relative adverbs

In English the word "where" has two functions:
a.
b.
a.
b.
Interrogative "where?"
<
it introduces a question
it is a relative adverb
var?
Var r han?
va rt?
Vart gick han?
dr
Relative " w h e r e " - - - - ------dit
(Where is he?)
(Where did he go?)
stan dr han bor (In the city where

he lives)
stan dit han for
(In the city where
he went)
You are already familiar with the translation of the interrogative "where?"
as var? - vart? depending on whether the verb in the clause indicates rest
or motion.
(Cf. Unit 8, Point III)
The relative "where" introduces a relative clause, referring to a noun in
the previous clause.
(Example:
The town where he lived had three churches.)
Whether you use dr or dit (corresponding to the English relative adverb
"where") depends on whether the verb in the relative clause indicates rest
or motion.
Unit 13
SWEDISH
Practice H.
This is a practice on the relative adverbs dr - dit.
the proper word in the sentence and check your answers as usual.
stugan, _ _ Lena bodde nr hon
var
I iten,
lg
Insert
Da I a rna.
dr
Ullas vska
B i I en,
lg,frsvann under natten.
dr
ett
I i tet rum,
man kom genom en
lng korridor,
hngde en underbar tavla.
dit
Det va r
ka I I t
rummet,
han satt och vntade.

dr
Vi
krde ti II
restaurangen,
ni
promenerade
igr.
dit
Jag
knner ti II
(know)
ett trevl igt hotell,
man
fr ha
sin
hund med
sig.
dr
Lt
05S
fara
ti I I
en plats,
man kommer med buss.

dit
Uni t
13
445
SWEDISH
446
UNrT 14
P
1.
Dei
2.
Anne och George.
3.
timme
4.
'*
5.
'*
6.
var
en
var de
~ de
framme vid
Ut,
full
med .8.~~ mnniskor,
btar seglade ut mot

och George och
p Svante Lvgren.
syn
Svante:
Hej
och
hr
ute?
8.
Nr de kom
9.
leende.
10.
Brita:
det vl
12.
Etter
13.
Svante:
vlkomna.
Dr uppe
fram ti II
Hej.
11.
14.
Hundratals
Bten var
De
knde
Anne
knappast
det pp~ havet.

hoppade ~~.
igen
jeans och
?.
Unit 14
strlande sommardag.
stugan
ni
efter resan?
ppnades drren och Brita
bra med
kunde
lunch
komma.
efter
en
Den
gammal
r det
Lvgren
Varsgoda och
dem
Efter en
halv-
Pltsligt
vant igtvis
skjorta.
i nte vackert
Flaggan r hissad ti I I
I igger stugan.
roligt att ni
smaka
trtta
honom.
bland
er ra.
kom ut,
stig
in.
glatt
Nu skulle
resan?
lunchen.
Orkar
arna.
ni
ta
en
Flera
promenad
tVdrs ver n?
Det hr r en av de strsta
fami Ijer bor hr hela ret om.
SWEDISH
15.
George:
Finns
16.
Svante:
Nej,
l?
det mycket
det r
fungerar
inte s
alla
Anne:
Kan man bara
19.
Brita:
.Ja,
vi
20.
Anne:
Vad
r det fr
21.
Br i ta:
Det r en gammal
22.
fritt
23.
Man
24.
Svante:
att man
26.
lgga
27.
Fljande morgon
28.
skulle segla
29.
Sagt och
14
vintern?
fa.r=..!.iB!.
Men
isen
och mnniskorna
hr
kan
vara
besvrlig.
hr u1-e r vana
vid
ju "allemansrtten"
ildnd
tradition som
vintrar.
Sverige.
innebr att alla har rtt
Att ~cka br och

p
en ,
in
tlta och
svamp
bada
en annan ,
Anne g och
dr det
fanns
att
rra
sl---9-
r ti Iltet var som helst.
utan
ngons trdgrd och
en ~rivat brygga mitt
vi I le George och
till
gjort.
vid
kalla
ngot?
inte kan
ti I I
Posten
skogen?
srskilt tillstnd.
Naturl igtvis br allemansrtten anvndas med ansvar.
25.
Uni t
naturen.
kan g
hr p
fall
18.
har
sn
plocka
Det r
klart
blommor,
eller
framfr en v i I I a .
bada.
en
Det var en ovanl igt varm dag.
fin
Svante
fre~ att
de
sandstrand.
~~ sken,
och alla
njt.
447
448
SWEDISH
30.
Pltsl igt kom en
lske~y~sflaska flytande
3l.
kartong.
32
om miljvrd.
33.
"
simma
lngt ut.
35.
skrattade.
folk br sig t,"
sa
Han slutade med att sga:
Besket p n blev
34.
Unit 14
"Titta
lyckat.
Men de
lg
Det var kallt

lnge och
Sen seglade de tillbaka
Svante,
"Hll
och
hll
Sverige
vattnet s
solade
till
vnttnet och
Ut,
sig p
strax eftert en
ett kort
fredrag
rent!"
ingen hade
stranden och
trtta och glada.
lust att
pratade och
SWEDISH
UNIT 14
Glossaroy
allemansrtt -n 0
ansvar -et -0
besvrl ig -t -a
besk -et -0
bland
brygg/a -an -or
br -et -0
(att) bra sig t; br, bar, burit, 4
eftert
fall -et -0
i alla fall
farllg-t-a
det r inte s farligt
flagg/a -an -or
flask/a -an -or
(att) flyta, flyter, flt, flutit, 4
flytande -0 -0
(att) fungera, I
(att) f syn p; fr, fick, ftt, 4
fljande -0 -0
(att) fre/sl, -slr, -slog, -slagit, 4
glad, glatt, glada
(att) hissa, I
(att) hoppa, I
hundrata I s
(att) hlla, hller, hll, hllit, 4
i I and
(att) inne/bra, -br, -bar, -burit, 4
is -en 0
j eans -en (pluro,)
ka rtong -en -er
kldd, kltt, kldda
knappast
(att) knna igen; 2a
Unit 14
right to access
responsibility
troublesome, diffiault
visit
among
dock
berry
(to) behave
afterwards
case
in any case
dangerous
itts not too bad
flag
bo tHe
(to) float
floating; fluently
(to) function, work
(to) catch sight of, spot
following
(to) suggest
glad, happy, merry
(to) hoist
(to) jump, skip, hop
hundreds
(to) keep, hold
ashore
(to) imply, mean
ice
blue jeans
cardboard box
dressed (past part,)
hardly
(to) roecognize
449
SWEDISH
(att) le, ler, log, lett, 4
leende -0 -0
leende -t -n
(att) lgga t i l l ; lgger, la(de), lagt, 4
lskedryck -en -er
mi Ij -n -er
mi Ijvrd -en 0
mitt framfr
mnnisk/a -an -or
natur -en 0
(att) njuta, njuter, njt, njutit, 4
(ati) p locka, I
pltsl ig -t -a
post -en 0
privat -0 -a
p ryd I i g -t -a
rtt -en 0
(att) rra sig; 2a
sand -en 0
(att) simma,
(att) skina, skiner, sken, skinit, 4
(att) skratta,
sn -n 0
sol -en -ar
(att) sola sig; I
strand -en, strnder
strax
(att) strla, I
strlande -0 -0
svamp -en -ar
syn -en -er
(att) f syn p; fr, fick, ftt, 4
ti II stnd -et -0
(att) tillta, tillter, tillt, t i l l t i t ,
t i I I t/en -et -na
tjnste/man -mannen, -mn
trtT -0 -a
Unit 14
(to) smile
smiling
smile
(to) dock
soda pop
environment
environmental protection
right in front of
person
nature
(to) enjoy
(to) pick
sudden
mail, mail se~vice
private
neat
right
(to) move
sand
(to) slJim
(to) shine
(to) laugh
snOlJ
sun
(to) sunbathe
beach
soon
(to) shine
gloT'ious
mushroom
sight, vision
(to) catch sight of
permit, permission
(to) permit, allolJ
permitted (past part.)
salaried employee
tired
450
SWEDISH
tvrs ver
(att) tlta, I
van -t -a (vid)
v i I I I a -a n -o r
vrd -en 0
ret om
rla -an
till
{Il
(ngons) ra
pplen -et -na
Unit 14
straight aeross
(to) camp
used to
house, vi lla
eare, maintenance
the year round
honor
in (someone's) honor
open
451
SWEDISH
452
UNIT 14
Nates on Hasic Sentences
4.
Den vanl igtvis s prydl ige ...

This type of construC!tion, den (det, de) + an
adjectivaL phrase before a noun is very common in written Swedish.
The adjeciival
phrase C!an sometimes be quite long and usually trans lates into a relative clause
in English.
Examples:
Den vanligtvis
prydlige banktjnstemannen
..
The bank executive, who was u0ually so neatly dressed, ...

Den
Frankrike mycket
valknda
konstnren
reser ti I I
New York
imorgon.
The artist, who is very weIL known in France, is Leaving for New York
tomorrow.
It is important that you learn to recognize this construction because it is
widely used in newspapers and magazines as weIL as in more formal texts.
In
spoken Swedish a relative elause usually expresses the same meaning, and is
preferred.
Examples:
Banktjnstemannen,
Konstnren,
imorgon.
5.
som vanligtivs
som r mycket
vl knd
prydlig,
Frankrike,
reser t i l l
New York
Prydl ige.
In written Swedish the definite form of an adjective sometimes takes
an -e rather than an ~ ending when the adjeetive modifies a noun whieh refers
to a male person.
Examples:
den gaml~ mannen

den ldste sonen
de vise mnnen
the old man

the oldest son
the wise men
Again, this is a form that you may eome aeross in written Swedish, so you shouLd
be able to reeognize it.
However, it is seldom used in spaken Swedish.
Unit 14
SWEDISH
19.
Vad r det fr ngot?

(What's that?J As you know from Unit 4, Nate 17, and
Unit 7,~~8, spaken Swedish of ten uses this construction in questions using
the question wopd vad.
Examples:
Vad r det hr fr ngot?

What's this?
Vad finns det fr stags djur p Skansen?
What kind of animaLs are ther'e at Skansen?
Vad r det dr fr slags blomma?
What kind of fLower is that?
32.
Det var kall t i vattnet.

Swedish of ten uses det as a formal (grammaticalJ
subJect as in Det var kallt i vattnet,meaning-:-The water was cold.
This usage
is espeeiaLLy prevalent with intransitive verbs, and is sometimes equivalent
to the English grammatieal subject "there. "
Examples:
Det sitter en man p trappan.= En man sitter p trappan.
There's a man sitting on the steps. = A man is sitting on the steps.
Det kom ett brev med p0~ten.
Ett brev kom med posten.
There was a Letter (tha~ came) in the mail. = A letter came
~n
the mail.
Det vxte ett stort traj vid huset.

Ett stort trd vxte vid huset.
There was a big tree grJwing by the house. = A big tree was growing by the house.
Det krde en bil frbi mig. = En bil krde frbi mig.
Thepe was a cap that drave by me. = A ear drove by me.
unit 14
453
SWEDISH
UNIT 14
Points to Practice
Unit 14
Point I:
Past Participles
Point II:
Passive Voice
a.
Compound Passive
b.
-5 Passive
Point III:
Present Participle
454
SWEDISH
Point l:
Past Paptieiples
The Swedish past papticipLe is used and decLined as
an adjective.
The fopm of the vepb used with har
and hade is caLLed "the supine" and shouLd not be
eonfused with the past papticipLe.
The supine fopm
is nevep decLined and can not be used as an adjective.
Below is a table showing the difference between the
Swedish supine and the particip le fopms:
Conjugation
Supine
As Fredicate Adjeetive
(har, hade) tvttat
Fast Papticiple
As Modifying Adjective
skjortan r (bl ir) tvttad

go I vet r (b I i r) t v t t a t k I derna r (b I i r) tvttade
en tvttad skjorta
ett tvttat golv
tvttade klder
den tvttade skjortan
det tvttade golvet
de tvtta~kJderna
2a
lJnit 14
(har,
hade) stng!
drren r (b I i r) stngd
fnstret r (blir) stngt
drrarna r (blir) stngda
Indef.
Def.
en stngd drr
ett stngt fnster
stng~ drrar
lndef
den stngda drren

det stngda fnstret
de stngda drrarna
Def.
455
SWEDISH
Conjugation
2b
AB Ppedicate Adjective
(har,
hade)
stekt
456
Past Paptiaip1-e
As Modifying Adjeative
en stekt korv
korven r (b I i r) stekt
(ett) stekt ktt
kttet r (b II r) stekt
kttbullarna r (bil rT stekta stekta kttbu I I ar
Indef
den stekta korven

det stekta kttet
Def.
de stektakttbu I I a rna
(har,
(har,
(har,
Vnit 14
hade)
hade)
hade)
sytt
skrivit
slt
klnningen r (blir) sydd

skrpet r (bl ir) sytt klderna r (blir) sydda
boken r (blir) skriven

brevet r (b I i r) skrivet
bckerna r (blir) skriVna
bilen r (blir) sld

huset r (blir> slt
mblerna r (blir) slda
en sydd klnning
ett sytt skrp (belt)
sydda klder
Indef.
den sydda klnningen

det sydda skrpet
de sydda klderna
Def.
en skriven bok
ett skrivet brev
skrivna bcker
Indef.
den skrivna boken

det skri vna bl-evet
de skrivna-bckerna
Def.
en sld bli
ett sTt hus
slda mbler
Indef.
den slda bilen

det slda huset
de sldamblerna
Def.
SWEDISH
The inflectional pattern of the Swedish past participles is very similar
to that of the adjective.
Indefinite forms
The basic en form varies according to the conjugation of the verb.
Examples:
en
en
en
en
en
tvttad skjorta
stn9~ drr
stekt korv
sydd-klnning
skriven bok
(Conjug.
(Conjug.
(Conjug.
(Conjug.
(ConJug.
1)
2a)
2b)
:3)
4)
The ett form of the past participle, like a regular adjective, gets the usual -t or -tt ending.
Examples:
ett tvttat golv

ett stng~fnster
stekt ktt
ett sytt s k rp
ett skrivet brev
The plural form gets either an -e or an -a ending,

depending on the conjugation of~he verb-.Examples:
tvttade skjortor
stngdadrrar
stekt"~lkttbuI I ar
syddaklder
skrivna bcker
It is only the past particip le of the first conjugation that gets the -e
ending in the plural and definite forms.
The rest have the familiar -a
ending.
unit 14
457
SWEDISH
Definite forms
Like the adjectives, the definite forms J singular and plural, of the past
particip les are always the same as the plural indefinite forms.
The Swedish past participle can be used both as a modifying adjective
(en stngd drr) or as a predicate adjective (drren r stngd). As a
modifying adjective it is used both in the indefinite and definite forms.
Examples:
en tvttad skjorta
den tvttade skjorta~
As a predicate adjective it is always used in its indefinite form.

Examples:
Nate:
Skjortan r tvttad.
Golvet r tvttat-.Klderna r tvttade.
Comparative and superlative forms of past participles are formed by

adding mer and me~ befare the participle.
Examples:
August Strindberg r kanske den mest knda svenska frfattaren.

August Strindberg is perhaps the most famous Swedish author.
Strindberg r mer knd n Pr Lagerkvist.
Strindberg is better knawn than Par Lagerkvist.
Uni t 14
458
SWEDISH
Ppactice A.
We witl have a shopt practice on the definite forms, singular
and plupat of the past participtes of the foup conjugations.
ehange the past
particip te from the indefinite to the definite form.
eUE
en stngd drr
den stngda drren
en bermd tavla
den bermda tavlan
skrivna bcker
de skrivna bckerna
en frdigsydd kostym
den frdigsydda kostymen
ett mblerat rum
det mblerade rummet
en bjuden gst
den bjudna gsten
stekt potatis
den stekta potatisen
betalade rkningar
de betalade rkningarna
ett skrivet brev
det skrivna brevet
en knd konstnr
den knda konstnren
mblerade vningar
de mblerade vningarna
Unit 14
459
SWEDISH
460
ppactice B.
In this ppactice we'll give you the infinitive fopm of the vepb
and you'll have to fopm the past papticiple in its indefinite fopms.
eVE
stnga
Fnstren r
stngda
ste ka
Kttet r
stekt
ba ka
Kakorna r
ba kad e
mblera
Rummen r
mblerade
Tackkorten r
skriva
skrivna
Lena r inte
bjuda
bjuden
Rkning var inte
t i I I ta
t i I lten
Kttet r
rka
rkt
Unit 14
SWEDISH
eVE
s I j a
Huset r
slt
tnda
Ljusen r
tnda
betala
Hyran r
betalad (betald)
att rka.
Det r
frbjuda
frbjudet
n~~n~~~
t~~6j(}de"
Unit 14
4,"61
SWEDISH
Point II:
Passive Voice
The passive voice (in Swedish and English) is a
verb construction used to express a transition
from one state to another on the part of the grammatical subject J or an action performed on the
grammatical subject by an agent.
Swedish has two ways of forming the passive voice:
a.
The campa und passive form;
b.
The passive -s form
and
a.
The compound passive fo~m corresponds to the way English forms passive
constructions (be + past participle).
In Swedish the auxiliary att bl i
is used + the past particip leJ which has to agree with the grammatical subject.
Examples:
Skjortan blir tvttad.

Golvet bl~vttat-.
KI.dernatiTi r tvttade.
Maten blir stlld
p bordet.
Bordet blir stllt i rummet.
StolarnatiTir stllda i kket.
Bo k e n b I j r k p t .
Huset bTfl= kpt.
Bckerna bl ir kp~.
Klnningen blir sydd.
Skrpet b I i r s y t t . Klnningarna blir sydda.
Unit 14
462
SWEDISH
Boken blir skriven.
Tackkortet bl ir Skrivet.
Breven b I i r~1 vna. -
Note l:
The auxiLiary in Swedish compound passive constructions is att bl i

-- not att vara.
Att vara describes a state or condition, not an
action or a transition from one state to another.
ExampLes:
Skjortan blev tvttad
ngra minuter.
The Bhirt was washed in a few minuteB.

(In coLLoquiaL EngLish:
The shirt got washed ... )
Skjortan r tvttad.
The shirt--;s washed.
(The shirt is cLean.)
Bilen blev stulen medan jag var borta.
The car was stoLen whiLe I was gone.

Bilen var stulen nr jag
(The ear got stoLen ... )
kom tillbaka.
The ear was stoLen (gone) when I got back.

Note 2:
The preposition av corresponds to the EngLish preposition "by"

a passive construction.
~n
Practice C.
Change the active sentences inta passive sentences.
The correct
passive sentenee wiLL appear beLow each active sentence, so be sure to cover
up the answers before you try to come up with the correct sentenee yourseLf.
Note that when man is the subject in the active sentence there is no agent
(by ... ; av .. ) in the passive sentence.
Ulla bakade kakan.
Ka ka n b I e v b a ka d a v U I I a
Unit 14
463
SWEDISH
Kerstin
sydde klnningen.
Klnningen
blev sydd av Kerstin.
Lasse tvttar bilen.

Bil en bl i r
tvttad av Lasse.
Johan slde huset.

Huset blev slt av Johan.
Mina vnner betalade rkningarna.
Rkningarna
blev betalade av mina vnner.
Mannen krde bi len ti II
stationen.
Bi len blev krd av mannen t l II
stationen.
Fami Ijen Ek bjd oss p middag.

Vi
blev bjudna av
familjen Ek p mIddag.
Man flyttade mblerna t i l l
ett annat rum.
Mblerna blev flyttade tl I I

Man ordnade allt
fre resan.
Allt blev ordnat fre resan.
Unit 14
ett annat rum.
464
SWEDISH
b.
Another ~ay of making passive constructions in S~edish is to add an -s to
the active form of the verb. This -s form can be added to the infinitive, past
tense and the supine. In the present tense -s is added to the infinitive of the
first and third conjugation verbs and to the stem in the second and fourth conjugation verbs.
Consequently the -s passive infinitive form and the -s passive
present tense form are identical in the firat and third conjugations.
Examples:
The
att bakas
to be baked
ka ka n ba ka s
the cake is being baked
att sys
to be sewn
klnningen sys
the dress is being sewn
follo~ing
Conjug.
chart
~ill
sho~
you the -s passive forms in all four conjugations.
Infinitive
Present tense
Past tense
Supine
att ba ka s
ba kas
bakades
(ha r, hade) bakats
2a
att
stng~
stng~
stngdes
(har, hade)
stng~
2b
att
kp~~
kp~
kptes
(ha r, hade)
kp~
:5
att
sy~
sy~
syddes
( ha r, hade) sytts
att skrivas
skrivs
skrevs
(ha r, hade) skrivits
Note that an -e is inserted ~n the present tense in second and fourth conjugation verbs i f the stem ends in an -s.
Examples:
Nyheterna lses varje timme.

The ne~s is read every hour.
Bren fryses meddetsamma.
The berrieS-are frozen right a~ay.
Unit 14
465
SWEDISH
466
Ppaatiae D.
In this ppaatiae we'LL give you the aative infinitive fopm of
a vepb in the Cue aoLumn.
Use the tense that is indiaated and put the vepb
into the sentenae on the Left.
CVE
av min moster.
Bordet
att kpa (past)
kptes
La
t i I I ko nt o r e t var j e da g a v s i n f r u
rs
att kra (ppesent)
krs
att skjortan Inte var tvttad.
Det
att mrka (past)
mrktes
att \ sa (pas
mer frr.
Det
t)
lstes
det mycket fr de gamla.
Sverige
att gra (ppesent)
grs
l bcker.
Mycket
att beskriva (ppesent pep!.)
har beskrivits
mycket om ekonomin (the eaonomy).
Det
talas
Unit 14
att tala (ppesent)
SWEDISH
eUE
att hon kom frn Tyskland.
Det
att hra (past)
hrdes
Rkningen
att betala (past perf.)
redan
hade
F II men
betalats
av alla eleverna.
att se (past)
s gs
Sa r n ska
men inte
ses
att se, att hra (inf.)

h ra s
vara den bsta i klassen.
Ha n
att anse (present)
anses
Fi I
men
va ra i nt res sa nt.
att sga (present)
sgs
Praotioe E.
This is another praotioe where you form a passive sentenoe out
of an active sentence~ hut this time you'll use the -s form of the verb.
Remember that when man is the subjeot in the aotive sentenoe there is no
agent (by .. /av ... J in the passive sentenoe.
The correct passive sentenee
follows under the aotive sentence, so be sure to cover it up before you try
to give your answer.
Vrdinnan serverade middagen.

Middagen serverades av vrdinnan.
Unit 14
467
SWEDISH
Lkaren tog
Ulf
togs
in Ulf
in p
sjukhuset.
sjukhuset av
lkaren.
Man har gjort allt fr att han ska bli

Allt har gjorts
Man
stngde drren
Drren stngdes
Man
fr att han
kan
kpa
Tidningar
lngsamt.
kpas
Man kper biljetterna

Biljetterna
kps
bttre.
lngsamt.
tidningar
kan
ska bl i
bttre.
vid
kiosker.
kiosker.
vid
ingngen.
ingngen.
Brita anvnder skrivmaskinen.

Skrivmaskinen anvnds av Brita.
Chauffren
(the
Ambassadren
unit 14
d~ive~,
chauffeur) hmtade ambassadren klockan tta.
hmtades av chauffren
klocKan tta.
468
SWEDISH
Point III:
Present Participle
The English present particip le has three different functions:
1.
It can be an adjective.
2.
It indicates the progressive form of a verb.
3.
It can be a noun (gerund).
1.
In Swedish the present participle functions mainly as an adjective.
Examples:
(This book is very interesting. )
Ett blommande trd

Ett I eend""8b"""rn
(Be is reading.)
(Jogging is fun.)
(a blossoming tree)
(a smiling child)
The Swedish present participle is formed by adding the suffixes -ande or

-ende. The verbs that take an -a in the infinitive get the -ande suffix
and verbs that do not take an -a-in the infinitive (third and some fourth
conjugation verbs) get the -ende suffix.
The Swedish present particip le is never dealined.
Examples:
en strlande dag
ett I een<rebarn
tv strlande dagar
tv I eend""8b"""rn
den strlande dagen

det leende-barnet
de strlande dagarna
de leende-barnen
2.
It is important that you remember that the English progressive form can
not be translated into Swedish using the present participle of the verb.
As we pointed out in Unit 53 the English progressive forms aorrespond to the
present 3 past 3 present perfect 3 and past perfect tenses.
Unit 14
469
SWEDISH
Examples:
Be
Be
Be
Be
is reading.
was reading.
has been reading.
had been reading.
Han
Han
Han
Han
470
lser.
lste.
har lst.
hade lst.
When English verbs like "go." "sit." "stand." etc. are followed by a present
particip le. two co-ordinated verbs are used in Swedish.
Examples:
J.
We stood there talking.

We went swimming.
We sat there understanding nothing.
Vi stod dr och pratade.

Vi gick och badade.
Vi satt dr och frstod
ingenting.
The English gerund corresponds to a Swedish infinitive.
Examples:
Jogging is good for you.

Do you like reading?
I learn by listening.
Att jogga r nyttigt.

Tycker du om att lsa?
Jag lr mig genom att lyssna.
Some Swedish nouns are derived from the present participle.

These nouns betong
either to the fourth or the fifth declension and are declined accordingly.
Ett-nouns that end in -ande or -ende bel"ong to the fourth declension.
Examples:
ett meddelande, meddelandet, meddelanden, meddelandena (message)

ett leende, leendet, leenden, leendena (smiLe)
En-nouns that end in -ande (usually signifying people) belong to the fifth
declension.
Example:
en ordfrande, ordfranden, ordfrande, ordfrandena (chairman)
En-nouns ending in -ende are treated like adjectives.

Example:
lJnit 14
en i nneboende, den inneboende,
(f
I era)
i nneboende,
de inneboende
(boarder)
SWEDISH
UNIT 15
~~r
~o
och Traditioner
Midsommar
1.
p midsommarafton promenerade Browns
2.
och deras svenska vrdfolk ner ti I I
3.
en
4.
skulle st.
5.
en
6.
gamla, och frberedelserna hade
7.
brjat.
8.
>t
vid havet, dr
I iten
majstnge~
Dr hade redan samlats
mnniskor,
~.//.
unga och
-.
Brita freslog att Anne
skulle hjlpa till med att kl majstngen.
Sjlv tnkte hon ta hand om kaffe-
9.
serveringen.
10.
Svante och George gick genast dit och hjlpte ti I I.
11.
Efter ngra timmar var allt klart och den frdigkldda stngen c-est~ under
12.
stort
13.
Klockan fyra brjade dansen
14.
en del
Unit 15
Ett par
sommargst~
hl I p att stta upp bord och stolar och
~.
jeans och
~orts,
omkri~9..
andra
majstngen.
Alla deltog, stora och sm,
l vackra fol kdrkter.
Under
~ern~
serverades
471
SWEDISH
l S.
ka f f e oc h
16.
domar
17.
de upplevde en gammal
18.
Senare p
I skedr yc ker .
lekar
fr
de smil.
fr de vuxna.
20.
so I uPP9~.
Me d a n d e ~~_~~ ~~JJl o ,- d n a d e
Alla
hade roligt.
George och
n g r a d u k t i g a ~-
Anne riktigt
knde att
svensk tradition.
kvllen gick de
19.
472
fyra
vnnerna
Eftert satt de p
ner ti II
bryggan
den
bryggan,
ljusa
dr dansen
fortsatte
sommarnatten och
beundrade
Julen
21.
Efter midsommaren
22.
fade
23.
svenska
24.
man
2S.
brjade
26.
"Julen brjar med
27.
den ldsta
28.
sng,
29.
med
levande
30.
och
stjrngossar.
Unit 15
sig
Browns
en
jul
skrgrden
skaf-
I iten bok om
De vi Ile veta
helger.
firar
Sverige.
hur
George
lsa:
dottern
kaffe och
Lucia-dagen den trettonde december.

i
fami Ijen vcka
lussekatter.
ljus p huvudet.
Hon r
Enligt traditionen
far och mor tidigt p morgonen med

kldd
vitt och
Hon r om~ av
Varje skola och arbetsplats
sina
har en
sm
krans av
syskon
har sin egen
brukar
Lucialingonris
som r trnor
Lucia."
SWEDISH
31.
"Tror du att
det kommer ngon
32.
kiinner
ju
33.
George
fortsatte att
34.
"Efter Lucia-dagen brjar
35.
putsar,
36.
julafton,
37.
"Det dr med
38.
"Julen har
inte brjat n,"
39.
"Julafton,
den tjugofjrde december,
4 O.
Efter
41.
jultomten med en sck p
42.
frgar om det finns
ngra
43.
mycket tidigt,
44.
julottan,
45.
finns mnga
traditionella
46.
med
lutfisk och
47.
ter pepparkakor och
Vnit 15
redan
flera
bakar och
sta
svenska
kls
Alla
det julfint
nr
och
sen
hela
trffas
huset.
juldekorationer tas
Man
stiidar och
fram och dagen
fre
julgranen."
storstdningen tycker jag mindre om,"
juldagsmorgonen,
"Vi
flickor."
svenskarna gra
lagar julmat.
julmiddagen,
frgade Anne.
lsa:
el/er tidigare,
rdkl,
december?"
Luc i a t i I loss
sade George och
sade Anne.
lste vidare:
r den viktigaste dagen,
familjen r samlad och
srskilt fr
julgransljusen r tnda,
ryggen,
full
med
snlla
barn
i huset, och det finns det alltid,
julklappar.
det nnu
slkt och vnner och

julrtter,
t.ex.
risgrynsgrt.
saffransbrd.
Man
Han knackar
r mrkt,
gr mnga
barnen.
kommer
drren och
frsts.
svenskar
ter julmat och dricker glgg.
(till
Under hela
exempel) sIllsallad,
helgen
dricker man
dansar kring granen och
Det
julskinka
kaffe och
firandet
fort-
473
SWEDISH
48.
stter med nyret och trettondagen,
49.
d julen dansas ut.
50.
pska'
den 6 januari,
Det r nstan som
(julen vara nda t i II
474
nda ti I I
juivisan att
'tjugondag
Knut,'
'julen varar n t l I I
psken),
Fastan
51.
"0 c h sen
52.
"I
53.
med
54.
Under den hr tiden mrker man att dagarna brjar bl i
55.
blommorna tittar
56.
"s
57.
Anne.
58.
"Ja,
59.
de f i rar psken."
Unit 15
kommer fastan.
samma visa
Hr p det hr,
str det ocks att
frggranna
'dremellan
kommer
fastan.'
D dekoreras huset
pskris och man ter semlor med mandelmassa och vispgrdde.
fram ven om det
lustigt att svenskarna
men det
Anne!"
lter
firar
lngre.
fortfarande r ganska
fastan
fastn de
Inte som om de ter mindre,"
De frsta
kallt ute."
vr-
.~
Inte r katoliker," utbrast
sade George.
"Nu
ska vi
se hur
SWEDISH
Psken
lsa nu,
60.
"Lt mig
61.
lsa:
62.
"Psken
63.
Barnen brukar ocks
64.
r dekorerat med
65.
kvarleva
firas
frn
snlla du," sade Anne.
Sverige~.
Hon tog boken
(bland annat) med att man mlar och ter psk~.
vackra ~gg, som r
vrblommor,
fyllda med godsaker.
kycklingar och pskkringar.
den tid d man trodde p
Sm
kringar gr
67.
Psken har
68.
har psklov och det har blivit populrt att resa
69.
"Nu
Unit 15
ibland omkring t i I I
hxor.
66.
I iksom julen tv
kommer vi
ti II
Ifd3n George och brjade
ngot nytt,"
Pskkringarna
flickor utkldda t i l l
grannarna och nskar
helgdagar,
Pskbordet
'glad
psk.
sade Anne.
en
psk-
pskdagen och annandag psk.

norrut och
Skolbarnen
ka skidor."
"Hr hur svenskarna
firar
vren.
1I
475
SWEDISH
476
Valborgsmssoafton
70.
"Vxl ingarna mellan de 01 ika rstiderna betyder mycket fr
7l.
ankomst firas ocks med en speciel I
72.
april,
73.
sjunger snger och hller vlkomsttal
74.
vren srskilt
75.
"
76.
svenska nsta r och att vi
77.
vidare.
Det
samlas man runt stora eldar
lter vl
hgtid.
i
P valborgsmssoafton,
alla stder och byar

till
svenskarna.
vren.
Vrens
den sista
Sverige.
Vid universiteten
Man
firas
intensivt med studentsng och vrbaler."
roligt?"
Anne
lt entusiastisk.
"Jag hoppas att vi
blir bjudna p ngra trevliga vrbaler."
kan mer
Anne
lste
Frsta maj
78.
"Den
79.
tionstg.
80.
litiker och fackfreningsledare hller tal."
8l.
Anne sg att George hade somnat medan hon
82.
ningarna p ngra av de mindre viktiga helgerna,
83.
pingsten.
unit 15
frsta maj
I
r en
helgdag
i Sverige.
Stockholm marscherar man ti II
firas arbetarnas dag med demonstra-
Grdet,
lste,
dr enl igt traditionen ~-
hon
Kristi
fortsatte
inte beskrIv-
himmelfrdsdag och
SWEDISH
UNIT 15
GLossary
afton -en, aftnar
annandag -en -ar
arbetare -n -0
ba I -en -er
beskrivning -en -ar
(att) betyda, 2a
(att) beundra, I
bland annat (bl.a.)
bland andra (bl.a.)
dans -en -er
(att) dansa, I
dekoration -en -er
(att) dekorera, I
en de I
(att) del/taga, -tar, -tog, -tagit, 4
demonstration -en -er
dremellan
eld -en -ar
entusiastisk -t -a
exempe l, exemp I et, -0
till exempel (L ex.)
fackfreninQ -en -ar
fast/a -an :'or
(att) fira, I
folkdrkt -en -er
(att) fylla, 2a
frggrann -t -a
(att) frbereda, 2a
frberedelse -n -r
glgg -en 0
godsak -en -er
goss/e -en -ar
gran -en -ar
grupp -en -er
Unit 15
evening, eve
seaond day (of Christmas, Easter, PentecostJ
worker
ban (danae)
desal'iption
(to) mean
(to) admire
among other things
among others
danae, danaing
(to) dance
decoration
(to) deaoT'ate
some, a few
(to) partiaipate
demonstration
in between
fire, bonfire
enthusiastia
exampLe
for example
labor union
fast, Lent
(to) aelebrate
nationaL aostume
(to) fill
aoLoT'fuL
(to) prepare
preparation
hot spiced wine served at Christmas
sweets, "goo dies II
young boy
spT'uae
gT'OUP
477
SWEDISH
gryn -et -f/J
grdd/e -en
grt -en 0
helgdag -en -ar
(att) hj Ipa ti II med; 2b
hx/a -an -or
hgtid -en -er
i f r n
intensiv -t -a
jubel, jublet 0
julgran -en -ar
julklapp -en -ar
julott/a -an -or
jultomt/e -en -ar
kato I i k -en -er
(att) kl, 3
(att) kl ut; 3
krans -en -ar
kring
Kristi himmelfrdsdag
(att) kunna, kan, kunde, kunnat
kvarlev/a -an -or
kyckl ing -en -ar
k I -en 0
(att) knna, 2a
kring -en -ar
ledare -n -0
I ek -en -ar
(att) leka, 2b
levande -0 -0
I i ksom
lov -et -f/J
lussekatt -en -er
lustig -t -a
lutfisk -en f/J
maj/stng, -stngen -stnger
mandel -n, mandlar
Unit 15
478
grain
cream
porridge, hot cereal
holiday
(to) help out with
witch
festive day
from
intens'ive
cheering
Christmas tree
Christmas gift
early church service Christmas Day morning
Santa Claus
CathoUc
(to) trim, decorate
(to) dress up
wreath
a'round
Ascension Day
(to) know, have learned
remnant
chicken
cabbage
(to) feel
old lady, witch (derogatory)
leader
game
(to) play
live, real
like
(school) vacation
special saffron buns served at Lucia and
Christmas
funny, peculiar
specially prepared fiBh Berved at ChristmaB
maypole
almond
SWEDISH
mandelmass/a -an (/;
(att) marschera, I
midsommarafton
(att) mla, I
norrut
(att) omge, omger, omgav, omgivit, 4
omgiv/en -et -na
omkring
papp -en (/;
paus -en -er
peppar -n 0
pepparkak/a -an -or
pingst -en 0
politiker -n-0
populr -t -a
(att) putsa, I
pskris -et -0
(att) resa, 2b
ris -et -(/;
runt
rygg -en -ar
rtt -en -er
saffran -en (/;
(att) samla, I
(att) samlas, I
semi/a -an -or
shorts -en (plur.)
sill -en -ar
sillsallad -en -er
skid/a -an -or
(att) ka skidor
skink/a -an -or
soluppgng -en -ar
sommargst -en -er
speciell -t -a
stjrn/a -an -or
Unit 15
almond paste
(to) march
Midsummer's eve
(to) paint
north(ward), towards the north
(to) surround
surrounded
around
cardboard
break, pause
pepper
spicy cookies served at Christmas
Pentecost
poZitician
popular
(to) polish
branches brought into the house and decorated with dyed feathers (for Lenten and
Easter decoration)
(to) raise
greens, twigs; rice
around
back
dish, faod
saffron
(to) gather, collect (trans.)
(to) gather (intrans.)
pastry served during Lent
shorts
herY'ing
herring salad
ski
(to) ski
ham
sunrise
non-permanent resident in summer resort area
special
star
479
SWEDISH
(att) stda, I
stdning -en 0
sck -en -ar
(att) titta fram;
tjugondag Knut
traditionell -t-a
trettondagen
tg -et -0
trn/a -an -or
ungdomar -na (pluY'.)
(att) uppleva, 2a
(att) ut/brista, -brister, -brast, -brustit, 4
valborgsmssoafton
(att) vara, I
vidare
viktig -t -a
(att) vila sig;
(att) vispa, I
vlspgrdd/e -en 0
vux/en -et -na
en vuxen, tv vuxna
(att) vxla, I
vx I i ng -en -ar
gg -et -0
nda till
ng -en -ar
(att) nska,
Unit 15
(to) clean
cleaning
sack, bag
(to) look out, stick up, appeal'
twentieth day afteY' Christmas
traditional
Epiphany (thiY'teenth day)
march, marching
attendant (foY' wedding and Lucia)
young people
(to) experience
(to)exclaim
Walpurgis night (April 30)
(to) last
furtheY'
important
(to) rest
(to) whip, beat (food)
whipped cY'eam
adult, grown-up
adult (noun)
(to) change
change
egg
all the way to, right up to
meadow, field
(to) wish
480
SWEDISH
UNIT 15
8.
Att kl majst~ngen. The verb att kl (to dress) also has the meaning "to trim"
or "to decorate" when you talk about trimming the Christmas tree or decorating the
maypoZe -- att kl julgranen, att kl majstngen.
13.
Stora och sm.

Examples:
Swedish adjectives can be used as nouns.
Jag tittade
p~
klnningar och valde mellan en grn och en
bl~.
I was looking at dresses and chose between a green (one) and a blue (one).
Nr vi
far
p~
semester r den stora bi len mer praktisk n den I i Ila.
When we go on vacation the big ear is more practical than the small one.
Lena hade
tv~
vskor och Johan hjlpte henne att bra den tyngsta.
Lena had two suitcases and Johan helped her carry the heaviest (one).
15.
De vuxna (the adults, grown-ups).

Vux/en -et -na is an irregular past particip le
of att vxa (to grow), which can be conjugated either according to the second conjugation (vxa, vxer, vxte, vxt) or as an irregular verb, vxa, vxer, vxte,
vuxit.
The irregular past particip le is of ten used as a noun.
Examples:
En vuxen och tv barn.

One adult and two children.
De vuxna pratade medan barnen lekte.

The grown-ups talked while the children played.
31.
Unit 15
Att det kommer ngon Lucia.
See Unit 14,
Nate #32.
481
SWEDISH
65.
482
Den tid d .
Den (det, de) can be used as a detepminative adjective op pponoun,
which means that it refers to a following phpase, usually a necessapy pelative
clause.
When den (det, de) functions as a detepminative adjective the following
noun does not take the definite ending.
Examples:
De biljetter som du
inte har anvnt kan du
lmna
tillbaka.
The tickets that you have not used you may retupn.
Det hus
som jag verkligen
skulle
vilja
ha
finns
inte.
The house that I would peally like to have does not exist.
Sommaren r den rstid
d alla
Sverige vill
ha
semester.
Summer is the time of year when everybody in Sweden wants a vacation.

As a detepminative pponoun den (det, de) is followed immediately by a relative
clause and corresponds in English to "the one who" ("he who," etc.), "that which"
("what"), and "those who."
Examples:
Den
som kommer
fr
sent
fr
ingen efterrtt.
The one who is late gets no dessert.

Det som han sade var
sant.
That which (what) he sa id was true.

De som v i I I
se p TV kan g
In
det andra rummet.
Those who want to watch TV can go into the other room.
Unit 15
SWEDISH
UNIT 15
Points to Practice
Unit 15
Point I:
Compound Nouns
Point II:
Compound Verbs
483
SWEDISH
Point I:
484
Compound Nouns
A compound noun is a noun made up
of two or more words.
In Swedish
there is an abundance of compound
nouns~ which of ten correspond to
a whole noun phrase in English.
Examples:
English (usually written in two
words or more)
Swedish (written as one word)
Christmas tree
baby-sitter
traveZer's checks
day of the week
residential area
julgran
barnvakt
resecheckar
veckodag
bostadsomrde
The Swedish compound noun is an en word or an ett word depending on the last
noun in the compound.
Examples:
en barnvakt
ett somma rst I I e
There are different ways of forming compound nouns in Swedish.

1.
Two nouns may simply be joined.

Examples:
Unit 15
barnvakt
julafton
matsal
SWEDISH
2.
An extra letter may be added between the different words.

be:
a.
3.
-s
Examples:
bostadsomrde (bostad + omrde)

(tidning + artikel)
tidning~artikel
This letter may
newspaper article
rttegng (rtt + gng) trial

+ kris) oil crisis
b.
-e
Examples:
c.
-o
Examples:
veckodag (vecka + dag)

kyrk~grd (kyrka + grd) cemetery
d.
-u
Examples:
gatuhrn (gata + hrn)

street corner
varuhus (vara - merchandise - + hus) department store
olj~kris (olja
Many words that end in an unstressed -a OY' -e lose that unstY'essed vowel
when pombined with another word.
Examples:
(f I i eka + s ko I a )
blombukett (blomma + bukett)
lampskr"m (lampa + skrm)
f I i c ks ko I a
girls' school
bouquet of flowers
lamp shade
There are many rulcs (with many exception~) for how compound nouns are formed.
We therefore suggest that you just try to learn each compound noun as it comes
along.
It is more important that you learn to recogni2e and distinguish the
words that make up a compound noun so you can understand the meaning.
Som e
compound nouns aY'~ made up of several words and are very long, for example,
Arbetsmarknads~~~lsen (AMS), Labor Market Board;
Justitieombudsmannambetet
(JO), Office of the National Ombudsman.
No wonder Swedes are fond of abbreviations!
Unit 15
485
SWEDISH
Point II:
486
Compound Verbs
Verbs with partie les (prefix~ noun
adverb) are called eompound verbs.
All compound verbs
are conjugated the same way as the
simple verb.
adjeetive~
Examples:
att missbruka, missbrukar, missbrukade, missbrukat

missbrukade
to abuse
att instlla, instller, instllde,

instlld, instlll, instllda
to caneel
missbruk~missbrukat,
att
misst~~ka,
instllt
misstnker, misstnkte, misstnkt

misstnkta
to suspect
att anfrtro, anfrtror, anfrtrodde, anfrtrott

anfrtrod~anfrtrott, anfrtrodda
to confide
att beskriva, beskriver, beskrev, beskrivit

beskriven, beskrivet, beskrivna
to describe
misstnkt~sstnkt,
a.
Some compound verbs are inseparable (i.e. particle and verb always stay together
as one word).
Verbs ~ith the follo~ing prefixes are inseparable:
an-, be-, er-, fr-, hr-, miss-, sam-, um-, und-, van-, ~_.
Examples:
Unit 15
att
att
att
att
anvnda
betala
frklara
samarbeta
to
to
to
to
use
pay
explain
eooperate
SWEDISH
b.
Some compoHnd verbs are separable, i.e. the particle is separated from
the verb except in the present pariiciple and past participle forms.
Examples:
att knna igen (to recognize)

V i knner i gen honom.
Vi knde j gen honom.
V i ha r (hade) knt ; gen honom.
Han blev igenknd.
Ett igenknnande leende.
(A smile of recognition)
att kasta bort (to throw away)
Mona kastar bort tidningen.
Mona kastade bort tidningen.
Mona har(hade) kastat bort tidningen.
Bortkastad tid.
(Wasted time.)
att tycka om (to like)
Per tycker om Lena.
Per ~te o'!!.- Lena.
Per har (hade) tyckt om Lena.
Lena r omtyckt.
Practice A.
This is a practice on separable compound verbs.
indicated by the cues, complete the sentences on the left.
Using the verb forms
eVE
att knna igen
Min kusin
vrt hus.
past tense
knde igen
Unit 15
487
SWEDISH
488
eUE
att knna
Olof Palme blev
I New York.
past partiaiple
Igenknd
din syster.
Jag
present tense
knner igen
att hyra ut
Ib tn ker
s I n v i I I a.
infinitive
hyra ut
du
Varfr
hyr
din vning?
present tense
ut
Vningen var
past partiaiple
uthyrd
att tycka om
Eva
sin bror.
pl'esent tense
tycker om
Asa var mycket
klassen.
omtyckt
Unit 15
past partioiple
SWEDISH
eVE
eVE
att~~~
Jag
--------
att bo nra havet.
present perfeet
har tyckt om
att
din mat!
~~
imperative
t upp
Hunden
kalvkotletten.
past tense
t upp
AI It
past particip le
upptet
att kasta bort
Erik
brevet.
past tense
kastade bort
Ulla tyckte det var
_________ tid att se p TV.
past participle
bortkastad
Johan visste inte att Al ice _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ t i
d n i nge n
past perfeet
hade kastat bort
Unit 15
489
490
SWEDISH
Placement o[ the Particle in Separable Compound Verbs
We mentioned earlier that the particle in a separable compound verb is
always attached to the verb in the present participle and the past participle [orms.
In other [orms the particle is separated [rom the verb and
[ollows the verb immediately.
Examples:
Jag tycker om den hr boken.

Jag ~yckte om den hr boken.
Jag har (hade) tyckt om att vara l stockholm.
Jag kommer att~ka om att bo s nra arbetet.
However, when a separable compound verb occurs in a question or in a main

clause with revers ed word order, or together with a roaming adverb (ef.
Unit 12, Point II), the verb and the particle are separated by either the
subject or the roaming adverb, or both.
Examples:
~er
du om den hr boken?
(Question)
Eftersom vi inte trffas s ofta, ~ker v ~ att

ringa ti II varandra.
(Revers ed word order in main cZause)
Jag tycker inte om att spela tennis.
(Roaming adverb in clause with simple tense)
Tycker du inte om att spela tennis?

(Question wit~aming adverb)
Note:
when the tense
(i.e. present per[eet,
a roaming adverb. the
verb).
The separated
Examples:
Unit 15
of the separable compound verb is a compound tense

past per[ect. or future) and the verb occurs with
adverb has to follow the first verb (the conjugated
verb (verb + particle) [ollows.
Jag har aldrig tyckt om att spela tennis.

Jag hade allti~kt o~ honom.
Jag kommer alltid att tycka om honom.
SWEDISH
Praatiae B.
This is a praatiae using separable aompound verbs in sentenaes ~ith adverbs
("roaming" and "non-poaming").
We ~ill use simple and aompound tenses.
Vse the verb
att tycka om throughout.
We ~ill indiaate in the aue aolumn ~hat tense and ~hat adverb
to use.
eVE
att tycka om
Karin
honom.
past tense + aldrig
honom.
present perf. + aldrig
tyckte aldrig om
Kar i n
har aldrig tyckt om
Varfr
Karin
tycker
honom?
present tense + inte
inte om
Karin sade att hon
honom.
past tense + Inte
inte tyckte om
Karin
honom
tyckte om
Kar i n
fr flera r sedan
honom
har tyckt om
Ka r i n va r
past tense + fr flera r

sedan
present perf. + lnge

lnge
past pa'l'tiaipZe + alltid
alltid omtyckt.
Unit 15
491
SWEDISH
492
Some verbs can be both separable and inseparable.

These two forms usually
indicate different meanings.
The separable form is used to express something eonerete;
the inseparable form expresses something abstract.
Examples:
Anna brt aven tand.

Anna broke off a tooth.
Premirministern avbrt frhandl ingarna.

The Prime Minister broke off (interrupted) the negotiations.
Vi
~frbi
Vita Huset.
We passed the White House.
Ordfranden
fr~~
vissa detaljer.
The chairman passed over (skipped,
neglected) certain details.
Lraren pekade p det felstavade ordet.

The teacher pointed to the misspelled word.
Gran ppekade att han hade haft rtt.

Goran pointed out (indicated)
that he had been right.
Note:
If there is no difference in meaning between the separable and inseparable forms, the separable form is preferred in the spoken language.
The inseparable form is more common ly used in formal written language.
Examples:
Per valde ot en bl kostym.

Per chose (picked out) a blue suit.
Presidenten utvalde utrikesministern att leda frhandlingarna.

The President chose the Secretary of State to lead the negotiations.
Unit 15
SWEDISH
UNIT 16
The emphasis in this Unit is on reading, a skill which will be necessary
for your work.
It is written in the style typical of Swedish newspaper and
magazine articles.
It will be your springboard to newspaper reading in Swedish and should serve as your introduction to further individual study.
Each
short essay with its vocabulary list will be treated as a separate item.
Notes
on Basic Sentences will be at the end of the entire Unit as usual.
We suggest
that you read each article, trans late it and learn the new vocabulary before
listening to the tape.
There are no practices in Unit 16.
projects:
1.
After studying one of the essays, find a supplementary newspaper article

on the same subject (assuming that you have access to Swedish newspapersJ,
read it, and prepare a short talk (one to three minutes) on the topio.
2.
Initiate a olassroom discussion based on one of the essays and any additional reading on the same subjeot.
3.
Seleet one essay and make a comparison between its con tent and a corresponding aspeot of the United States;
prepare a short briefing on this
comparison.
As you begin,
Unit 16
Instead we suggest the following work
let us point out a few charaoteristics of Swedish newspaper style:
a.
A rioher vocabulary than we have introduced, and characteri~d by formal

words and expressions not used in spoken Swedish.
b.
An abundance of compound nouns and verbs.
c.
The use of supine verb forms without the auxiliaries har, hade.
d.
Denna, den instead of den hr, den dr.
493
SWEDISH
Uni t
16
e.
Frequent use of the passive voice.
f.
Frequent use of long,
embedded sentences.
494
SWEDISH
UNI'l' 16
GI imtar frn Sverige av idag
Geograt"i
1.
Sverige r det strsia av de fem nor-
2.
diska
J.
storlek i Europa.
4.
och smalt, nrmare bestmt 160 (svens-
5.
kal mi I frn Treri ksrset i norr ti II
6.
Smygehuk i sder.
7.
I igger p samma breddgrad som Alaska
8.
och Grnland har det ett mi Idare kl i-
9.
mat tack vare Golfstrmmen i Atlanten.
10.
lnderna och det fjrde i
Y!-
Landet r lngt
Trots att Sverige
S sent som 15.000 r f.Kr.
(fre Kristusl var hela Sverige fortfarande tckt
11.
av i s .
12.
skrgrdar utanfr de lnga kusterna.
13.
cirka 26.000 ar.
14.
Uni t
16
Isen efterlmnade 96.000 sjar, ett rikt varierande landskap och stora
Sverige har 8,3 miljoner invnare.
Enbart i Stockholms skrgrd finns det
Folkttheten r dock mycket ojmn.
Ungefr
495
SWEDISH
90 procent av befolkningen r bosatt
15.
16.
sett var Sverige
17.
har emellertid
18.
den sdra hlften av
lnge ett av Europas mest enhetl iga
kraftigt frndrats under senare r.
1960-talet tog Sverige emot ett stort antal
omkring tio procent av befolkningssiffran.
19.
20.
496
till
tredje barn som fds
landet.
lnder.
Den situationen
Under hgkonjunkturen
Invandrare.
Idag utgr de
Enligt statistiken r frldrarna
invandrare.
Glossary (Geografi)
antal -et -0
Atlanten
(att) bestmma, 2a
nrmare bestmt
bosatt -0 -a
(att) vara bosatt
breddgrad -en -er
dock
(att) efterlmna,
eme I I ert i d
enbart
enhetl ig -t -a
etnisk -t -a
folktthet -en 0
(att) fdas, 2a
(att) frndra, I
(att) frndras,
geografi -n 0
glimt-en-ar
Golfstrmmen
Unit 16
number, quantity
the Atlantia (oaean)
(to) deaide, determine
more preaisely
-0
-a
Etniskt
(to) live, reside

latitude
however, nevertheless
(to) leave behind
however, nevertheless
solely, alone
uniform, homogenous
ethnia
population density
(to) be born
(to) ahange (transitive)
(to) ahange (intransitive)
geography
glimpse
the Gulf Stream
SWEDISH
hlft -en -er
hgkonjunktur -en -er
invandrare -n -0
invnare -n -0
jmn -t -a
konjunktur -en -er
kraftig -t -a
Kristus
kust -en -er
mil-n-0
mild, milt, milda
nordisk -t -a
nrmare bestmt
ojmn -t -a
rik -t -a
siffr/a -an -or
situation -en -er
s ma I - t - a
statistik -en -er
storlek -en -ar
s ... som
tack vare
trots
(att) tcka, 2b
tt -t -a
tthet -en -er
utanfr
(att) utgra, -gr, -gjorde, -gjort, 4
var -t 0
(att) variera,
y t/a -an -or
Unit 16
half
boom, prosperity
immigrant
inhabitant
even
state of the market, economic situation
powerful, substantial
Christ
coast
Swedish mile (10 kilometers, approx. six
miles)
mild
Nordie
more precisely
uneven
rich
figure, number
situation
narY'ow, thin
statistics
size
as ... as
thanks (be) to
in spite of
(to) cover
dense, tight
density
outside
(to) constitute
each, every
(to) vary, diveY'sify
surface
497
SWEDISH
498
Nrlngsl iv och ekonomi
21.
Sverige har rika naturtillgngar.
22.
varit grunden
2J.
stor betydelse.
24.
produkt).
25.
Man exporterar bl.a.
26.
kemiska
27.
och EG-Inderna
28.
och mste importera 75 procent av
29.
15 procent av energikonsumtionen.
JO.
den svenska
Skog,
ekonomin och r det fortfarande.
Den uppgr ti I I
Numera exporteras betydligt fler frdiga

maskiner,
flygplan,
produkter och tekniskt kunnande.
reaktorer,
(EG -
europagemenskapen) .
krnkraften
1980 beslt regeringen,
32.
och att all
krnkraft skall
33.
Sveriges ekonomi
sakligen
35.
vata
36.
grder.
Unit 16
privatgd.
sektorn.
Staten
alla tider
Exporten r av
produkter n tidigare.
instrument,
Sveriges strsta
elektriska och
kunder r Norden
Sverige har varken olja eller kol

Vattenkraften
svarar fr
Sveriges krnkraftprogram omfattar

Efter en
att programmet
folkomrstning
inte skall
12
betrffande
utbyggas vidare,
vara avvecklad r 2010.
ibland
Av alla
bilar,
sitt brnsle.
8 frdiga och 4 under byggnad.
brukar
25 procent av Sveriges BNP (bruttonational-
3l.
34.
jrnmalm och vatten har
kallas en blandekonomi.
Industrin r huvud-
industrianstllda arbetar 90 procent
Ingriper
den pri-
r form av lagstiftning, krediter och stdt-
SWEDISH
3? .
Mlsttningen
38.
balans och handelsbalans.
39.
..
speciellt sedan
den
ekonomiska politiken r
full
Staten deltar aktivt
sysselsttning,
arbetsmarknadspolitiken,
lgkonjunktur och oljekriser skapat problem fr
40.
industrin.
41.
beredskapsarbeten,
42.
std t i II
43.
lnefrhandi ingarna
44.
En
45.
ma n d e I a g e n) -a n t o 9 s r
regional
Man hller nere arb.etslsheten med 01 ika metoder:
den svenska
genom statl iga
genom att omskola eller vidareutbi Ida anstl Ida eller genom
fretag med
ekonomiska problem.
Staten blandar sig dremot
inte
p arbetsmarknaden mel lan arbetstagare och arbetsgivare.
lag om de anstl Idas medbestmmandertt p
arbetsplatsen
(MBL -
medbestm-
I977
GLo88ary (Nringsl Iv och ekonomi)

aktiv -t -a
(att) anstlla, 2a
en anstlld, tv anstllda
(att) an/ta, -tar, -tog, -tagit,
arbetsgivare -n -~
arbetslshet -en 0
arbetsmarknad -en -er
arbetsplats -en -er
arbetstagare -n -0
(att) avveckla, I
balans -en -er
beredskapsarbete -t -n
(att) be/sluta, -sluter, -slt,
-slutit, 4
Unit 16
active
(to) emptoy
empLoyee
(to) adopt; a88ume
empLoyer
unempLoyment
Labor market
plaoe of work
employee
(to) disoontinue, ~ind
balance
relief work
(to) decide
do~n
499
SWEDISH
(att) bes tmma, 2a
betrffande -0 -0
betydelse -n -r
betydligt
(att) blanda, I
(att) blanda sig ij
blandekonomi -n -er
brutto
bruttonationalprodukten (BNP)
brnsle -t -n
(att) bygga, 2a
(att) bygga ut j 2a
byggnad -en -er
under byggnad
ekonomisk -t -a
elektrisk -t -a
energi -n 0
europagemenskapen tEG)
flygplan -et -0
folkomrstning -en -ar
form -en -er
i form av
fretag -et -0
genom att
grund -en -er
handel -n 0
huvudsak -en -er
huvudsak I igen
industri -n -er
(att) in/gripa, -griper, -grep,
-gripit, 4
instrument -et -0
jrn -et 0
jrnmalm -en 0
kemisk -t -a
kol -et -0
konsumtion -en 0
Vnit 16
(to) deeide
eoneerning, with re gard to
meaning, signifieanee
significantly, considerably
(to) mix, blend
(to) interfere, intervene
mixed economy
gross
gross national product (GNP)
fuel
(to) build
(to) expand
building
under eonstruation
eeonomic
electric
energy
European Economie Community (EEC)
airplane
referendum
form, shape
in the form of
corporation
by
foundation, basis
trade
main thing
mainly
industry
(to) interfere J intervene
instrument
-z,ron
iron ore
ehemieal
eoal
consumption
500
SWEDISH
kraft -en -er
kredit -en -er
kund -en -er
kunnande -t 0
krnkraft -en 0
lag -en -ar
lagstiftning -en -ar
lgkonjunktur -en -er
ln -en -er
maskin -en -er
medbestmmandertt -en -er
metod -en -er
ml -et -0
mlsttning -en -ar
naturt i I I gng -en -ar
Norden
numera
nring -en -ar
nringsl iv -et -0
01 ika (plural form)
(att) omfatta, I
(att) omskola (att skola om);
politik -en 0
privatg/d -t -da
problem -et -0
produkt -en -er
program -met -0
reaktor -n reaktorer
regering -en -ar
regional -t -a
sedan (conjunction)
sektor -n, sektorer
(tt) skapa, I ( a t t ) s ko 'a o m;
stat -en -er
statl ig -t -a
(att) stifta,
std -et -0
Vnit 16
power, f01'ce
oredit
customer
know-how
nuclear power
law
legislation
dep1'ession, slump
wage~ sala1'Y
machine, machine1'Y
w01'ke1's' pa1'ticipation right
method
goal, pU1'pose
aim~ objective
natural reSOU1'ce
the N01'dic count1'ies
nowadays
nourishment, sustenanoe
trade and indust1'Y, economy
various
(to) include, comp1'ise
(to) 1'etrain
politics~ polioy
privately owned
problem
produot
program
1'eacto1'
gove1'nment
1'egional
after, when
secto1'
(to) create
(to) retrain
state, gove1'nment
(adj.) state~ gove1'nment
(to) establish, found
SUPP01't
501
SWEDISH
(att) svara, I
(att) svara fr; I
sysselsttning -en -ar
teknisk -t -a
(att) upp/g, -gr, -gick, -gtt,
latt) utbilda, l
(att) utbygga (att bygga ut); 2a
varken ... eller
vattenkraft -en 0
tgrd -en -er
(att) ga, 2a
Vnit 16
(to) answer
(to) account for
work, empZoyment
technicaZ
(to) amount to, reach
(to) educate, train
(to) expand
neither ... nor
hydroeZectric power
measure, step
(to) own
502
SWEDISH
Statsskick och pol itlk
46.
Sverige har ett parlamentariskt och representativt statsskick med
47.
system.
48.
'"
Kungen
Allmnna val
har endast representati va p I i kter.
ledaren fr majoritetspartiet blir
ger rum vart tredje r.
statsminister och
bildar
regering.
Regeringens medlemmar kallas
49.
vanligtvis
50.
statsrd och
51.
ledningen utg.!:..
52.
mbetsverk.
5J.
Typiskt
fr
54.
i nte p
en
55.
frn
56.
fr varje parti,
57.
Sverige har
fem pol itiska partier representerade
58.
Socialdemokratiska arbetarpartiet
59.
Vnsterpartiet kommunisterna
Vnit 16
ett enkammar-
r chefer fr relativt sm departement,

De verkstllande
funktionerna
varifrn den E.0litiska
dremot utvas av
stora centrala
svensk pol itik r att svenskarna rstar p ett pol itiskt parti,
ens k i I d person.
den privata
idag
sektorn.
Valkampanjen r helt oberoende av ekonomisk hjlp

Partierna
ett tillgg
fr statliga bidrag
form aven bassumma
fr varje mandat partiet har
(S)}
riksdagen.
riksdagen:
det socialistiska blocket
(vpk)
f>OJ
504
SWEDISH
60.
Centern (c)
61.
Moderata sam! ingspartlet (m)
62.
Folkpartiet (fp)
det borgerl iga blocket
Glossary (Statsskick och politik)
allmn -t -na
bas -en -er
bidrag -et -0
(att) bi Ida, I
block -et -0
borgerl ig -t -a
centern
central -t -a
chef -en -er
departement -et -0
endast
enski l/d -t -da
folkpartiet
funktion -en -er
hjlp -en 0
(att) kalla, I
kammare -n, kamrar
kampanj -en -er
kommunist -en -er
kung -en -ar
ledning -en -ar
majoritet -en -er
mandat -et -0
medlem -men -mar
moderat -Q.l -a
IJnit
16
general
base, basis, foundation
subsidy; contribution
(to) form, establish
bloc
non-socialist; bourgeois, middle class
the center party
central
chief, boss
(government) department
only (adverb)
individual, private, separate
the liberal party
function
help, assistance
(to) call
chamber
campaign
communist (noun)
king
leadership, management
majority
(parliament) seat
member
moderate
SWEDISH
moderata saml i ngsparti et
oberoende -0 -0
parlamentarisk -t -a
parti -et -er
plikt-en-er
plus
po I i t i s k - t - a
relativt
representant -en -er
representativ -t -a
(att) representera,
riksdag -en -ar
(att) rsta p;
samt i ng -en -ar
socialdemokratisk -t -a
socialIstisk -t-a
statsminister -n, statsministrar
statsrd -et -0
statsskick -et -0
summ/a -an -or
system -et -0
ti Ilgg -et -0
(att) ut/g (g ut); -gr, -gick,
-gtt, 4
(att) utva,
val -et-0
verkstllande -0 -0
vnsterpartiet
(att) ga rum; 2a
,nbetsverk -et -0
Uni t 18
conservative party
independent
parLiamentary
(poLiticaL) party
duty
pLus
politicaL
relatively
representative (noun)
representative (adjective)
(to) represent
Swedish parLiament
(to) vote for
coalition; collection, gathering
sociaL democratic
socialistic
prime minister
(equivaLent to) member of the cabinet
constitution
amount
system
additionaL amount, suppLement; surcharge
(to) originate. proceed. emanate
(to) carry out. exercise
eLection, choice
executive (adjective)
left-wing party
(to) take pLace
government agency or bureau
505
SWEDISH
506
Neutra I i tet och frsvar
63.
Kort
64.
hade d
65.
utanfr
66.
syfte t i l l
67.
svensk utrikespolitik,
68.
Sveriges neutral itetspol itik har traditionellt varit
69.
frsvar.
70.
71.
72.
fre frsta vrldskriget proklamerade Sverige sin neutralitet.
armen
inte deltagit
~amtl
ngot krig
iga all ianser med andra
neutralitet
krig"
lnder.
Denna
1814 och hllit sig
" a ll iansfrihet
Landet har allmn vrnpl ikt och
delen av den mi I (tra
krigstid skulle
hg beredskap.
utrustningen ti liverkas
Sverige,
74.
Sveriges neutralitetspolitik betyder emellertid
75.
deltar mycket aktivt
76.
som
78.
Unit 16
1980 gick
intressen.
men den alltmer

landets ekonomi.
inte siktsneutralitet.
internationella organisationer,
inte direkt berr svenska
Ar
frsvaret.
avancerade vapenteknologin brjar stlla nstan omjl iga krav p
77.
frbunden med ett starkt
73.
fred med
omfattad av alla politiska partier.
kunna mobil isera 700.000 man och clvi Ifrsvaret 200.000.
Strsta
har sedan dess frblivit en grundprincip
ungefr tio procent av BNP ti I I
sedan Napoleonkrigen
Sverige
Nedrustning,
Lex.
FN,
ven
koloniernas
Sverige
frgor
frigrelse,
staternas sjlvbestmmandertt och mnskl19a rttigheter r ngra av de frgor

som speciellt
intresserar Sverige.
SWEDISH
79.
Svenska trupper har flera gnger deltagit
80.
t.ex.
FN:s fredsbevarande uppgifter,
Kongo, Cypern och Sinai.
Glossa'l'Y (Neutra I i tet och frsvar)

all ians -en -er
alltmer
arme -m -er
avancer/ad -at -ade
beredskap -en r/J
(att) berra, 2a
(att) bevara, I
civil-t-a
Cypern
fred -en -er
frigrelse -n r/J
frihet -en -er
frg/a -an -or
(att) fr/binda, -binder, -band,
-bundit, 4
(att) fr/bli -blir, -blev, -blivit, 4
i nternat i one I I -t -a
intresse -t -n
(att) intressera,
ko lon i - n - e r
Kongo
krav -et -0
(att) stlla krav; 2a
krig -et -0
mi I itr -t -a
(att) mobil isera,
mnskl ig -t -a
nedrustning -en 0
Uni t 16
alliance
mO'l'e and mor>e
ar>my
advanced
pr>epar>edness
(to) concer>n, touch (upon), affect
(to) pr>eser>ve, keep, pr>otect
civil, civilian
Cypr>us
peace, peace time
liber>ation
f'l'eedom, libe'l'ty
question, issue, matter>
(to) associate
(to) 'l'ema"n
inter>national
inter>est
(to) inter>est
colony
the Conga
demand
(to) make demands
war>
milita'l'Y
(to) mobilize
human
disa'l'mament
507
SWEDISH
neutra I i tet -en 0
(att) omfatta, I
organisation -en -er
princip -en -er
(att) proklamera,
rttighet -en -er
samt I i ga (plural)
sedan dess
sjlvbestmmandertt -en
sta rk -t -a
syfte -t -n
med syfte ti I I (att)
teknologi -n 0
(att) ti Ilverka,
trupp -en -er
uppg i f t -en -er
utrikespolitik -en 0
utrustning -en -ar
vapen, vapnet, vapen
vrld -en -ar
vrnpl i kt -en 0
allmn vrnplIkt
sikt -en -er
ven
Unit 16
neutrality
(to) embrace, espouse; include, comprise
organization, institution
principle
(to) proclaim
right
all (the ... )
since then
right to self-determination
strong
purpose, aim, objective
with the purpose of ...
technology
(to) manufacture
troop
tr.sk, assignment; information, statement
foreign policy
equipment; arms
weapon
world
military service
compulsory military service
opinion, view
also
508
SWEDISH
Socialpol itik
Utomlands kallas Sverige
81.
82.
..
ibland "Vlfrdssverige."
lite skmtsamt om "folkhemmet."
Vad man n
Svenskarna sjlva talar
kallar det,
r det uppenbart att
83.
Sverige p al la stt frsker att ge trygghet t sina medborgare och strvar
84.
mo t
85.
Det svenska
86.
skatt p varor och tjnster
87.
betalarna
88.
pension,
89.
skring och arbetslshetsfrskring m.m.
90.
som skattepolitiken,
bidrar t i l l
91.
studiebidrag,
(och s vidare).
92.
programmet.
en soc i a I
u t j mn i n g
fol ket betalar hga skatter,

("moms").
speciellt kommunalskatt och mervrdes-
Skatterna "terbetalas" t i l l
form av ett enormt socialfrskringsprogram.
sjukfrskring
o.s.v.
(ven tandvrd),
en
Detta omfattar
frldrafrskring,
(med mera).
skattefolk-
arbetsskadefr-
Socialpolitiken,
svl
inkomstutjmning genom bostadsbidrag,

Ar
1978 gick 33,1% av BNP t i l l
social-
Glossary (Socialpolitik)
(att) bl/dra, -drar, -drog,
bostadsbidrag -et -0
enorm -t -a
folkpension -en -er
Vnit 16
-dragit,
(to) contY'ibute
housing allowance
enoY'mous
old age pension
509
SWEDISH
frskring -en -ar

frldrafrskring -en -ar
inkomst -en -er
kommunal -t -a
med mera (m.m.)
medborgare -n -0
mervrdesskatt -en -er
och s vidare (o.s.v.)
sjukfrskring -en -ar
skad/a -an -or
skatt -en -er
skattebetalare -n -0
skmtsamt
socialpol itik -en 0
(att) strva mot; I
studiebidrag -et -0
sv I som
stt -et -0
p alla stt
tandvrd -en 0
tjnst -en -er
trygghet -en 0
uppenbar -t -a
utjmning -en -ar
utomlands
vad ( ... ) n
v I frd -en 0
(att) terbetala,
Uni t 16
insurance
parentaZ insurance
income
local, municipal
etcetera
citizen
value added tax
etcetera, and so on
health insurance
injury, damage
tax
taxpayer
jokingly, in jest
social policy
(to) strive for
study grant
as welZ as
way, manner
in every way (possible)
dental care
service, favor, job
security
obvious, evident
equalization
abroad, overseas
no matter what, whatever
welfare
(to) pay back
510
SWEDISH
Rel igion
93.
Sverige har en
94.
kyrkan.
95.
kyrkan men deltar sllan aktivt
96.
Det
97.
frikyrkorna
98.
rel igisa
finns
luthersk statskyrka.
Prsterna r statsanstllda.
naturligtvis andra
Svenskarna
det kyrkl iga
kyrkliga
(andra protestantiska
Alla medborgare fds och
samfund
kyrkor),
frsami ingar som etablerats av
de
registreras
inom
r kulturellt bundna t i l l
livet.
Sverige,
katolska
de s.k.
(s
kyrkorna och
kallade)
de
invandrarna.
Glossary (Rel igion)

(att> etablera,
frsami i ng -en -ar
inom
katolsk -t -a
kultur -en -er
kulturell - t - a
kyrklig-t-a
liv-et-(/)
luthersk -t -a
protestant -en -er
protestantisk -t -a
prst -en -er
(att) registrera,
rel igion -en -er
rel igis -t -a
Unit 16
(to) establish
parish, congregation
within
Catholic (adjective)
culture
cuLtural
church (adjective)
life
Lutheran
Protestant
Protestant (adjective)
priest, cLergyman
(to) register
religion
religious
511
SWEDISH
samfund -et -0
s kall/ad -at -ade (s.k.)
s I I an
Unit
18
denomination
so called
seldom
512
SWEDISH
Skolor och utbildning
99.
I Sverige r det riksdagen och regeringen som utformar skol- och hgskole-
100.
politiken.
101.
frde frndringar inom skolans struktur utan ocks demokratiserade ett tidi-
102.
>I
p 1950-talet antogs en omfattande skolreform, som inte bara med-
gare elitistiskt inriktat skolsystem.
Sedan dess har det fljt en rad vidare
103.
reformer.
104.
Skolavgifter, skolbcker och sko\\uncher r gratis.
105.
>I
ven universitetsavgifterna
r g r a t i s o c h s t u d e nt e r na ka n f r I i g a s t a t I i g a s t ud i e I n
CZossary (Skolor och utbi Idnlng)
avgift -en -er

(att) demokratisera,
elit-en-er
elitistisk -t-a
frndring -en -ar
hgskol/a -an -or
inrikt/ad -at -ad e
I n -et -0
(att) medfra (fra med); 2a
omfattande -0 -0
rad -en -er
reform -en -er
struktur -en -er
student -en -er
lJnit 16
fee, tuition
democratize, make more democratic
eLite
elitist
change
university
aimed at, bent on, directed towards
loan
(to) involve, bring about, lead to
comprehensive, extensive
row, linej series
reform
atructure, framework
(university) student
513
SWEDISH
studieln -et -0
utb j I dn i ng -en 0
<att> utforma,
rl ig -t -a
Vnit 16
student Z.oan
education, tpaining
(to) formulate, design, shape
yeaply
514
SWEDISH
Massmedia
106.
107.
var vrldens mest tidningslsande folk.
108.
sammanlagd ~ ~ p omkring
109.
till
110.
..
en statistisk underskning som fretogs r
de mindre tidningarna
kurrensen,
vilket
Det
borgerl ig sd\3n.
113.
Sveriges Radio AB
114.
bolag
gs gemensamt av
115.
halva
styrelsen utses dock av regeringen.
117.
flera
I icenser,
Ett statligt presstd
representerar en viss
(pktiebolag)
har monopol
fackfreningarna,
med vi Ika programmen
TV har han bara tv
pol itisk
kanaler att vlja
inriktning,
pressen.
Alla TV- och
finansieras.
men
de
Vi II
kon-
r parti-
flesta
radio och TV-sndingar.
industrin och
p,
klara
F tidningar
innebr en mer pluralistisk press.
112.
rl iga
150 dagstidningar med en
p en ort gr det mjligt fr dem att
anknutna men
..
finns
4,8 miljoner exemplar.
111.
116.
1979 visade det~ att svenskarna
en
Detta
Chefen och
radiogare mste betala

svensken titta
gengld slipper han
reklam!
Glossary (Massmedia)
aktie -n -r
an knut/en -et -na (ti I I)
(att) an/knyta, -knyter, -knt,
-knutit, 4
Unit 16
share 3 stock
tie d t0
linked up with
(to) connect. attach
3
515
SWEDISH
bolag -et -(/)
exemplar -et -0
(att) finansiera, I
(att) fre/ta, -tar, -tog, -tagit, 4
gemensam -t -ma
gemensamt
gengld; i gengld
inriktning -en -ar
kana I -en -er
(att) klara, I
konkurrens -en 0
I icens -en -er
massmedl/um -et -a
monopol -et -0
ort -en -er
pluralistisk -t-a
press -en (/)
radio -n, radioapparater
reklam -en -er
samman lag/d -t -da
statistisk -t -a
styrelse -n -r
sdan -t -a
sndning -en -ar
underskning -en -ar
upplag/a -an -or
(att) ut/se, -ser, -sg, -sett, 4
(att) visa sig;
viss -t -a
(att) vlja p; vljer, valde, valt, 4
gare -n -0
ltit 1.6
company, corporation
copy
(to) finance
(to) undertake, perform, carry out
common, mutual
jointly
in return
direction, trend
channel; canal
(to) cope with, manage
competition
License (fee)
mass medium
monopoly
(geographical) place
pluralistic
press, news
radio
advertising
combined
statistical
management, board of directors
on e, such
transmission, broadeast
examination, study, analysis
edition
(to) ehoose, appoint
(to) show, become evident, turn out
certain
(to) choose from
owner
516
SWEDISH
UNIT 16
10.
15.000.
For numbers Swedish uses a period when English uses a comma, and a
comma when English uses a period.
Examples:
Det
finns ungefr
15.000
<femton tusen)
samer
norra Sverige.
There are approximately 15,000 Lapps in northern Sweden.

Sverige har omkring
8,3
<tta
komma
tre}
miljoner
invnare.
Sweden has about 8.3 million people.

14a.
8,3 mi Ijoner.
14b.
Dock.
The translation of dock is IIhowever, II but like emellertid it is used
almost exclusively in lL1Y'itten language.
The closest spoken Swedish equivalents to English IIhowever, but" are men, i alla fall, i vilket fall som helst.
Examples:
See Note 10.
Drren var lst s vi kunde frst inte komma in.

Men George hittade
en nycke l t i! l kksdrren s v i kom i n p det v i set.
The door was locked so we couldn't get in at first.

llowever (but),
George found a key to the back door so we got in that way.
Jag tycker inte att det r ndvndigt att du kommer.
I
som helst be~ver du inte vara dr frrn klockan tta.
vilket
fall
I don't think it's necessary for you to come.

However (anyway),
you don't have to be there until eight o'clock.
16.
vnit 16
Den situationen.
In written Swedish, the demonstrative adjectives den {det, de}
and denna {detta, dessa} are more commonly used than den dr <det dr, de dr} and
den hr <det hr, de hr}.
The meaning of den (det, de) as a demonstrative adjeotive is the same as den dr (det dr, de dr) -- "that." The meaning of denna
{detta, dessa} is the same as den hr (det hr, de hr) -- "this."
517
SWEDISH
518
Notice that when den (det, de) funations as a demonstrative adjective the definite
ending is added to the noun.
(Cf. Unit 13, Note 27.)
17.
Emellertid.
18.
1960-talet. Adding -talet to a decade or a century corresponds to the English

"s" added to the same numbers.
Examples:
See Note 14b.
P 1800-talet.
In (during)
the eignteen hundreds (the 19th centuryJ.
P 50-talet.
In (during)
the fifties.
Notice the use of the preposition

20.
.E!
for "in" or "during."
(Cf.
Unit 11, Point II. J
Vart tredje barn.

number.
Examples:
The word varje (every) may not be used before an ordinal

Instead var' (vart) is used.
Vi far p landet varje sommar.

We go to the countryevery summer.
Var tredje mnad betalar jag min frskring.

Every three months (every third month) I
pay my insurance.
Notice that the English "every + cardinal number + noun in the plural has to
be expressed in Swedish with varet) + ordinal number + noun in the singular.
The expression "every two .,.
Examples:
Jag arbetar varannan vecka.

work every other week.
Unit 16
(every other)" is varannan (vartannat).
Vi ker ti I l Sverige vartannat r.

We go to Sweden every other year.
SWEDISH
30a.
There is a ehange of stress in the plural form of multi-syllable

third deelension nouns ending in -or.
Reaktorer.
reaktorer
doktorer
profess~rer
motorer
reaetor
doetor
professor
motor, engine
Examples:
reaktor
do ktor
professor
motor
30b.
Frdiga.
See
34.
I ndustr ianst lida.

Anst I I d is a past particip le used as a noun and therefore
takes the same endings as an adjective:
Unit 15, Note 13.
Indef. form
Def. form
ef.
Unit 15,
Singular
Plural
en anstlld
den an st I I da
(tv> anstllda
de anst I I da
Note 15.
39.
Skapat problem.
In a subordinate clause, written Swedish often leaves out the
auxiliaries har and hade in the present perfeet and past perfeet tenses, using
only the supine form of the main verb.
This is a usage that you should become
familiar with since it may otherwise ereate difficulty in translations.
Note,
however, that har and hade may not be left out in a main cZause.
45.
Ar 1977.
Written Swedish often uses the word r before numbers indieating a
year.
In spoken Swedish years are usualZy expressed without the word r and
aZways without a preposition.
Examples:
1945.
Ulf was born in 1945.
Ulf r fdd
(Ar>
1969
landade mnniskan p mnen.
In 1969 man landed on the moon.

Unit 16
519
SWEDISH
Lena kom till Amerika i januari
Lena came to Amepica in Januapy
520
1981.
1981.
48.
Vart tredje r.
70.
700.000 man.
The plupal fopm of man is mn in most cases.
However, the plupal
fopm man is found in the context of militapy manpower, or labor force.
Example:
72.
See Note 20.
Besttningen bestr av 300 man.

The cpew consists of 300 men (and women).
A I I tmer.
The wopd a I I t is some times used befope the compapative form of an
adjective op an advepb with the meaning "mope and mope. "
Examples:
Bi larna bl ir allt mindre med ren.
The caps get smallep and smallep ovep the yeaps.
Den vetenskap I iga utveckl ingen gr allt fortare framt.

Scientific development advances mope and mope papidly.
Allt is sepapated fPom the compapative fopm of the adjective

fop in the combination with the advepb mer.
S e e Un i t
77
De f r g o r
82.
Vad man n kallar det.
1 5,
No t e
65
Vad n has the meaning "whatevep, no mattep what," and

should not be confused with vad som helst (anything at all).
Vem n
Vad n
Var n
ZJn.it 16
s o m ..
OP adverb except
no mattep who, whoevep

no mattep what, whatevep
no mattep whepe, whepevep
Vem som helst

Vad som helst
Var som helst
anyone (at all)

anything (at all)
anywhepe (at all)
SWEDISH
Note that inte before vem (vad, var) som helst conveys the meaning "not just
anybody (anything, anywhereJ."
87.
Detta.
98a.
De rel igisa frsami ingar som See Unit 15, Note 65.
98b.
Som etablerats.
99.
Hgskolepolitiken. It is important to note that hgskola means "university"

and not "high school," which is best translated as Swedish gymnasi/um -et -er.
102.
Har det fljt.
105.
Studenterna. The Swedish word student usually refers to one studying at a

university.
More general ly a person pursuing some kind of non-university study
is referred to as elev -en -er.
110.
See Nate 16.
Vilket innebr.
a whole clause.
and pronouns.
116a.
Unit 16
See Note 39.
Se Unit 14, Note 32.
The relative pronoun vi Iket must be used when it refers to

The relative pronoun som can only refer to nouns, proper names,
Med vi Ika.
In this relative claus e vi Ika has replaced som, because a preposition

precedes the relative pronoun and som can never be preaeded by a preposition.
Som must always introduce the relative olause.
When a preposition preoedes the
relative pronoun, vi Iket <vi Ike T , vi Ika) must be used.
However, in spoken
Swedish it is much more common to use som with the preposition at the end of
the clause.
521
SWEDISH
Examples:
522
Gatan som jag bor p r mycket smal.

Gatan p vi Iken jag bor r mycket smal.
The stpeet which I
live on is vepy naprow.
Dessa problem, som de har talat s mycket om, mste lsas.

Dessa problem, om vilka de har talat s mycket, mste lsas.
These problems, which they have spaken so much about, must be solved.
116b.
Vi II svensken titta p TV (Om svensken viii titta p TV - If the Swede wants to

om {if} has been left
watch TV).
In this conditional clause the conjunction
out and the subject-vepb opdep is pevepsed.
This is a
should try to beoome familiar with sinoe it is used to
paper wpiting and since it may present some difficulty
you are aWare of it.
Example:
sentence stpuotupe you

a gpeat extent in newsin the translation unless
Ska TV-programmen frbttras mste I icenserna hjas.

If the TV ppogpams are to be improved the lioense fees must be paised.
lJnit 16
SWEDISH
WORD l-IST
Swedish
A
absolut
absoZuteZy
accent -en -er
stress~
11
adjeKtiv -et -fl>
adjective
11
adj
good-bye
adress -en -er
address
advokat -en -er
tawyer
affr -en -er
store,
Afrika
Afriaa
afton -en, aftnar
evening~
aftonklnning -en -ar
evening gown
aktie -n -r
share~
aktiv -t -a
aative
16
aldrig
never
all, allt, alla
aLl
all possible, aLL kinds of
11
aI I
- t
Word List
- a m j I 19 -
t -
stress marker
shop
11
eve
stock
15
8
16
523
SWEDISH
524
Swedish
English
Uni t
alldeles
completely
allemansrtt -en 0
right to access
14
all ians -en -er
allianee
16
a Ilmn -t -na
generat
16
a I I ra
very (in front of the supert.

form of an adj.)
a I Is
at all
a I It id
always
a I I t i ng
everything
13
a I I tme r
more and more
16
almanack/a -an -or
ealendar
12
ambassad -en -er
embassy
ambassadr -en -er
ambassador
Amerika
America 3
amerikan -en -er
American (man)
American (man)
11
amerikansk -t -a
American
amerikansk/a -an -or
American (woman)
amerikanska ambassaden
the American
amerikanare -n
Word List
-0
the
Uni ted States
(adj.)
Embassy~
11
1
SWEDISH
Swedish
EngLish
Unit
andra
(the) other, others; second

See annan
4,
(to) confide, entl'ust
15
an knut/en -et -na (ti II)
tied to, Linked up with
16
(att) an/knyta, -knyter, -knt, -knutit,

-knuT/en -et -naj 4
(to) connect, attach
ankomST -en -er
al'l'ivaL
13
(atT) anlnda, 2a
(to) al'rive
12
annan, annat,
other; eLse
2, 8
(att) anfrtro,
annandag -en
andra
second day (of

Easter)
-~r
Ch~i8tma8
and
15
annars
otherwise
annons -en -er
advertisement
(att) an/se, -ser, -sg, -sett,

-sedd, -sett, -sedda; 4
(to) think, be of the opinion,

l'egal'd
(att) anstlla,
(to) empLoy
2a
employee
16
ansvar -et -0
l'esponsibi U ty
14
(att) an/ta, -tar, -tog, -tagit,

-tag/en -et -naj 4
(to) adopt; assume
16
en anstlld,
Word List
tv anstllda
525
SWEDISH
526
Swedish
English
Vnit
antagl igen
pr'obably
12
antal -et -0
number, quantity
16
antingen .,. eller
either ...
(att) anvnda, 2a
(to) use
ap r i I
April
aprop (det)
by the way
10
arabiska -n 0
Arabic (language)
11
(att) arbeta,
(to) work
arbetare -n -0
worker
15
arbete -t -n
wOr'k
10
arbetsgivare -n -0
employer
16
arbetskamrat -en -er
colleague
12
unemployment
16
arbetsmarknad -en -er
labor market
16
arbetsmarknadsstyrelsen (AMS)
Labor Mar'ket Board
15
arbetsplats -en -er
place of work
16
arbetstagare -n -0
employee
16
arg -t -a
angry
Pron. Guide
arbetslshet -en
Word List
Or'
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Vnit
arme -n -er
army
16
artig -t -a
polite
12
artikel -n, artiklar
article
15
arton
eighteen
artonde
eighteenth
ask -en -ar
box
12
askfat -et -0
ashtray
Atlanten
The Atlantic (ocean)
16
att
to (inf. marker); that (conj.)
l,
attache -n -er
attache
12
augusti
August
(att) avancera,
(to) advance
avancer/ad -at -ade
advanced
16
av
of
(att) aV/bryta, -bryter, -brt, -brutit

-brut/en -et -na; 4
(to) interrupt, break off
15
avdelning -en -ar
department
avgift -en -er
fee,
16
Word List
tui tian
52?
SWEDISH
English
Swedish
avgng -en
(att) avveckla,
Word List
528
departure
Unit
(time)
(to) discontinue, wind down
13
16
SWEDISH
English
Uni t
(att) bada,
(to) bathe, take a bath, go

swimming
12
(att) bada bastu;
(to)
12
badrum -met -0
bath!'oom
bagage -t 0
baggage,
(att) baka,
(to)
bakom
behind
12
bal -en -er
ball (dance)
15
balans -en -er
balance
16
bank -en -er
bank
bar -en -er
ba!'
10
bara
jus t, only
ahild
barnvakt -en -er
baby-sitter
15
bas -en -er
base, basis, foundation
16
bastu -n -r
(att) bada bastu;
sauna
(to) take a sauna
12
12
(to) ask, request
Swedish
B
barn -et
-0
(att) be, ber, bad, bett,

Word List
take a sauna
5
luggage
bake
13
5
529
SWEDISH
530
Swedish
English
Unit
befolkning -en -ar
population
13
begv/ad -at -ade

sprkbegv/ad -at -ade
gifte d
(to) have a gift for languages
11
11
(att) be/hlla, -hller, -hll, -hllit,

-hll/en -et -na; 4
(to) keep
11
(att) behva, 2a
(to) need
beige -t -a
beige
bekvm -t -a
comfortable
belgier -n -0
Belgian (man)
:3
ben -et -0
bane; leg
Pron. Guide
(att) bereda, 2a
(to) pl'epare
beredskap -en -er
preparedness~
beredskapsarbete -t -n
relief work
16
berg -et -0
mountain
Pron. Guide
beroende -0 -0
dependent
(att> bertta,
(to)
berm/d -t -da
famouB
(att) berra, 2a
(to) concern, affect
16
(to) describe
(att) be/skriva, -skrIver, -skrev, -skrivit,

-skriv/en -et -na; 4
Word List
readiness
tell
16
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Vnit
beskrivning -en -ar
descT'iption
15
(att) be/sluta, -sluter, -slt, -slutit,

-slut/en -et -na; 4
(to) decide
16
(att) be/st (av); -str, -stod, -sttt,

-sHdd, -sttt, -stdda; 4
(to) consist (of)
16
2
(att) bestl la, 2a

(att) bestmma, 2a
nrmare bestmt
(to) deaide~ determine

mOT'e precisely
16
16
besvik/en -et -na
disappointed
13
besvrl ig -t -a
troublesome
14
besttning -en -ar
crew
16
visit
14
(att) betala,
(to) pay
betrffande -0 -0
conaerning. with regard to
16
(att) betyda, 2a
(to) mean
15
betydelse -n -r
meaning~
betyd I i gt
significantly~
(att) beundra,
(to) admire
(att) bevara,
(to)
bibliotek -et-0
library
besk -et
Word List
-0
significance
pT'eserve~
16
considerably
16
15
keep~
proteat
4
~31
SWEDISH
532
English
Unit
(to) contr>ibute
16
subsidy; contr>ibution
16
bil-en-ar
ear>, automobile; cab
(att)
(to) [or>m; establish
16
ticket
10
Swedish
(att)
bi/dra, -drar, -drog,

-drag/en -et -na; 4
bidrag -et
-dragit,
-0
bilda,
bi Ijett -en -er
biljon-en-er
inexpensive, cheap
11
(to) bind, tie
13, 15
movies
12
(to) bite
13
ear>ly (in the morning)
(to) invite
invited
12
13
(to) offer>
12
bjudning -en -ar
party
12
bland
among
14
among othel's
15
billig - t - a
(att)
bio -n
(att)
binda, binder, band,

bund/en -et -na; 4
bundit,
0
bita, biter, bet, bitit,
bit/en -et -na; 4
b i tt i
(att)
bjuda, bjuder, bjd,

bjud/en -et -na; 4
(att) bjuda p;
bland andra
Word List
(bl.a.)
bjudit,
SWEDISH
Swedish
bland
annat
(bl.a.)
(att)
blanda,
(att)
blanda
English
Vnit
among other things
15
(to) mix, blend

sig
(to)
i;
interfere~
intervene
16
mixed economy
16
form
13
(to) become, be
block-et-0
bloc
16
blombukett -en -er
bouquet of flowers
12
bJomm/a -an -or
j10w81"
12
(att)
(to) blossom
14
blue
blandekonomi
-n -er
blankett -en -er

(att)
bl,
bli,
blir,
blomma,
bltt,
(att)
bo,
bok -en,
bla
bcker
bokhy II /a -an -or
bomu I I
-en
bonde -n,
-0
0
bnder
bord -et -0
t i II bords
Word List
blivit,
(to)
bolag -et
blev,
live, reside
book
bookcase
company, corporation
16
cotton
farmer
Pron. Guide
table
to the table, at the table
12
533
SWEDISH
534
Swedish
English
Unit
bordsdam -en -er
table partner (lady)
12
bordsplacering -en -ar
seating arrangement
12
borgerl ig -t -a
non-socialist; bourgeois,
middle class
16
(att) borsta,
(to) brush
borst/e -en -ar
brush
bort; borta
away (motion);
away (stationary)
(to)
16
bosatt -0 -a;
(att) vara bosatt
live, reside
bostad -en, bostder
residence
15
bostadsbidrag -et -0
housing allowance
16
bostadsomrde -t -n
residentiaI area
15
bra -0 -0 ;
bttre, bst
fine, good, well;

better, best
1
9
bras/a -an -or
(open)
12
bred,
wide
breddgrad -en -er
latitude
16
bredvid
beside, next to
12
brev -et -0
letter
Pron. Guide
Word List
brett, breda
fire
SWEDISH
Swedish
EngLish
Unit
(att) brinna, brinner, brann, brunnit, 4
(to) burn (intr.)
13
(att) brista, brister, brast, brustit,

brust/en -et -naj 4
(to) burst (intr.)
13
bror,
brother
(att) bruka,
(to) usually (do something)~

be in the habit of
3~
brun -t -a
browrC"
bruna bnor
baked beans
brunn -en -ar
well
Pron. Guide
brutto
gross
16
bruttonationalprodukt -en -er (BNP)
gross national produat (GNP)
16
(att) bry sig om;
(to) care about
10
brygg/a -an -or
dock
14
(att) bryta, bryter, brt, brutIt,

brut/en -et -na; 4
(to) break
13
brytning -en -ar
accent
11
brdsk/a -an 0
rush, hurry
brnsle -t -n
fuel
16
brd -et 0
bread
bukett -en -er
bouquet
12
brodern,
Word List
brder
535
SWEDISH
536
Swedish
English
Unit
bull/e -en -ar
bun
buss -en -ar
bus
by -n -ar
vi llage
11
(att)
bygga,
(att)
bygga
(to) build
2a
(to) expand
16
byggnad -en -er

under byggnad
building
under construction
9
16
(att)
(to) change
13
change
13
jar
Pron. Guide
pants
both
both ... and
11
bt -en -ar
boat
bnk -en -ar
bench; row of seats
5~
berT'Y
14
(to) carT'Y, wear
1 3~
(to) behave
14
byte
ut;
byta,
2a
2b
-t -n
by tt/a -an -or
(plur.)
byxor
bda
bde
...
br -et
(att)
(att)
Word List
och
-0
bra, br, bar,

bur/en -et -naj
bra
sig t;
burit,
4
10
15
SWEDISH
Swedish
bst
(att) tycka bst ami
2b
EngZish
Unit
best;
See bra
(to) prefer
See bra
3
9
bttre
better;
bn/a -an -or

bruna bnor
bean
baked beans
9
9
ought to
10,
(to) begin
br,
(att)
borde,
brja,
Word List
bort,
13
537
SWEDISH
538
English
Uni t
(att) campa,
(to) camp
PY'on. Guide
cancer -n (/)
canceY'
PY'on. Guide
cape -n -r
cape
PY'on. Guide
cell-en-er
cell
PY'on. Guide
Celsius
centigY'ade
11
centern
the centeY' paY'ty
16
central -t -a
centY'al
Centralen
CentY'al station
13
centrum -et, centra
centeY' (of tOlJn)
champagne -n (/)
champagne
PY'on. Guide
chans -en -er
chance
charmant -(/) -a
excellent
12
charmig -t -a
chaY'ming J quaint
charter
chaY'teY'
11
check -en -ar
check
15
chef -en -er
chief, boss
16
choklad -en (/)
chocolate
12
SlJedish
C
WOY'd List
(C)
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Unit
chokladask -en -ar
box of can dy
12
cigarr -en -er
cigar
cigarrett -en -er
cigarette
cirka
circa, about
16
citron -en -er
lemon
Pron. Guide
civi I -t -a
oivil, oiviZian
18
cockta i I -en -s
cocktail
12
college -t -0
college
12
Cypern
Cyprus
16
cykel -n, cyklar
bicycle
Pron. Guide
(att) cykla,
(to) ride a bike, bicycle
12
Word List
539
SWEDISH
540
EngLish
Unit
dag -en -ar

om dagen
day
a day
l,
?
Dagens Nyheter
Daily News (Sw.
dagg -en 0
dew
Pl'on. Guide
dags; hur dags

det r dags
at what time
it is time
12
15
dam -en -er
lady
Danmark
Denmark
11
dans -en -er
dance,
(att) dansa,
(to) dance
dansk -en -ar
Dane (man)
11
dansk -t -a
Danish (adj.)
11
Danish (lang.)
11
dansk/a -an -or
Dane (woman)
11
de
they; the (modif.
december
December
dekoration -en -er
decoration
15
(att) dekorera,
(to) decorate
15
Swediah
D
dansk/a -n
Word Lis t
newspaper)
15
dancing
pLur. words)
2,
SWEDISH
SuJedish
English
Unit
del -en -ar

en del
part
some, a feuJ
(att) del/ta, -tar, tog, -tagit, 4
(to) par-ticipate
15
delvis
partially
dem
them
(att) demokratisera,
(to) democratize, make

democratic
16
demonstration -en -er
demonstration
15
den
it (ref. to en uJords);
the (modif. en uJords)
15
den dr, det dr;
de dr
that; those
den hr,
de hr
this; these
this; these
the same
(government) department
16
their, theirs
dessfrinnan
befor-e then
12
dessutom
besides
det
it; the (modif. ett words)
detalj -en -er
detail
15
denna,
det hr;
detta,
densamma,
dessa
detsamma,
departement -et
deras
Word Lis t
-~
-0
-0
desamma
541
SWEDISH
542
Unit
Swedish
English
dig
you (sing.
obj.
form)
your, yours (sing.)
direct
diskmaskin -en -er
dishwasher
(att)
(to) discuss, have a discussion
12
there (motion);
the re (stationary)
animal
14
however
16
din,
ditt,
-0
direkt
dit;
dina
-a
diskutera,
dr
djur -et
-0
dock
doktor -n,
domkyrk/a -an
dotter
(att)
doctor,
dokt~rer
-or
-n, dttrar
dra(ga), drar, drog,
drag/en -et -naj 4
dragit,
dramatisk -t -a
(att)
dricka, dricker, drack,

druck/en -et -naj 4
dricks -en
(att)
driva,
driver,
drev, drivit,
driv/en -et -na;
Word List
druckit,
physician
12, 16
cathedral
daughter
(to) draw,
puH
13
dY'amatic
10
(to) drink
tip
(to) drive (not a vehicLe)
13
SWEDISH
Uni t
Swedish
English
(att) drja, 2a
(to)
du
you (sing.)
(att) duga, duger, dg, duglt, 4
(to) do,
13
(att) duka,
(to)
duk/ad -at -ade
set (past papt.)
12
duktig -t -a
good,
last~
13
lingep
sepve, be Buitable
12
set the table
effeotive, competent
24 houps
11
dyr -t -a
expensive
then, at that time;

when
dygn -et
-0
dl i9 -t -a,
smre,
smst
bad;
less good,
since;
least good
2, 12
9
d l i 9 -t -a, vrre, vrst
bad, wopse, wopst
dr
whepe (pel.)
13
thepe (stationapy)
thepe (motion)
1, 8
dremellan
in between
15
dremot
on the othep hand
12
drfr att
because
(att) d, dr, dog, dtt,

dd, dtt, dda; 4
(to)
13
d r;
dit
Word List
die
543
SWEDISH
544
Swedish
English
Unit
(att) dlja, dljer, dolde, dolt,

dol/d -t -da; 4
(to) aonaeat
13
drr -en -ar
door
Word List
SWEDISH
English
Unit
efter
af ter
10
(att) efterlmna,
(to)
eftermiddag -en -ar

i eftermiddag
i eftermiddags
afternoon
this afternoon
this afternoon (past)
4
4
11
efterrtt -en -er
dessert
eftersom
since
eftertrdare -n -0
successor
eftert
afterwards
14
egen, eget, egna
own
11
egentl igen
reat ly, actuaLty
;3
ekonomi -n 0
economy
14, 16
ekonomisk -t -a
economic
16
eld -en -ar
fire,
15
Swedish
E
teave behind
bonfire
16
electricity
elektrisk -t -a
etectric
16
elev -en -er
student,
e I f te
eZeventh
elektricitet - en
Word List
QJ
pupit
9,
16
545
SWEDISH
546
Swedish
English
Unit
el it -en -er
elite
16
elitistisk -t-a
elitist
16
e I I er
or
;)
eller hur
don't you, isn't it, etc.
elva
eleven
emedan
because
emellertid
however, neveT'theles8
16
en
a, an, one
enbart
solely, alone
16
enda
only (adj.)
:3
endast
only (adv.)
16
eneT'gy
16
energisk -t -a
eneT'getic
engelsk -t -a
English (adj.)
11
English (lang.)
11
engelsk/a -an -or
Englishwoman
11
engelsman -nen, engelsmn
Englishman
11
England
England
11
energi -n
engelsk/a -an
Word List
SWEDISH
Unit
Swedish
English
enhetl ig - t -a
uniform,
enkel
simple
enkelhet -en 0
i all enkelhet
simpliaity
nothing fanay
12
12
en I i gt
aaaording to
11
enorm - t -a
enormous
16
enski l/d -t -da
individual, private,
entusiastisk -t -a
enthusiastia
er
you (plur.
-t,
enkla
16
homogenouB
obj.
separate
16
15
form)
your, yours (plur.)
(to) es tab Hs h
16
etnisk -t -a
ethnia
16
ett
a, an, one
Europa
Europe
11
the European Economic Community

(EEC)
examp le
for example
16
copy
16
er,
ert,
(att)
era
etablera,
Europagemenskapen
(EG)
exempe I, exemp I et, -0

t i II exempel (t.ex.)
exemplar -et
-0
expedit -en -er
Word List
clerk,
salesperson
15
15
547
SWEDISH
548
Swedish
English
Vnit
export -en -er
export
11
(att) exportera,
(to) export
11
flord List
SWEDISH
English
Unit
fackfrening -en -ar
union
15
fall-et-0
case
in any case
in such a case~ i f so
14
14
15
(att) falla, faller, fll, fallit,

fa I I len -et -na; 4
(to)
13
fami Ij -en -er
family
fantastisk -t -a
fantastic
far,
father
:3
Swedish
F
i a I Ia f a I I
i s fall
fadern,
(att) fara,
fder
far,
for,
farit,
fall
(to) go,
travel
farbror, -n, farbrder
uncle (paternal)
:3
farfar,
grandfather (paternal)
:3
f a r I i g -t -a
det r inte s farligt
dangerous
it's not too bad
14
14
fartyg -et -0
ship
fastia -an -or
fast,
faster -n,
aunt (paternal)
fast(n)
although
12
(att) fatta,
(to) grasp, understand
11
Word Lis t
farfadern,
fastrar
farfder
Lent
15
549
SWEDISH
550
lin i
Swedish
februari
FebruaY'Y
felstav/ad -at -ade
misspelled
15
fem
five
f emt e
fifth
femtio
fifty
femton
fifteen
femtonde
fifteenth
fest -en -er
party
12
tick/a -an -or
pooket
13
file -n -er
filet
f i I m -en - er
film, movie
10
fine
(to) finance
16
finger
PY'on. Guide
Finland
11
Finn
11
(to) lind
12
(to) hit it off (togethep)
12
fin
-t
(att)
-a
finansiera,
finger,
fingret,
fingrar
Finland
finlndare -n
-0
(att)
finna, finner, fann,

tunn/en -et -aj 4
(att)
finna
Word List
varandraj
funnit,
SWEDISH
English
U1. i t
(to) be found, exist

there is (are)
1
1
Pinnish (adj.)
11
Pinnish (lang.)
11
f insk/a -an -or
Pinn (waman)
11
(att)
(to) celebrate
15
fisk -en -ar
fish
fjorton
fouY'teen
fjortonde
fourteenth
fjrde
fouY'th
f lagg/a -an -or
flag
14
f I ask/a -an -or
bottle
14
fler(al,
mOY'e, most;
Swedish
(att) finnas,
det finns
finns,
fanns,
funnits;
finsk -t -a
f i nsk/a -an
fira,
flest
See mnga
flera
several
f I i c k/ a - a n - o r
girl
plane, flight
(to) fly
aiY'plane
16
(to) float
13,
flyg -et
(att)
-0
flyga,
flyger,
flygplan -et
-0
(attl
flyter,
Word List
flyta,
flg,
flt,
flugit,
flutit,
14
551
SWEDISH
552
Unit
Swedish
Engli!!.Ji
flytande -Ql -Ql
floating,
(att) flytta,
(to) move
folk -et -Ql
people
11
folkdrkt -en -er
national eostume
15
folkomrstning -en -ar
referendum
16
folkpartiet
the liberal party
16
fol kpension -en -er
old age pension
16
folktthet -en Ql
population density
16
form -en -er

i form av
form, shape
in the form of
16
16
forme II -t -a
formal
12
fort
fast (adv.)
fortfarande
still
(att) fort/stta, -stter, -satte, -satt,

-satt, -satt, -satta; 4
(to) continue
13
fot -en, ftter

till fots
foot
on foot
Pron. Guide
fotografi -et -er
photo
fram;
there (motion)
there (stationary)
8
8
Word List
framme
fluently
14
12
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) g fram ti I I; 4
English
Unit
(to) go (waZk) up to
12
framfr
in front of
framme; f ram
there (stationary)
there (motion)
8
8
framt
forward
16
Frankrike
France
11
fransk -t -a
F't'ench (adj.)
11
French (lang.)
11
fransman -nen, fransmn
F't'enc hman
11
fransysk/a -an -or
Frenchwoman
11
fred -en -er
peace, peace time
16
fredag
F'l'iday
fri -tt -a
free
frigrelse -n -r
liberation
16
frihet -en -er
freedom,
16
frisk -t -a
fresh,
fru -n -ar
Mrs; wife
frukost -en -ar
breakfast
fransklo -an
Word List
r!J
liberty
healthy, weLL
553
SWEDISH
554
S!J)edish
English
[)nit
(att) frysa, fryser, frs, frusit,

frus/en -et -na; 4
(to) be aoLd, freeze
13
frysbox -en -ar
freezer
frg/a -an -or
question, iS8ue, matter
9. 16
(att> frga,
(to) ask
frn
from
frmst
frst och frmst
foremost
first of alL
12
12
frk/en -en -nar
Miss; (addres8 to !J)aitres8

or saZesgirZ)
full-t-a
fu l-l
13
fu I I satt -0 -a
fiLled. all seats taken
13
(att> fungera,
(to) funation, !J)ork
funktion -en -er
funation
16
(att> fylla, 2a
(to) fi l-l
15
{att> fylla i i 2a
(to) filL out
{att> fylla r; 2a
(to) beaome oLder in years
fyra
four
fyrtio
fort y
f,
frre
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
<att)
f,
<att) f
fr,
ivg;
fick,
ftt,
English
Unit
(to) be allowed to, may; get,

receive; have to
l,
(to) get (someone)
12
to leave
(to) catch sight of, spot
14
ftlj -en -er
armchair
frdig -t -a
ready
8,
ready-made
frg -en -er
color
frggrann -t -a
colorful
15
frj/a -an -or
ferry
frsk -t -a
fresh
(to) be bOl'n
16
born
11
(att)
f syn p;
frdig/sydd,
<att)
fdas,
fdd,
ftt,
(att) flja,
<att)
-sytt, -sydda
2a
fdda
2a
flja med;
fnster,
(to)
2a
fnstret,
-Ql
follow
window
for (prep.); because,

(conj.J; too
fr att
to,
Word List
in order to
10
(to) go (come) along, aacompany
fr
10
for
S, 8, 12
4
555
SWEDISH
556
Swedish
English
Unit
fr
aga
(to) escort
12
(to) prepare
15
frberedelse -n -r
preparation
15
frbi
by, past
10
.. , sedan
(att)
fra,
2a
(att)
frbereda,
2a
(att)
frbi/g, -gr, -gick, -gtt,

-gng/en -et -nai 4
(to) pass over, skip, neglect
15
(att)
fr/binda, -binder, -band, -bundit,

-bund/en -e1 -nai 4
(to) associate
16
(att)
fr/bli,
(to) remain
16
(att) frbttra,
(to) improve
16
fre
before (prep.)
10
(to) prefer
fredrag -et -I/>
lee ture
(att)
(to) unite
(att)
-blir, -blev, -blivit, 4
fre/dra, -drar, -drog, -dragit,

-drag/en -et -nai 4
frena,
fren/ad -at -ade

Frenta Nationerna
Frenta Staterna
Word List
(FN)
united
11
the Uni ted Nations (U. N. )
11
the United States
11
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Unit
(att)
(to) Buggest
14
fre/sl, -slr, -slog, -slagit,

-slag/en -et -na
frestllning -en -ar
performance,
show
10
(att)
(to) undertake, perform, carry

out
16
fretag -et -0
corporation, bu~ine8s
12,
frhand I j ng -en -ar
negotiation
15
(att)
frklara,
(to) explain
15
(att)
frlova sig (med>;
(to) get engaged (to)
10
frlt
pardon, excuse me
(att) fr/lta, -lter, -lt, -ltit,

-lt-en -et -nai 4
(to)
13
frmiddag -en -ar

I frmiddags
morning (10-12 a.m.)

this morning (pas t)
11
11
frort -en -er
Buburb
Pron. Guide
frr
before. earlier
Pron. Guide
frra
last
frresten
anyway. besides
12
10
not until
fre/ta, -tar, -tog, -tagit,

-tag/en -et -nai 4
frrgr;
frrn;
Word List
I frrgr
l nte frrn
forgive
16
557
SWEDISH
558
Swedish
English
Unit
frsami ing -en -ar
parish, congregation
16
frsen/ad -at -ade
late, delayed
12
suggestion, proposition
frst
first
frst och frmst
first of aH
12
(att) fr/st, -str, -stod, -sttt,

-st/dd -tt -dda; 4
(to) understand
frsts
of cours e
12
defense
12
(to) disappear
13
frskring -en -ar
insurance
16
frsk -et -0
attempt
Pron. Guide
frslag -et
frsvar -et
-0
-0
(att) frsvinna, frsvinner,

frsvunnit, frsvunn/en -et
(att) frska,
2b
frtjusande -0 -Ql
frsvann,
4
-aj
(to)
try
10
lovely, delightful
12
delighted
15
fr Ider -n, fr I drar
paren t
frldrafrskring -en -ar
paren ta l insurance
16
(att) frndra,
(to) change (trans.)
16
frtjust
Word List
-0 -a
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Unit
(att)
(to)
16
frndras,
frndring -en -ar
WO'l'd List
change (intl'.)
change
16
559
SWEDISH
560
English
Vnit
gaffel -n, gafflar
fOPk
gammal -t, gamla; ldre; ldst

(att) bli gammal; 4
old; olde'1'; oldest

(to) get old
3.
3
ganska
rather > quite
(att) garantera,
(to) guarantee
garderob -en -er
closet
gas -en -er
gas (not gasolinej
gat/a -an -or
stpeet
gatuhrn -et -0
stpeet copne'1'
15
(att) ge, ger, gav, gett, 4
(to) give
gemensam -t -ma
common. mutual
16
gemensamt
jointly
16
genast
right away
generation -en -er
gene'1'ation
13
geners -t -a
genepouB
Pron. Guide
gengld;
in return
16
genom
through
genom att
by
16
Swedish
G
Word List
gengld
SWEDISH
Swedish
EngLish
U1.i t
geograf i -n 0
geography
16
(att) gifta sig (med); 2b
(to) marry
10
(att) gilla,
(to)
Pron. Guide
like
glad, happy, merry
14
glass
ice cream
13
(to) glide, slide
13
glimpse
16
(to) make happy, please
13
(to) look forward to, be happy

about
10
hot, spiced wine served at

Christmas
15
(to) forget
10
(to) nag
Pron. Guide
(to) rub
13
gnist/a -an -or
spark
Pron. Guide
(att)
gnola,
(to) hum
Pron. Guide
(att)
gngga,
(to) neigh
Pron. Guide
glad,
glatt,
glas -et
glass -en
glada
-0
(att) glida,
glider,
gled,
glidit,
glimt -en -ar

(att) gldja,
glder,
(att) gldja sig t;

glgg -en
(att)
gladde,
glatt,
glmma,
2a
(att) gnata,
(att) gnida, gi:lider, gned,
gnid/en -et -na; 4
Word List
gnidit,
561
SWEDISH
562
Urti t
Swedish
good; better>; best
1~
her>e you ar>e
goddag
hello
godhjrt/ad -at -ade
good-hear>ted
12
godsak -en -er
sweets~
Gol fstrmmen
the Gulf Str>eam
16
golv -et -0
floor>
goss/e -en -ar
young boy
15
grad -en -er
degr>ee
11
gran -en -ar
spr>uce
15
grann/e -en -ar
neighbor>
13
gratis -!/J -0
fr>ee of char>ge
11
grej -en -er
thing~
13
grek -en -er
Gr>eek (man)
11
grekisk -t -a
Gr>eek (adj.)
11
grekisk/a -an 0
Gnek (lang.)
11
grekisk/a -an -or
Gr>eek (woman)
11
Grekland
Gr>eece
11
god, gott, goda; bttre; bst

godare; godast
var s god<a>
Wor>d List
"goodies"
gadget
15
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Uni t
(att) gripa, griper, grep, gripit,

grip/en -et -na; 4
(to) seize, grasp
13
grund -en -er
foundation, basis
16
grupp -en -er
group
15
gryn -et -0
grain
15
gr,
gray
grtt, gra
al'Y~
(to)
grdde -n 0
cream
15
grn -t -a
green
Grnland
Greenland
16
grnsak -en -er
vegetable
porridge, hot aereal
15
gubb/e -en -ar

lilla gubben
old man
sweetie, dear
7
7
gul -t -a
yellow
gumm/a -an -or

I i Ila gumman
old lady
Bweetie, dear
7
7
gummi -t 0
rubber
13
gymnasi/um -et -er
Swedish high school
16
gymnastik -en 0
gymnastics
Pron. Guide
grt -en
Word List
weep
13
(att) grta, grter, gr/H, grtit, 4
563
SWEDISH
564
Un1: t
Swedish
(to) walk, go; leave; be
possible, work out
1, 9, 11
(att) g fram ti II; 4
(to) go (walk) up to
12
g frbi;
(to) pass, walk past
15
en gende, tv gende
pedestrian
gng -en --er
time, occasion
grd -en -ar
farm; yard
3, 15
gs -en,
goose
Pron. Guide
(to) apply, be the case
12
(att) g,
(att)
gr, gick, gtt, 4
gss
(att) glla,
grnaj
2a
hellrej
helst
gst -en -er

(att) gmma sigj
2a
(att) gra, gr, gjorde, gjort,

gjord, gjort, gjordaj 4
det gr detsamma
Word List
gladly, with pleasure;

preferably
~athe~;
2, 9
guest
(to) hide (oneseZ!J
10
(to) do, make
it doesn't
matte~
12
SWEDISH
Swedish
EngUsh
Unit
(to) have
(to)
H
(att)
ha,
(att)
ha
har,
hade,
lust att;
haft,
feel like
sUppery
Pron. Guide
hall-en-ar
hall
ha J J
hello fonly on the phonej
halv - t -a
half
hal
-t-a
hamn -en -ar
:3
han
he
hand -en, hnder

(att) ta hand om; 4
(att) ta i hand; 4
hand
(to) take care of
(to) shake hands
9
9
hande I -n
(att)
handla,
12
16
(to) shop
glove
his
hatt -en -ar
hat
hav -et -0
t i I I havs
sea, ocean
at Bea
12
12
handsk/e -en -ar

hans -(Il
Word List
-0
565
SWEDISH
566
Swedish
English
Unit
hedersgst -en -er
most honoY'ed guest, highest

Y'anking guest, guest of honoY'
12
hej
hi
whole
helg -en -er
holiday, weekend
11
helgdag -en -ar
hol'iday
15
heller;
inte heller
not
hellre;
helst
Y'atheY'; pY'efeY'ably
See grna
hem -met -Vj
home
12
hem;
home (motion)
home (stationaray)
5,
teY'Y'ible
12
(I'd) love to
12
on the way home
10
heY' (obj.
hel
-t -a
hemma
h em s k - t
-a
hemskt grna
hemvgen;
hemvgen
henne
hennes
-0 -0
herr
herrle -en
Word List
-ar
.. ,
eitheY', noY'
form)
13
he Y', heY's
MY'.
gentleman
SWEDISH
English
Swedish
Unit
(to) be named
hetta -n (Il
heat
11
(att) hinna, hinner, hann, hunnit,

hunn/en -et -a; 4
(to) have time to
hiss -en -ar
elevator
(att) hissa,
(to) hoist
14
histori/a -en -er
story; history
12
hit;
here (mo tion)

here (stationary)
(att) hitta,
(to) find
hjlp -en 0
help, assistance
11
(att) hjlpa 2b
(to) help
(att) hjlpa t i I I med; 2b
(to) help out with
15
hjrtl ig -t -a
heart y
12
Holland
lIo l land
11
ho I I ndare -n -0
Dutchman
11
holltindsk -t -a
Dutch (adj.)
11
hollndsk/a -an (Il
Du tch (lang.)
11
ho II ndsk/a -an -or
Dutch woman
11
(att) heta,
2b
hr
Word List
2,
567
SWEDISH
568
Lrz i t
Swed-ish
hon
she
lionom
him
(a-r1)
hoppa,
(to) jump, hop, skip
14
(att)
hoppas,
(to) hope
at, with
hote l
headwaitel'
(to) out, hew
13
hund -en -ar
dog
(ett)
one (a) hundl'ed
hundratals
hundreds
14
hungrig - t -a
hungry
hur
how
don't you, isn't it, etc.
1
8
at what time
house
hustru -n -r
wife
huvud -et, huvuden
head
10
hos
hotell
-et
-0
hovmstare -n
(att)
-0
hugga, hugger, hgg,

hugg/en -et -na; 4
hundra
eller hur
hur dags
hus -et
Word List
-0
huggit,
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Vnit
huvudingng -en -ar
main
10
huvudsak -en -er
main thing
16
huvudsakl igen
mainly
16
aapital
11
hyr/a -an -or
rent
(att)
(to) rent
tenant
hale
Pron. Guide
(to) hold, keep
14
(to) agree
(to) be busy (doing BomethingJ
13
(to) give a speeah
hllplats -en -er
(bus,
hr -et '/>
hair (aolleative)
10
hrfrisrsk/a -an -or
beauty pal'lor, hairdresser
10
h~lft
-en -er
hal!
16
(att)
hlsa,
(to) greet
11
huvudstad -en,
hyra,
hyresg~st
hl
huvudstder
2a
-en -er
-et-0
(att )
h I I a, h I I er, h I I,
hll/en - et -naj 4
(att)
h I I a med om;
(att)
h I I a p
(att gra ngot) ;
(att )
h I I a ta I
Word List
h I I i t,
entl'anae
subway) stop
569
SWEDISH
Swedish
.p!;
570
Engfish
Unit
(to) visit
11
(att)
hlsa
(att>
hlsa p;
(to) greet (somebody), to say

heLLo
11
(att)
hlsa (till);
(to) say hello to, gl'eet,

give l'egards to
12
(att)
hmta,
(to) get, pick up
(att)
hnga,
(to) hang
here (s ta tionary)
here (motion)
l,
hrifrn
from here
hromdagen
the other day
13
hx/a -an -or
witch
15
high; higher; highest
5, 9
right
to the right of
1
1
highrise
12
hgkonjunktur -en -er
boom, prospel'ity
16
hgskol/a -an -or
university
16
hgtid -en -er
festive day
15
(att)
(to) raise, increase
16
hr;
2a
hit
hg -t -a;
hgre;
hogst
hger
t i I I hger om
hghus -et
Word List
hja,
-0
2a
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Unit
h r
listen (imperative)
(to) hear
(to) get in touch
12
corner
fall, autumn
this fall
last fall
2
2
(att) hra,
2a
hra av sig;
(att)
hrn -et
-0
hst -en -ar

l hst
hstas
Word List
2a
11
571
SWEDISH
572
English
Unit
in
frrgr
10
morse
this morning (past)
10
this year
11
vermorgon
the day after tomorrow
11
ibland
sometimes
icke
not (formal; used mainly

in public notices)
idag
today
ifjol
last year
11
i f j or
last year
11
ifrn
from
15
igen
again
igr
yesterday
ihopkrup/en -et -na
curled up (only for animate

subjects)
13
i kv I I
this evening,
i Ian d
ashore
Swedish
Word List
tonight
14
SWEDISH
Swedish
Engtish
lni t
imorgon
tomol'l'ow
import -en -er
impol't. imp0l'tation
(att)
(to) imp0l't
11
in (motion)
in. inside (stational'Y)
5. 8
Indien
India
11
industri -n -er
industl'Y
16
ingen,
nOj no
In;
importera,
inne
inget,
inga
one~
nobody~
none
1~
i ngenjr -en -er
engineel"
ingenting
nothing
(att)
in/gripa, -griper, -grep, -gripit, 4
(to) interfel'e. intervene
16
(att)
ing,
(to) be inctuded
ingng -en -ar
entl'ance
i nkomst -en -er
income
16
innan
befol'e (conj.)
10
in. inside (stational'Y)

in (motion)
5, 8
inne;
ingr,
ingick,
ingtt, 4
in
inneboende -n -Ql
(att)
Word List
inne/bra, -br, -bar, -burit, 4
14
(to) impty. mean
14
573
SWEDISH
574
Swedish
English
Unit
inom
within
16
inrikt/ad -at -ade
aimed at, directed towards
16
inriktning -en -ar
direction,
16
instrument -et -0
instrument
16
(att)
(to) cancel
15
inte
not
inte alls
not at all
inte frrn
not untiZ
inte heller
not ... either, nor
13
intell igent -0 -a
intelligent
intensiv -t -a
intensive
15
internationell -t -a
international
16
intressant -0 -a
'interesting
intresse -t -n
interest
16
(att)
(to) interest
16
invandrare -n -0
immigrant
11, 16
invnare -n -0
inhabitant
16
is -en 0
ice
14
Word List
instlla, 2a
intressera,
trend
SWEDISH
English
Unit
instead of
10
ice water
I ta I i en
Italy
11
italienare -n-Ql
Italian (man)
11
italiensk - t - a
Italian (adj. )
11
Italian (lang.)
11
Italian (woman)
11
Swedish
istllet
isvatten,
fr
isvattnet Ql
ital iensk/a -an
ital iensk/a -an -or

ivg;
Word List
(att)
ivg;
(to) get (someone)
to leave
12
575
SWEDISH
576
English
Unit
ja
yes
jad
yes, indeed
jag
jaha
yes
januari
January
Japan
Japan
11
japan -en -er
Japanese
(man)
11
japansk -t -a
Japanese
(adj. )
11
japansk/a -an 0
Japanese
(lang. )
11
japansk/a -an -or
Japanese
(woman)
11
jas
oh
javisst
certainly, of COUl'BB,
yes indeed
2, :3
jeans -en (plur.)
blue jeans
14
jo
yes (in anBWel' to a negative

question)
jobb -et -0
job ((Jolloq. )
13
(att) jobba,
(to) work (colloq. )
12
Swedish
J
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Vnit
(att) jogga,
(to)
journa I i st -en -er
journalist
ju
as you know, of oourse
jubel, jublet 0
aheering
15
jugoslav -en -er
Yugoslav
11
j u I -e'n - a r
julas
Christmas
last Christmas
11
11
julgran -en -ar
Christmas tree
15
j uI i
July
julklapp -en -ar
Christmas gift
15
julott/a -an -or
early ahurah service on

Christmas Day morning
15
jultomt/e -en -ar
Santa Claus
15
juni
June
just
just
Pron. Guide
just nu
just now
Justitieombudsmannambetet (JO)
Office of the National Ombudsman 15
(att) jkta,
(to) rush
10
jmn -t -a
even
9,
flord List
jog
16
5??
SWEDISH
578
Swedish
English
Unit
jrn -et 0
-z-ron
16
jrnmalm -en 0
iron ore
16
jrnvg -en -ar
railroad
13
jrnvgsstation -en -er
train station
jtt/e -en -ar
giant
12
jttetrevl ig -t -a
supel', gl'eat
12
WOl'd List
SWEDISH
English
Vnit
kaffe -t 0
eoffee
kakla -an -or
eake, eookie
5,
calendar
Pron. Guide
cold
(att) kalla, I
s kall/ad -at -ade (s.k.)
(to) call
so caZZed
16
16
kalv -en -ar
veal, ealf
kam -men -ma r
eomb
(att)
(to) eomb (ona' 8 hair)
10
chamber
16
kampanj -en -er
eampaign
16
kamrat -en -er
friend
12
kanal
channel; eanal
16
kanske
maybe, perohaps
kart/a -an -or
map
kartong -en -er
ear'dboar'd box
14
(att)
(to) throo/,J
S/,Jedish
K
kalender -n,
kall
kalendrar
-t-a
kamma slgj
kammare -n,
kamrar
-en -er
kasta,
(att) kasta bort j
Word List
(to) thro/,J a/,Jay
13
15
579
SWEDISH
580
Swedish
EngZish
Vnit
kato I i k -en -er
CathoZic
15
kato I sk -t -a
CathoZic (adj.)
16
kedj!a -an -or
chain
Pl'on. Guide
kemisk -t -a
chemicaZ
16
kemtvtt -en -ar
dl'Y cZeaning, dry cZeaner's
10
kilometer (0.62 miles)
11
Kina
China
11
ki nes -en -er
Chinese (man)
11
kinesisk - t -a
Chinese (adj.)
11
Chinese (lang.)
11
kinesisk/a -an -or
Chinese (woman)
11
kiosk -en -er
kiosk
13
kjo I -en -ar
skirt
Pl'on. Guide
klar - t - a
det r klart
cZeal', obvious; l'eady

of COUl'se
3,
3
(att)
(to) cope with, manage
16
class
cZimate
11
(to) step, cZimb
13
ki lometer -n
-0
kinesisk/a -an
klara,
klass -en -er

kl imat -et
<att)
WOl'd List
-0
kl iva,
kliver,
klev,
kl ivlt,
10
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Vnit
kl ackja -an -or
clock, watch
klok -t -a
du r inte klok
wise
you are crazy
13
13
(att)
kl,
(to)
(att )
kl
av sig;
(att )
kl
om s i g; 3
(att)
kl
p s i g;
(att )
kl
s i g;
(att )
kl
ut sig;
3
3
trim,
decorate,
dress
15
(to) undress
10
(to) change (clothing)
10
(to) dress
10
(oneself)
(to) dress (oneself)
(to) dress up
15
dressed
14
clothes, clothing, wear
klnning -en -ar
dress
(att)
(to)
kldd,
k I tt,
klder - na
3
3
kldda
(plur. )
knacka,
tap,
knock
12
knapp -en -ar
button
Pron.
knappast
hardly
12, 11
kniv -en -ar
knife
knut -en -ar
knot
Pron. Guide
(att)
knyta, knyter, knt,

knut/en -et -na; 4
(att)
knpp,
h'ord Lis t
2b
knutit,
(to)
tie
(to) button
Buide
Pron. Guide
Pron. Guide
581
SWEDISH
582
Unit
Swedish
Eng Zis h
(att) koka,
(to) boiL
ko kt -0 - a
boiled
ko I - e n (- e t) 0
coal
16
(att) kolla,
(to) check
12
koloni -n -er
colony
16
komma -t -n
comma
16
(to) come
(att) komma,
kommer,
(att) komma att j
kom,
komm i t, 4
(to) be going to
will J
(to) remember
kommunal -t -a
local
16
kommunist -en -er
communist
16
konduktr -en -er
conductor
13
Kongo
the Congo
16
konjunktur -en -er
state of the market
16
konkurrens -en 0
competition
16
konsert -en -er
concert
konst -en -er
art; trick
konstnr -en -er
artist
(att) komma
WO!'d
List
ihg; 4
municipaL
10
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Uni t
konsulat -et -0
consulate
consumption
16
office
cup
proper, correct
12
korridor -en -er
hall, corridor
kors -et -0
cross
Pron. Guide
kort -et -0
card
12
short
korv -en -ar

varm korv
sausage
hot dogs
13
13
(att)
(to) cost
kostym -en -er
man's suit
kotlett -en -er
cutlet, chop
kraft -en -er
power,
16
kraftig -t -a
powerful, substantiaI
16
krans -en -ar
wreath
15
demand
(to) make demands on
16
16
konsumtion -en
kontor -et
-0
kopp -en -ar

korrekt
kort,
-0
-a
kort,
korta
kosta,
krav -et -0
(att) stlla krav p;
Word List
2a
force
583
584
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Unit
kredit -en -er
oredit
16
war
16
around
15
orisis
15
kristall kron/a -an -or
ohandelier
12
Kristi
Asoension Day
15
Kristus
Chris t
16
kron/a -an -or
orown (Sw.
krig -et
-0
kring
kris
-en -er
krypa,
Himmelfrdsdag
kryper,
krp,
krupit,
krft/a -an -or

kul
-0-0
ourrenoy)
(to) oreep, orawl
13
orayfish
12
fun
(adj.)
kultur -en -er
culture
16
kulturell
oultural
16
kund -en -er
oustomer
16
kung -en -ar
king
16
kungl ig - t -a
royal
10
(to) be able to, oan; know

(have learned)
1, 15
know-how
16
(att)
-t-a
kunna,
kunnande -t
Word List
kan,
kunde,
kunnat,
SWEDISH
SlJedi-sh
Engli-sh
lJnit
kupe -n -er
compaT'tment
13
kurs -en -er
COUT'se
11
kust -en -er
coast
16
kval ite -n -er
quality
kva r
still, left, T'emaining
kvarlev/a -an -or
T'emnant
15
kvart -en -er
quaT'teT' of an houp (15 mins.)
block
12
kvarter -et
-0
quick
kvick - t -a
-0
sharp
12
kvinn/a -an -or
lJoman
11
kvinnlig - t - a
female (adj.)
12
kv II -en -ar
i kv I I
evening
this evening, tonight
kyckl ing -en -ar
chieken
15
refrigerator
lJaiter
kyrk/a -an -or
church
kyrkl ig -t -a
church (adj.)
16
kvicktnkt
kylskp -et
kypare -n
Word List
-0
-0
-a
585
SWEDISH
588
Swedish
English
Unit
kyrkogrd -en -ar
cemetery
15
kyss
kiss
10
cabbage
15
basement
(to)
2, 15
kl
-en -ar
-en
kllare -n
-0
(att)
knna,
2a
(att)
knna
igen;
(att)
knna
sig;
(att)
knna t i l l ;
2a
2a
kring -en -ar

krlek -en
krnkraft -en
k -n -er
kk -et
(att)
-0
kpa,
2b
Kpenhamn
(att)
kra,
ktt -et
2a
kttbul l/e -en -ar
Word List
2a
know; feel-
(to) recognize
14
(to)
10
feel
(to) know (of),

with
be familiar
13
old lady, witch (derogatory)
15
love
Pron. Guide
nuclear power
16
line,
13
queue
kitchen
(to) buy
Copenhagen
11
(to) drive
meat
meatball
SWEDISH
English
Uni t
lag -en -ar
law
16
(att)
laga,
(to) mend~ repair~ fix
(att)
laga mat;
(to) oook
12
lagstiftning -en -ar
legislation
16
lamp/a -an -or
lamp
lampskrm -en -ar
lamp shade
15
I and -et,
oountry~
11~
Swedish
L
(att)
I nder
landa,
(to)
oountry side
land
13
16
landskap -et -0
provinoe~
lapp -en -ar
Lappj pieoe of paperj patoh
11
lappby -n -ar
Lapp village
11
lapska -n 0
Lapp (lang.)
11
lat -0 -a
lazy
Pron. Guide
(to) smile
13~
ledig -t -a
free~
(att)
(to)
(att)
le,
ler,
I eda, 2a
ledare -n -0
Word List
log,
lett, 4
soenery~
available
lead.
leader
conduct
landsoape
13
15
15
15
587
SWEDISH
Swedish
ledning -en
leende -t -n
-0 -0
leende
lek -en -ar

(att)
leka,
2b
leksak -en -er

(att)
leta
(att)
leva,
levande
{efter ngot>;
2a
-0 -0
I i cens -en -er

(att)
I ida,
I ider,
(att)
I igga,
(att)
I igga mot;
led,
ligger,
lg,
I i ksom
I i Ia
-0 -0
lilla
(def. fOl'm sing.)
I l ngon -et
-0
linneskp -et-fl)
Word List
lidit,
legat,
588
EngLish
Unit
Leadership, management
16
smiLe
14
smiLing
14
game
15
(to) pLay
15
toy
(to) Look (for something)
13
(to) Live
Live, reaL
15
License (fee J
16
(to) suffer
13
(to) Lie (l,ay, lainJ, be

Located
3, 4
(to) face
Like
15
purpLe
Little, small;
See liten
Lingonberry
Linen closet
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Uni t
I ist/a -an -or
list
Il te
a little, 80me
I i te grann
little bit
small, little; less, least
4, 9
life
11
(to) lied (lied, lied)
13
light, bright
light, candle
12
light blue
light green
lov -et -9)
(school) vacation
15
(att)
(to) promise
10
luck/a -an -or
window, opening
13
luft -en l1J
air
Pron. Guide
lugn -t -a
calm
Pron. Guide
(att)
(to) calm
Pron. Guide
lunch -en -er
luch
lussekatt -en -er
special saffron buns served at

Lucia and Christmas time
15
I iten,
I itet,
I I v -et
(att)
sm;
-0
ljuga,
ljuger,
ljus -t -a
ljus -et
-0
ljusbl - t t -a
ljusgrn
flord List
mIndre; mInst
-t -a
lova,
lugna,
IJijg,
ljugIt,
589
SWEDISH
590
Vnit
Swedish
lust -en 0
(att) ha
lust att;
lustIg -t -a
in teY'es t
(to) like~ feel like
2
2
funny~
15
peculiar
specially prepaY'ed fish served

at Christmas
15
I uthersk -t -a
Lutheran
16
lyck/ad -at -ade
successful
11
(att)
(to) succeed
lycklig - t -a
happy
lyckligtvis
fOY'tunately
(to) obey; be worded
13
(to) listen
14
drawer
12
low; lower; lowest
depression~
16
lutfisk -en
lyckas,
(att)
lyda,
lyder,
(att)
lyssna,
ld
(lydde),
ld/a -an -or
I g -t -a;
I gre;
lgst
lgkonjunktur -en -er
loan
lna,
(to)
lng -t -a;
lngsamt
Word List
4 (2a)
-0
ln -et
(att)
lytt,
lngre,
lngst
slump
16
borY'ow~
lend
13
far~
long; tall;
farther; farthest
4~
slowly
9. 12
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
ls -et -0
lock
(att)
Iflsa, 2b
(to)
(att)
lta,
Ige r,
(att)
lter,
lt,
ltit, 4
lgret, -0
lgga, lgger, lade, lagt,
lagd, lagt, lagda; 4
Unit
lock
13
(to) sound; to Zet, make (someone do something)
5,
camp
13
(to)
lay, put
(att ) lgga f ram; 4
(to) display, put out
12
(att)
lgga sig; 4
(to) lie down, go to bed
10
(att)
lgga t i I I; 4
(to) dock
14
lggning -en -ar
(hair) set
10
lkare -n -0
physician, doctor
(att ) lmna,
(to)
(att ) lmna tillbaka;
(to) return (trans.)
15
I ngd -en -er
length
lnge;
lngre;
lngst
Zeave
long (time);
longer,
longest
lnge sedan
long time since
lnge sedan sist
long time since (we saw each

other) last time
:3
Word List
10
591
SWEDISH
Swedish
lngre;
lngst
592
English
Unit
farther; farthest; See lng.
lnge
I r,
lrde,
lrt, 4
is said to, is suppossd to
(att )
lra, 2a
(to) teaah
Pron. Guide
(att)
lra s i g; 2a
(to) learn
10
teacher
11
lrarinn/a -an -or
teaaher (/Joman)
(att)
(to) read
soda pop, soft drink
14
easy, simple; light
13
lx/a -an -or
homework
11
I n -en -er
/Jage, salary
16
lnn -en -ar
maple tree
Pron. Guide
lrdag
Saturday
(to) solve
16
I ra re -n
-0
lsa,
2b
lskedryck -en -er

ltt
-0 -a
(att)
WOl'd List
lsa,
2b
SWEDISH
English
Unit
maj
May
major -en -er
major
12
majoritet -en -er
majority
16
maj/stng, -stngen, -stnger
maypole
15
mammla -an -or
mother, mama
Pron. Guide
man
one,
man -nen, mn
gentleman, man, husband
7, 12
mandat -et -0
parliament seat
16
mandel -n, mandlar
almond
15
mandelmassa -n 0
almond paste
15
man I i g -t -a
male (adj.)
12
marinbl -tt -a
navy blue
(att) markera,
(to) mark
15
Swedish
M
mars
you
March
(att) marschera,
(to) march
15
maskin -en -er
machine, machinery
16
massia -an -or
lot, mass
11
Word List
593
SWEDISH
594
Swedish
English
Unit
massmedi/um -et -a
mass medium
16
mat -en 0
food
(att) mata,
(to) feed
P1'on. Guide
matsal -en -ar
dining Y'oom
matsedel -n, matsedlar
menu
weak
PY'on. Guide
mattia -an -or
Y'ug, caY'pet
matvr -n -r
bY'eakfast nook
med
with, by, along
med mera (m.m.)
etceteY'a
16
medan
while
11
medbestmmandertt -en -er
Y'ight of being consulted, Y'ight

of cont1'ol, co-decision 1'ight
16
citizen
16
matt
-0 -a
medborgare -n
-0
(att) meddela,
(to) info1'm, announae
meddelande -t -n
message
meddetsamma
Y'ight away
14
(att) medfra, 2a
(to) involve, b1'ing about, lead

to
16
WOY'd List
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Unit
medicin -en -er
medioine
11
medlem -men -mar
member
16
me II an
between
men
but
(att) mena,
(to) mean, re/er to
11
mer(a)i mest
more, e lse; most

See mycket
8, 9, 10
mer(a) n
more than
mervrdesskatt -en -er
value added tax
16
metod -en -er
method
16
middag -en -ar
dinner
midsommar -en, midsomrar

i midsomras
Midsummer
last Midsummer
11
11
midsommarafton
Midsummer's eve
15
mig
me
mi I -en -0
Swedish mi1-e (10 kms., app:rox.

6.2 English miles)
16
mild, milt, milda
mild
16
m i I i t r - t
mi litary
16
billion
-a
mi Ijard -en -er
Word List
595
SWEDISH
596
Swedish
English
Unit
mi Ijon -en -er
million
mi Ij -n -er
environment
14
mi Ijvrd -en Ql
environmental proteetion
14
min, mitt, mina
my, mine
mindre; minst
smaller, less; smallest,

See I i ten
(att) minnas, 2a
(to) remember
:3
mi nne -t -n
memory
10
minoritet -en -er
minority
11
minut -en -er
minute
(att ) missa,
(to) miss,
faU
least;
(att ) missbruka,
(to) abuse
15
(att) misstnka, 2b
(to)
suspeat
15
mitt emot
(straight) aeross
12
mitt framfr
right in front of
14
mjlk -en 0
milk
mob i I -en -er
mobile
12
(att) mob i I i sera,
(to) mobiZize
16
moderat -Ql -a
moderate
16
Word List
SWEDISH
Unit
Swedish
English
moderata sam I l ngspart I et
the
modern -t -a
modern
(att) modernisera,
(to)
modernlser/ad -at -ade
modernized
monopol -et -0
monopoly
16
mor, modern, mdrar
mothe~
morbror -n, morbrder
uncle (maternal)
:3
morfar, morfadern,
g~andfather (mate~nalJ
:3
morgon -en, mor(g)nar
morning
mormor, mormodern, mormdrar
g~andmother
moster -n, mostrar
aunt (maternal)
:3
mot
against~
motor -n,
morf~der
mot~rer
eonse~vative pa~ty
mode~ni3e
motor~
(maternal)
toward(sJ
engine
16
:3
16
mottagning -en -ar
reception
multipl ikatlonstabell -en -er
multiplieation tables
11
mun -n en -nar
mouth
Pron. Guide
museum, museet, museer
museum
musik -en 0
music
Word List
597
SWEDISH
598
Swedish
English
Ur! i t
musiker -n -(Il
musioian
:5
much, very; more; most
l,
(to) feel
goal
Pron. Guide
(to) paint
15
mlsttning -en -ar
aim, objective
16
mltid -en -er
meal
12
mnad -en -er
month
mndag
Monday
:3
mn/e -en -ar
moon
16
many; more; most
l,
must,
:3
mycket;
(att)
ml
mer(a)j
m,
mest
-et -(Il
(att)
mla,
mnga;
fler(a);
mste,
mste,
mtt -et
flest
-0
have (has) to
8, 9
measure
Pron. Guide
mnnisk/a -an -or
person
14
mnskl19 -t -a
human
16
(att) mrka,
(to) notice
11
furniture
(to)
2b
mbel
-n,
(att)
mblera,
Word List
mbler
furnish
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Vnit
mbler/ad -at -ade
furnished
mj I i 9 -t -a
a I I -t -a mj I i g -t -a
possible
all pos8ibZe~ all kinds of
11
mj I igen
possibly
mj I i gtv i s
passibly
dark
mrkbl -tt -a
dark blue
(att> mta, 2b
(to)
mrk
-t -a
Word List
meet
599
SWEDISH
600
Vnit
Swedish
N
-0
name
nation
Uaited Nations (U. N.)
11
11
national itet -en -er
nationality
11
natt -en,
night
nightclub
12
nature
14
naturl ig -t -a
natural
naturl igtvis
naturally
natural resource
16
namn -et
nation -en -er

Frenta Nationerna
ntter
nattklubb -en -ar

natur -en
naturti Ilgng -en

nedgng -en -ar
nedrustning -en
way
nej
nej,
men
ner;
nere
nervs -t -a
Word List
down~
stairs~
entrance
disarmament
16
no
well~
neutra I i tet -en
-ar
(FN)
I'll be ...
down (motion);
down~ downstairs (stationary)
nervous
11
neutraZity
16
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Unit
ni
you (plur. + polite form

sing.)
<att) niga, niger, neg, nigit, 4
(to) aurtsy
13
nio
nine
nionde
ninth
nittio
ninety
nitton
nineteen
nittonde
nineteenth
(att) njuta, njuter, njt, njutit, 4
(to) enjoy
1 J.
nog
probably; enough
5. 14
no I I
zero
Norden
the Nordia aountries
16
nord i sk -t -a
Nordia
16
Norge
Norway
11
norr
north
Norrland
northern part of Sweden
11
norrman -nen, norrmn
Norwegian (man)
11
norrut
north(ward). towards the north
15
norsk -t -a
Norwegian (adj.)
11
Word List
14
601
SWEDISH
802
Swedish
English
Unit
norsk/a -an QI
Nopwegian (lang.)
11
norsk/a -an -or
Nopwegian (woman)
11
not/a -an -or
check (in a pestaurant)
november
November
nu
now
nu fr tiden
now, these days
:3
numera
nowadays
16
nummer, numret -(II
size, number
ny. nytt, nya
new
nyckel -n, nycklar
key
13
nyhet -en -er
news
1, 14
(att) nysa, nyser, ns, nysit, 4
(to) sneeze
13
nyss
pecently
Ppon. Guide
nyttig -t -a
useful, good
14
ngon, ngot, ngra
some, any; somebody, anybody
1, 8
ngonsin
ever
ngonstans
somewhere
10
ngonting
something, anything
flord
List
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Uni t
nr
when
nr som helst
any time
11
near;
3, 7
nraj
nrmarej
nrmast
eloser; elosest
in the vieinity, nearby
nrIng -en -ar
nourishment,
16
nringsl iv -et -0
trade and industry, eeonomy
16
nrmarej nrmast
eloser; elosest; See nra
3,
nrmare bestmt
more preeisely
16
ns/a -an -or
nose
Pron. Guide
nsta
next
nstan
almost
ndvndig -t -a
neeessary
12
nje -t -n
pleasure
11
nt -en -ter
nut
Pron. Guide
(att) nta, 2b
(to) wear out
ntt -0 -a
worn
nrhet j
Word List
nrheten
sustenanee
Pron. Guide
603
SWEDISH
604
English
Unit
oberoende -0 -0
independent
16
och
and
och s vidare (o.s.v.)
etcetera, and
ocks
too, also
off icer -n -are
officer (on"ly military)
ofta
often
oj mn -t -a
uneven
16
oktober
October
various
16
olj/a -an -or
oit
15
oljekris -en -er
oit crisis
15
om
about, in, within (prep. );

if (conj.)
2,
ombord
aboard
(att) omfatta,
(to) include, comprise, espouse
16
omfattande -0 -0
comprehensive, extensive
16
(att) omge, omger, omgav, omgivit,

omgiv/en -et -nai 4
(to) surround
15
Swedish
01 i ka
WOl'd List
(plur.
form)
80
on
16
;5
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Unit
omkring
about, around, approximate2y
11, 15
omrde -t -n
area
15
(att) omskola (skola om);
(to) retrain
16
omjlig -t-a
impossible
ond, ont, onda (adj.J
evil
Pron. Guide
onsdag
Wednesday
;5
oper/a -an -or
opera
12
ord -et -0
LJord
11
ordentlig -t -a
orderZy, oarefu2, thorough
13
chairman
;5
(att) ordna,
(to) arrange
12
organisation -en -er
organization
18
(att) organisera,
(to) organize
(att) orka,
(to) have the strength (to)
10
orsak -en -er
cause, reas on
ort -en -er
(geographicaZ)plaoe
16
oss
us
ost -en -ar
cheese
ordfrande -n
Word List
-0
605
SWEDISH
606
Swedish
English
Vnit
otrevlig - t -a
unpleasant
ot ro I i g -t -a
incY'edible
otrol igt
incY'edibly
ovanlig -t -a
unusual
ovanligt
unusually
ovnlig - t -a
unfY'iendly
Word List
SWEDISH
English
Unit
(att) packa,
(to) pack
13
paket -et -Ql
pack, package
papp -en Ql
cardboard
15
papp/a -an -or
father,
Pron. Guide
papper, pappret, -0
(piece of) paper
Pron. Guide
papperskorg -en -ar
waste basket
par -et -0
coup le,
park -en -er
park
parkett -en -er
orchestra section
10
parlamentarisk -t -a
parliamentary
16
parti -et -er
(political) party
16
(att) passa,
(to)
passagerare -n -Ql
passenger
13
patient -en -er
patient
11
paus -en -er
break, pause
15
<att) peka <p)
(to) point (to,
pengar -na (plup.)
money
Swedish
p
Wopd List
papa, daddy
pair
suit, be convenient
at)
15
4
607
SWEDISH
608
Swedish
Engtish
Vnit
peppar -n 0
pepper
9,
pepparkak/a -an -or
spicy cookies served at Christmas time
15
perfekt -0 -a
perfect
11
persisk -t -a
Persian
person -en -er
person, people
pIngst -en 0
i pingstas
Pentecost
last Pentecost
11 J
11
plp/a -an -or
pipe
(att> pipa, piper, pep, pipit, 4
(to) squeak
13
pjS -en -er
play
10
(att> placera,
(to) place
placeringskort -et
-0
15
15
plaoe oard
12
plan -en -er
plan, chart
12
plats -en -er
spaoe, room, place; seat
5, 13
platsbIljett -en -er
reserved seat ticket
13
plikt -en -er
duty
16
(att> plocka,
(to) pick
14
pluralistisk -t -a
pluralistic
16
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Unit
plus
plus
16
pltsl ig -t -a
sudden
14
poj k/e -en -ar
boy
polack -en -er
Pole
11
Polen
Poland
11
pol i s -en -er
poliaeman
politik -en 0
politics, policy
16
politiker -n-0
politician
15
pol itisk -t -a
political
16
polsk -t -a
Polish (adj.)
11
polsk/a -an 0
Polish (lang.)
11
polsk/a -an -or
Pole (woman)
11
populr -t -a
popular
15
portier -n,
hotel clerk (at reception desk)
portrait
12
mail, mail service
14
potatis -en -ar
potato
potatismos -et 0
mas hed potatoes
portrtt -et
post -en
Word List
portieer
-0
609
SWEDISH
610
Swedish
English
Unit
praktisk -t -a
practical
15
(att) prata,
(to) ahat
9,
premlrminlst/er -ern -rar
prime minis tel'
15
present -en -er
gift
12
(att) presentera,
(to) introduce, present
president -en -er
president
11
press, news
16
pressattache -n -er
press attache
12
princip -en -er
pY'inciple
16
privat -0 -a
pY'ivate
14
privatg/d -t -da
pY'ivately owned
16
problem -et -0
pY'oblem
8, 16
procent - en -0
peY'cent
produkt -en -er
product
16
professol'
16
program -met -0
program
16
(att) proklamera,
(to) proclaim
16
promenad -en -er
walk
press -en
prof~ssor
WOl'd List
-n,
profess~rer
15
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Vnit
(att)
(to) walk
protestant -en -er
Pro te s tan t
16
protestantIsk -t -a
Protestant (adj.)
16
(att) prova,
(to) try on
prydllg-t-a
neat
14
prst -en -er
priest~
punktlig -t -a
punctual
10
(att) putsa,
(to) polish
15
on~
1~
(att)
promenera,
pminna,
2a
at~
clergyman
in
(to) remind
16
11
10
(att) ppeka,
(to)
psk -en 0
1 pskas
Easter
last Easter
11 ~ 15
11
pskris -et -QJ
branches brought into the

house and decorated with
dyed feathers (for Lenten
and Easter decoration)
15
pls -en -ar
fur~
plsaffr -en -er
fUl'rie1'
Word List
indicate~
fU1'coat
point out
15
611
SWEDISH
612
English
Uti t
rad -en -er
row, 'line; series
16
radio -n,
radio
16
rak -t -a
straight (adj. )
(att)
(to) shave
10
ra kt
straight (adv. )
rakt fram
straight ahead
rea (real isation -en -er)
sale
re~ktor
reactor
16
receptionist -en -er
receptionist
redan
already
:5
reform -en -er
reform
16
regel
rule
11
government
16
(to) register
16
regional -t -a
regional
16
regn -et QJ
rain
10
(att)
(to) rain
10
Swedish
R
radioapparater
raka sig;
-n,
-n,
reakt~rer
regler
regering -en -ar

(att)
registrera,
flord List
regna,
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Uni t
rek Iam -en -er
advertising
12, 16
(att) rekommendera,
(to) recommend
relativt
re lative ly
16
ret igion -en -er
re ligion
16
rel ig is -t -a
religious
16
ren -t -a
pUl'e, cLean
representant -en -er
representative (noun)
16
representativ -t -a
representative (adj.)
16
(att) representera,
(to) repl'esent
16
res/a -an -or
trip,
(att) resa, 2b
(to)
resecheck -en -ar
traveLers' check
15
residens -et -er
residence
rest -en -er
rest, remainder
11
restaurang -en -er
restaurant
(att) rida, rider, red, rIdIt,

rid/en -et -na; 4
(to) ride
rik -t -a
rich
Word List
journey,
tour
travel; raise
(on horseback)
10,
11
2, 15
13
15
613
SWEDISH
614
Swedish
Engl.ish
Unit
riksdag -en -ar
Swedish parliament
16
(- i kt i g - t
cOY'Y'ect, Y'eal
-a
riktigt
rea lly
ring -en -ar
Y'ing
Pron. Guide
(to) call (on the telephone)
(to) Y'un,
13
(att)
ringa,
2a
(att)
rinna,
rinner,
rann,
runnit,
flow
ris -et 0
greens,
(att)
riva, river, rev, rivit,

riv/en -et -na; 4
(to) scratch, teaY'
13
(att)
ro,
(to) Y'ow
PY'on. Guide
rock -en -ar
coat, Y'obe
13
roi ig -t -a
amusing, fun,
(att)
(to) call (out)
13
rosa -0 -0
pink, Y'ose-coloY'ed
ru II trapp/a -an -or
escalator
rum -met -0
room
Y'ound
runt
aY'ound
15
rygg -en -ar
back
15
rund,
Word List
ropa,
runt,
runda
twigs; rice
nice, pleasant
15
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Unit
rym I i g -t -a
spacious
rysk -t -a
Russian (adj.)
11
ry s kl a -an -0
Russian (lang.)
11
ryskla -an -or
Russian (woman)
11
ryss -en -ar
Russian (man)
11
Ryssland
Russia
(att) ryta, ryter,
rt, rutit (rytit), 4
(to) roar
13
(to) afford
rdd 0 -a
afraid
12
(att) rkna,
(to) count
rkning -en -ar
bi ZZ
11
right
(to) be right (about something)
12, 14
12, 13
rtt -en -er
dish,
15
rttegng -en -ar
trial
1.5
rttighet -en -er
right
16
rd,
red
(to) smoke
smaker
13
rd;
(att) ha rd med; 4
rtt -en 0
(att) ha rtt
rtt,
rda
(att) rka, 2b
rkare -n -0
Word List
(j
ngot>; 4
food
615
SWEDISH
616
Swedish
English
Uni t
(att) rra sig; 2a
(to) move
14
rst -en -er
vote, voiae
(att) rsta {p>;
(to)
Word List
vote
(fop)
16
SWEDISH
English
Uni t
saffran -en 0
saffran
15
sak -en -er
thing
sallad-en-er
salad~
salt -et (I)
salt
(att) sama rbeta,
(to) cooperate
15
same -n -r
Lapp
samfund -et -(I)
denomination
(att) samla,
(to)
(att) samlas,
(to) gather (intrans.)
sam I i ng -en -ar
coalition; collection; gathering 16
samma
same
samma som
same as
samman lag/d -t -da
aombined
16
sammantrde -t -n
meeting
samtal -et -0
conversation
11
samt I i ga (p Zur. )
aH (the
samvaro -n 0
company
12
sand
14
Swedish
sand -en
Word List
lettuce
gather~
... )
16
collect (trans.)
15
15
16
617
SWEDISH
618
Unit
Swedish
English
sann, sant, sanna

inte sant
true
isn't that
sanning -en -ar
truth
schampo -t -n
shampoo
10
sch 15m -en -er
schism
Pron. Guide
Schweiz
Swit2erland
11
Swiss (man)
11
schweizisk -t -a
Swiss (adj.)
11
schwelzisk/a -an -or
Swiss (woman)
11
(att) se, ser,

sedd, sett,
(to) see, look
1, :3
(att) se efter; 4
(to) check
10
(att) se p;
(to) look at
-0
schweizare -n
(att) se till
sg, sett,
sedda; 4
4
att;
80
(to) make Bure, see to it that
:3
:3
12
(att) se ut;
(to)
sed -en -er
cus tom
12
sedan
then, later, afterwards (adv.);

af ter, when (conj.)
4, 16
sedan dess
since then
16
(att) segla,
(to) sail
12
Word List
look like, appear, seem
SWEDISH
English
Swedish
sekreterare -n
-~
Vnit
secretary
sektor -n, sektorer
sector
16
sekund -en -er
second
11
semester -n, semestrar
vacation,
leave
11
seml/a -an -or
pas try served during Lent
15
sen -t -a
late
10
senast
tack fr senast
latest
thanks for an enjoyable time
12
12
september
September
(att) servera,
(to)
12
server/ad -at -ade
served
12
serveringshjlp -en -ar
maid
12
serveringsrum -met -0
pan try
servett -en -er
napkin
servitris -en -er
waitress
(att) ses, ses, sgs, setts, 4
(to)
12
sevrdhet -en -er
sight, point of interest
sex
six
sextio
sixty
Word List
serve
see each other
619
SWEDISH
620
Swedish
English
Unit
sexton
sixteen
sextonde
sixteenth
sherry - n Q\
sherry
12
(att) shoppa,
(to) shop
s h o r t s - e n (p l ur>. )
shorts
15
Sibirien
Siberia
11
sid/a -an -or
side
sIffr/a -an -or
figure, number
16
sig
oneself, themselves, etc.

(refl. pr>on.)
10
sill -en -ar
herring
15
sillsallad -en -er
herring salad
15
(att) simma,
(to) swim
14
sin,
his, her>, their>
last time
long time since we saw each
other last time
3
3
lately
10
(att) sitta, sitter, satt, suttit, 4
(to) sit, fit
7, 8
situation -en -er
situation
16
sItt, sina
sist
lnge sedan sist
p sista tiden
Wor>d List
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
mit
sj u
seven
siok, Hl
Pl'on. Guide
sjukfrskring -en -ar
health in8uranoe
16
sjukhus -et -0
(att) ligga p sjukhus; 4
hospital
(to) be in the hospitaZ,
be hospitalized
12
12
sjuksktersk/a -an -or
nUl'se
:3
sjunde
seventh
(att) sjunga, sjunger, sJong, sjungit,

sjung/en -et -na; 4
(to) sing
12
(att> sjunka, sjunker, sjnk, sjunkit,

sjunk/en -et -na; 4
(to) sink
13
sjuttio
seventy
sjutton
seventeen
sjuttonde
seventeenth
sjlv
self
sjlvbestmmandertt -en 0
l'ight to
sjtte
sixth
sj -n -ar
till sjss
lake
at sea
12, 13
12
sjman -nen, sjmn
sailor
sj u k - t
Word List
-a
selfdete~mination
16
621
SWEDISH
622
Swedish
English
Unit
sjtung/a -an -or
sole
12
sjtungsf i I EJ -n -er
filet of sole
12
ska(II),
shall, will; should, woutd
skad/a -an -or
injury, damage
16
(att) skaffa,
(to)
Skandinavien
Scandinavia
11
(att) skapa,
(to) create
16
skatt -en -er
tax
16
taxpayer
16
sked -en -ar
spoon
(att) skicka,
(to)
send
skid/a -an -or

(att) ka skidor; 2b
ski
(to)
ski
ski II nad -en -er

ti II ski Ilnad mot
difference
untike, in contl'ast to
12
12
(to) shine
13, 14
skink/a -an -or
ham
15
skjort/a -an -or
shirt
(to) shoot
13
skulle
skattebetalare -n
(att) skina,
-0
skiner, sken, skinit, 4
(att) skjuta, skjuter, skt,

skjut/en -et -na; 4
WOl'd List
skjutit,
get, obtain
11
14
14
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Unit
s ko - n - r
shoe
skoavdelning -en -ar
shoe department
skog -en -ar

t i I I skogs
[orest, woods
to the woods
12, 13
12
skolla -an -or
school
(att) skola omi
(to) retrain
16
skolkamrat -en -er
schoolmate
12
(att) skratta,
(to) laugh
14
(att ) skrida, skrider, skred, skridit, 4
(to) glide,
( att) skrika,
(to) scream, shout
13
(to) w1'ite
3, 13
desk
skrivmaskin -en -er
typewriter
(att) skryta, skryter, skrt, skrutit, 4
(to) brag, boast
13
skraddare -n -0
tailor
(att) skydda,
(to) protect
Pron. Guide
skylt -en -ar
sign
13
(att) skynda sig;
(to) hurry
10
cheers, here's to you
skriker, s k re k, skrikit, 4
(att ) skriva, skriver, skrev, skrivit, 4

skrivbord -et
skl
Word List
-0
proceed
13
623
SWEDISH
624
Swedish
English
Unit
(att) skla,
(to) toast
12
skp -et -0
aabinet, aupboard
12
(att) skmmas, 2a
(to) be ashamed, embappassed
12
skmtsamt
jokingly, in jest
16
skr -t -a
pink
(att) skra, skr, skar, skurit,

skur/en -et -naj 4
(to) out
skrgrd -en -ar
arohipelago, skerpies
13
skrm -en -ar
(lamp) shade; screen
15
belt
14
skn -t -a
aomfortable, nice, enjoyable
10
slag -et -(Il

vad fr slags
kind, sort, type

what kind of
(att) slippa, slipper, slapp, sluppit, 4
(to) not have to (do something)
10
slips-en-ar
tie
(att) si ita, si iter, slet, slitit,

si it/en -et -oaj 4
(to) teap, weap out
13
palace
end
12
-0
skrp -et
slott -et
slut -et
Word List
-0
-0
SWEDISH
Unit
Swedish
English
(att) sluta,
(to) finish,
slutlig -t -a
final
slutligen
finaZZy
(att) sl, slr, slog, slagit,

slag/en -et -na; 4
(to) beat, Btpike, hit
13
(to)
13
(att) slss, slss, slogs,
slagits, 4
stop
fight
slkt -en -er
extended family,
(att) smaka,
(to) taste
smal -t -a
narrow, thin
16
smokIng -en -ar
tuxedo
10
(to) sneak, tip-toe
13
smaH, little; smaHePj

smaZlest;
See liten
4, 9
sm r - et 0
butter
smrgs -en -ar
sandwich (open faced)
smorgasbord
snaps -en -ar
drink of aquavit
snart
s snart som
soon
as Boan as
12
(att) smyga, smyger, smg,

sm (plur.
fopm);
smrgsbord -et
WOl'd List
-0
smugit, 4
mindre; minst
pelatives
13
625
SWEDISH
626
Swedish
English
Vnit
snygg -t -a
good-Iooking
(att) snyta, snyter, snt, snutit,

snut/en -et -na; 4
(to) blow the n08e
13
snll-t-a
var sn I I och
kind
please
1
1
sn -n 0
snow
14
socialdemokratisk -t -a
social democratic
16
socialistisk -t-a
socialistic
16
socialpolitik -en 0
social policy
16
soff/a -an -or
soja
sol -en -ar
sun
14
(att) sola sig;
(to) sunbathe
14
sol ig -t -a
sunny
soluppgng -en -ar
sunrise
15
som
who~
that~
which (re!. pron.J;
2~
as; like
same as
sommar -en, somrar

i somras
summer
last summer
11
sommargst -en -er
non-permanent resident in
summer resort area
samma som
Word List
15
SWEDISH
Su>edish
English
Unit
sommarsti le -t -na
summeJ' plaoe
15
(att) somna,
(to) fall asleep
13
son - n, sner
son
(att) sova, sover, sov, sovit, 4
(to) sleep
13
Sovjetunionen
the Soviet Union
11
sovrum -met -0
bedJ'oom
Spanien
Spain
11
spanjor -en -er
Spaniard (man)
11
spanjorsk/a -an -or
SpaniaJ'd (woman)
11
spansk -t -a
Spanish (adj.)
11
spansk/a -an QJ
Spanish rtang.)
11
speciell -t -a
speoial
15
(att) spinna, spinner, spann, spunnit,

spunn/en -et -a; 4
(to) spin
13
sport -en -er
sporta
Pron. Guide
(att) spricka, spricker, sprack, spruckit,

spruck/en -et -na; 4
(to) oJ'aak, burst
13
(att) sprida, sprider, spred, spritt,

spridd, spritt, spridda; 4
(to) apJ'ead
13
(att) springa, springer, sprang, sprungit, 4
(to) run
8, 13
Word List
627
SWEDISH
628
Swedish
---
EngZish
Unit
spr k -et -0
language
11
sprkbegv/ad -at -ade
(to) have a gift for languages
11
stad -en, stder
city, town
(att) stanna,
(to) stay, remain
stark -t -a
strong
16
stat -en -er
state, government
16
station -en -er
station
statistik -en -er
statis tics
16
statistisk -t -a
statistical
16
statl ig -t -a
state, government (adj.)
16
pr'ime minister'
16
(equivalent to) member' of the

cabinet
16
constitution
16
staty -n -er
statue
12
(att) stava,
(to) spell
15
(att) stava fel;
(to) misspell
15
(att) steka, 2b
(to) fry
stekt -(/; -a
fried
statsminister -n,
statsrd -et -0
statsskick -et
WOr'd List
-0
s~atsmlnlstrar
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
(att) sticka, sticker, stack, stuckit,

stuck/en -et -na; 4
(to)
stick~
(att) stifta,
(to)
establish~
(att) stiga, stiger, steg, stigit, 4
(to) step
13
(att ) stiga av; 4
(to) get off
13
(att) stiga i n;
(to)
(att ) stiga p; 4
(to) get
st l I l g -t -a
good-looking~
(att) stjla, stjl, stal, stulit,

stul/en -et -na; 4
(to) steal
13
st jrn/a -an -or
stal'
15
sto I -en -ar
chail'
stor -t -a; strre; st6rst
big~
gl'own-up; biggel';
biggest
2~
storlek -en -ar
size
16
strand -en, strnder
beach
14
strax
Boon
14
(att) strida, strider, stred, stridit, 4
(to)
struktur -en -er
Btructure~
strump/a -an -or
Bock~
Word List
Unit
put; sting
enter~
on~
found
13
16
come in
13
board
13
handBome
fight
13
framewol'k
stocking
16
8
629
SWEDISH
630
Swedish
English
Uni t
(att) stryka, stryker, strk, strukit,

struk/en -et -na; 4
(to) iron
strykfri -tt -a
non-iron, peromanent proess
(att) strla,
(to) shine
14
strlande -0 -0
glorious
14
(att) strva mot;
(to) strive for
16
strmming -en -ar
smalt herroing from the Baltic
10
student -en -er
(univerosity) student
16
<att) studera,
(to) study
11
studiebidrag -et -0
study grant
16
studieln -et -0
student loan
16
stug/a -an -or
cottage
12
stund -en -er
while, moment
12
stycke -t -n
piece
12
styrelse -n -r
management, boarod of directors
16
<att) st, str, stod, sttt, 4
(to) stand; say (in print or

writing)
l,
how are you

what can I do for you
1
7
hur str det till; 4

vad kan jag st ti II tjnst med; 4
Worod List
7, 13
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
un.it
(att) st ut (med ngonting); 4
(to) tolerate, put up (with

something)
11
(att> stda,
(to) clean
15
cleaning
15
(to) place, put (uprightJ
(att) stnga, 2a
(to) close
10
std -et -0
support
16
(att) stdja, stder, stdde, sttt,

stdd, sttt, stdda; 4
(to)
13
(att> stra,
(to) disturb
stdning -en
(att) stlla,
strre;
2a
2a
strst
stvel -n,
support
bigger;
stvlar
bigg~st;
Pron. Guide
See stor
boat
13
(att) suga, suger, sg, sugit,

sug/en -et -na; 4
(to) suck
13
summ/a -an -or
amount, sum
16
(to) drink liquor (excessively)
13
throat,
Pron. Guide
<att) supa,
svalg -et
super,
-0
sp,
supit,
pharynx
svamp -en -ar
mushroom
14
(att) svara,
(to) answer
16
Word List
631
SWEDISH
632
Unit
Swedish
(att) svara fr;
(to) aeeount for
16
svart, svart, svarta
blaek
svensk -en -ar
swede (man)
11
svensk -t -a
Swedish (adj.)
svensk/a -an 0
Swedish (lang.)
svensk/a -an -or
Swede (woman)
11
Sver-ige
Sweden
(att) svida, svider, sved, svidit, 4
(to) smart, burn
13
(att) svika, sviker, svek, svikit, 4
(to) fail, disappoint
13
svr -t -a
difficu lt
11
(att) svlta, svlter, svalt, svultit,

svult/en -et -na; 4
(to) stal've
13
(att) svra, svr, svor, svurit,

svur/en -et -na; 4
(to) sweal'
13
(att) sy, 3
frdig/sydd -sytt -sydda
(to) sew
l'eady-made
8
8
syfte -t -n
med syfte ti I I (att)
pUl'pose, aim, objective

with the pUl'pose of
16
16
sylt -en -er
jam, pl'esel'ves
symaskin -en -er
sewing machine
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Unit
sympatisk -t -a
likeable
sight, vision
(to) catch a glimpse of, spot
14
synd -en -er

det r synd
sin; shame, pitY

it's a shame
2
2
sys kon -et -0
sibling, brothers and

sisters
sysselsttning -en -ar
work,
16
syn -en -er

(att) f syn p;
system -et
-0
employment
14
system
16
syster -n, systrar
sister
so, very; how;

so (conj.)
1, 2,
s att
so that
12
s h r
like this
s hr rs
at this time of year
s kall/ad -at -ade (s.k.l
so called
16
s ...
as
...
16
som
as
sdan -t -a
Buch (a) ,
sdr
approximately, about (co 7,1,oq. )
12
sng -en -er
song
Pron. Guide
Word List
one, Buch
2,
16
633
SWEDISH
634
Swedish
English
lhit
svitt
as far as
12
svl som
as well as
16
sck -en -ar
saak~
15
(att) sga, sger, sade, sagt,

sagd, sagt, sagdai 4
(to) say
sker -t, skra
supe
12
skert
oertainly,
<att) slja, sljer, slde, slt,

sld, slt, slda; 4
(to) sezz.
11
s I I an
seldom
12 J 16
s I I skap -et -Ql

(att) gra sliskapi 4
aompany
(to) go (aome)
smre i
less good; least good;

See d I I g
snding -en -ar
tpan8mission~
16
sng -en -ar

t i I I sngs
bed
in bed
srski l/d -t -da
speaial
srski It
espeaially
stt -et -9)

p a I I a stt
way, mannep
in every way (po88ible)
16
16
Word List
smst
bag
Burely
together
broadaast
12
5
12
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Unit
(att) stta, stter, satte, satt,

satt, satt, satta; 4
(to) set, put
7, 1 J
(att) stta sig; 4
(to) sit down
10
sder
south
sderut
south(wapd), towapds the south
sndag
Sunday
st, stt, sta
ppetty, cute, sweet
Wopd Lis t
635
SWEDISH
636
Unit
Engtish
Swedish
take
(att ) ta, tar, tog, tagit,

taglen - et -na; 4
(to
(att) ta av s i g; 4
(to) take off. undress
10
(att ) ta emot; 4
(to) receive
12
(att) ta hand om; 4
(to) take care of
(att) ta i hand; 4
(to) shake hands
12
(att ) ta med; 4
(to) bring
(a tt) ta p sig; 4
(to) put on (clothing)
10
(att) ta reda p) 4
(to) check.
10
tablett -en -er
tabZet
11
tack
thank you
tack vare
thanks
(att ) tacka,
(to)
tackkort -et
-~
find out
(be) to
thank
16
12
thank you note
12
tacktal - et -0
thank you speech
12
ta k -et -0
roof. ceiZing
Pron.
tal -et -0
speech
Word List
Guid~
SWEDISH
Swedi sh
English
lJn i t
(att) tala,
(to) speak, talk
(att) tala om;
(to) announce, tell
12
(att) tala om (ngot);
(to) talk about (something)
ta I I -en -a r
pine tree
Pron. Guide
tallrik -en -ar
plate
tand -en, tnder
tooth
tandlkare -n -0
dentist
tandvrd -en 0
dental care
16
tavl/a -an -or
picture, painting
12
taxi -n -0
taxi
te - et 0
tea
teater -n, teatrar
theater
10
teknisk -t -a
technical
16
teknologi -n 0
technology
16
telefon -en -er
telephone
telefon/nummer -numret -0
telephone number
12
tennis -en 0
tennis
15
teve -n, teveapparater (TV)
television (set)
5, 10
Word List
637
SWEDISH
638
Unit
Swedish
tid -en -er
nu fr tiden
p sista tiden
time
now J these days
lately
2
2
10
tidig -t -a
early
tidning -en -ar
newspaper
:3
newspaper artieZe
15
timetabZe
13
(to) be quiet
13
(to) beg
Pron. Guide
to (prep.)
ano ther
1
11
even
11
-artIkeln -artiklar
tidnings/artikel
tidtabell
-en -er
(att)
tiga,
(att)
tigga,
2a
t i II
en
(ett)
ti II
ti I I och med
tiger,
teg,
(t.o.m.)
tigit,
not onZy that but
tillbaka
back
ti II flle -t -n
opportunity
(to) beZong
13
t I I I rck I i gt
enough
t i II s
until
t l I I sammans
together
t i I I stnd -et -(/;
permit J permission
14
(att)
(to) manufacture
16
(att)
Word List
tillhra,
tillverka,
2a
till
12
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att)
ti Ilta, tillter,
tillt/en -et -nai
tillt,
4
tilltit,
tillgg -et-0
(att)
til/lgga, -lgger,
ti Ilag/d - t -da; 4
-lade,
-lagt,
English
Unit
(to) pepmit, allow
14
additional amount, supplement;

supchapge
16
(to) add
timm/e -en -ar
houp
tio
ten
tionde
tenth
tisdag
Tuesday
titta,
(to)
look
(att ) titta fram;
(to)
look out, stick up, appeap
15
(att )
titta p;
(to)
look at
(att )
tjata,
(to) nag
ppon. Guide
tjock -t -a
thick,
Pron. Guide
tjugo
twenty
tjugondag Knut
twentieth day aftep Chpistmas
15
tjugonde
twentieth
tjuv -en -ar
thief
Ppon. Guide
(att)
Wopd List
fat
639
SWEDISH
640
Engtish
Vnit
sepvice, favop; job

what can I do fop you
7,
7
tjnste/man -mannen -mn
satapied emptoyee
14
(att) tjnst/gra, -gr, -gjorde, -gjort, 4
(to) sepve, be on duty
.3
toalett -en -er
pestpoom
to I f te
twetfth
tolv
twetve
tom -t -ma
empty
Ppon. Guide
torg -et -0
squape
(att) torka,
(to) dpy
torkskp -et -0
dpying cabinet
torktumlare -n -0
dpyep
tOl.Jep
torsdag
Thupsday
tradition -en -er
tpadition, custom
12
traditionell -t -a
tpaditionat
15
trapp/a -an -or
staip, f tight of staips
tre
thpee
tredje
thipd
Swedish
tjnst -en -er
vad kan jag st tl II
torn -et
Wopd Lis t
-0
tjnst med; 4
16
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Vnit
trettio
thil'ty
tretton
thil'teen
trettondagen
Epiphany (thil'teenth day)
15
trettonde
thil'teenth
trevl ig -t -a
nice, pleasant
(att ) trivas, 2a
(to) be happy, be comfortabte
(att) tro,
(to) think, believe
tro I i g -t -a
pl'obable, cl'edible
troligen
pl'obably
troligtvis
pl'obably
trots
in Brite of
16
trots att
~n
12
trupp - en -er
tl'OOP
16
trygg -t -a
secul'e
Pl'on. Guide
trygghet - en Ql
securoity
16
trd -en -ar
thl'ead
Pl'on. Guide
trkig -t -a
annoying, bOl'ing. Bad
10
trd - et -Ql
troee
12
WOl'd List
spite of (the fact that)
641
SWEDISH
642
Swedish
English
Unit
trdgrd -en -ar
garden
12
(att) trffa,
(to) see, meet
(att) trffas,
(to) meet (eaeh other)
trtt, trtt, trtta
tired
14
tung -t -a; tyngre; tyngst
heavy; heavier; heaviest
tunn, tunt, tunna
thin
Pron. Guide
tunnelban/a -an -or
subway
tunnelbanestation -en -er
subway station
tur och retur
round tri p
13
(ett) tusen
one (a)
tusentals
thousands
11
tv
two
tvrs ver
straight aeross
14
tvtt -en -ar
wash.
Zaundry
10
(att) tvtta sig;
(to) wash (oneseZf)
10
tvttmaskin -en -er
washing maehine
tvttning -en -ar
shampoo
10
tvttstug/a -an -or
Zaundry room
Word Lis t
thousand
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Uni t
(att) tycka, 2b
(to) think, have an opinion
(att) tycka bst omi 2b
(to) prefer
(att) tycka
(to) like
tyd I i g -t -a
obvious
tydlIgen
obviously, appa'1'entZy
11
tyg -et - er
fabric
Pron. Guide
typisk -t -a
typical
tysk -en -ar
German (man)
11
tysk -t -a
German (adj.)
11
German (lang.)
11
tysk/a -an -or
German (woman)
11
Tyskland
Germany
11
(st-, Vst-) Tyskland
(East.
tyvrr
unfortunately
tg -et -0
train; march. marching
4. 15
trt/a -an -or
cake.
12
(att) tcka, 2b
(to) cover
16
(att) tlta,
(to) camp
14
tysk/a -an
Word List
~;
2b
(i1
West) Germany
torte
11
843
SWEDISH
644
l.h i t
Engtish
Swedish
(att) tnda,
2a
(to) turn on,
(att) tnka,
2b
(to) think, plan
:3
(to) have in mind, imagine
trn/a -an -or
attendant (for weddings and

Lucia)
15
tt -t -a
tight, dense
16
tthet -n -er
density
16
(att) tvla,
(to) compete
Pron. Guide
(att) tnka sig;
Word List
2b
tight
SWEDISH
English
Uni t
uggl/a -an -or
owl
P1'on. Guide
ugn -en -ar
ove n
P1'on. Guide
under
undep, below, during
7, 11
underbar - t -a
wonderful
10
Swedish
(att)
under/hlla, -hller, -hll,

underh II/en -et -na; 4
underhllande
-0 -0
(plur.)
underklder
underskning -en -ar
ung
-t
-a;
yngre;
ungdomar -na
(pluY'.)
i vers i tet -et
upp;
uppe
uppenbar - t
-d
uppgift -en -er
Word List
(to) entertain, maintain

ente1'taining
12
undel'Weal'
exam~nation,
study, analysis
16
(to) wondel'
11
young; younger; youngest
young people
15
about, approximately
ungefr
Ull
yngst
-hllit,
-0
unive1'sity
up (motion)
up, upstail's (stationary)
5, 8
obvious, evident
16
task, assignment; information,

statement
16
645
SWEDISH
646
Uni t
Swedish
EngLish
(att) upp/g, -gr, -gick, -gtt. 4
(to) amount to,
upplag/a -an -or
edition
(att) uppleva, 2a
(to)
expe~ience
15
(att) uppskatta,
(to)
app~eciate
12
uppskatt/ad -at -ade
arp~eciated
12
upptag/en -et -na
bus y
(att) upptcka, 2b
(to)
ursdkta
excuse (me)
usch
ugh
ut;
ute
~eaoh
16
discove~
out (motion);
out, outside
16
12
5, 8
(stationa~y)
utan
but (conj.); without (prep.)
12
utanfr
outside
16
(att) utb i I da,
(to) educate, train
16
utbi Idning -en 0
education
16
(att) ut/brista, -brister, -brast, -brustit, 4 (to) exclaim
15
(att) utbygga (bygga ut); 2a
(to) expand
16
ute;
out, outside
out (motion)
ut
Word List
(stationa~y);
5, B
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Unit
(att) utforma,
(to) formulate, design, shape
16
(att) ut/g (g ut), -gr, -gick, -gtt; 4
(to) originate, prooeed, emanate 16
utgng -en -ar
exit
(att) ut/gra, -gr, -gjorde, -gjort, 4
(to) constitute
16
utjmning -en -ar
equalization
16
utlandet
ab road
11
utlnning -en -ar
foreigner
11
utmrkt -0 -a
exoellent
utomlands
abroad, overseas
16
utrikesdepartementet (UD)
the Foreign Offioe
utrikesminist/er -ern -rar
secretary of state,
minister
utrikespolitik -en Ql
foreign polioy
16
utrustning -en -ar
equipment, arms
16
(att) ut/se, -ser, -sg, -sett,

ut/sedd -sett -sedda; 4
(to) choose, appoint
16
utsikt -en -er
view
utskt -0 -a
superb, excellent
12
utveckl ing -en -ar
development
16
Word List
for~ign
16
647
SWEDISH
648
Swedish
English
Lhit
(att) ut/vlja (vlja ut) -vljer, -valde,

-valt; ut/vald, -valt -valda; 4
(to) ehooseJ select
15
(att) utva,
(to) carry out J exercise
16
Word List
SWEDISH
English
Vnit
vacker -t, vac kra
beautiful
4, 9
vad
what
vad fr
what kind of
4, 9
vad fr slags
what kind of
vad som helst
anything
11
vad n
no mattep what, whatever
16
vagn -en -ar
(paiLpoad) cap
13
(att) vakna,
(to) wake up
13
vakt -en -er
guapd
15
waitep
val -et-0
election, choice
16
valborgsmssoafton
Walpupgis night
15
van -t -a (vid)
used to
14
(att) vandra,
(to) wander
12
vandrande -0 -0
wandering, roaming
12
van I i g -t -a
usual
vanl igen
usuaZly
Swedish
V
vaktmstare -n
Word List
-0
849
SWEDISH
650
Swedish
English
Vnit
vanligtvis
usually
vapen, vapnet, vapen
weapon
16
va r - t 13
eaah, every
16
va r god
please
13
var snll
please
var s god(a>
here you are
var n
no matter where, wherever
16
var; vart
where (stationary);
where to (motion)
1,
varet> som helst
anywhere
11
varia -an -or
pieae of merchandise
15
(att) vara, r, var. varit, 4
(to) be
(att) vara,
(to) last
15
varandra (varann)
each other, one another
11
varannaln -t
every other
16
vardag -en -ar
weekday
vardagskldsel -n 0
informal dress
'?
vardagsrum -met -0
livingroom
why
13
varfr
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Unit
varg -en -ar
wolf
Pron. Guide
(att) variera,
(to) vary. diversify
16
varje
every
neither .. nor
16
varm -t -a
warm
varmrtt -en -er
main aourse
varsgod(a)
here you are. please
1. 13
vart; var
where to (motion);
where (stationary)
1. 8
department store
vatten, vattnet 0
water
vattenkraft -en 0
hydroelectric power
16
veckla -an -or
week
:3
veckodag -en -ar
day of the week
15
veckoslut -et -0
weekend
13
vem
who
vem som helst
anyone
11
vem n
no matter who. whoever
16
verkl ig -t -a
real
varken
varuhus -et
Word List
e II er
-0
651
SWEDISH
652
Swedish
English
Uni t
verkligen
really
executive
16
(to) know (have the knowledge

about)
vetenskap -en -er
science
16
vetenskaplig -t -a
scientific
16
vi
we
vid
by
vidare
further
15
viktig -t -a
important
15
(att) vi la,
(to) rest
Pron. Guide
(att) vi la sig;
(to) rest (oneselfJ
15
(att) vilja,
(to) want
what (a); which (interrog.J.

what
J. 5
v i I I la -an -or
house. villa
14
vin -et -er
wine
viniistia -an -or
wine list
(to) win
Pron. Guide
verkst I I ande -I/; -I/;

(att) veta,
v i I ken,
vet, visste, vetat, 4
vill, ville, velat, 4
v i I ket,
v i I ka
(att) vinna, vinner, vann,

vunn/en -et -aj 4
Word List
vunnit,
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Unit
vinter -n, vintrar

I vintras
winter
last wintero
11
vis -t -a
wise
14
vls/a -an -or
song
12
(att> visa,
(to) show
(att> visa sig;
(to) show (up), become evident,

tUT'n out
16
vision -en -er
vision
Pron. Guide
(att> vispa,
(to) whip, heat (food)
15
vispgrdde -n 0
whipping CT'eam
15
viss -t -a
certain
16
visst
surely
vit, vitt, vita
white
vux/en -et -na
adult, grown-up (adj.)
15
en vuxen, tv vuxna
adult (noun)
15
vykort -et -0
postcard
(att> vga,
(to) dare, have the couroage to
10
vning -en -ar
apaT'tment
vr -t -a
OUT'
Word L.ist
653
SWEDISH
654
Swedish
EngZ-ish
Unit
vr -en -ar
i vras
spring
last spring
vrd -en eJ
care
14
vt -t -a
wet
Pron. Guide
(att) vcka, 2b
(to) wake up (trans.)
13
vckarklock/a -an -or
alarm clock
13
vder, vd ret eJ
weather
vg -en -ar
road
vgg -en -ar
wall
vgnar; p . vt:lgnar
on behalf of .
12
vl
probably
vldigt
very, awfuZ ly
vlfrd -en eJ
welfare
16
(att) vlja, vljer, valde, valt,

vald, valt, valda; 4
(to) choose
13, 15
(att) vlja p; 4
(to) choose from
16
(att) vlja ut; 4
(to) ehoose, seZect
15
vlkom/men -met -na
welcome
vl kn/d -t -da
well-known, famous
12
Word List
11
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Un.it
vn -nen -ner
friend
(att) vnda, 2a
(to) turn
12
vnlig -t -a
kind, nice, friendZy
vnster
ti II vnster
Zett
to the lett
vnsterpartiet
lett-wing party
16
(att) vnta,
(to) wait, expect
vrd -en -ar
host
12
host and hostess
12
vrdinn/a -an -or
hostess
12
vrld -en -ar
world
16
vrnplikt -en 0
allmn vrnplikt
military service
compulsory military service
16
16
vrre; vrst
worse; worst; See d I i9
vs k/a -an -or
suitcase, bag, purse
vsterut
west(ward), towards the west
vster
west
Vst-Tyskland
West Germany
11
(att) vxa, 2b
(to) grow
14
vrdfolk -et
Word List
-0
655
SWEDISH
656
Swedish
English
(att) vxla,
(to)
vx I j ng -en -ar
ahange
Wo!'d List
altepnate~
Unit
ohange (money)
15
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Vnit
surface
16
y
y t/a
-an -or
ytterklder -na (plur.)
Word List
outer wear
(overcoats~
etc.)
657
SWEDISH
658
English
Unit
(att) ka, 2b
(to) go, traveZ
lder -n, ldrar
age
Pron. Guide
ng/a -an -or
steam
Pron. Guide
(att) ngra sig;
(to) re gre t. change one's mind
10
r -et -0
year
this year
at this time of the year
11
ret om
the year round
14
rlig -t -a
yearly
16
rstid -en -er
season
11
sikt -en -er
opinion
16
for
(att) terbetala,
(to) ray back
16
tgrd -en -er
measure, step
16
tminstone
at least
12
tta
eight
ttio
eighty
ttonde
eighth
Swedish
A
i r
s hr rs
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
lhit
(to) own
16
(to) take plaae
16
ownel"
16
egg
15
(att)
ga,
(att)
ga rum;
ldre;
2a
-0
gare -n
gg -et
2a
-0
ldst
oldel"; oldest; See
gammal
lg -en -ar
moose
Pron. Guide
(att)
(to) love
12
dal"ling
favol"ite colol"
lska,
lskling -en -ar

lsklingsfrg -en
mbetsverk -et
-er
-0
govel"nment agency
(bu~eau)
16
still, yet; than

more than
3, 8
8
nda t I l l
all the way to, right up to
15
ndhllplats -en -er
end of the line
13
(att)
(to) altel", change
nd
yet, nevel"theless
11
ng -en -ar
meadow, field
15
nnu
yet, still
12
mer n
WOl"d List
ndra,
659
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
See (att) vara
660
Unit
honor'
in (someone'B) honor
12,
14
rm -en -ar
sleeve
rr -et -\Il
scal'
Pr'on. Guide
(to) inheY'it
13
(att) ta, ter, t, tit, 4
(to) eat
(att) ta upp; 4
(to) finish (eating)
12
ven
also
16
ven om
even if
11
rla -an 0
ti I l (ngons)
(att) rva,
Word List
~ra
2a
14
SWEDISH
English
Unit
-n -ar
island
12
ga -t, gon
eye
P1'on. Guide
moment
beeT'
(att) nska,
(to) wish
15
pp/en -et -na
oren
14
(att) ppna,
(to) oren
ra -t, ron
eaT'
P1'on. Guide
re -t -n
o1'e (Sw. cu1'1'ency)
ster
east
sterut
east(wa1'd), towa1'ds the east
st-Tyskland
Eas t Ge1'many
11
ver
of, aveT', via
verbl lv/en -et -na
left aveT'
13
vermorgon;
the day afteT' tomo1'1'ow
11
Swedish
gonbl ick -et

I
-0
-et I/J
W01'd List
(-(Il)
i vermorgon
661
SWEDISH
Grammar Index
(Numbers refer to pages)
Adjectival phrases,
452
Adjeotives, 124
indefinite form, 124
definite form, 189
predicate adjective, 126, 132
comparison of the adjective, 265, 275, 520
irregular adjectives~ 124~ 194~ 267
liten~ 193
egen, 337
e-form of adjective~ 452
adjectives before nouns (three different patterns), 287
demonstrative adjectives. 416~ 517;
see also "demonstratives"
determinative adjective, 482
indefinite adjectives~ 219
ngon (ngot, ngra)~ 219
ingen (inget, inga), 219
ngon (ngot, ngra) instead of indefinite article~ 224
varje, var(t)~ 518
interrogative adjectives, 216
vad .. fr, 122, 184, 262
vilken (vilket, vilka), 184, 216
possessive adjectives~ 64~ 148, 151
adjectives as nouns~ 481
adjectival phrases~ 452
Adjectives as nouns,
481
Adjectives before nouns,

Adverbs~
287
279
oomparison of adverbs, 283
placement of adverbs, 112, 114~ 304, 396
adverbs indicating location and motion, 65, 233
Grammar Index
662
SWEDISH
Adverbs (cont.)
time adverbials, 341
place adverbials, 384
roaming adverbs, 396, 400
relative adverbs dr-dit, 444
d-sedan, 322
Adverbs indicating location and motion,
Annan-Ti 1/,
65,
233
337
Article omitted with indefinite noun form,

Article omitted,
146,
93,
262,
265,
291,
93,
336,
146
418
Articles, 42, 69, 186

indefinite, 42
definite singular, 69
dropping of last vowel before definite article,
definite plural, 186
article omitted, 93, 146, 262, 265, 291, 336, 418
Att -
That,
AuxiZiapy
74
110
Vepbs,
311, 432
47
53,
present tense form,

vill, 40, 53
ska, 53, 66
kan jag f, 40, 55
(att) tnka as an auxiliary,
Because -
fr,
Capitalization,
94,
442
213
94,
Cardinal numbers,
Collective nouns,
G rammar Index
96,
146
38
262
663
SWEDISH
Colors, 212
Commands,
see Imperative
Comparison of a dj e c t i ves,
Comparison of adverbs,
265,
275
283
Camparison of past particip le, 458

Compound nouns, 484
Compound passive, 462
Compound verbs, 304, 335 3 427 3 486
Conditional, 522
Conjugation of verbs, 157.. 241 .. 250 .. 420
Conjunctions, 399
that - att, 110
fr - because, 213
innan, 324
dock, emellertid,
517
Days of the week, 96

Declensions of nouns, 99-102
Definite article instead of possessive 3
262
Definite form of adjectives, 189

Definite form of nouns preceded by adjeatives, 189, 288
Definite form of nouns, 69, 74, 416
Grammar> Index
664
SWEDISH
Definite plural artiale,
Def~nite
186
plural noun forms,
Definite singular article,

Deletion of preposition,
69
40
Demonstrative adjectives,
Demonstrative pronouns,
186
416
see uDemonstratives"
Demonstratives, 128, 51?

Den (det,
del,
131
Densamma (detsamma,
desammal,
Deponent verbs,
45,
40,
66,
213
128
Det (without equivalent in English),

det r det, 93, 196
det finns, 40, 45, 128, 213
det hnger, etc., 213
Determinative adjectives,
Determinative pronouns,
Dock,
emellertid,
453
482
482
51?
Dropping of last vowel before definite artioZe,

Du-N i
(informal and formal pronouns),
D-Sedan,
Dr-Dit,
?4
39
322
444
Grammar Index
665
SWEDISH
E-fopm of
Egen,
adjectives~
452
337
Emellertid,
dock~
517
En and ett nouns~ 42
Fifth noun
Fipst
deelension~
conjugation~
Fipst noun
102
157
deelension~
Fopmal and infopmal
99
pponoun8~
39
Formation of questions, 47
Fourth conjugation,
420
Fourth noun deelension,

Futupe tense,
53,
Fr - because,
Fre,
102
66
213
324
Fre-Innan,
324
Impepative,
318
Indefinite adjectives,
219
Indefinite apticles, 42
Indefinite fopm of adjectives.
Grammap Index
124
666
SWEDISH
Indefinite form of
nouns~
Indefinite plural noun
42~
forms~
288
98
Indefinite pronouns ngon (ngot, ngra),

Infinitives~
forms~
Ingen
46~
(inget,
Innan,
pronouns~
158~
261
jnga)~
219
219
39
324
Interrogative adjectives,
Interrogative pronouns,
216
135~
216
Irregular adjectives, 124, 194,

Irregular nouns,
104
Irregular verbs,
93,
Ju,
Inga),
313
Informal and formal

-ing
Ingen (Inget,
267
420
214
Kan jag f,
(att)
Kunna,
40,
56
336
(to) Leave (translation),
261
Ligga-Lgga;
200
Liten,
Sitta-Stta,
193
Grammar Index
667
SWEDISH
Lgga- L i gga;
Man,
122,
Stta-S i tta,
Nog,
200
339
Months of the year,

Nations,
146
Nationalities, and Languages, 355
212
Nouns
en and ett nouns, 42
deelensions, 99-102
first, 99
seeond, 100
third, 101
fourth, 102
fifth, 102
indefinite form, 42, 288
indefinite plural forms, 98
artiele omitted, 93, 146
definite form, 69, 74, 416
definite plural forms, 186
definite form of no uns preaeded by
possessive form, 93, 148
irregular nouns, 104
aolleetive nouns, 262
aompound nouns, 484
adjeativeB~
Numbers
eardinal numbers, 38
ordinal numbers, 203
stycken added to numerals, 378
Ngon
668
(ngot,
ngral,
219
Ngon instead of the indefinite artiale,
Grammar Index
224
189, 288
SWEDISH
0- ,
261
Objeative pronouns,
Om,
76
304
Ordinal numbers,
Partiaiples,
203
158,
275,
455,
458, 469
Partiale in separable compound verbs, 490

Particles, 490
om, 304
Passive voice,
462,
465
Past particip le,
158,
Past tense uses,
95,
Personal pronouns,
Place adverbials,
275,
455
145
76
384
Place prepositions,
384
Placement of adverbs,
112, 114,
Pleas e (translation),
40, 416
Possessive adjectives,
64,
304, 396
148, 151
Possessive form of nouns, 93, 148

Possessive pronouns,
Proedicate adjectives,
Groammaro Index
151
126,
132
669
SWEDISH
6'10
Prefixes, 486
261
0-,
Prepositions
time, 64, 342
plaae, 384
p, 96, 337, 391
fre,
324
deletion of preposition, 40
till bords, eta., 379
Present particip le, 469
Present tense of auxiliary verbs, 53, 311, 432
Present tense of verbs, 46, 158
Present tense uses, 40, 46, 65, 335
Pronouns
personal pronouns, 76
subjeative pronouns, '16
du-ni {informal and fopmalJ, 39
den (det,
de),
131
objeative pronouns, 76
man,
122,
339
possessive pl'onouns, 151

I'eflexive possessives (sin, sitt, sina), 152
definite artiale instead of possessive, 262
relative pronoun som, 109
vilken (vilket, vilka),
521
reflexive pronouns, 306

demonstrative pronouns, see "demonstratives"
determinative pronouns, 482
indefinite pronouns ngon (ngot, ngra), ingen (inget,
Vem som helst, vem n, eta., 520
interrogative pronouns, 135, 216
Grammar Index
inga), 219
SWEDISH
Pronouns (cont.)
interrogative vad ... tr, 122, 184, 453
vad followed by adjective, JOJ
densamma
(detsamma,
Punctuation,
517
P,
391
96,
3J7,
desamma),
213
Question word order

Question words,
216,
135,
239
Questions
forming questions, 47
question words, 135, 216,
Reciprocal verb forms,
96
Reflexive possessives (sin,

Reflexive pronouns,
Reflexive verbs,
239
sitt,
sina),
152
J06
213,
J06
Relative adverbs dr-dit, 444

Relative pronoun som,
109
Relative pronoun vilken (vilket, vilka), 521

Reversed word order,
Roaming adverbs,
166
396,
400
S-forms with reciprocal meaning,

Second conjugation,
Grammar Index
96
241
671
SWEDISH
Second noun decLension,
Sedan-D,
100
322
Sin (sitt,
sina),
152
Sitta-Sttaj Ligga-Lgga, 200

Ska,
53
Som,
109
Spe L l.ing
capitalization, 94, 96, 146
punctuation, 517
Straight word order, 47
Stycken added to numeraLs, 3'78

Subjeative pronouns, '76
Supine, 158
TeLLing time, 80
Tha t - a tt , 11 O
Third conjugation, 250
TI d-Gng, 94
Till
bords, eta.,
Till-Annan,
Grammar Inde:x:
337
3'79
672
SWEDISH
Time
----telling time, 80
"time" (translation tid-gng), 94
Time adverbials,
341
Time prepositions,
64,
342
Tro, Tycka, Tnka, 441

(att) Tnka as an auxiliary,
Vad ..
fr,
122,
184,
453
Vad followed by adjective,
Varsgod, 40,
378,
Vem som helst, vem
94, 442
303
417
n~
etc.,
520
Verbs
conjugations
first, 157
second, 241
third, 250
fourth, 420
infinitive, 313
present tense, 46, 158
future tense, 53, 66
supine, 158
imperative, 318
use of present tense, 40, 46, 65, 335
use of past tense, 95, 145
use of future tense, 66
translatian of English -ing forms, 46, 158, 261
irregular verbs, 93, 420
-s forms with reaiproaal meaning, 96
deponent (finns, hoppas, trivas), 40, 45, 66, 128
Grammar Index
673
SWEDISH
Verbs (cont.)
----r;eflexive, 213, 306
compound verbs (verb + particle), 304, 335, 427,
participles
past participle, 158, 275, 455
comparision of past particip le, 458
present participle, 469
passive voice, 462
compound passive, 462
5- form,
465
(to) leave (translation) , 261
tycka, tnka, tro, 441
Vilken
Vill,
Vl,
(vilket,
40,
vilka),
184,
216,
674
486
521
53
212
Vlkommen,
vlkomna,
Where (translation),
Word Order
straight,
questions,
reversed,
placement
placement
Grammar Index
64,146
444
47
47
65, 122, 166
of particle in separable compound verbs,
of adverbs, 112, 114, 304, 396
490
SWEDISH
Bi b I iography
Belte, A.-M., and G. Englund, S. Higelin,

A.W. Lromedel, Stockholm, 1975;
Engbrant, E., and G. Hlntz, M.

Svenska Institutet, 1976;
Frank M.,
Modern English -
Wohlert,
A Practical
N.-G. Hlldarnan,
Svenska
Baslc Swedish Grammar,
fr Nybrjare,
Referen.ce Guide,
Del
I, Del
Prentlce-Hall,
Inc.
Hartmann, R.R.K., and F.C. Stork,

& Sons, New York-Toronto, 1972;
Dictionary of Language and LIngulstics,
HIldeman,
N.-G.,
and A.-M.
Learn Swedish,
Holm,
1977 ;
and E.
Nylund Lindgren,
B.,
Kjelll n,
Svenska
O.,
Svensk Prosodi
Institutet,
BibUography
G.,
Almqvist & Wiksell,
DeskriptIv Svensk Grammatik,
Praktiken,
Studiefrlaget,
1972;
John Wiley
Stockholm,
1959;
Sprkfrlaget Skriptor,
1978;
Fact Sheets on Sweden;
Svenska Turistfreningen,
Wadensj,
Bejte,
II,
Sverigefakta 80,
Sverigekunskap,
Svenska Turistfreningens Frlag;
LIber Hermods,
1979.
675
SWEDISH
, I,
'@",
...
...... ~-
'l \

Swedish Basic Text

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Swedish Basic Text

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

swelsh

FOREIGN SERVICE INSTITUTE

Fljande r ett frslag tl I I

hur Swedish Baslc Course kan anvndas

A Guide to Endings and Symbols

A Guide to Swedish Pronunciation

Unit 1 - Cetting Around

Unit 2 - Meeting People

Unit 3 - Family and Ocaupation

Uni t 5 - A Place to Live

4 - Seeing the Sights

True and False

Uni t 7 - A t the Office

Unit 8 - Shopping for clothes

unit 10 - Getting Ready for an Evening Out

Unit 11 - Nations, Languages, and NationaZities

unit 12 - Social Gatherings

Notes on Basio Sentenoes

A Brief Explanation of English Grammatical Terms Vsed in this Book

as in "accent 1 and 2,: is equivalent to stress or Zoudness.

a word used to describe or qualify a noun.

A good cup of coffee.

Most adjectives can have thr'ee fOr'ms: positive. camparative,

a word used to qunlifY:

a wOr'd used with a noun to modify or limit ita meaning.

ver'b used with another' ver'b of ten to fo:rom compound tenses.

He will come tomor'row.

the basic, or "counting" form of a number - one

a group of words containing at least a verb

The baby cried.

ctauses may be main (independent)

A main clause is able to stand alone and constitutes a full

Peter was reading the paper.

A subordinate clause acts like a modifier (adjective or adverb),

made up of two or more elements.

Compound verbs - a lexical verb phrase (i.e. a verb phrase

giv e up, find out, give in

Compound tenses - a combination of an auxiliary and a main verb.

a cLause expl'essing a condition, usually introduced by "if,"

If I see him,I'll tell him that you called.

a group of verbs which follow the same inflectional pattern.

an uninflected word used to Zink together words or sentence

a group of nouns with the same plural ending.

form of a Swedish noun or adjective used when the definite

a pronominal word referring to a following phrase.

The Ithose)students who had taken the course during

an English verb with an -ing ending and with the function of

Swimming is my favorite sport.

a group of words which has a special connotation not usually

This is not my cup of tea.

a sentence or a verb form which commands. requires or forbids

a determiner in a noun phrase expressing generality, such as

a pronoun which does not refer to a definite person or thing,

a verb form not limited by person, number, or tense; the

a word used at the beginning of a clause or sentenee to mark

a verb which cannot be [ollowed by an object.

The baby slept.

ef. transitive verb.

exhibits certain [orms which do not coincide with a particular

a noun which does not usually form a plural, aB opposed to

wOl'd denoting or naming a person, thing or concept.

a word 01' group of words with a noun or pronoun as its head

The cat caught the mouse.

word or phrase forming the "compLement" of a verb.